Index - HTTP
ference, header the access-control-request-method request header is used when issuing a preflight request to let the server know which http method will be used when the actual request is made. this header is necessary as the preflight request is always an options and doesn't use the same method as the actual request. 15 age caching, http, response, header the age header contains the time in seconds the object has been in a proxy cache. 16 allow entity header, http, http header, reference, header the allow header lists the set of methods support by a resource. 17 alt-svc draft, http, http header, needscompattable, needscontent, needsexample, reference the alt-svc header is used to list alternate ways to reach this website. ...
...ence, header the allow header lists the set of methods support by a resource. 17 alt-svc draft, http, http header, needscompattable, needscontent, needsexample, reference the alt-svc header is used to list alternate ways to reach this website. 18 authorization http, http header, reference, request header, header the http authorization request header contains the credentials to authenticate a user agent with a server, usually after the server has responded with a 401 unauthorized status and the www-authenticate header. 19 cache-control general header, http, http header, reference the cache-control general-header field is used to specify directives for caching mechanisms in both requests and responses. caching directives are unidir...
...ing) their effects. these violation reports consist of json documents sent via an http post request to the specified uri. 53 content-type content-type, http, reference, request header, header the content-type entity header is used to indicate the media type of the resource. 54 cookie cookies, http, reference, header, request the cookie http request header contains stored http cookies previously sent by the server with the set-cookie header. 55 cookie2 http, obsolete, reference, header, request the obsolete cookie2 http request header used to advise the server that the user agent understands "new-style" cookies, but nowadays user agents will use the cookie header instead, not this one. 56 dnt dnt, http, reference, header ...
...And 9 more matches

HTML documentation index - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
type specifies the url of the vocabulary that will be used to define itemprop's (item properties) in the data structure. 26 lang global attributes, html, reference the lang global attribute helps define the language of an element: the language that non-editable elements are written in, or the language that the editable elements should be written in by the user. the attribute contains a single “language tag” in the format defined in tags for identifying languages (bcp47). 27 part global attributes, html, reference, part the part global attribute contains a space-separated list of the part names of the element. part names allows css to select and style specific elements in a shadow tree via the ::part pseudo-element. 28 slot global attrib...
...signed to the slot created by the <slot> element whose name attribute's value matches that slot attribute's value. 29 spellcheck global attributes, html, reference the spellcheck global attribute is an enumerated attribute defines whether the element may be checked for spelling errors. 30 style global attributes, html, reference the style global attribute contains css styling declarations to be applied to the element. note that it is recommended for styles to be defined in a separate file or files. this attribute and the <style> element have mainly the purpose of allowing for quick styling, for example for testing purposes. 31 tabindex global attributes, html, reference the tabindex global attribute indicates that its element can be fo...
...ng for quick styling, for example for testing purposes. 31 tabindex global attributes, html, reference the tabindex global attribute indicates that its element can be focused, and where it participates in sequential keyboard navigation (usually with the tab key, hence the name). 32 title global attributes, html, reference, title the title global attribute contains text representing advisory information related to the element it belongs to. 33 translate experimental, global attributes, html, reference the translate global attribute is an enumerated attribute that is used to specify whether an element's translateable attribute values and its text node children should be translated when the page is localized, or whether to leave them unch...
...And 8 more matches

Working with JSON - Learn web development
s data further down the hierarchy, you simply have to chain the required property names and array indexes together. for example, to access the third superpower of the second hero listed in the members list, you'd do this: superheroes['members'][1]['powers'][2] first we have the variable name — superheroes. inside that we want to access the members property, so we use ["members"]. members contains an array populated by objects. we want to access the second object inside the array, so we use [1]. inside this object, we want to access the powers property, so we use ["powers"]. inside the powers property is an array containing the selected hero's superpowers. we want the third one, so we use [2]. note: we've made the json seen above available inside a variable in our jsontest.html exampl...
...e": "madame uppercut", "age": 39, "secretidentity": "jane wilson", "powers": [ "million tonne punch", "damage resistance", "superhuman reflexes" ] } ] the above is perfectly valid json. you'd just have to access array items (in its parsed version) by starting with an array index, for example [0]["powers"][0]. other notes json is purely a data format — it contains only properties, no methods. json requires double quotes to be used around strings and property names. single quotes are not valid. even a single misplaced comma or colon can cause a json file to go wrong, and not work. you should be careful to validate any data you are attempting to use (although computer-generated json is less likely to include errors, as long as the generator program is work...
... be a valid json object. unlike in javascript code in which object properties may be unquoted, in json only quoted strings may be used as properties. active learning: working through a json example so, let's work through an example to show how we could make use of some json data on a website. getting started to begin with, make local copies of our heroes.html and style.css files. ...
...And 7 more matches

XUL Structure - Archive of obsolete content
s of the appearance of a window. they are stored separately from xul files to facilitate modifying the skin (theme) of an application. any images used are stored here also. locale - locale specific files all the text that is displayed within a window is stored separately. this way, a user can have a set for their own language. ...
...ecific files all the text that is displayed within a window is stored separately. this way, a user can have a set for their own language. content packages the name of the jar file might describe what it contains, but you can't be sure unless you view its contents. let's use the browser package included with firefox as an example. if you extract the files in browser.jar, you will find that it contains a directory structure much like the following: content browser browser.xul browser.js -- other browser xul and js files goes here -- bookmarks -- bookmarks files go here -- preferences -- preferences files go here -- . . . this is easily recognizable as a content package, as the top-level directory is called content. for skins, this directory ...
...ctory will usually be called skin and for locales, it will usually be called locale. this naming scheme isn't necessary, but this is a common convention to make the parts of a package clearer. some packages may include a content section, a skin, and a locale. in this case, you will find a subdirectory for each type. for example, chatzilla is distributed in this way. the content/browser directory contains a number of files with .xul and .js extensions. the xul files are the ones with the .xul extension. the files with .js extensions are javascript files containing scripts that handle the functionality of a window. many xul files have a script file associated with them, and some may have more than one. in the listing above, two files have been shown. there are of course others, but for simplicity ...
...And 6 more matches

HTML elements reference - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
basics of html elements and attributes, see the section on elements in the introduction to html article. main root element description <html> the html <html> element represents the root (top-level element) of an html document, so it is also referred to as the root element. all other elements must be descendants of this element. document metadata metadata contains information about the page. this includes information about styles, scripts and data to help software (search engines, browsers, etc.) use and render the page. metadata for styles and scripts may be defined in the page or link to another file that has the information. element description <base> the html <base> element specifies the base url to use for all relative...
...s, scripts and data to help software (search engines, browsers, etc.) use and render the page. metadata for styles and scripts may be defined in the page or link to another file that has the information. element description <base> the html <base> element specifies the base url to use for all relative urls in a document. <head> the html <head> element contains machine-readable information (metadata) about the document, like its title, scripts, and style sheets. <link> the html external resource link element (<link>) specifies relationships between the current document and an external resource. this element is most commonly used to link to stylesheets, but is also used to establish site icons (both "favicon" style icons and icons for the h...
...d to link to stylesheets, but is also used to establish site icons (both "favicon" style icons and icons for the home screen and apps on mobile devices) among other things. <meta> the html <meta> element represents metadata that cannot be represented by other html meta-related elements, like <base>, <link>, <script>, <style> or <title>. <style> the html <style> element contains style information for a document, or part of a document. <title> the html title element (<title>) defines the document's title that is shown in a browser's title bar or a page's tab. sectioning root element description <body> the html <body> element represents the content of an html document. there can be only one <body> element in a document.
...And 6 more matches

browser - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home [ examples | attributes | properties | methods | related ] a xul <browser> element represents a frame which is expected to contain a view of a web document. it is similar to an iframe except that it holds a page history and contains additional methods to manipulate the currently displayed page. are you here looking for information about the firefox web browser, or because you'd like to download the latest version of firefox? get firefox most of the properties and methods of the browser will rarely be used and can only be called from chrome urls. other urls will need to use the document and history objects to change the displayed document. attributes autocompleteenabled, autocompletepopup, autoscroll, disablehistory, disableglobalhistory, disablese...
... type: boolean this read-only property is true if there is a page to go back to in the session history and the back button should be enabled. cangoforward type: boolean this read-only property is true if there is a page to go forward to in the session history and the forward button should be enabled. contentdocument type: document this read-only property contains the document object in the element. contentprincipal type: nsiprincipal this read-only property contains the principal for the content loaded in the browser, which provides security context information. contenttitle type: string this read-only property contains the title of the document object in the browser. contentvieweredit type: nsicontentviewer...
... contentprincipal type: nsiprincipal this read-only property contains the principal for the content loaded in the browser, which provides security context information. contenttitle type: string this read-only property contains the title of the document object in the browser. contentvieweredit type: nsicontentvieweredit this read-only property contains the nsicontentvieweredit which handles clipboard operations on the document. contentviewerfile type: nsicontentviewerfile reference to the nsicontentviewerfile interface for the document. ...
...And 5 more matches

tabbrowser - Archive of obsolete content
type: boolean this read-only property is true if there is a page to go back to in the session history and the back button should be enabled. cangoforward type: boolean this read-only property is true if there is a page to go forward to in the session history and the forward button should be enabled. contentdocument type: document this read-only property contains the document object in the element. contenttitle type: string this read-only property contains the title of the document object in the browser. contentvieweredit type: nsicontentvieweredit this read-only property contains the nsicontentvieweredit which handles clipboard operations on the document. contentviewerfile type: nsicontentview...
...roperty contains the nsicontentvieweredit which handles clipboard operations on the document. contentviewerfile type: nsicontentviewerfile reference to the nsicontentviewerfile interface for the document. contentwindow type: todo use the contentwindow.wrappedjsobject to obtain a dom(html) window object currenturi type: nsiuri this read-only property contains the currently loaded url. to change the url, use the loaduri method. docshell type: nsidocshell this read-only property contains the nsidocshell object for the document. ...
...the properties of the nsidocumentcharsetinfo object were merged into the docshell in gecko 12.0 (firefox 12.0 / thunderbird 12.0 / seamonkey 2.9). ...
...And 5 more matches

Index - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
ary web accessibility (a11y) refers to best practices for keeping a website usable despite physical and technical restrictions. web accessibility is formally defined and discussed at the w3c through the web accessibility initiative (wai). 12 accessibility tree (aom) aom, accessibility, dom, glossary, reference the accessibility tree, or accessibility object model (aom), contains accessibility-related information for most html elements. 13 adobe flash adobe, codingscripting, flash, glossary, infrastructure flash is an obsolescent technology developed by adobe for viewing expressive web applications, multimedia content, and streaming media. adobe flash can run from supporting web browsers via a browser plug-in. 14 ajax ajax, codingscript...
...local development machine, without having to change the master repository or even having write access to it. 172 global object codingscripting, glossary, needscontent a global object is an object that always exists in the global scope. 173 global scope codingscripting, glossary, needscontent in a programming environment, the global scope is the scope that contains, and is visible in, all other scopes. 174 global variable codingscripting, glossary a global variable is a variable that is declared in the global scope in other words, a variable that is visible from all other scopes. 175 glyph glossary, svg, typography a glyph is a term used in typography for the visual representation of one or more characters. 1...
...roduces a fixed-length hash output. it is commonly in the form of a 128-bit "fingerprint" or "message digest". hashes are very useful for cryptography — they insure the integrity of transmitted data. this provides the basis for hmac's, which provide message authentication. 202 head codingscripting, glossary, html, head, metadata the head is the part of an html document that contains metadata about that document, such as author, description, and links to css or javascript files that should be applied to the html. 203 high-level programming language codingscripting, glossary a high-level programming language has a significant abstraction from the details of computer operation. it is designed to be easily understood by humans and for this reason they must b...
...And 5 more matches

Client-Server Overview - Learn web development
urces, the data for which is encoded within the request body. client-side cookies. cookies contain session data about the client, including keys that the server can use to determine their login status and permissions/accesses to resources. web servers wait for client request messages, process them when they arrive, and reply to the web browser with an http response message. the response contains an http response status code indicating whether or not the request succeeded (e.g. "200 ok" for success, "404 not found" if the resource cannot be found, "403 forbidden" if the user isn't authorised to see the resource, etc). the body of a successful response to a get request would contain the requested resource. when an html page is returned it is rendered by the web browser. as part of process...
... perform a search on mdn for the term "client server overview" will look a lot like the text shown below (it will not be identical because parts of the message depend on your browser/setup). the format of http messages is defined in a "web standard" (rfc7230). ...
... a lot like the text shown below (it will not be identical because parts of the message depend on your browser/setup). the format of http messages is defined in a "web standard" (rfc7230). you don't need to know this level of detail, but at least now you know where this all came from! the request each line of the request contains information about it. ...
...And 5 more matches

Drawing and Event Handling - Plugins
-ins. note: windowless plug-ins were not supported on the x window system platform prior to gecko 1.9 alpha 7 (bug 137189). the npwindow structure when a plug-in is loaded, it is drawn into a target area. this target is either the windowed plug-in's native window, or the drawable of a windowless plug-in. the npwindow structure represents either the native window or a drawable. this structure contains information about coordinate position, size, the state of the plug-in (windowed or windowless), and some platform-specific information. note: when a plug-in is drawn to a window, the plug-in is responsible for preserving state information and ensuring that the original state is restored. for windowless plug-ins, the browser calls the npp_setwindow method with an npwindow structure that repres...
...it. in this case, before the browser displays any print dialog boxes, npp_print is called with printinfo->mode equal to np_full. on mac os, full-page printing requires that the field printinfo contain a standard mac os thprint (see printing.h). of course, npp_print is also called with printinfo->mode equal to np_embed when the instance is embedded. in this case, platformprint->embedprint.window contains the window in which the plug-in should print. on ms windows, note that the coordinates for the window rectangle are in twips format. for this reason, you need to convert the x - and y - coordinates using the windows api call dptolp when you output text. setting the window the browser calls the npp_setwindow function to set the window in which a plug-in draws or returns an error code. this wind...
...-in. unix and ms windows the queried information is returned in the variable parameter. this parameter is valid only for the unix and ms windows platforms. for unix, the values are either the current display (npnvxdisplay) or the application's context (npnvxtappcontext). for ms windows, the value is the native window on which the plug-in drawing occurs (npnvnetscapewindow). the value parameter contains the name of the plug-in. you can also use npn_getvalue to help create a menu or dialog box for a windowless plug-in. windowed plug-ins the browser gives each windowed plug-in its own native window, often a child window of the the browser window itself, to draw into. the plug-in has complete control over drawing and event handling within that window. on mac os, the browser does not give a wind...
...And 5 more matches

HTTP headers - HTTP
unmodified and caches must store them. hop-by-hop headers these headers are meaningful only for a single transport-level connection, and must not be retransmitted by proxies or cached. note that only hop-by-hop headers may be set using the connection general header. authentication www-authenticate defines the authentication method that should be used to access a resource. authorization contains the credentials to authenticate a user-agent with a server. proxy-authenticate defines the authentication method that should be used to access a resource behind a proxy server. proxy-authorization contains the credentials to authenticate a user agent with a proxy server. caching age the time, in seconds, that the object has been in a proxy cache. cache-control directives for caching m...
...man language the server is expected to send back. this is a hint and is not necessarily under the full control of the user: the server should always pay attention not to override an explicit user choice (like selecting a language from a dropdown). controls expect indicates expectations that need to be fulfilled by the server to properly handle the request. max-forwards cookies cookie contains stored http cookies previously sent by the server with the set-cookie header. set-cookie send cookies from the server to the user-agent. cookie2 contains an http cookie previously sent by the server with the set-cookie2 header, but has been obsoleted. use cookie instead. set-cookie2 sends cookies from the server to the user-agent, but has been obsoleted. use set-cookie instead. cors ...
...mber of bytes. content-type indicates the media type of the resource. content-encoding used to specify the compression algorithm. content-language describes the human language(s) intended for the audience, so that it allows a user to differentiate according to the users' own preferred language. content-location indicates an alternate location for the returned data. proxies forwarded contains information from the client-facing side of proxy servers that is altered or lost when a proxy is involved in the path of the request. x-forwarded-for identifies the originating ip addresses of a client connecting to a web server through an http proxy or a load balancer. x-forwarded-host identifies the original host requested that a client used to connect to your proxy or load balancer. x...
...And 5 more matches

Install Manifests - Archive of obsolete content
the format of the install manifest is rdf/xml. the file must be called install.rdf and live at the top level of an add-on's xpi file. ...
...one short line of text. examples <em:description>advanced foo tools.</em:description> developer the name(s) of co-developers. you may specify more than one of this value to specify multiple developers. examples <em:developer>jane doe</em:developer> <em:developer>koos van der merwe</em:developer> hasembeddedwebextension if present and given the value "true", this indicates that this add-on contains an embedded webextension. <em:hasembeddedwebextension>true</em:hasembeddedwebextension> homepageurl a link to the add-on's home page - intended for display in the user interface. examples <em:homepageurl>https://www.example.com/</em:homepageurl> iconurl a chrome:// url to an icon to display in the add-ons list. the icon will be displayed at 32x32 in firefox 3.6 and lower. in firefox 4.0 an...
...tall.rdf or 2 if there is no optionsurl and the file options.xul exists in the root of the add-on. <em:optionstype>2</em:optionstype> options can be opened in a new tab since firefox 7.0a1. to do so, set optionstype to 3 and set optionsurl to a the path of a page to open. <em:optionstype>3</em:optionstype> <em:optionsurl>chrome://myaddon/content/options.html</em:optionsurl> this section here contains an example of localized html page as an option panel in a new tab: bootstrapped extensions :: localization (l10n) (example linked to is: github :: l10n-html-options). optionsurl the chrome:// url of the extension's options dialog box. this is only useful to extensions. if this property is specified, when the extension is selected in the extensions list, the options button is enabled and will sh...
...And 4 more matches

A first splash into JavaScript - Learn web development
gameover(), which we'll discuss later. now we've chained another test onto the end of the last one using an else if(){ } structure. this one checks whether this turn is the user's last turn. if it is, the program does the same thing as in the previous block, except with a game over message instead of a congratulations message. the final block chained onto the end of this code (the else { }) contains code that is only run if neither of the other two tests returns true (i.e. the player didn't guess right, but they have more guesses left). in this case we tell them they are wrong, then we perform another conditional test to check whether the guess was higher or lower than the answer, displaying a further message as appropriate to tell them higher or lower. the last three lines in the func...
...ze what's going on here in a bit more detail. in javascript, most of the items you will manipulate in your code are objects. an object is a collection of related functionality stored in a single grouping. you can create your own objects, but that is quite advanced and we won't be covering it until much later in the course. for now, we'll just briefly discuss the built-in objects that your browser contains, which allow you to do lots of useful things. in this particular case, we first created a guessfield constant that stores a reference to the text input form field in our html — the following line can be found amongst our declarations near the top of the code: const guessfield = document.queryselector('.guessfield'); to get this reference, we used the queryselector() method of the document ob...
...t input form field in our html — the following line can be found amongst our declarations near the top of the code: const guessfield = document.queryselector('.guessfield'); to get this reference, we used the queryselector() method of the document object. queryselector() takes one piece of information — a css selector that selects the element you want a reference to. because guessfield now contains a reference to an <input> element, it now has access to a number of properties (basically variables stored inside objects, some of which can't have their values changed) and methods (basically functions stored inside objects). one method available to input elements is focus(), so we can now use this line to focus the text input: guessfield.focus(); variables that don't contain references to for...
...And 4 more matches

The Firefox codebase: CSS Guidelines
avoid magic numbers; prefer automatic sizing or alignment methods. some examples to avoid: absolutely positioned elements hardcoded values such as: vertical-align: -2px; . the reason you should avoid such "hardcoded" values is that, they don't necessarily work for all font-size configurations. avoid setting styles in javascript. ...
... avoid magic numbers; prefer automatic sizing or alignment methods. some examples to avoid: absolutely positioned elements hardcoded values such as: vertical-align: -2px; . the reason you should avoid such "hardcoded" values is that, they don't necessarily work for all font-size configurations. avoid setting styles in javascript. ...
...ndant selectors is good practice for performance when possible: for example: .autocomplete-item[selected] > .autocomplete-item-title would be more efficient than .autocomplete-item[selected] .autocomplete-item-title overriding css before overriding any css rules, check whether overriding is really needed. sometimes, when copy-pasting older code, it happens that the code in question contains unnecessary overrides. this could be because the css that it was overriding got removed in the meantime. in this case, simply dropping the override should work. it is also good practice to look at whether the rule you are overriding is still needed: maybe the ux spec for the component has changed and that rule can actually be updated or removed. when this is the case, don't be afraid to remove o...
...And 4 more matches

nss tech note5
using nss to perform miscellaneous cryptographic operations nss technical note: 5 nss project info is at http://www.mozilla.org/projects/security/pki/nss/ you can browse the nss source online at http://lxr.mozilla.org/mozilla/source/security/nss/ and http://lxr.mozilla.org/security/ be sure to look for sample code first for things you need to do. note: this document contains code snippets that focus on essential aspects of the task and often do not illustrate all the cleanup that needs to be done. also, this document does not attempt to be an exhaustive survey of all possible ways to do a certain task; it merely tries to show a certain way. encrypt/decrypt include headers #include "nss.h" #include "pk11pub.h" make sure nss is initialized.the simplest init function,...
...lgorithm identifiers are (without the sec_oid_ prefix) : md2, md5, sha1, sha256, sha384, sha512. ...
...ut the sec_oid_ prefix) : md2, md5, sha1, sha256, sha384, sha512. ...
...And 4 more matches

nsIMsgHeaderParser
if any of the addresses doesn't have a mailbox, then the user name is used instead. autf8string extractheaderaddressmailboxes( in string line ); parameters line the header line to parse. return value a comma-separated list of just the mailbox parts of the addresses. exceptions thrown missing...
...of the addresses doesn't have a mailbox, then the user name is used instead. autf8string extractheaderaddressmailboxes( in string line ); parameters line the header line to parse. return value a comma-separated list of just the mailbox parts of the addresses. exceptions thrown missing exception missing description native code only!extractheaderaddressnames given a string which contains a list of header addresses, returns a comma-separated list of just the 'user name' portions. if any of the addresses doesn't have a name, then the mailbox is used instead. autf8string extractheaderaddressnames( in string line ); parameters line the header line to parse. return value a comma-separated list of just the name parts of the addresses. exceptions thrown missing exceptio...
...(firefox 3) wstring makefulladdresswstring( in wstring name, in wstring addr ); parameters name the name of the sender. this should be in utf-8. addr the address of the sender. this should be in utf-8. return value a string of the form name <address>. exceptions thrown missing exception missing description native code only!parseheaderaddresses given a string which contains a list of header addresses, parses it into their component names and mailboxes. the returned value is the number of addresses, or a negative error code; the names and addresses are returned into the provided pointers as consecutive null-terminated strings. it is up to the caller to free them. note that some of the strings may be zero-length. the caller may pass nsnull for charset and it wi...
...And 4 more matches

widget - Archive of obsolete content
u can include this content inline as a string by using the content property, or point to content using a url with the contenturl property. upon creation, the widget is automatically added to the add-on bar. you can set the width of a widget, but the height is fixed so as to fit in the add-on bar. if the content is an image, it is automatically scaled to be 16x16 pixels. for example, this widget contains an image, so it looks like a simple icon: require("sdk/widget").widget({ id: "mozilla-icon", label: "my mozilla widget", contenturl: "http://www.mozilla.org/favicon.ico" }); you can make contenturl point to an html or icon file which you have packaged inside your add-on. just save the file in your add-on's data directory, and reference it using the data.url() method of the self module: v...
...icon.ico" }); you can make contenturl point to an html or icon file which you have packaged inside your add-on. just save the file in your add-on's data directory, and reference it using the data.url() method of the self module: var data = require("sdk/self").data; require("sdk/widget").widget({ id: "my-widget", label: "my widget", contenturl: data.url("my-content.html") }); this widget contains an entire web page: require("sdk/widget").widget({ id: "hello-display", label: "my hello widget", content: "hello!", width: 50 }); widgets are quite small by default, so this example used the width property to grow it in order to show all the text. scripting widget content to interact with the widget's content you need to load a separate script into the panel. in the sdk these scripts...
...oint to local content loaded from your add-on's "data" directory or remote content, an image or web content. setting it updates the widget's appearance immediately. however, if the widget was created using content, then this property is meaningless, and setting it has no effect. setting the contenturl property will break the channel of communication between this widget and any content scripts it contains. messages sent from the content script will no longer be received by the main add-on code, and vice versa. this issue is currently tracked as bug 825434. panel a panel to open when the user clicks on the widget. width the widget's width in pixels. setting it updates the widget's appearance immediately. tooltip the text of the tooltip that appears when the user hovers over the widget. allow...
...And 3 more matches

ui/frame - Archive of obsolete content
pong(e) { if (e.data == "ping") { // message only the sender, and not any frames attached to other browser windows e.source.postmessage("pong", "*"); } } parameters event : string the name of the event to listen to. frame supports the following events: attach, detach, load, ready, and message. listener : function the listener function. this is passed an event object which always contains a source property, which has a postmessage() function modeled after window.postmessage(). you can use this to communicate only with the specific frame instance that generated the event, and not to any frame instance attached to other browser windows. once(event, listener) assign a listener to the first occurrence only of an event emitted by the frame. frame supports the following events: attac...
... pong(e) { if (e.data == "ping") { // message only the sender, and not any frames attached to other browser windows e.source.postmessage("pong", "*"); } } parameters event : string the name of the event to listen to. frame supports the following events: attach, detach, load, ready, and message. listener : function the listener function. this is passed an event object which always contains a source property, which has a postmessage() function modeled after window.postmessage(). you can use this to communicate only with the specific frame instance that generated the event, and not to any frame instance attached to other browser windows. removelistener(event, listener) removes an event listener. for example, this code is equivalent to once(): var { frame } = require("sdk/ui/frame...
...d its document: for example, when the user opens a new browser window, if that window has a toolbar containing this frame. since the event is dispatched asynchronously, the document may already be loaded by the time the event is received. at this point, you should not try to send messages to scripts hosted in the frame, because the frame scripts may not have been loaded. arguments event : this contains two properties: source, which defines a postmessage() function which you can use to send messages back to this particular frame instance. but note that at this point you should not try to send messages to scripts hosted in the frame, because the frame scripts may not have been loaded. origin, which you can use as the targetorigin argument to postmessage() if you want to communicate with this ...
...And 3 more matches

Elements - Archive of obsolete content
lease do not edit only on the basis of another xbl specification. <!element bindings ( binding* ) > hierarchy: root element may contain: <binding> the bindings element is the root element of any xbl document. it should usually declare xbl as the default namespace (unless an xbl namespace prefix is used) and it may additionally declare other namespace prefixes used in your binding. bindings contains zero or more binding elements as children. each binding child element defines a unique binding that can be attached to elements in other documents. an element can have only one binding attached (explicitly or inherited) at one moment. from several bindings only the last in the sequence will be used (like with any css rule). helloworld.html: <!doctype html public "-//w3c//dtd html 4.01//en"> <h...
...la.org/xbl" xmlns:html="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <binding id="default"> <content><html:b>hello world! </html:b><children/></content> </binding> <binding id="hello2"> <content><html:b>hello from my binding! </html:b><children/></content> </binding> </bindings> you can view the result by opening helloworld.html in firefox. hello.xml should reside in the same directory which contains helloworld.html. next: bindings > binding element. notes in the current stable releases of mozilla products (e.g. firefox 2) it is impossible to attach bindings to table sub-elements (rows, cells etc.) you can attach binding only to the table element itself. this has been fixed for future versions of mozilla products. see bug 83830 for more information and for workarounds. default encoding ...
...implied includes cdata #implied > specifies the location where any child elements of the bound element are placed in the generated content. normally, if the element bound to has its own content, the anonymous content is not generated. however, with a children element, you can merge the content from the html/xml element and the xbl content. if the children tag contains content itself, that content will become the default content. if the element the binding is attached to contains content, the default content will be ignored. if the element does not contain content, the default content will be added. id - the id attribute is a document-unique identifier. includes - the includes attribute can be used to indicate that only certain content should be placed at t...
...And 3 more matches

Multiple Rules - Archive of obsolete content
the second rule does not contain a where element, so it matches results unconditionally, or any result that wasn'...
...the second rule does not contain a where element, so it matches results unconditionally, or any result that wasn't matched by a previous rule. ...
...an anothermatch only negative values with one rule, positive values with another greatermatch if a number is greater than anotherdisplay values greater than 1000 differently beforematch if a value comes before another alphabetically aftermatch if a value comes after another alphabetically startswithmatch if a value starts with a specific string endswithmatch if a value ends with a specific string containsmatch if a value contains a substringto highlight results that contain a search term here is an example using the 'contains' operator: <vbox datasources="people.xml" ref="*" querytype="xml"> <template> <query expr="person"> <assign var="?letters" expr="string-length(@name) - 1"/> </query> <rule> <where subject="?name" rel="contains" value=" "/> <action> <l...
...And 3 more matches

Mozilla XForms User Interface - Archive of obsolete content
hen it means the control is available when xforms is hosted in either xhtml or xul. similarly, if you see xhtml only or xul only, then it means the control is available only in that host language. attribute sets this section describes attributes that are often used on xforms elements. these attributes are combined into following logical groups. ui common the ui common attribute set (see the spec) contains the attributes that are available for the xforms elements that are used to build the user interface presentation in a form. appearance - the value provided by the form author gives a hint to the processor as to which widget to use to represent the xforms control. three possible values are available to the author: minimal, compact and full. generally speaking, the main purpose for these values ...
...between controls. accesskey - keyboard shortcut for moving focus to an xforms element. binding attributes single-node (see the spec) and node-set (see the spec) attributes are used to bind xforms elements to instance nodes. these attributes are: ref, nodeset, model and bind. xforms elements almost every xforms element can be presented as one of serveral different kinds of widgets. this section contains a short description of each xforms element and its representation. the xforms specification offers suggestions for some of the representations, but some of the widgets we use are only available in the mozilla xforms processor. the choice of widget that we use is often determined by the data type of the instance node that the xforms element is bound to. the form author can also influence the widge...
...cation offers suggestions for some of the representations, but some of the widgets we use are only available in the mozilla xforms processor. the choice of widget that we use is often determined by the data type of the instance node that the xforms element is bound to. the form author can also influence the widget by using the appearance attribute on the element. form controls module this section contains a short description for each form control element. input a key xforms element to show and change the instance data to which it is bound. usually bound to data that can be well-represented by a string (see the spec). it can have the following representations: text field - default representation. used for most data types, especially text data. checkbox - used for boolean instance data datepi...
...And 3 more matches

Client-side storage - Learn web development
alue to your own name, if you wish!): localstorage.setitem('name','chris'); the storage.getitem() method takes one parameter — the name of a data item you want to retrieve — and returns the item's value. now type these lines into your javascript console: let myname = localstorage.getitem('name'); myname upon typing in the second line, you should see that the myname variable now contains the value of the name data item. the storage.removeitem() method takes one parameter — the name of a data item you want to remove — and removes that item out of web storage. type the following lines into your javascript console: localstorage.removeitem('name'); let myname = localstorage.getitem('name'); myname the third line should now return null — the name item no longer exist...
...'s apply this new-found knowledge by writing a simple working example to give you an idea of how web storage can be used. our example will allow you enter a name, after which the page will update to give you a personalized greeting. this state will also persist across page/browser reloads, because the name is stored in web storage. you can find the example html at personal-greeting.html — this contains a simple website with a header, content, and footer, and a form for entering your name. let's build up the example, so you can understand how it works. first, make a local copy of our personal-greeting.html file in a new directory on your computer. next, note how our html references a javascript file called index.js (see line 40). we need to create this and write our javascript cod...
... the javascript code we'll go through below has detailed comments to help you understand what's going on. getting started first of all, make local copies of our index.html, style.css, and index-start.js files into a new directory on your local machine. have a look at the files. you'll see that the html is pretty simple: a web site with a header and footer, as well as a main content area that contains a place to display notes, and a form for entering new notes into the database. the css provides some simple styling to make it clearer what is going on. the javascript file contains five declared constants containing references to the <ul> element the notes will be displayed in, the title and body <input> elements, the <form> itself, and the <button>. rename your javascript file to index.js. you...
...And 3 more matches

NSS tools : certutil
if this option is not used, the validity check defaults to the current system time. -c issuer identify the certificate of the ca from which a new certificate will derive its authenticity. use the exact nickname or alias of the ca certificate, or use the ca's email address. bracket the issuer string with quotation marks if it contains spaces. -d [prefix]directory specify the database directory containing the certificate and key database files. certutil supports two types of databases: the legacy security databases (cert8.db, key3.db, and secmod.db) and new sqlite databases (cert9.db, key4.db, and pkcs11.txt). nss recognizes the following pref...
...s operation should be performed by a ca. if no serial number is provided a default serial number is made from the current time. serial numbers are limited to integers. -n nickname specify the nickname of a certificate or key to list, create, add to a database, modify, or validate. bracket the nickname string with quotation marks if it contains spaces. -o output-file specify the output file name for new certificates or binary certificate requests. bracket the output-file string with quotation marks if it contains spaces. if this argument is not used the output destination defaults to standard output. -p dbprefix specify the prefix used on the certif...
... -p dbprefix specify the prefix used on the certificate and key database file. this argument is provided to support legacy servers. most applications do not use a database prefix. -p phone specify a contact telephone number to include in new certificates or certificate requests. bracket this string with quotation marks if it contains spaces. -q pqgfile or curve-name read an alternate pqg value from the specified file when generating dsa key pairs. if this argument is not used,certutil generates its own pqg value. pqg files are created with a separate dsa utility. elliptic curve name is one of the ones from suite b: nistp256, nistp384, nistp521 if nss has been compiled with...
...And 3 more matches

NSS tools : modutil
isms are specified with the -mechanisms argument. arguments module give the security module to access. modulespec give the security module spec to load into the security database. -ciphers cipher-enable-list enable specific ciphers in a module that is being added to the database. the cipher-enable-list is a colon-delimited list of cipher names. enclose this list in quotation marks if it contains spaces. -dbdir [sql:]directory specify the database directory in which to access or create security module database files. modutil supports two types of databases: the legacy security databases (cert8.db, key3.db, and secmod.db) and new sqlite databases (cert9.db, key4.db, and pkcs11.txt). if the prefix sql: is not used, then the tool assumes that the given databases are in the old forma...
... -libfile library-file specify a path to a library file containing the implementation of the pkcs #11 interface module that is being added to the database. -mechanisms mechanism-list specify the security mechanisms for which a particular module will be flagged as a default provider. the mechanism-list is a colon-delimited list of mechanism names. enclose this list in quotation marks if it contains spaces. the module becomes a default provider for the listed mechanisms when those mechanisms are enabled. if more than one module claims to be a particular mechanism's default provider, that mechanism's default provider is undefined. modutil supports several mechanisms: rsa, dsa, rc2, rc4, rc5, aes, des, dh, sha1, sha256, sha512, ssl, tls, md5, md2, random (for random number generation), ...
...le [-ciphers cipher-enable-list] [-mechanisms mechanism-list] for example: modutil -dbdir sql:/home/my/sharednssdb -add "example pkcs #11 module" -libfile "/tmp/crypto.so" -mechanisms rsa:dsa:rc2:random using database directory ... module "example pkcs #11 module" added to database. installing a cryptographic module from a jar file pkcs #11 modules can also be loaded using a jar file, which contains all of the required libraries and an installation script that describes how to install the module. the jar install script is described in more detail in [1]the section called “jar installation file format”. the jar installation script defines the setup information for each platform that the module can be installed on. for example: platforms { linux:5.4.08:x86 { modulename { "example p...
...And 3 more matches

certutil
if this option is not used, the validity check defaults to the current system time. -c issuer identify the certificate of the ca from which a new certificate will derive its authenticity. use the exact nickname or alias of the ca certificate, or use the ca's email address. bracket the issuer string with quotation marks if it contains spaces. -d [sql:]directory specify the database directory containing the certificate and key database files. certutil supports two types of databases: the legacy security databases (cert8.db, key3.db, and secmod.db) and new sqlite databases (cert9.db, key4.db, and pkcs11.txt). if the prefix sql: is not used, then the tool ass...
...e serial number to a certificate being created. this operation should be performed by a ca. the default serial number is 0 (zero). serial numbers are limited to integers. -n nickname specify the nickname of a certificate or key to list, create, add to a database, modify, or validate. bracket the nickname string with quotation marks if it contains spaces. -o output-file specify the output file name for new certificates or binary certificate requests. bracket the output-file string with quotation marks if it contains spaces. if this argument is not used the output destination defaults to standard output. -p dbprefix specify the prefix used on the certificate and key database f...
... specify the prefix used on the certificate and key database file. this option is provided as a special case. changing the names of the certificate and key databases is not recommended. -p phone specify a contact telephone number to include in new certificates or certificate requests. bracket this string with quotation marks if it contains spaces. -q pqgfile read an alternate pqg value from the specified file when generating dsa key pairs. if this argument is not used, certutil generates its own pqg value. pqg files are created with a separate dsa utility. -q curve-name set the elliptic curve name to use when generating ecc key pairs. a complete list of ecc...
...And 3 more matches

NSS tools : modutil
module give the security module to access. modulespec give the security module spec to load into the security database. -ciphers cipher-enable-list enable specific ciphers in a module that is being added to the database. the cipher-enable-list is a colon-delimited list of cipher names. enclose this list in quotation marks if it contains spaces. -dbdir [sql:]directory specify the database directory in which to access or create security module database files. modutil supports two types of databases: the legacy security databases (cert8.db, key3.db, and secmod.db) and new sqlite databases (cert9.db, key4.db, and pkcs11.txt). if the prefix sql: is not...
...ile containing the implementation of the pkcs #11 interface module that is being added to the database. -mechanisms mechanism-list specify the security mechanisms for which a particular module will be flagged as a default provider. the mechanism-list is a colon-delimited list of mechanism names. enclose this list in quotation marks if it contains spaces. the module becomes a default provider for the listed mechanisms when those mechanisms are enabled. if more than one module claims to be a particular mechanism's default provider, that mechanism's default provider is undefined. modutil supports several mechanisms: rsa, dsa, rc2, rc4, rc5, aes, des, dh, sha1, sha256, sha512...
...s cipher-enable-list] [-mechanisms mechanism-list] for example: modutil -dbdir sql:/home/my/sharednssdb -add "example pkcs #11 module" -libfile "/tmp/crypto.so" -mechanisms rsa:dsa:rc2:random using database directory ... module "example pkcs #11 module" added to database. installing a cryptographic module from a jar file pkcs #11 modules can also be loaded using a jar file, which contains all of the required libraries and an installation script that describes how to install the module. the jar install script is described in more detail in [1]the section called “jar installation file format”. the jar installation script defines the setup information for each platform that the module can be installed on. for example: platforms { linux:5.4.08:x86 { mo...
...And 3 more matches

Rhino Debugger
he debugger provides the following facilities for you to control the execution of scripts you are debugging: step into to single step entering any function calls, you may do any of the following: select the debug->step into menu item on the menu bar press the step into button on the toolbar press the f11 key on the keyboard execution will resume. if the current line in the script contains a function call control will return to the debugger upon entry into the function. otherwise control will return to the debugger at the next line in the current function. step over to single step to the next line in the current function, you may do any of the following: select the debug->step over menu item on the menu bar press the step over button on the toolbar press the f7 key on...
... selecting debug->break on function enter will give control to the debugger whenever the execution is entered into a function or script. break on function exit selecting debug->break on function return will give control to the debugger whenever the execution is about to return from a function or script. ...
...you may set a breakpoint in a script by doing one of the following: place the cursor on the line at which you want to set a breakpoint and right-click with the mouse. this action will display a pop-up menu. select the set breakpoint menu item. ...
...And 3 more matches

Index
lete, spidermonkey jsobjectops is used by js_newobject's internals to discover the set of high-level object operations to use for new objects of the given class. all native objects have a jsclass, which is stored as a private (int-tagged) pointer in object slots. in contrast, all native and host objects have a jsobjectmap at obj->map, which may be shared among a number of objects, and which contains the jsobjectops *ops pointer used to dispatch object operations from api calls. 112 jshasinstanceop jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey jshasinstanceop is called to check whether v is an instance of obj. return false on error or exception, true on success with true in *bp if v is an instance of obj, false in *bp otherwise. 113 jsid_empty js...
...is to js_convertarguments as vprintf is to printf. see js_convertarguments for further information. 221 js_convertvalue jsapi reference, obsolete, spidermonkey js_convertvalue converts a javascript value, v, to the specified type. on success, the converted value is stored in *vp. typically users of this function set vp to point to v, so that if conversion is successful, v now contains the converted value. 222 js_decompilefunction jsapi reference, spidermonkey js_decompilefunction generates the complete source code of a function declaration from a function's compiled form, fun. 223 js_decompilefunctionbody jsapi reference, spidermonkey js_decompilefunctionbody generates the source code of a function's body, minus the function keyword, n...
... zero or more functions and makes them properties (methods) of a specified object, obj, as if by calling js_definefunction repeatedly. 232 js_defineobject jsapi reference, spidermonkey js_defineobject creates a new object of the class clasp and assigns it to a new property of an existing object, obj. name is the property name to assign to obj to hold the new object, and flags contains the property attributes to set for the newly created property. 233 js_defineownproperty jsapi reference, obsolete, spidermonkey js_defineownproperty implements the ecmascript defined function object.defineproperty. so the same restrictions apply as for that function (e.g. it is not possible to change a non-configurable property). 234 js_defineproperties jsapi r...
...And 3 more matches

Bytecode Descriptions
nd can exit only by executing a jsop::enditer or by exception unwinding. (a jsop::enditer is always emitted at the end of the loop, and extra copies are emitted on "exit slides", where a break, continue, or return statement exits the loop.) typically a single try note entry marks the contiguous chunk of bytecode from the instruction after jsop::iter to jsop::enditer (inclusive); but if that range contains any instructions on exit slides, after a jsop::enditer, then those must be correctly noted as outside the loop. format: jof_ic moreiter stack: iter ⇒ iter, name get the next property name for a for-in loop. iter must be a propertyiteratorobject produced by jsop::iter. this pushes the property name for the next loop iteration, or magicvalue(js_no_iter_value) if there are no more enumerable p...
...ement is defined, but the array length and the stack value index are still incremented. this never calls setters or proxy traps. array must be an array object created by jsop::newarray and never used except by jsop::initelemarray and jsop::initeleminc. index must be an integer, 0 <= index <= int32_max. if index is int32_max, this throws a rangeerror. this instruction is used when an array literal contains a spreadelement. in [a, ...b, c], initelemarray 0 is used to put a into the array, but initeleminc is used for the elements of b and for c. implements: several steps in arrayaccumulation that call createdataproperty, set the array length, and/or increment nextindex. format: jof_elem, jof_propinit, jof_ic hole stack: ⇒ hole push magicvalue(js_elements_hole), representing an elision in an arra...
... the implicit this value for an unqualified function call, like foo(). nameindex gives the name of the function we're calling. the result is always undefined except when the name refers to a with binding. for example, in with (date) { getfullyear(); }, the implicit this passed to getfullyear is date, not undefined. this walks the run-time environment chain looking for the environment record that contains the function. if the function call is not inside a with statement, use jsop::gimplicitthis instead. if the function call definitely refers to a local binding, use jsop::undefined. implements: evaluatecall step 1.b. but not entirely correctly. see bug 1166408. format: jof_atom gimplicitthis operands: (uint32_t nameindex) stack: ⇒ this like jsop::implicitthis, but the name must not be bound in...
...And 3 more matches

Garbage collection
ry compartment belongs to exactly one zone every js heap object belongs to exactly one zone. objects from the same zone but different compartments can share an arena. objects from different zones cannot be stored in the same arena. a zone remains alive as long as any js heap objects in the zone are alive. chunk a chunk is the largest internal unit of memory allocation. a chunk is 1mb and contains arenas, padding, the mark bitmap (chunkbitmap), a bitmap of decommitted arenas, and a chunk header (chunkinfo). the chunkinfo contains a list of unallocated arenas, starting at chunkinfo::freearenashead and linked through arenaheader::next. the chunkinfo also contains some basic stats, such as the number of free arenas. arena an arena is an internal unit of memory allocation. an arena is one ...
...all elements in an arena have the same allocation kind and size. every arena maintains a list of free spans, starting at arenaheader::firstfreespanoffets. ...
...then an array of aligned elements. all elements in an arena have the same allocation kind and size. every arena maintains a list of free spans, starting at arenaheader::firstfreespanoffets. the last cell in each free span (except the last one) holds a freespan for the next free span. free span struct freespan represents a contiguous sequence of free cells [first,last] within an arena. freespan contains functions to allocate from the free span. mark bitmap the mark bitmap is represented by chunkbitmap. the mark bitmap has two bits per gc cell, so that it can represent both regular liveness marking ("marked black") as well as reachability from cycle-collected objects ("marked gray"). mark bits are allocated based on the minimum cell size, thus an object comprised of larger cells consumes multi...
...And 3 more matches

SpiderMonkey Internals
this document is talking about partially obsolete things. design walk-through at heart, spidermonkey is a fast interpreter that runs an untyped bytecode and operates on values of type js::value—type-tagged values that represent the full range of javascript values. in addition to the interpreter, spidermonkey contains a just-in-time (jit) compiler, a garbage collector, code implementing the basic behavior of javascript values, a standard library implementing ecma 262-5.1 §15 with various extensions, and a few public apis. interpreter like many portable interpreters, spidermonkey's interpreter is mainly a single, tremendously long function that steps through the bytecode one instruction at a time, using a switch statement (or faster alternative, depending on the compiler) to jump to the ap...
...ause from firefox users). all state associated with an interpreter instance is passed through formal parameters to the interpreter entry point; most implicit state is collected in a type named jscontext. therefore, almost all functions in spidermonkey, api or not, take a jscontext pointer as their first argument. compiler the compiler consumes javascript source code and produces a script which contains bytecode, source annotations, and a pool of string, number, and identifier literals. the script also contains objects, including any functions defined in the source code, each of which has its own, nested script. the compiler consists of: a random-logic rather than table-driven lexical scanner, a recursive-descent parser that produces an ast, and a tree-walking code generator. semantic and lexic...
...alled the jsapi, is in most places a thin (but source-compatible across versions) layer over the implementation. see the jsapi user guide. there is an additional public api for javascript debuggers, jsdbgapi, but js/jsd/jsdebug.h might be a better api for debuggers. another api, jsxdrapi, provides serialization for javascript scripts. (xul fastload uses this.) just-in-time compiler spidermonkey contains a baseline compiler as first tier. a second tier jit, code-named ionmonkey was enabled in firefox 18. ionmonkey is an optimizing compiler. self-hosting of built-in functions in js starting with firefox 17, spidermonkey has the ability to implement built-in functions in self-hosted js code. this code is compiled in a special compilation mode that gives it access to functionality that's not norma...
...And 3 more matches

JIT Optimization Strategies
note: this page is an in-progress documentation of jit optimization strategies planned to support the "jit coach" feature intended for inclusion in firefox developer tools. this page has two intended uses: 1. provide a repository of jit optimization strategy information which the jit coach tool can parse to display in its ui. 2. provide a user-browsable documentation of optimization strategies, how they work, how they are defeated, and options for how to re-enable them. spidermonkey's optimizing jit, ionmonkey, uses various strategies to optimize operations. ...
...ays without disabling this optimization: access arguments.length access arguments.callee access individual args using arguments[i] save arguments into variables, as long as those variables cannot be accessed by any nested function, and as long as there exists no eval anywhere within the function or nested function definitions. call a function using f.apply(obj, arguments) if the function contains any use of the arguments object that falls out of the cases defined above, this optimization will be suppressed. in particular, arguments cannot be returned from the function, or passed as an argument into calls (except for the apply case above). getprop_argumentscallee attempts to optimize an arguments.callee property access. this optimization only works if the arguments object is used in well...
...ays without disabling this optimization: access arguments.length access arguments.callee access individual args using arguments[i] save arguments into variables, as long as those variables cannot be accessed by any nested function, and as long as there exists no eval anywhere within the function or nested function definitions. call a function using f.apply(obj, arguments) if the function contains any use of the arguments object that falls out of the cases defined above, this optimization will be suppressed. in particular, arguments cannot be returned from the function, or passed as an argument into calls (except for the apply example listed above). getprop_inferredconstant attempts to optimize an access to a property that seems to be a constant. it applies to property accesses on object...
...And 3 more matches

nsIAccessibleRole
pported for caret. role_alert 8 represents an alert or a condition that a user should be notified about. assistive technologies typically respond to the role by reading the entire on screen contents of containers advertising this role. should be used for warning dialogs, etc. the role is used by xul:browsermessage, role="alert", xforms:message. role_window 9 represents the window frame, which contains child objects such as a title bar, client, and other objects contained in a window. the role is supported automatically by ms windows. role_internal_frame 10 a sub-document or iframe. role_menupopup 11 represents a menu, which presents a list of options from which the user can make a selection to perform an action. it is used for role="menu". role_menuitem 12 represents a menu item, which i...
...used for the first child of a or iframe. role_chart 17 represents a graphical image used to represent data. role_dialog 18 represents a dialog box or message box. it is used for xul:dialog, role="dialog". role_border 19 represents a window border. role_grouping 20 logically groups other objects. there is not always a parent-child relationship between the grouping object and the objects it contains. it is used for html:textfield, xul:groupbox, role="group". role_separator 21 used to visually divide a space into two regions, such as a separator menu item or a bar that divides split panes within a window. it is used for xul:separator, html:hr, role="separator". role_toolbar 22 represents a toolbar, which is a grouping of controls (push buttons or toggle buttons) that provides easy access ...
...used features. it is used for xul:toolbar, role="toolbar". role_statusbar 23 represents a status bar, which is an area at the bottom of a window that displays information about the current operation, state of the application, or selected object. the status bar has multiple fields, which display different kinds of information. it is used for xul:statusbar. role_table 24 represents a table that contains rows and columns of cells, and optionally, row headers and column headers. it is used for html:table, role="grid". also refer to the following roles: role_columnheader, role_rowheader, role_column, role_row, role_cell. role_columnheader 25 represents a column header, providing a visual label for a column in a table. it is used for xul tree column headers, html:th, role="colheader". also refer t...
...And 3 more matches

DevTools API - Firefox Developer Tools
he devtools api provides a way to register and access developer tools in firefox. in terms of user interface, each registered tool lives in its own tab (we call one tab a panel). these tabs are located in a box we call a toolbox. a toolbox can be hosted within a browser tab (at the bottom or on the side), or in its own window (we say that the toolbox is undocked). a toolbox (and all the tools it contains) is linked to a target, which is the object the tools are debugging. a target is usually a web page (a tab), but can be other things (a chrome window, a remote tab,…). in terms of code, each tool has to provide a tooldefinition object. a definition is a js light object that exposes different information about the tool (like its name and its icon), and a build method that will be used later-on ...
... tools, themes and handle toolboxes for different tabs and windows. to use the gdevtools api from an add-on, it can be imported with following snippet const { gdevtools } = require("resource:///modules/devtools/gdevtools.jsm"); methods registertool(tooldefinition) registers a new tool and adds a tab to each existing toolbox. ...
... unregistertheme(theme) unregisters the given theme. parameters: theme {themedefinition|string} - the theme definition object or the theme identifier. showtoolbox(target [, toolid [, hosttype [, hostoptions]]]) opens a toolbox for given target either by creating a new one or activating an existing one. ...
...And 3 more matches

CSSCounterStyleRule - Web APIs
2px" /><text x="211" y="30" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">csscounterstylerule</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} properties this interface also inherits properties from its parent cssrule. ...
...baseline="middle">csscounterstylerule</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} properties this interface also inherits properties from its parent cssrule. csscounterstylerule.name is a domstring object that contains the serialization of the <counter-style-name> defined for the associated rule. csscounterstylerule.system is a domstring object that contains the serialization of the system descriptor defined for the associated rule. if the descriptor was not specified in the associated rule, the attribute returns an empty string. csscounterstylerule.symbols is a domstring object that contains the serialization of the symbols descriptor defined for the associated rule. if the descriptor was not specified in the associated rule, the attribute returns...
... descriptor was not specified in the associated rule, the attribute returns an empty string. csscounterstylerule.symbols is a domstring object that contains the serialization of the symbols descriptor defined for the associated rule. if the descriptor was not specified in the associated rule, the attribute returns an empty string. csscounterstylerule.additivesymbols is a domstring object that contains the serialization of the additive-symbols descriptor defined for the associated rule. if the descriptor was not specified in the associated rule, the attribute returns an empty string. csscounterstylerule.negative is a domstring object that contains the serialization of the negative descriptor defined for the associated rule. if the descriptor was not specified in the associated rule, the attri...
...And 3 more matches

Content categories - Developer guides
<h4>, <h5>, <h6> and <hgroup>. though likely to contain heading content, the <header> is not heading content itself. note: the <hgroup> element was removed from the w3c html specification prior to html 5 being finalized, but is still part of the whatwg specification and is at least partially supported by most browsers. phrasing content phrasing content defines the text and the mark-up it contains. runs of phrasing content make up paragraphs. elements belonging to this category are <abbr>, <audio>, <b>, <bdo>, <br>, <button>, <canvas>, <cite>, <code>, <command>, <data>, <datalist>, <dfn>, <em>, <embed>, <i>, <iframe>, <img>, <input>, <kbd>, <keygen>, <label>, <mark>, <math>, <meter>, <noscript>, <object>, <output>, <picture>, <progress>, <q>, <ruby>, <samp>, <script>, <select>, <small>,...
...ygen>, <label>, <mark>, <math>, <meter>, <noscript>, <object>, <output>, <picture>, <progress>, <q>, <ruby>, <samp>, <script>, <select>, <small>, <span>, <strong>, <sub>, <sup>, <svg>, <textarea>, <time>, <var>, <video>, <wbr> and plain text (not only consisting of white spaces characters). ...
... <q>, <ruby>, <samp>, <script>, <select>, <small>, <span>, <strong>, <sub>, <sup>, <svg>, <textarea>, <time>, <var>, <video>, <wbr> and plain text (not only consisting of white spaces characters). a few other elements belong to this category, but only if a specific condition is fulfilled: <a>, if it contains only phrasing content <area>, if it is a descendant of a <map> element <del>, if it contains only phrasing content <ins>, if it contains only phrasing content <link>, if the itemprop attribute is present <map>, if it contains only phrasing content <meta>, if the itemprop attribute is present embedded content embedded content imports another resource or inserts content from another mark-up language or namespace into the document. elements that belong to this category include: <audi...
...And 3 more matches

Creating custom Firefox extensions with the Mozilla build system - Archive of obsolete content
iption> <em:creator>allpeers.com</em:creator> <em:homepageurl>http://www.allpeers.com/blog/</em:homepageurl> </description> </rdf> there's a detailed description of the format of the install.rdf file. use the dist_files variable in the makefile to tell make to copy the file into the extension directory and (optional) xpi file. public interfaces the public/ directory contains any interfaces that need to be accessed by other modules. these can be idl files describing xpcom interfaces, which are used to generate normal c++ header files for inclusion in your source files. they can also be normal c++ header files that are to be used directly by other modules. the easiest way to accomplish the latter is to use inline implementations for all methods so you don't have any ad...
...if you have multiple modules, make absolutely sure that you use a different value for xpidl_module for each one. otherwise the first module's xpt file will be overwritten by the second and you'll get ns_error_xpc_bad_iid errors when you try to access its idl interfaces from your code. the files under exports are copied directly to the /mozilla/$(moz_obj...
... now it's time to create the makefile and source files in the src/ subdirectory. if you're implementing interfaces that you've described using idl, the easiest way to do this is to leave the src/ directory empty and run make on the public/ directory only; this will be explained shortly. then open the generated header file for your interface from /mozilla/$(moz_objdir)/dist/include/. it contains stubs for the component .h and .cpp files that you can copy and paste into your implementation files. all you have to do is fill in the implementation stubs in the c++ file and you're good to go. here's an example of the makefile you need to place into your src directory: depth = ../../.. topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ vpath = @srcdir@ include $(depth)/config...
...And 2 more matches

Enhanced Extension Installation - Archive of obsolete content
tasource - new items are installed, old items uninstalled, enabled or disabled, a .autoreg file is written to the profile directory as well, which tells the startup code that the system has been modified, so that it destroys the component registries, finishes pending transactions and regenerates metadata appropriately. datasource structure the extension manager implements a rdf datasource which contains a composite of the two xml/rdf datasources at the two install locations. the composite datasource handles all read-only information requests, and when data must be written the extension manager determines the appropriate datasource to write and flush to. the model looks something like this: nsextensionsdatasource.prototype = { _composite // the composite that manages the two...
...t in one or other of the two containers. in situations where an item is not yet a member of one of the containers, type is inelegantly determined by checking for presence of a theme-only property on the item's install manifest rdf file. installation initiation when an item is installed from the web, xpinstall is invoked and it calls into the extension system when it discovers that the xpi file contains an install.rdf manifest. the extension manager extracts that file and checks to see if the item is compatible with the running version of the application. if it is, a small set of metadata about it is written to the appropriate datasource (name, version, a flag to tell the system to properly install it on the next startup), and it is added to the appropriate type container. the system also writes...
...eralized the concept of an install location, we can make this set configurable by applications and extensions. to this end, we scan the category extension-install-locations as the extension system is started (after profile initialization) and add these to our internal set. extension metadata the following files are now used to hold metadata: <profile>/extensions.ini -active items this file contains a list of active extension directories (i.e. directories to extensions that are enabled only), to be used by the xredirprovider during startup to locate components, preferences and chrome manifests. the format here is similar to firefox 1.0 except there is no longer a count value that needs to be kept in sync with the number of lines... the file is written simply as extension#=<absolute path to i...
...And 2 more matches

MMgc - Archive of obsolete content
calling gc::alloc. unmanaged memory is everything else. this is c++ memory management as you're accustomed to it. memory can be allocated with the new operator, and must be explicitly deleted in your c++ code at some later time using the delete operator. another way to think about it: unmanaged memory is c++ operators new and delete managed memory is c++ operator new, with optional delete mmgc contains a page allocator called gcheap, which allocates large blocks (megabytes) of memory from the system and doles out 4kb pages to the unmanaged memory allocator (fixedmalloc) and the managed memory allocator (gc). mmgc namespace the mmgc library is in the c++ namespace mmgc. you can qualify references to classes in the library; for example: mmgc::gc, mmgc::gcfinalizedobject. alternately, you can open...
...although it can be freed with free if it is known that there are no other references to it. alloc is often used to allocate arrays and other objects of variable size that contain gc pointers or are otherwise desirable to have in managed memory. these flags may be passed to alloc to control the allocation type. /** * flags to be passed as second argument to alloc */ enum allocflags { kzero=1, kcontainspointers=2, kfinalize=4, krcobject=8 }; kzero zeros out the memory. otherwise, the memory contains undefined values. kcontainspointers indicates to the gc that the memory will contain pointers to other gc objects, and thus needs to be scanned by the gc's mark phase. if you know for certain that the objects will not contain gc pointers, leave this flag off; it will make the mark phase faster b...
... pointer to a gcobject from an object in unmanaged memory, the unmanaged object must be a subclass of gcroot. gcroot must be subclassed by any unmanaged memory class that holds gc pointers. class mygcobject : public mmgc::gcobject { ... }; class mygcroot : public mmgc::gcroot { mygcobject* mygcobject; }; note that a gcroot is not a garbage-collected object. it is an unmanaged memory object that contains gc pointers. mmgc keeps a list of all gcroots in the system and makes sure that it marks them. gcroots are generally expected to be allocated using mmgc's unmanaged memory allocators, so that mmgc can figure out how big the gcroot object is. use of gcroot is required to have gc pointers from unmanaged memory, since without gcroot, those pointers won't be marked by the mark phase of the gc. note t...
...And 2 more matches

Migrate apps from Internet Explorer to Mozilla - Archive of obsolete content
hite spaces, even though that is against the w3c specification. the browser will not parse a &nbsp if it is directly followed by more characters, for example: &nbsp12345 this code does not work in mozilla, since it goes against the w3c web standards. always use the correct form (&nbsp;) to avoid browser discrepancies. dom differences the document object model (dom) is the tree structure that contains the document elements. you can manipulate it through javascript apis, which the w3c has standardized. however, prior to w3c standardization, netscape 4 and internet explorer 4 implemented the apis similarly. mozilla only implements legacy apis if they are unachievable with w3c web standards. accessing elements to retrieve an element reference using the cross-browser approach, you use document.g...
...ow has finished. you can deal with this by having an onload handler in the new window and then call back into the opener window (using window.opener). differences in javascript-generating html javascript can, through document.write, generate html on the fly from a string. the main issue here is when javascript, embedded inside an html document (thus, inside an <script> tag), generates html that contains a <script> tag. if the document is in strict rendering mode, it will parse the </script> inside the string as the closing tag for the enclosing <script>. the following code illustrates this best: <!doctype html public "-//w3c//dtd xhtml 1.0 transitional//en" "http://www.w3.org/tr/xhtml1/dtd/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> ... <script> document.write("<script type='text/javascript'>alert('hello');</...
...quest. how to handle xml as with standard html, mozilla supports the w3c xml dom specification, which allows you to manipulate almost any aspect of an xml document. differences between internet explorer's xml dom and mozilla are usually caused by internet explorer's nonstandard behaviors. probably the most common difference is how they handle white space text nodes. often when xml generates, it contains white spaces between xml nodes. internet explorer, when using node.childnodes, will not contain these white space nodes. in mozilla, those nodes will be in the array. xml: <?xml version="1.0"?> <myxmldoc xmlns:myns="http://myfoo.com"> <myns:foo>bar</myns:foo> </myxmldoc> javascript: var myxmldoc = getxmldocument().documentelement; alert(myxmldoc.childnodes.length); the first li...
...And 2 more matches

Complete - Archive of obsolete content
it implements languages and themes. overall structure this extension's internal name is allcustom. it uses this name as the default file name throughout. where you see a url in the code with no file name, the application uses this default file name and an extension appropriate for the type of file expected. the extension is supplied as a xpi, which is compressed to reduce download times. the xpi contains: install.rdf information about the extension chrome.manifest registration data for firefox etc. install.js installation script for seamonkey chrome directory containing the extension code chrome/allcustom.jar the extension jar defaults/preferences directory containing...
...allcustom. you can see the registration details in chrome.manifest (firefox, etc.) or in installed-chrome.txt and chrome.rdf (seamonkey). when the xul file, allcustom.xul is loaded, the doctype declaration near the top loads a dtd from chrome://allcustom/locale/. the application's chrome registry converts this url to the correct dtd file for the locale you are using. the xul toolbarbutton tag contains an entity &allcustom.alert.1;. the dtd resolves this into a text string in the appropriate language. when you press the button, the code in the xul element sends the text string to the extension's javascript code in allcustom.js. the extension's javascript code displays the text. file structure in the new file structure, there is a locale directory for all the locales. each locale has its own ...
...plays the text. file structure in the new file structure, there is a locale directory for all the locales. each locale has its own directory there. in each locale's directory, there is an allcustom directory. this is useful when files from various components and extensions and all unpacked in the same place—it keeps each set of files separate. in the allcustom directory, the file allcustom.dtd contains the translated strings. the file contents.rdf contains registration data used by seamonkey. localizing the description firefox etc. display a description of the extension in the extensions window. the description in install.rdf is the default. for each supported locale, a description in install.properties overrides the default. a preference setting in defaults/preferences/allcustom.js makes the c...
...And 2 more matches

NPAPI plugin reference - Archive of obsolete content
nted by the browser and called by the plug-in. np_getmimedescription np_getmimedescription returns a supported mime type list for your plugin. it works on unix (linux) and macos. on windows you have to define supported mimetypes in the dll resource file. np_getvalue allows the browser to query the plug-in for information. np_initialize provides global initialization for a plug-in. np_port contains information required by the window field of an npwindow structure. np_shutdown provides global deinitialization for a plug-in. npanycallbackstruct contains information required during embedded mode printing. npapi plug-in side api this chapter describes methods in the plug-in api that are available from the plug-in object; these allow plug-ins to interact with the browser. the names of all ...
...rowser. the names of all of these methods begin with npp_ to indicate that they are implemented by the plug-in and called by the browser. npbyterange represents a particular range of bytes from a stream. npclass npclass is a structure that holds a set of pointers to functions that make up the behavior of an instance of an npclass (i.e. an npobject). npembedprint substructure of npprint that contains platform-specific information used during embedded mode printing. npevent represents an event passed by npp_handleevent() to a windowless plug-in. npfullprint substructure of npprint that contains platform-specific information used during full-page mode printing. npidentifier npidentifier is an opaque type used for method and property identifiers, such as strings or integers. npidentifiers ...
...sized, or destroyed. npp_streamasfile provides a local file name for the data from a stream. npp_urlnotify notifies the plug-in instance of the completion of a url request. npp_write delivers data to a plug-in instance. (remark: hence the name "npp_write" is misleading - just think of:"data_arrived") npp_writeready determines maximum number of bytes that the plug-in can consume. npprint contains information the plug-in needs to print itself in full-page or embedded mode. npprintcallbackstruct contains information required by the platformprint field of the npembedprint structure during embedded mode printing on unix systems. nppvariable see npn_setvalue. nprect represents a rectangular area of a plug-in's content area. npregion represents a platform-defined region of a page. npsa...
...And 2 more matches

Examples - Archive of obsolete content
please refer to the article to learn more about these examples. if you wish to test these examples by yourself, please read the important notes. important notes if you plan to test these examples by yourself, you must use the right filename extension (it is written at the beginning of the code). ideally, upload the file to a web server and you're done. please note that the examples 4, 5 and 6 require a file named style.css to exist in the same directory as the example. you can get the contents of style.css at the bottom of this page. ...
...: blue; color: yellow; } --> </style> <script type="text/javascript"> <!-- var i = 0; var sum = 0; for (i = 0; i < 10; ++i) { sum += i; } alert('sum = ' + sum); // --> </script> </head> <body> <h1>problem 2 - comments in xhtml</h1> <p> this document is valid xhtml 1.0 strict served as <code>application/xhtml+xml</code>. </p> <p> this document contains inline css rules contained in a <code>style</code> element and surrounded by a comment and javascript contained in a <code>script</code> element and surrounded by a comment. </p> <dl> <dt>mozilla 1.1+/opera 7</dt> <dd>do not apply css or execute the javascript.</dd> <dt>netscape 7.0x/mozilla 1.0.x</dt> <dd>do not apply css but does execute the javascript.</dd> <dt>internet ex...
...text/html; charset=iso-8859-1" /> <style type="text/css"> <!-- body { padding-top: 8em; } html { color: #fff; background: #000 no-repeat fixed;} p {width: 30em; font-weight: bold;} --> </style> </head> <body> <h1>example 1 - xhtml 1.0 strict as text/html</h1> <p> this document is valid xhtml 1.0 strict served as <code>text/html</code>. </p> <p> this document contains inline css rules contained in a <code>style</code> element and surrounded by a sgml comment. </p> <p> note how the css rules for the background are applied in netscape 7.x, mozilla, opera 7 and internet explorer 5.5+. </p> <p> <a href="http://validator.w3.org/check/referer"><img src="https://udn.realityripple.com/samples/8a/9e64asf935.png" alt="valid xhtml 1.0!
...And 2 more matches

Creating hyperlinks - Learn web development
documents, video and audio files, or anything else that lives on the web. if the web browser doesn't know how to display or handle the file, it will ask you if you want to open the file (in which case the duty of opening or handling the file is passed to a suitable native app on the device) or download the file (in which case you can try to deal with it later on). ...
...page contains a many links that point not only to multiple news stories, but also different areas of the site (navigation functionality), login/registration pages (user tools), and more. anatomy of a link a basic link is created by wrapping the text or other content, see block level links, inside an <a> element and using the href attribute, also known as a hypertext reference, or target, that contains the web address. <p>i'm creating a link to <a href="https://www.mozilla.org/">the mozilla homepage</a>. </p> this gives us the following result: i'm creating a link to the mozilla homepage. adding supporting information with the title attribute another attribute you may want to add to your links is title. ...
... <p>i'm creating a link to <a href="https://www.mozilla.org/" title="the best place to find more information about mozilla's mission and how to contribute">the mozilla homepage</a>. ...
...And 2 more matches

Document and website structure - Learn web development
your website will just lead to confused, frustrated users. many web designers consider the navigation bar to be part of the header rather than an individual component, but that's not a requirement; in fact, some also argue that having the two separate is better for accessibility, as screen readers can read the two features better if they are separate. main content: a big area in the center that contains most of the unique content of a given webpage, for example, the video you want to watch, or the main story you're reading, or the map you want to view, or the news headlines, etc. this is the one part of the website that definitely will vary from page to page! sidebar: some peripheral info, links, quotes, ads, etc. usually, this is contextual to what is contained in the main content (for exampl...
...ebar: some peripheral info, links, quotes, ads, etc. usually, this is contextual to what is contained in the main content (for example on a news article page, the sidebar might contain the author's bio, or links to related articles) but there are also cases where you'll find some recurring elements like a secondary navigation system. footer: a strip across the bottom of the page that generally contains fine print, copyright notices, or contact info. it's a place to put common information (like the header) but usually, that information is not critical or secondary to the website itself. the footer is also sometimes used for seo purposes, by providing links for quick access to popular content. a "typical website" could be structured something like this: html for structuring content the simp...
...href="#">projects</a></li> <li><a href="#">contact</a></li> </ul> <!-- a search form is another commmon non-linear way to navigate through a website. --> <form> <input type="search" name="q" placeholder="search query"> <input type="submit" value="go!"> </form> </nav> <!-- here is our page's main content --> <main> <!-- it contains an article --> <article> <h2>article heading</h2> <p>lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit. donec a diam lectus. set sit amet ipsum mauris. maecenas congue ligula as quam viverra nec consectetur ant hendrerit. donec et mollis dolor. praesent et diam eget libero egestas mattis sit amet vitae augue. nam tincidunt congue enim, ut porta lorem lacinia consecte...
...And 2 more matches

Test your skills: Conditionals - Learn web development
e the assessment or further help section at the bottom of this page. note: in the examples below, if there is an error in your code it will be outputted into the results panel on the page, to help you try to figure out the answer (or into the browser's javascript console, in the case of the downloadable version). conditionals 1 in this task you are provided with two variables: season — contains a string that says what the current season is. response — begins uninitialized, but is later used to store a reponse that will be printed to the output panel. we want you to create a conditional that checks whether season contains the string "summer", and if so assigns a string to response that gives the user an appropriate message about the season. if not, it should assign a generic string ...
... to the output panel. we want you to create a conditional that checks whether season contains the string "summer", and if so assigns a string to response that gives the user an appropriate message about the season. if not, it should assign a generic string to response that tells the user we don't know what season it is. to finish off, you should then add another test that checks whether season contains the string "winter", and again assigns an appropriate string to response. try updating the live code below to recreate the finished example: download the starting point for this task to work in your own editor or in an online editor. ...
...this score is fed into the answer machine, which provides a response to indicate how well you did. ...
...And 2 more matches

Getting started with Svelte - Learn web development
you don't need to understand this file at all to complete this tutorial, however, if you'd like to learn more about it, you can read what is the file package.json? on nodejs.org; we also talk about it in our package management basics tutorial. node_modules: this is where node saves the project dependencies. these dependenc...
...ses. .gitignore: tells git which files or folder to ignore from the project — useful if you decide to include your app in a git repo. rollup.config.js: svelte uses rollup.js as a module bundler. this configuration file tells rollup how to compile and build your app. if you prefer webpack you can create your starter project with npx degit sveltejs/template-webpack svelte-app instead. scripts: contains setup scripts as required. currently should only contain setuptypescript.js, a script that sets up typescript support in svelte. we'll talk about this more in the last article. src: this directory is where the source code for your application lives — where you'll be creating the code for your app. app.svelte: this is the top-level component of your app. so far it just renders the 'hello ...
.... src: this directory is where the source code for your application lives — where you'll be creating the code for your app. app.svelte: this is the top-level component of your app. so far it just renders the 'hello world!' message. main.js: the entry point to our application. it just instantiates the app component and binds it to the body of our html page. public: this directory contains all the files that will be published in production. favicon.png: this is the favicon for your app. currently, it's the svelte logo. index.html: this is the main page of your app. initially it's just an empty html5 page that loads the css files and js bundles generated by svelte. global.css: this file contains unscoped styles. it's a regular css file that will be applied to the whole a...
...And 2 more matches

Accessibility API cross-reference
e, or site. article <article> <part> or <art> object representing entire app. aria role denotes interactive (not browsable) content operable in ways that differ from any of the other interactive aria roles, and may be only a part of the main document. application frame n/a application see <div> and <nonstruct> a region that contains mostly site-oriented content, rather than page-specific content. banner a portion of quoted content which is 'too long' to appear 'inline' n/a blockquote <blockquote> entire window border as 1 object border n/a n/a n/a specific kind of button that drops down a list of items, msaa onl...
...n content at a similar level in the dom hierarchy, but remains meaningful when separated from the main content. complementary <aside> n/a but <div> or even <p> have been suggested for this purpose a widget that may contain navigable descendants or owned children. composite (abstract role) a large perceivable region that contains information about the parent document such as copyright, authors' names etc. contentinfo <footer> page footers are often tagged as an artifact (not "real" content) with the 'contentinfo' provided as document level xmp metadata instead the mouse pointer - when and how is this used? cursor n/a n/a n/a a definition of a term ...
... document a drop down list, different from combobox droplist n/a n/a listbox for math & chemistry equation n/a n/a math a scrollable list of articles where scrolling may cause articles to be added to or removed from either end of the list. feed a landmark region that contains a collection of items and objects that, as a whole, combine to create a form. form <form> presumably msaa's graphic is aria's and html's img? graphic n/a n/a img <img> a cell in a grid or treegrid. grid a composite widget containing a collection of one or more rows with one or more c...
...And 2 more matches

Gecko info for Windows accessibility vendors
subset of readonly methods in the dom needed for assistive technology vendors. events such as focus changes must be tracked through msaa events, rather than dom events. xul: extensible user-interface language the xml-based language used by firefox and mozilla to develop the ui. similar to html in that it can be combined with css and javascript to make powerful applications. contains more desktop-style widgets than html and follows a box layout model, rather than being text-flow based. ajax: asynchronous javascript and xml ajax is a method of building interactive web applications that process user requests, user actions immediately in real time, unlike an http request, during which users must wait for a whole page to reload or for a new page to load. dat...
...ultra-fast and more advanced (fully configurable) gecko-based web browser available on the windows platform xul-based clients (support msaa) xul-based clients make full use of the gecko architecture, not only for html content, as well as for menus, dialogs and the entire user interface via an xml language called xul (extensible user-interface language). none of the user interface contains standard windows controls -- not even the menus! this is done to ensure a common look and feel across all supported platforms, and to allow for different skins (appearances). firefox (please use version 1.1 alpha builds or later) thunderbird (please use version 1.1 alpha builds or later) mozilla seamonkey (please use 1.8 alpha builds or later) how to find the conte...
...the field does not currently have a legal value const unsigned long state_??? = state_alert_medium; // reserved for future use. document structure exposed in msaa tree bstr roles are used for important roles that have not been defined by microsoft. when the role is retrieved in a variant returned from get_accrole, check to see if variant.vt == vt_bstr. if it is, than variant.bstrval contains the role string. the role string may be an html tag name followed by comma, space and the namespace of the current element. in most current cases the namespace can be ignored, but it may become important in the future. the following html tags are exposed as bstr's: abbr, acronym, blockquote, dd, dl, dt, form, frame, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, iframe, q, tbody, tfoot, thead in addition, ...
...And 2 more matches

Multiprocess on Windows
are registered; register any outparams that consist of arrays of interfaces. we will now further detail each of these items: generating typelibs for all com interfaces you first need to include a library statement in your idl. when midl processes your idl, it generates c code for building a proxy dll, containing the oicf metadata. it also will output a file with the .tlb extension. this file contains the typelib metadata. both metadata types must be shipped with firefox. the oicf metadata is shipped via the proxy dll. to include the typelib metadata, embed it in the proxy dll's resources. both types of metadata are then made available from within the same dll. this is achieved by specifying rcinclude in the dll's moz.build, and then specifying the resources in an .rc file. you should always e...
...ray of arraydata structs. you should statically define this array in your code, as const. for example: static const mozilla::mscom::arraydata kmyarraydata[] { { // first arraydata definition }, { // second arraydata definition } }; mozilla::mscom::registerarraydata(kmyarraydata); each arraydata struct corresponds to one function; with length_is and/or size_is annotations. if your interface contains two functions with those annotations, then you will need to add two arraydata entries. arraydata contains seven fields: iid miid; ulong mmethodindex; ulong marrayparamindex; vartype marrayparamtype; iid marrayparamiid; ulong mlengthparamindex; flag mflag; miid is the uuid of the interface owning the function. mmethodindex is the vtable index of the function within its inte...
...n. mmethodindex is the vtable index of the function within its interface. this index must take into account the vtable(s) of parent interfaces. for example, if interface ifoo inherits from iunknown, the lowest possible mmethodindex for ifoo could be 3, because indices 0, 1, and 2 are occupied by the functions that ifoo inherited from iunknown. marrayparamindex is the index of the parameter that contains the array (excluding the this pointer). marrayparamtype is the expected variant type of the outparam. this should usually be set to vt_unknown | vt_byref, which is telling the interceptor that the outparam is an iunknown**. marrayparamiid is the uuid of the interface that the outparam array uses. this should be the iid that we want the interceptor to actually use when wrapping the array element...
...And 2 more matches

How Mozilla's build system works
who have worked with autoconf before. however, mozilla's config.status is different from many other config.status files, as it's written in python! instead of our configure script producing a shell script, it generates a python script. python 2 is prevalent in a mozilla build system. if we need to write code for the build system, we do it in python 2 instead of editing a makefile. config.status contains 2 parts: data structures representing the output of configure and a command-line interface for preparing, configuring, or generating an appropriate build backend. a build backend is merely a tool used to build the tree — like gnu make or tup. these data structures describe the current state of the system and what the existing build configuration looks like. for example, a data structure d...
...). the most important actions of moz.build files are #1 and #2 from the above list. these are how the execution of a moz.build file tells the build system what to do. for example, you can assign to the dirs list to define which directories to traverse into looking for additional moz.build files. the output of the execution of an individual moz.build file is a python dictionary. this dictionary contains the uppercase variables directly assigned to and the special variables indirectly assigned to by calling functions exported to the execution environment. this is what we were referring to when we said you can think of moz.build files as data structures. moz.build uppercase variables and functions the set of special symbols available to moz.build files is centrally defined and is under the purvi...
...ntext.py. how moz.build processing works for most developers, knowing that moz.build files are python scripts that are executed and emit python dictionaries describing the build configuration is enough. if you insist on knowing more, this section is for you. all the code for reading moz.build files lives under /python/mozbuild/mozbuild/frontend/. ...
...And 2 more matches

Investigating leaks using DMD heap scan mode
ss of the leaking object, usually a window. conveniently, you can usually do both at once using the cycle collector log. if you are investigating a leak of www.example.com, then from $logdir you can do "grep nsglobalwindow cc-edges* | grep example.com". this looks through all of the windows in all of the cc logs (which may leaked, this late in shutdown), and then filters out windows where the url contains example.com. the result of that grep will contain output that looks something like this: cc-edges.15873.log:0x7f0897082c00 [rc=1285] nsglobalwindowinner # 2147483662 inner https://www.example.com/ * cc-edges.15873.log: the first part is the file name where it was found. 15873 is the pid of the process that leaked. you'll want to write down the name of the file and the pid. let's call the file ...
...https://www.example.com] root 0x7f0882fe3230 is a ref counted object with 1 unknown edge(s). known edges: 0x7f08975a24c0 [fragmentorelement (xhtml) head https://www.example.com] --[mattrsandchildren[i]]--> 0x7f0882fe3230 0x7f08967e7b20 [js object (htmlscriptelement)] --[unwrapdomobject(obj)]--> 0x7f0882fe3230 the first two lines mean that the script element 0x7f0882fe3230 contains a strong reference to the eventlistenermanager 0x7f0899b4e550. "[via hash] mlistenermanager" is a description of that strong reference. together, these lines show a chain of strong references from an object the cycle collector thinks needs to be kept alive, 0x7f0899b4e550, to the object 0x7f0897082c00 that you asked about. most of the time, the actual chain is not important, because the cycle col...
...bolification, but you only need to run it once on a log file. after that is done, we can finally find out which objects (possibly) point to other objects, using the block_analyzer script: python $srcdir/memory/replace/dmd/block_analyzer.py dmd-$pid.log.gz $leakaddr this will look through every block of memory in the log, and give some basic information about any block of memory that (possibly) contains a pointer to that object. you can pass some additional options to affect how the results are displayed. “-sfl 10000 -a” is useful. the -sfl 10000 tells it to not truncate stack frames, and -a tells it to not display generic frames related to the allocator. caveat: i think block_analyzer.py does not attempt to clamp the address you pass into it, so if it is an offset from the start of the blo...
...And 2 more matches

Hacking Tips
2 2 [ 2] colspan 9 getting the bytecode of a function (from gdb) in jsopcode.cpp, a function named js::disassembleatpc can print the bytecode of a script. some variants of this function such as js::dumpscript etc are convenient for debugging. printing the js stack (from gdb) in jsobj.cpp, a function named js::dumpbacktrace prints a backtrace à la gdb for the js stack. the backtrace contains in the following order, the stack depth, the interpreter frame pointer (see js/src/vm/stack.h, stackframe class) or (nil) if compiled with ionmonkey, the file and line number of the call location and under parentheses, the jsscript pointer and the jsbytecode pointer (pc) executed. $ gdb --args js […] (gdb) b js::reportoverrecursed (gdb) r js> function f(i) { if (i % 2) f(i + 1); else f(i +...
...en be use with kcachegrind which provides a graphical view of the call graph. using ionmonkey spew (js shell) ionmonkey spew is extremely verbose (not as much as the infer spew), but you can filter it to focus on the list of compiled scripts or channels, ionmonkey spew channels can be selected with the ionflags environment variable, and compilation spew can be filtered with ionfilter. ionflags contains the names of each channel separated by commas. the logs channel produces 2 files in /tmp/, one (/tmp/ion.json) made to be used with iongraph (made by sean stangl) and another one (/tmp/ion.cfg) made to be used with c1visualizer. these tools will show the mir & lir steps done by ionmonkey during the compilation. if you would like to use iongraph, you must install graphviz. compilation logs and sp...
...produces 2 files in /tmp/, one (/tmp/ion.json) made to be used with iongraph (made by sean stangl) and another one (/tmp/ion.cfg) made to be used with c1visualizer. these tools will show the mir & lir steps done by ionmonkey during the compilation. if you would like to use iongraph, you must install graphviz. compilation logs and spew can be filtered with the ionfilter environment variable which contains locations as output in other spew channels. multiple locations can be separated with comma as a separator of locations. $ ionfilter=pdfjs.js:16934 ionflags=logs,scripts,osi,bailouts ./js --ion-offthread-compile=off ./run.js 2>&1 | less the bailouts channel is likely to be the first thing you should focus on, because this means that something does not stay in ionmonkey and fallback to the interp...
...And 2 more matches

Property cache
perty cache to forward its work to the interpreter.) for speed, the cache is a fixed-size hash table with no chaining. collisions simply cause old entries to be overwritten. the hash table entries are key-value pairs. the keys describe the context in which a property lookup occurs. the values consist of two word-sized members. entry->vcap caches the results of part 1 above, telling which object contains the desired property. entry->vword is described in the section entry value words below. it caches the results of part 2, if the property is simple enough for optimized access, or a pointer to the js::shape if not. the opcodes that take advantage of the property cache, as of june 2009, are: getprop, get{x,this,arg,local}prop, and length; name; setprop, bindname, and setname; callprop and callname...
...ug 440834. property cache entries each entry in the property cache hash table is either populated or not; unpopulated entries have .kpc == null. if an entry is populated, the .kpc field points to the bytecode instruction at which it was populated. the entry is valid only for subsequent lookups that occur at the same instruction, for several reasons: the script, not the property cache entry, contains the id of the property being accessed. a property cache entry could be valid for a getprop but not a setprop, e.g. because the property has a setter and not a getter; or vice versa. lookups for jof_name instructions are quite different from ordinary property lookups: name lookups follow the scope chain and the prototype chain, whereas the others only follow the prototype chain. there are two ...
... of entry is created for all instructions that use the property cache. when the operand to the instruction at pc is an object obj with shape kshape, let pobj = the object found by walking scopeindex steps up the parent chain and then protoindex steps up the prototype chain. if pobj exists (that is, both the parent chain and the prototype chain are long enough) and it has the shape vshape, then it contains the desired property. furthermore, the .vword field describes the property in detail, as described in the next section. if a property with the same name is ever added to an object anywhere along the search path, then this cache entry becomes invalid: the property described by this property cache entry has been shadowed. the two shadowing guarantees ensure that if this happens, the shape of pobj ...
...And 2 more matches

JSAPI User Guide
spidermonkey, the mozilla javascript engine, in your c++ program. javascript is widely used for client-side scripts that run in the browser. but mozilla's javascript engine is a library that can be linked into any c++ program, not just a browser. many applications can benefit from scripting. these programs can execute javascript code from c++ using the spidermonkey api. note: the foss wiki page contains a few links to other libraries and programs that can make life easier when using spidermonkey and jsapi. what spidermonkey does the javascript engine compiles and executes scripts containing javascript statements and functions. the engine handles memory allocation for the objects needed to execute scripts, and it cleans up—garbage collects—objects it no longer needs. the word javascript ma...
...at can do many things involving javascript code and objects. it can compile and execute scripts, get and set object properties, call javascript functions, convert javascript data from one type to another, create objects, and so on. almost all jsapi functions require a jscontext * as the first argument, just like most <stdio.h> functions require a file *. global objects. lastly, the global object contains all the classes, functions, and variables that are available for javascript code to use. whenever javascript code does something like window.open("http://www.mozilla.org/"), it is accessing a global property, in this case window. jsapi applications have full control over what global properties scripts can see. the application starts out by creating an object and populating it with the standard ja...
...t of pieces for a simple application. it amounts to about 80 lines of code, as shown below. but the jsapi is designed to scale to applications that need many global objects. it is a fine-grained api, supporting many different combinations of the parts, and giving applications precise control over how spidermonkey behaves. here is the boilerplate code necessary for a minimal jsapi application. it contains everything described above. #include "jsapi.h" using namespace js; // the class of the global object. static jsclass globalclass = { "global", jsclass_global_flags, js_propertystub, js_deletepropertystub, js_propertystub, js_strictpropertystub, js_enumeratestub, js_resolvestub, js_convertstub, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, js_globalobjecttraceh...
...And 2 more matches

Gecko Roles
resents the system mouse pointer. role_caret represents the system caret. role_alert represents an alert or a condition that a user should be notified about. assistive technologies typically respond to the role by reading the entire onscreen contents of containers advertising this role. should be used for warning dialogs, etc. role_window represents the window frame, which contains child objects such as a title bar, client, and other objects contained in a window. the role is supported automatically by microsoft windows. role_internal_frame a sub-document. role_menupopup represents a menu, which presents a list of options from which the user can make a selection to perform an action. role_menuitem represents a menu item, which is an entry in a menu t...
... buttons or toggle buttons) that provides easy access to frequently used features. role_statusbar represents a status bar, which is an area at the bottom of a window that displays information about the current operation, state of the application, or selected object. the status bar has multiple fields, which display different kinds of information. role_table represents a table that contains rows and columns of cells, and optionally, row headers and column headers. role_columnheader represents a column header, providing a visual label for a column in a table. role_rowheader represents a row header, which provides a visual label for a table row. role_column represents a column of cells within a table. role_row represents a row of cells within a table. ...
...adjust a setting in given increments between minimum and maximum values. role_spinbutton represents a spin box, which is a control that allows the user to increment or decrement the value displayed in a separate "buddy" control associated with the spin box. role_diagram represents a graphical image used to diagram data. role_animation represents an animation control, which contains content that changes over time, such as a control that displays a series of bitmap frames. role_equation represents a mathematical equation. it is used by mathml. role_buttondropdown represents a button that drops down a list of items. role_buttonmenu represents a button that drops down a menu. role_buttondropdowngrid represents a button that drops down a grid. ...
...And 2 more matches

nsIAccessibleRetrieval
hell() return an nsiaccessible for a dom node in the given pres shell. create a new accessible of the appropriate type if necessary, or use one from the accessibility cache if it already exists. nsiaccessible getaccessibleinshell( in nsidomnode anode, in nsipresshell apresshell ); parameters anode the dom node to get an accessible for. apresshell the presentation shell which contains layout info for the dom node. return value the nsiaccessible for the given dom node. getaccessibleinweakshell() obsolete since gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) return an nsiaccessible for a dom node in the given weak shell. create a new accessible of the appropriate type if necessary, or use one from the accessibility cache if it already exists. n...
...eturn an nsiaccessible for a dom node in the given weak shell. create a new accessible of the appropriate type if necessary, or use one from the accessibility cache if it already exists. nsiaccessible getaccessibleinweakshell( in nsidomnode anode, in nsiweakreference apresshell ); parameters anode the dom node to get an accessible for. apresshell the presentation shell which contains layout info for the dom node. return value the nsiaccessible for the given dom node. getaccessibleinwindow() obsolete since gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) return an nsiaccessible for a dom node in present shell for this dom window. create a new accessible of the appropriate type if necessary, or use one from the accessibility cache if it already...
...0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) return an nsiaccessible for an already created dom node in the given weak shell. does not create a new one -- only returns cached accessibles. nsiaccessible getcachedaccessible( in nsidomnode anode, in nsiweakreference ashell ); parameters anode the dom node to get an accessible for. ashell the presentation shell which contains layout info for the dom node. return value the nsiaccessible for the given dom node or null if an accessible does not already exist for this dom node. getcachedaccessnode() obsolete since gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) return an nsiaccessnode for an already created dom node in the given weak shell. does not create a new one -- only returns cache...
...And 2 more matches

nsIFile
preferred form operates on utf-16 encoded characters strings. an alternate form operates on characters strings encoded in the "native" charset. a string containing characters encoded in the native charset cannot be safely passed to javascript via xpconnect. therefore, the utf-16 forms are scriptable, but the "native methods" are not. in addition, the native form cannot deal with files whose name contains characters outside the default system code page on windows. using the native form limits the ability of your code to deal with the full unicode support on windows 2000 or later where the os itself does not have such a limitation. therefore, you must not use the native form unless it is guaranteed that the path passed to a native form function is always ascii. to create an nsifile from a path you...
...ith this interface in gecko 14. much of the documentation has not been updated to reflect this change. ...
...is method does not return a new nsifile; it modifies the object it was called on. if the old nsifile should be retained, use clone(). void append( in astring node ); parameters node a string which is intended to be a child node of the nsifile. this string must not contain a path separator character. exceptions thrown ns_error_file_unrecognized_path indicates that anode incorrectly contains a path separator character. native code only! appendnative this method is used for constructing a descendant of the current nsifile. [native character encoding variant] void appendnative( in acstring node ); parameters node a string that is intended to be a child node of the current nsifile. this string must not contain a path separator character. this string must be encoded usi...
...And 2 more matches

nsILocalFile
nativepath( in acstring relativefilepath ); parameters relativefilepath a native relative path. for security reasons, this cannot contain '..' or cannot start with a directory separator '/'. must be in the native file system character set. exceptions thrown ns_error_file_unrecognized_path indicates that relativefilepath incorrectly begins with a path separator character or otherwise contains invalid characters. appendrelativepath() appends a relative native path to the current path of the nsilocalfile object. void appendrelativepath( in astring relativefilepath ); parameters relativefilepath a native relative path. for security reasons, this cannot contain '..' or cannot start with a directory separator '/' . exceptions thrown ns_error_file_unrecognized_path indicat...
...t path of the nsilocalfile object. void appendrelativepath( in astring relativefilepath ); parameters relativefilepath a native relative path. for security reasons, this cannot contain '..' or cannot start with a directory separator '/' . exceptions thrown ns_error_file_unrecognized_path indicates that relativefilepath incorrectly begins with a path separator character or otherwise contains invalid characters. getrelativedescriptor() returns a relative file path in an opaque, cross platform format. it is therefore not a native path. acstring getrelativedescriptor( in nsilocalfile fromfile ); parameters fromfile the file from which the descriptor is relative. there is no defined result if this parameter is null. return value an opaque string value with undefined charac...
...th that this nsilocalfile references. all current settings will be reset. void initwithnativepath( in acstring filepath ); parameters filepath a string that specifies a platform-specific, full path to a file or directory. must be in the native file system character set. exceptions thrown ns_error_file_unrecognized_path indicates that filepath is not an absolute file path or that it contains characters that are invalid for the filesystem. initwithpath() used to set the full path that this nsilocalfile references. all current settings will be reset. void initwithpath( in astring filepath ); parameters filepath a string that specifies a platform-specific, full path to a file or directory. exceptions thrown ns_error_file_unrecognized_path indicates that filepath is not...
...And 2 more matches

XPCOM reference
tead of as attributes on the interface, allowing it to be more flexible.nsicookie2 mozilla 1 8 branchnsimsgsearchvaluedefined in comm-central/ mailnews/ base/ search/ public/ nsimsgsearchvalue.idl nsmsgmessageflagsthe nsmsgmessageflags interface describes possible flags for messages. equivalent flags are also defined in nsmsgmessageflags.h. nsmsgnavigationtypethe nsmsgnavigationtype interface contains constants used for message navigation in thunderbird. for example to move forward a message, you would call:nsmsgsearchopvaluedefined in comm-central/ mailnews/ base/ search/ public/ nsmsgsearchcore.idl nsmsgviewcommandcheckstatethe nsmsgviewcommandcheckstate interface contains constants used for command status in thunderbird. it is (as far as i can tell) not currently used anywhere in thunderbir...
...r example to move forward a message, you would call:nsmsgsearchopvaluedefined in comm-central/ mailnews/ base/ search/ public/ nsmsgsearchcore.idl nsmsgviewcommandcheckstatethe nsmsgviewcommandcheckstate interface contains constants used for command status in thunderbird. it is (as far as i can tell) not currently used anywhere in thunderbird.nsmsgviewcommandtypethe nsmsgviewcommandtype interface contains constants used for commands in thunderbird. ...
...this interface isn't ever implemented. ...
...And 2 more matches

Structures - Plugins
« previousnext » this chapter describes the data structures that are used to represent the various objects in the plug-in api. structure summary npanycallbackstruct contains information required during embedded mode printing. npbyterange represents a particular range of bytes from a stream. npembedprint substructure of npprint that contains platform-specific information used during embedded mode printing. npevent represents an event passed by npp_handleevent to a windowless plug-in. ...
...ormation required during embedded mode printing. npbyterange represents a particular range of bytes from a stream. npembedprint substructure of npprint that contains platform-specific information used during embedded mode printing. npevent represents an event passed by npp_handleevent to a windowless plug-in. npfullprint substructure of npprint that contains platform-specific information used during full-page mode printing. npp represents a single instance of a plug-in. ...
... nprect represents a rectangular area of a page. ...
...And 2 more matches

Index - Firefox Developer Tools
s, xul, xul:tools the dom inspector (also known as domi) is a developer tool used to inspect, browse, and edit the document object model of documents - usually web pages or xul windows. the dom hierarchy can be navigated using a two-paned window that allows a variety of different views on the document and all nodes within. 7 dom inspector faq dom_inspector the file menu contains approaches which will allow you to inspect a document. 8 dom inspector internals code, tools, internals, organisation, source there are three main facets to dom inspector. the one you are likely to be most familiar with is its inspector.xul-based primary ui. this is the two-pane inspector that appears when ctrl+shift+i (or cmd+shift+i) is pressed from one of the applications ...
...pes the shape path editor is a tool that helps you see and edit shapes created using clip-path and also the css shape-outside property and <basic-shape> values. this guide walks you through all of the available options. 60 edit fonts fonts, guide, inspector, tools, variable fonts this article provides a tour of the font tools available in the firefox devtools. this tool contains several useful features for viewing and manipulating fonts applied to any document loaded in the browser including inspection of all fonts applied to the page, and precise adjustment of variable font axis values. 61 examine event listeners guide, inspector, tools the inspector shows the word "event" next to elements in the html pane, that have event listeners bound to them: ...
...la, tools you can examine and edit the page's html in the html pane. 64 examine and edit the box model guide, tools with the select element button pressed, if you hover over an element in the page, the box model for the element is shown overlaid on the page: 65 inspect and select colors guide, inspector, tools in the css pane's rules view, if a rule contains a color value, you'll see a sample of the color next to the value: 66 open the inspector guide, inspector, tools there are two main ways to open the inspector: 67 reposition elements in the page starting in firefox 48 you can move absolutely positioned elements by dragging them around the page. 68 select an element guide, inspector, tools ...
...And 2 more matches

Timing element visibility with the Intersection Observer API - Web APIs
the site header. the rows are sized the same way as the columns: the first one is automatically sized and the one uses the remaining space, but at least enough space to provide room for all elements within it. the wrapper's width is fixed at 700px so that it will fit in the available space when presented inline on mdn below. the header the header is fairly simple, since for this example all it contains is some text. its style looks like this: header { grid-column: 1 / -1; grid-row: 1; background-color: aliceblue; } grid-row is set to 1, since we want the header to be placed in the top row of the site's grid. more interesting is our use of grid-column here; here we specify that we want the column to start in the first column and ends in the first column past the last grid line—in other...
...us sem, vitae mattis ipsum ullamcorper" + " eu. donec nec imperdiet nibh, nec vehicula libero. phasellus vel" + " malesuada nulla. aliquam sed magna aliquam, vestibulum nisi at," + " cursus nunc.</p>"; function buildcontents() { for (let i=0; i<5; i++) { contentbox.appendchild(createarticle(loremipsum)); if (!(i % 2)) { loadrandomad(); } } } the variable loremipsum contains the text we'll use for the body of all of our articles. obviously in the real world, you'd have some code to pull articles from a database or the like, but this does the job for our purposes. every article uses the same text; you could of course change that easily enough. buildcontents() creates a page with five articles. following every odd-numbered article, an ad is "loaded" and inserted into ...
...ou'd have some code to pull articles from a database or the like, but this does the job for our purposes. every article uses the same text; you could of course change that easily enough. buildcontents() creates a page with five articles. following every odd-numbered article, an ad is "loaded" and inserted into the page. articles are inserted into the content box (that is, the <main> element that contains all the site content) after being created using a method called createarticle(), which we'll look at next. the ads are created using a function called loadrandomad(), which both creates the ad and inserts it into the page. we'll see later that this same function can also replace an existing ad, but for now, we're simply appending ads to the existing content. creating an article to create the <...
...And 2 more matches

RTCStatsReport - Web APIs
calling getstats() on an rtcpeerconnection lets you specify whether you wish to obtain statistics for outbound, inbound, or all streams on the connection. ...
...: the timestamp, the statistic type string, and an id uniquely identifying the source of the data: id a domstring which uniquely identifies the object which was inspected to produce this object based on rtcstats. timestamp a domhighrestimestamp object indicating the time at which the sample was taken for this statistics object. type a domstring indicating the type of statistics the object contains, taken from the enum type rtcstatstype. the statistic categories the type gives the name of the statistic category represented by the object, and is how you locate the specific type of data you need. the statistic category names are members of the enumerated type rtcstatstype, as follows: candidate-pair an rtcicecandidatepairstats object providing statistics related to an rtcicetransport. ...
...s to another candidate pair; this change cannot be detected otherwise. certificate an rtccertificatestats object providing statistics related to a certificate being used by an rtcicetransport. codec an rtccodecstats object containing statistics about a codec currently being used by rtp streams to send or receive data for the rtcpeerconnection. csrc an rtccontributingsourcestats object which contains statistics related to a contributing source (csrc) that contributed to an inbound rtp stream. data-channel an rtcdatachannelstats object which contains statistics about each rtcdatachannel on the connection. inbound-rtp an rtcinboundrtpstreamstats object providing statistics about inbound data being received from remote peers. since this only provides statistics related to inbound data, witho...
...And 2 more matches

ARIA: grid role - Accessibility
the position of each cell is significant and can be focused using keyboard input. ...
...while it does not imply a specific visual presentation, it implies a relationship among elements. uses fall into two categories: presenting tabular information (data grids) and grouping other widgets (layout grids). even though both data grids and layout grids employ the same aria roles, states, and properties, d...
...ne of the first visible rows. if focus is in the last row of the grid, focus does not move. page up moves focus up an author-determined number of rows, typically scrolling so the top row in the currently visible set of rows becomes one of the last visible rows. if focus is in the first row of the grid, focus does not move. home moves focus to the first cell in the row that contains focus. end moves focus to the last cell in the row that contains focus. ctrl + home moves focus to the first cell in the first row. ctrl + end moves focus to the last cell in the last row. if cells, rows, or columns can be selected, the following key combination are commonly used: key combination action ctrl + space select th...
...And 2 more matches

<input type="email"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
rd text input. value a domstring representing an e-mail address, or empty events change and input supported common attributes autocomplete, list, maxlength, minlength, multiple, name,pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, size, and type idl attributes list and value methods select() value the <input> element's value attribute contains a domstring which is automatically validated as conforming to e-mail syntax. more specifically, there are three possible value formats that will pass validation: an empty string ("") indicating that the user did not enter a value or that the value was removed. a single properly-formed e-mail address. this doesn't necessarily mean the e-mail address exists, but it is at least formatted correct...
... from each address in the list. see validation for details on how e-mail addresses are validated to ensure that they're formatted properly. ...
...e.com"> offering suggested values taking it a step farther, you can provide a list of default options from which the user can select by specifying the list attribute. this doesn't limit the user to those options, but does allow them to select commonly-used e-mail addresses more quickly. this also offers hints to autocomplete. the list attribute specifies the id of a <datalist>, which in turn contains one <option> element per suggested value; each option's value is the corresponding suggested value for the email entry box. <input type="email" size="40" list="defaultemails"> <datalist id="defaultemails"> <option value="jbond007@mi6.defence.gov.uk"> <option value="jbourne@unknown.net"> <option value="nfury@shield.org"> <option value="tony@starkindustries.com"> <option value="hulk@grr...
...And 2 more matches

<td>: The Table Data Cell element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
it participates in the table model. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. content categories sectioning root. permitted content flow content. tag omission the start tag is mandatory. the end tag may be omitted, if it is immediately followed by a <th> or <td> element or if there are no more data in its parent element. permitted parents a <tr> element. ...
...is immediately followed by a <th> or <td> element or if there are no more data in its parent element. permitted parents a <tr> element. implicit aria role cell if a descendant of a <table> element permitted aria roles any dom interface htmltabledatacellelement attributes this element includes the global attributes. ...
... aria roles any dom interface htmltabledatacellelement attributes this element includes the global attributes. colspan this attribute contains a non-negative integer value that indicates for how many columns the cell extends. its default value is 1. values higher than 1000 will be considered as incorrect and will be set to the default value (1). headers this attribute contains a list of space-separated strings, each corresponding to the id attribute of the <th> elements that apply to this element. rowspan this attribute contains a non-negative integer value that indicates for how many rows the cell extends. its default value is 1; if its value is set to 0, it extends until the end of the table section (<thead>, <tbody>, <tfoot>, even if implicitly defined), that the ...
...And 2 more matches

A typical HTTP session - HTTP
formed any number of times. establishing a connection in client-server protocols, it is the client which establishes the connection. opening a connection in http means initiating a connection in the underlying transport layer, usually this is tcp. with tcp the default port, for an http server on a computer, is port 80. other ports can also be used, like 8000 or 8080. the url of a page to fetch contains both the domain name, and the port number, though the latter can be omitted if it is 80. see identifying resources on the web for more details. note: the client-server model does not allow the server to send data to the client without an explicit request for it. to work around this problem, web developers use several techniques: ping the server periodically via the xmlhttprequest, fetch apis, us...
...ch apis, using the websockets api, or similar protocols. sending a client request once the connection is established, the user-agent can send the request (a user-agent is typically a web browser, but can be anything else, a crawler, for example). a client request consists of text directives, separated by crlf (carriage return, followed by line feed), divided into three blocks: the first line contains a request method followed by its parameters: the path of the document, i.e. an absolute url without the protocol or domain name the http protocol version subsequent lines represent an http header, giving the server information about what type of data is appropriate (e.g., what language, what mime types), or other data altering its behavior (e.g., not sending an answer if it is alre...
... a status request (and its brief meaning in human-readable text). subsequent lines represent specific http headers, giving the client information about the data sent (e.g. type, data size, compression algorithm used, hints about caching). similarly to the block of http headers for a client request, these http headers form a block ending with an empty line. the final block is a data block, which contains the optional data. example responses successful web page response: http/1.1 200 ok content-type: text/html; charset=utf-8 content-length: 55743 connection: keep-alive cache-control: s-maxage=300, public, max-age=0 content-language: en-us date: thu, 06 dec 2018 17:37:18 gmt etag: "2e77ad1dc6ab0b53a2996dfd4653c1c3" server: meinheld/0.6.1 strict-transport-security: max-age=63072000 x-content-typ...
...And 2 more matches

Date.parse() - JavaScript
2015-02-31). it is not recommended to use date.parse as until es5, parsing of strings was entirely implementation dependent. there are still many differences in how different hosts parse date strings, therefore date strings should be manually parsed (a library can help if many different formats are to be accommodated). ...
...s are used during date string parsing to interpret the argument, the value returned is always the number of milliseconds between january 1, 1970 00:00:00 utc and the point in time represented by the argument or nan. because parse() is a static method of date, it is called as date.parse() rather than as a method of a date instance. fall-back to implementation-specific date formats this section contains implementation-specific behavior that can be inconsistent across implementations. the ecmascript specification states: if the string does not conform to the standard format the function may fall back to any implementation–specific heuristics or implementation–specific parsing algorithm. unrecognizable strings or dates containing illegal element values in iso formatted strings shall cause da...
...in date strings not recognized as simplified iso format as defined by ecma-262 may or may not result in nan, depending on the browser and values provided, e.g.: // non-iso string with invalid date values new date('23/25/2014'); will be treated as a local date of 25 november, 2015 in firefox 30 and an invalid date in safari 7. however, if the string is recognized as an iso format string and it contains invalid values, it will return nan in all browsers compliant with es5 and later: // iso string with invalid values new date('2014-25-23').toisostring(); // throws "rangeerror: invalid date" in all es5-compliant browsers spidermonkey's implementation-specific heuristic can be found in jsdate.cpp. the string "10 06 2014" is an example of a non-conforming iso format and thus falls back to a custo...
...And 2 more matches

Chapter 5: Let's build a Firefox extension - Archive of obsolete content
sion> </description> </em:targetapplication> </description> </rdf> create the chrome manifest fill in the chrome.manifest file as shown in listing 2. listing 2: content for chrome.manifest content helloworld content/ overlay chrome://browser/content/browser.xul chrome://helloworld/content/overlay.xul register the content package (content instruction) line 1, beginning content, contains the code used to register the chrome’s content package. here, helloworld is a package name, and content/ is a relative path to the folder where the source file is stored. registering the content package makes it so that the overlay.xul file in the content folder can be accessed using the chrome url, chrome://helloworld/content/overlay.xul. xul cross-package overlay (overlay instruction) line ...
...ster the chrome’s content package. here, helloworld is a package name, and content/ is a relative path to the folder where the source file is stored. registering the content package makes it so that the overlay.xul file in the content folder can be accessed using the chrome url, chrome://helloworld/content/overlay.xul. xul cross-package overlay (overlay instruction) line 2, beginning overlay, contains the code used to invoke the cross-package overlay, overlaying the firefox browser window, at chrome://browser/content/browser.xul with chrome://helloworld/content/overlay.xul. finding overlay merge points the next step is to find the “merge points” where the overlay document will insert its content into the base document. there are a number of ways to go about this; here, we’ll use the do...
... menu item. type chrome://browser/content/browser.xul into the url input field at the top, then click the inspect button. a browser pane will appear in the lower part of the window. click the spots numbered 1 and 2 in figure 5, in that order; the menu element (3) will then be selected. expand spot 3; this will disclose the area numbered 4, with several menuitem elements. the menupop element 4 contains the merge point where you’re going to be adding a new menu item; you can see that it has the id menu_toolspopup. look through the menuitem elements within this menupop element and determine where you want to add your new element. for the time being, let’s locate it in the spot numbered fixme: figure 5: finding merge points for overlays using the dom inspector putting overlays on the brows...
...al extensions: a session-management extension in this section, we will create an extension that uses a new feature: the session store api. this will allow the user to save and restore session snapshots (browser window states) at any time. phase 1: test install figure 12 shows what the interface for the session-management extension will look like. under the tool menu, the session store submenu contains two items—save session and clear sessions; in between them is a list of previously saved sessions that you can restore, most recent first. fixme: figure 12: session-management extension interface: the menu as discussed in the part “the session store api”, sessions are represented as json character strings. sessions are stored in a subdirectory of the profile directory (called “sessionst...

Getting Started - Archive of obsolete content
ations linux: folder_with_seamonkey/chrome/classic.jar windows: folder_with_seamonkey\chrome\classic.jar for mac os x: folder_with_seamonkey/chrome/classic.jar copy classic.jar to another easily accessible folder -- classic is recommended -- extract the contents of that folder, being sure to maintain the directory structure. directories inside classic.jar is one directory, skin. ...
...ome\classic.jar for mac os x: folder_with_seamonkey/chrome/classic.jar copy classic.jar to another easily accessible folder -- classic is recommended -- extract the contents of that folder, being sure to maintain the directory structure. directories inside classic.jar is one directory, skin. skin skin simply contains another directory, classic which holds all the good stuff. skin\classic classic contains the following directories. skin\classic\communicator communicator contains all the toolbar icons, as well as the icons for the bookmark manager and the preferences window. skin\classic\editor editor contains files of composer. skin\classic\global global contains almost all of the important css files that define the appearance of the suite. this is the most critical directory in a theme. skin\clas...
... directories. skin\classic\communicator communicator contains all the toolbar icons, as well as the icons for the bookmark manager and the preferences window. skin\classic\editor editor contains files of composer. skin\classic\global global contains almost all of the important css files that define the appearance of the suite. this is the most critical directory in a theme. skin\classic\help help contains all the files for theming the help dialog window. skin\classic\messenger messenger contains styles of the mail client. skin\classic\messenger-newsblog messenger-newsblog contains the only css file. skin\classic\mozapps mozapps contains all the styles and icons for the browser peripherals, such as the extension manager or update wizard. ...
... install your new theme before you can see the changes you make to a seamonkey theme (since live edits are restrictively difficult to set up) you must first learn how to repackage the classic theme to make it installable. for the sake of this discussion we will call your theme "my_theme", though you can replace that with any name. ...

Creating a Microsummary - Archive of obsolete content
the easiest way to get an xpath expression that points to the node in question is to use the xpath checker extension. install the extension (restarting firefox to complete installation)...
..."> </template> </transform> </template> </generator> including the download count to include the download count in the output of the xslt transform sheet, we need to add an xslt <value-of> element to the template whose select attribute contains an xpath expression that points to the node containing the count. xpath is a language for identifying nodes in html/xml documents. it also contains basic functions for manipulating those nodes and their content. the easiest way to get an xpath expression that points to the node in question is to use the xpath checker extension. install the extension (restarting firefox to complete installation) then go to the spread firefox home page, find the firefox download count (a large number at the bottom of the right-hand column), context click on t...
... is to use the xpath checker extension. install the extension (restarting firefox to complete installation) then go to the spread firefox home page, find the firefox download count (a large number at the bottom of the right-hand column), context click on the number, and select view xpath from the context menu. xpath checker will open a new window. ...
...nload count (a large number at the bottom of the right-hand column), context click on the number, and select view xpath from the context menu. xpath checker will open a new window. the new window will include an xpath field that contains this xpath expression pointing to the download count node: id('download-count'). ...

Creating a Skin for Firefox/Getting Started - Archive of obsolete content
x installation directory. a .jar file is in reality a renamed zip archive. opening the .jar files in your archive manager of choice should result in the file being automatically detected as being a zip archive. however, if your application doesn't detect classic.jar as a standard zip archive, rename the file classic.zip and continue extraction. note: starting in gecko 2.0, the new omni.jar file contains the skin, among other resources. see theme changes in firefox 4 for details on how to extract skin files from firefox 4 or later. classic.jar locations linux: /usr/lib/mozillafirefox/chrome/classic.jar or /usr/lib/firefox-*.*.*/chrome/classic.jar windows: \program files\mozilla firefox\chrome\classic.jar for mac os x: go to your applications folder control click application icon(firefox ...
...k application icon(firefox icon), choose show package contents. go to contents/macos/chrome/classic.jar copy classic.jar to another easily accessible folder -- classic is recommended -- extract the contents of that folder, being sure to maintain the directory structure. directories inside classic.jar is one directory, skin, as well as two files, preview.png and icon.png. ...
...e/classic.jar copy classic.jar to another easily accessible folder -- classic is recommended -- extract the contents of that folder, being sure to maintain the directory structure. directories inside classic.jar is one directory, skin, as well as two files, preview.png and icon.png. skin skin simply contains another directory, classic which holds all the good stuff. skin\classic classic contains the following directories. skin\classic\browser browser contains all the toolbar icons, as well as the icons for the bookmark manager and the preferences window. skin\classic\communicator doesn't do a whole lot and can typically be forgotten about promptly. skin\classic\global global contains almost all of the important css files that define the appearance of the browser. this is the most c...
...ser contains all the toolbar icons, as well as the icons for the bookmark manager and the preferences window. skin\classic\communicator doesn't do a whole lot and can typically be forgotten about promptly. skin\classic\global global contains almost all of the important css files that define the appearance of the browser. this is the most critical directory in a theme. skin\classic\help help contains all the files for theming the help dialog window. skin\classic\mozapps mozapps contains all the styles and icons for the browser peripherals, such as the extension manager or update wizard. install your new theme before you can see the changes you make to a firefox theme (since live edits are restrictively difficult to set up) you must first learn how to repackage the classic theme to make i...

Block and Line Layout Cheat Sheet - Archive of obsolete content
mes, table cell inner frames, absolutely positioned wrapper frames, and floated frames when the frame is created. nslinebox a block consists of lines and other blocks, stacked vertically. a block frame has one nslinebox for each line, and one nslinebox for each block child. these are stored as a doubly-linked list in the mlines member of nsblockframe. nsinlineframe mflags ns_inline_frame_contains_percent_aware_child this flag is set if the inline frame has any children that have a percentage value set (via the style context) for the width or height of the content area, padding, border, or margin. nshtmlreflowstate the current state of reflow, built up as reflow recursively descends the frame tree. this is "passed in" to a child frame from its parent, and provides the constraints in wh...
... nshtmlreflowstate. if set, ns_unconstrainedsize is passed to nslinelayout as the available height. brs_shrinkwrapwidth brs_needresizereflow related to brs_shrinkwrapwidth. set if we need to force a resize reflow when computing the final size. e.g., because...why? brs_isinlineincrreflow this flag is set in nsblockframe::reflow() if we detect that we're incrementally reflowing a linebox that contains inline frames. in this case, we can avoid some of the work that occurs during reflow. brs_nowrap this flag is set in the nsblockreflowstate constructor when the "white-space" style of the block frame is pre or nowrap. it is cleared, otherwise. brs_istopmarginroot this flag is set in the nsblockreflowstate constructor when reflowing a "block margin root" frame (i.e., a frame with the ns_block_...
...inroot this flag is set in the nsblockreflowstate constructor when reflowing a "block margin root" frame (i.e., a frame with the ns_block_margin_root flag set, for which margins apply by default). the flag is also set when reflowing a frame whose computed bottom border padding is zero. (why?) brs_applytopmargin this flag is set if the top margin should be considered when placing a linebox that contains a block frame. it may be set as a side-effect of calling nsblockframe::shouldapplytopmargin(); once set, shouldapplytopmargin() uses it as a fast-path way to return whether the top margin should apply. if the flag hasn't been set in the block reflow state, then shouldapplytopmargin() will crawl the line list to see if a block frame precedes the specified frame. if so, the top margin should be app...
...htmlreflowmetrics object has been provided by (the parent frame?). brs_computemaxwidth this flag is set if reflow should recompute a frame's maximum width; for example, during first-pass table reflow. when this is set, nsblockframe::reflowline will flow the first line and each unwrapped line in the block twice. nsblockreflowcontext encapsulates the transient reflow state for a nslinebox that contains a block frame. mnextrcframe during an incremental reflow, this member holds current frame in the reflow chain. nslinelayout encapsulates the transient reflow state for a nslinebox that contains inline frames. a new nslinelayout object is created for each inline linebox that is flowed. mflags ll_endsinwhitespace set to true by default when starting line layout. ll_understandsnwhitespac...

Venkman Introduction - Archive of obsolete content
iews has a label, a float button that lets you display the view in its own window, and a close button that puts the view away until you want to display it again, as seen in figure 2. the following section describes these views and their use within the interface as a whole. getting acquainted with venkman's user interface toolbar the toolbar is located at the top of the debugger. the toolbar contains icons for stop, continue, step over, step into, step out, profile, and pretty print commands. these commands should be self explanatory, with the possible exception of stop, which causes the debugger to stop when the next line of javascript is executed, and the profile button, which can be used to measure execution times for your scripts. when you enable profiling by clicking this button, a green...
... icon data type icon data type void (undefined) value null value boolean value string value integer value double value object value function value figure 9. type icons the column picker for this view (the box on the top right) can be used to display type and flags columns. the type column contains a textual description of the type of the object. flags lists one or more applicable flags for this object. flags are shown enumerated in figure 8. if an item visible in the local variables view is modified via the interactive session view the modification will be immediately reflected in the local variable view. at the time of this writing, the local variables view's default sort order and grou...
...ntain executable code, such as blank and comment lines. for these lines, the interactive session view will display an error message explaining why the breakpoint could not be set. breakpoints can also be set and cleared from the interactive session view, with the break and fbreak commands. the break command takes a file pattern and line number. any loaded file which matches the file pattern, and contains an executable line at the requested line number will have a breakpoint set. if no loaded files match the file pattern or line number, an error message is printed to the console and the command fails. the fbreak command is identical, with the exception that if no files match the pattern or line, a "future breakpoint" is recorded. the next time a file is loaded that matches the pattern and line, a ...
...oing to debug. this limitation is fixed, and now the javascript compiler makes all the scripts you access via the browser available to the debugger. see loading scripts into the debugger for more information about finding and loading scripts in venkman. launch a browser window and go to http://wp.netscape.com/fishcam/dhtmltank.html. note that in mozilla 1.x and netscape 7.x, the debugger contains a window menu like other major components in the application suite. from this menu, you can access the browser, mail, and other applications. type /break animator-0.03 121 in the debugger. the console command /break is used to set and list breakpoints. the first parameter is the file name that contains the javascript you want to break at. the second parameter is the line number. you don'...

Custom toolbar button - Archive of obsolete content
lready exist. you will add the other directories and files that are shown in the diagram. (other directories and files also exist, but the diagram does not show them.) 1. go to the profile directory that you use for the application, then go to the extensions directory there. note: for information about how to find the profile directory, see: profile folder explanation: the profile directory contains information specific to a user, keeping it separate from the application. if the application is reinstalled or upgraded, information in the profile is not affected. 2. in the extensions directory, create a new directory with the following name. copy the name from here and paste it, to avoid typing errors: custom-toolbar-button@example.com perform the following steps in this new directory, ...
... about="urn:mozilla:extension:custombutton" em:package="content/custombutton/" /> </em:file> </description> </rdf> optionally customize the file by changing the name, description and creator. change the text between double-quote characters on these three lines. optionally remove the sections for target applications that you do not want. save the file. explanation: this file contains information used by the application's extension manager. sections for target applications specify the versions where the extension works. the last section in the file specifies that this extension adds content to the application. 4. create a plain text file named chrome.manifest. copy the following content, and paste it into the new file: content custombutton chrome/ style chrome://global/cont...
....xul optionally remove the sections for toolbars that you do not need. save the file. explanation: this file defines the extension's content. it adds a stylesheet to the toolbar customization window. then it specifies an overlay for each toolbar. 5. create a directory named chrome. perform the following steps in that directory, creating five files there. explanation: the chrome directory contains files that specify what the extension does. 6. create a plain text file named button.xul. copy the following content, making sure that you scroll to get all of it. paste it into the new file: <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/css" href="chrome://custombutton/content/button.css"?> <!doctype overlay > <overlay id="custombutton-overlay" xmlns="http://www.mozi...
...eet specifies how the button is displayed. it links to the button image, specifying the dimensions of the four parts of the image. 8. create a plain text file named button.js. copy the following content, and paste it into the new file: custombutton = { 1: function () { alert("just testing") }, } there is nothing to customize for now. save the file. the next section in this tutorial contains examples of code that you can use to make your button do something useful. explanation: this file specifies what happens when you press the button. it uses the javascript programming language, together with features provided by the application. 9. download the button image. get a context menu for the image that you see here (for example, by right-clicking it). choose save image as... from the...

Trees - Archive of obsolete content
pe of content, whereas trees may only contain text and images. (using advanced features, progress meters or checkboxes also can be added to the tree) a tree consists of two parts, the set of columns, and the tree body. the set of columns is defined by a number of treecol elements, one for each column. each column will appear as a header at the top of the tree. the second part, the tree body, contains the data to appear in the tree and is created with a treechildren tag. the tree is unique in that the body of the tree consists only of a single widget which draws all of the data in the tree. this contrasts with the listbox, where individual listitem and listcell tags are used to specify the rows in the listbox. in a tree, all of the data to be displayed is supplied by a separate object, calle...
...ayed content. for instance, a tree might have thousands of rows, yet most of them will be scrolled off the border of the tree, hidden from view. this means that the tree is scalable to any number of rows without any performance problems. of course, this is independant of the performance of the view object itself. a tree view is an object which implements the nsitreeview interface. this interface contains thirty properties and functions which you may implement. these functions will be called by the tree as necessary to retrieve data and state about the tree. for instance, the getcelltext() function will be called to get the label for a particular cell in the tree. an advantage of using a tree view is that it allows the view to store the data in a manner which is more suitable for the data, or to ...
...ng this element, you can specify additional information about how the data in the columns are sorted and if the user can resize the columns. you should always place an id attribute on a column, as mozilla uses the ids to identify the columns when rearranging and hiding them. this is no longer required in mozilla 1.8 and later, but it is still a good idea to use ids on columns. treechildren this contains the main body of the tree where the individual rows of data will be displayed. example tree with two columns example 1 : source view <tree flex="1"> <treecols> <treecol id="namecolumn" label="name" flex="1"/> <treecol id="addresscolumn" label="address" flex="2"/> </treecols> <treechildren/> </tree> first, the entire table is surrounded with a tree element. this declares a...
...content tree view having said that the data to be displayed in a tree comes from a view and not from xul tags, there happens to be a built-in tree view which gets its data from xul tags. this may be a bit confusing, but essentially, one of the built-in tree views uses a set of tags which can be used to specify information about the data in the tree. the following tags are used: treeitem this contains a single parent row and all its descendants. this element also serves as the item which can be selected by the user. the treeitem tag would go around the entire row so that it is selectable as a whole. treerow a single row in the tree, which should be placed inside a treeitem tag. treecell a single cell in a tree. this element would go inside a treerow element. conveniently, these tags may ...

Using Remote XUL - Archive of obsolete content
ting entries of type "allowxulxbl", like this: components.classes["@mozilla.org/permissionmanager;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsipermissionmanager) .add(uri, 'allowxulxbl', components.interfaces.nsipermissionmanager.allow_action); xul (pronounced like "zool"), which is short for xml-based user interface language, is an xml-based language for describing application interfaces. it contains elements for all common ui widgets (menus, buttons, toolbars, etc.) and many sophisticated ones (trees, browsers, color pickers). xul is often used by desktop applications like mozilla but can also be loaded from a web server and rendered inside the content pane of a compatible browser. xul loaded and rendered in this way is called remote xul and can be used for basic functions like web site nav...
... way to display pages from the mozilla.org web site. for that we'll use a xul iframe element. <?xml version="1.0"?> <window xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"> <iframe src="https://www.mozilla.org/" flex="1" /> </window> the xul iframe element is just like its html counterpart: it defines an area within which web content can be displayed. its src attribute contains the url of the page being displayed in the iframe. we set this value to the mozilla.org home page by default so that page loads into the iframe when we first load the xul document. the iframe's flex attribute tells the browser to stretch the iframe to fill the space available to it. without it, the iframe's size would be a fixed default and wouldn't change when the user resized their window. [o...
...g the document with your browser's "reload" function, just as with a typical html page. source | rendered step 3: menus and buttons the mozilla.org web site uses an html navigation bar on the left-hand side of its pages to provide site navigation. the bar consists of a set of links organized into four main categories: the mozilla organization, developer docs, testing, and tools. the bar also contains two links that are independent of any category: faq and search. the categorized links are analogous to menu items organized into menus, where clicking the link/selecting the menu item performs some function, so we'll use xul menu elements to implement them in our document. the independent links, on the other hand, are similar to xul buttons, which perform a function when pressed, so we'll use th...
...rg/faq.html" /> <button label="search" value="https://www.mozilla.org/search.html" /> </menubar> <iframe src="https://www.mozilla.org/" flex="1" /> </window> the menupopup element is a container for menu items. it represents the rectangular box that appears when you click a menu title. the menuitem element represents a selectable item within the popup. its label attribute contains the text to display in the item. its value attribute, while defined in the xul specification, has no specific function in xul; it can store any data associated with the item. in our case we use it to store the url of the page to load when the user selects the item from the menu. source | rendered step 5: appearance there's an obvious problem with the menus: their labels look plain. this make...

editor - Archive of obsolete content
ary content can be retrieved more conveniently using window.content. properties accessibletype type: integer a value indicating the type of accessibility object for the element. commandmanager type: nsicommandmanager the command manager handles operations on the editor. contentdocument type: document this read-only property contains the document object in the element. contentwindow type: todo use the contentwindow.wrappedjsobject to obtain a dom(html) window object docshell type: nsidocshell this read-only property contains the nsidocshell object for the document. editingsession type: nsieditingsession the editing session for the editor which is used to initialize the editor. y...
...to use this. editortype type: one of the values below the type of editor to use. this value will be overridden depending on the content type of the document in the editor. html an html editor. text a plaintext editor. webbrowserfind type: nsiwebbrowserfind this read-only property contains an nsiwebbrowserfind object which can be used to search for text in the document. webnavigation type: nsiwebnavigation this read-only property contains the nsiwebnavigation object for the document. most of its methods are callable directly on the element itself, such as goback and goforward. it also contains the load constants used by reloadwithflags and loaduriwithflags. ...
...pass the editor's contentwindow as the argument. ...
...pass the editor's contentwindow as the argument. makeeditable( editortype, waitforload ) return type: no return value this function enables editing for an editor. specify text or html as the editortype. ...

Creating XULRunner Apps with the Mozilla Build System - Archive of obsolete content
this case, we are building both xulrunner and mccoy and placing the build in the directory mccoybase, located at the same level as the current (i.e. source) directory. to build just one of the projects, remove the name of the other from moz_build_projects. for example, you might want to set it to "xulrunner" now and run make to ensure that everything is set up correctly so far. ...
...make sure you change the application name (following ac_add_app_options to that of your app. ...
...make sure you change the application name (following ac_add_app_options to that of your app. do the same with the name that follows --enable-application. you shouldn't have to change the value of --with-libxul-sdk if you are building your own xulrunner. ...
... makefiles and stuff. oh, and actually develop the application itself. the first part, at least, should be fairly straightforward since you just have to copy and adapt the files from the mccoy repository. you'll learn a lot more by looking at the project files than you will from reading this drivel, but just to be safe let's run through the files one by one: makefile.in - the top-level makefile. contains the names of the subdirectories that need to be built, which at very least will include chrome and app. build.mk - maybe you thought that the --enable-application option told mozilla which directory your app is located in. wrong! it tells mozilla where to look for the build.mk file, which is what tells it where to start building your app. don't think to hard about this, just copy mccoy's file and...

XForms Custom Controls - Archive of obsolete content
a listbox widget. here is a snippet from our .css file to show the type of css rule we would use to make such a determination. xf|select1[appearance="compact"] { -moz-binding: url('chrome://xforms/content/select-xhtml.xml#xformswidget-select1-compact'); } the mediatype attribute can be used by the form author to align the type of presentation with the type of data that the bound instance node contains. for example, if mediatype='image/*' then the user should see the image that the bytes represent rather than just the byte sequence. xf|output[mediatype^="image"] { -moz-binding: url('chrome://xforms/content/xforms-xhtml.xml#xformswidget-output-mediatype-anyuri'); } custom data types if you define a new schema data type or you use a built-in data type and find the current xforms control for th...
...a types if you define a new schema data type or you use a built-in data type and find the current xforms control for this type to be insufficient, then you should write a new custom control. for example, if you have an instance node of type xsd:date and you'd like to see the date displayed in a local format. in mozilla, every bound xforms control has a typelist attribute of moztype namespace that contains the inheritance chain of data types that we detected. the moztype namespace is introduced by mozilla xforms implementation and its uri is http://www.mozilla.org/projects/xforms/2005/type. for example, if a control is bound to a node of type xsd:integer then the typelist attribute will be "http://www.w3.org/2001/xmlschema#integer http://www.w3.org/2001/xmlschema#decimal". this is because xsd:integ...
...the host-language specific representation of the xforms control. an example of the latter is the binding that uses a html:input as the anonymous content of an xforms:input element when this element is hosted in a xhtml document. our xforms extension uses the following format for file names. the name of the file where base bindings for a control are placed is controlfile.xml. controlfile-xhtml.xml contains the xhtml implementation bindings for the control and controlfile-xul.xml contains the implementation bindings for when this control is hosted in a xul document. the following list shows where the base bindings for our xforms controls are defined: xforms.xml - contains the base bindings for output, label, trigger, submit, case, message, hint, help, alert, upload and repeat xforms controls. input...
...tml implementation bindings for the control and controlfile-xul.xml contains the implementation bindings for when this control is hosted in a xul document. the following list shows where the base bindings for our xforms controls are defined: xforms.xml - contains the base bindings for output, label, trigger, submit, case, message, hint, help, alert, upload and repeat xforms controls. input.xml - contains the base bindings for input, secret and textarea xforms controls. select.xml - contains the base bindings for select and select1 xforms controls (except minimal/default select1 that is hosted in select1.xml file) range.xml - contains the base bindings for the range xforms control. xforms.xml also defines the few base bindings that are common for all xforms controls. these are: xformswidget-gene...

Sizing items in CSS - Learn web development
der on the element — there is no content to hold it open. in our example below, that border stretches to the width of the container, because it is a block level element, a behavior that should be starting to become familiar to you. it has no height (or size in the block dimension) because there is no content. in the example above, try adding some text inside the empty element. the border now contains that text because the height of the element is defined by the content. therefore the size of this <div> in the block dimension comes from the size of the content. again, this is the intrinsic size of the element — its size is defined by its content. setting a specific size we can of course give elements in our design a specific size. when a size is given to an element (and the content of whic...
... able to become smaller than its intrinsic size, but will stop at 100% of its size. in the example below, we have used the same image three times. the first image has been given width: 100% and is in a container which is larger than it, therefore it stretches to the container width. the second image has max-width: 100% set on it and therefore does not stretch to fill the container. the third box contains the same image again, also with max-width: 100% set; in this case you can see how it has scaled down to fit into the box. this technique is used to make images responsive, so that when viewed on a smaller device they scale down appropriately. you should, however, not use this technique to load really large images and then scale them down in the browser. images should be appropriately sized to ...
...h relate to the size of the viewport — the vw unit for viewport width, and vh for viewport height. using these units you can size something relative to the viewport of the user. 1vh is equal to 1% of the viewport height, and 1vw is equal to 1% of the viewport width. you can use these units to size boxes, but also text. in the example below we have a box which is sized as 20vh and 20vw. the box contains a letter a, which has been given a font-size of 10vh. if you change the vh and vw values this will change the size of the box or font; changing the viewport size will also change their sizes because they are sized relative to the viewport. to see the example change when you change the viewport size you will need to load the example in a new browser window that you can resize (as the embedded <...
...which has been given a font-size of 10vh. if you change the vh and vw values this will change the size of the box or font; changing the viewport size will also change their sizes because they are sized relative to the viewport. to see the example change when you change the viewport size you will need to load the example in a new browser window that you can resize (as the embedded <iframe> that contains the example shown above is its viewport). open the example, resize the browser window, and observe what happens to the size of the box and text. sizing things according to the viewport can be useful in your designs. for example, if you want a full-page hero section to show before the rest of your content, making that part of your page 100vh high will push the rest of the content below the viewpo...

HTML basics - Learn web development
or outside one another. if they overlap as shown above, then your web browser will try to make the best guess at what you were trying to say, which can lead to unexpected results. so don't do it! empty elements some elements have no content and are called empty elements. take the <img> element that we already have in our html page: <img src="images/firefox-icon.png" alt="my test image"> this contains two attributes, but there is no closing </img> tag and no inner content. this is because an image element doesn't wrap content to affect it. its purpose is to embed an image in the html page in the place it appears. anatomy of an html document that wraps up the basics of individual html elements, but they aren't handy on their own. now we'll look at how individual elements are combined to form ...
...can now handle any textual content you might put on it. there is no reason not to set this and it can help avoid some problems later on. <title></title> — the <title> element. this sets the title of your page, which is the title that appears in the browser tab the page is loaded in. it is also used to describe the page when you bookmark/favourite it. <body></body> — the <body> element. this contains all the content that you want to show to web users when they visit your page, whether that's text, images, videos, games, playable audio tracks or whatever else. images let's turn our attention to the <img> element again: <img src="images/firefox-icon.png" alt="my test image"> as we said before, it embeds an image into our page in the position it appears. it does this via the src (source) at...
...t that you want to show to web users when they visit your page, whether that's text, images, videos, games, playable audio tracks or whatever else. images let's turn our attention to the <img> element again: <img src="images/firefox-icon.png" alt="my test image"> as we said before, it embeds an image into our page in the position it appears. it does this via the src (source) attribute, which contains the path to our image file. we have also included an alt (alternative) attribute. in this attribute, you specify descriptive text for users who cannot see the image, possibly because of the following reasons: they are visually impaired. users with significant visual impairments often use tools called screen readers to read out the alt text to them. something has gone wrong causing the image ...
... about accessibility in our accessibility learning module. marking up text this section will cover some of the essential html elements you'll use for marking up the text. headings heading elements allow you to specify that certain parts of your content are headings — or subheadings. in the same way that a book has the main title, chapter titles and subtitles, an html document can too. html contains 6 heading levels, <h1>–<h6>, although you'll commonly only use 3 to 4 at most: <h1>my main title</h1> <h2>my top level heading</h2> <h3>my subheading</h3> <h4>my sub-subheading</h4> now try adding a suitable title to your html page just above your <img> element. note: you'll see that your heading level 1 has an implicit style. don't use heading elements to make text bigger or bold, because ...

JavaScript basics - Learn web development
ming. if values couldn't change, then you couldn't do anything dynamic, like personalize a greeting message or change an image displayed in an image gallery. comments comments are snippets of text that can be added along with code. the browser ignores text marked as comments. you can write comments in javascript just as you can in css: /* everything in between is a comment. */ if your comment contains no line breaks, it's an option to put it behind two slashes like this: // this is a comment operators an operator is a mathematical symbol which produces a result based on two values (or variables). in the following table you can see some of the simplest operators, along with some examples to try in the javascript console. operator explanation symbol(s) example ...
...thing with your mouse. to demonstrate this, enter the following into your console, then click on the current webpage: document.queryselector('html').onclick = function() { alert('ouch! stop poking me!'); } there are many ways to attach an event handler to an element. here we select the <html> element, setting its onclick handler property equal to an anonymous (i.e. nameless) function, which contains the code we want the click event to run. note that document.queryselector('html').onclick = function() {}; is equivalent to let myhtml = document.queryselector('html'); myhtml.onclick = function() {}; it's just shorter. supercharging our example website with this review of javascript basics completed (above), let's add some new features to our example site. adding an image changer in thi...
... document.queryselector('button'); let myheading = document.queryselector('h1'); add the function below to set the personalized greeting. this won't do anything yet, but this will change soon. function setusername() { let myname = prompt('please enter your name.'); localstorage.setitem('name', myname); myheading.textcontent = 'mozilla is cool, ' + myname; } the setusername() function contains a prompt() function, which displays a dialog box, similar to alert(). this prompt() function does more than alert(), asking the user to enter data, and storing it in a variable after the user clicks ok. in this case, we are asking the user to enter a name. next, the code calls on an api localstorage, which allows us to store data in the browser and retrieve it later. we use localstorage's setitem...
...an alert(), asking the user to enter data, and storing it in a variable after the user clicks ok. in this case, we are asking the user to enter a name. next, the code calls on an api localstorage, which allows us to store data in the browser and retrieve it later. we use localstorage's setitem() function to create and store a data item called 'name', setting its value to the myname variable which contains the user's entry for the name. finally, we set the textcontent of the heading to a string, plus the user's newly stored name. add the if ... else block (below). we could call this initialization code, as it structures the app when it first loads. if(!localstorage.getitem('name')) { setusername(); } else { let storedname = localstorage.getitem('name'); myheading.textcontent = 'mozilla is ...

HTML table basics - Learn web development
nd cell. i'm your third cell. i'm your fourth cell. second row, first cell. cell 2. cell 3. cell 4. note: you can also find this on github as simple-table.html (see it live also). adding headers with <th> elements now let's turn our attention to table headers — special cells that go at the start of a row or column and define the type of data that row or column contains (as an example, see the "person" and "age" cells in the first example shown in this article). to illustrate why they are useful, have a look at the following table example. first the source code: <table> <tr> <td>&nbsp;</td> <td>knocky</td> <td>flor</td> <td>ella</td> <td>juan</td> </tr> <tr> <td>breed</td> <td>jack russell</td> <td>poodle</td> <td>stree...
...e is that, while you can kind of make out what's going on, it is not as easy to cross reference data as it could be. if the column and row headings stood out in some way, it would be much better. active learning: table headers let's have a go at improving this table. first, make a local copy of our dogs-table.html and minimal-table.css files in a new directory on your local machine. the html contains the same dogs example as you saw above. to recognize the table headers as headers, both visually and semantically, you can use the <th> element ('th' stands for 'table header'). this works in exactly the same way as a <td>, except that it denotes a header, not a normal cell. go into your html, and change all the <td> elements surrounding the table headers into <th> elements. save your html and ...
...owspan attributes, which allow us to do just those things. both accept a unitless number value, which equals the number of rows or columns you want spanned. for example, colspan="2" makes a cell span two columns. let's use colspan and rowspan to improve this table. first, make a local copy of our animals-table.html and minimal-table.css files in a new directory on your local machine. the html contains the same animals example as you saw above. next, use colspan to make "animals", "hippopotamus", and "crocodile" span across two columns. finally, use rowspan to make "horse" and "chicken" span across two rows. save and open your code in a browser to see the improvement. note: you can find our finished example at animals-table-fixed.html on github (see it live also). providing common st...
...n see the timetable of a languages teacher. on friday she has a new class teaching dutch all day, but she also teaches german for a few periods on tuesday and thursdays. she wants to highlight the columns containing the days she is teaching. recreate the table by following the steps below. first, make a local copy of our timetable.html file in a new directory on your local machine. the html contains the same table you saw above, minus the column styling information. add a <colgroup> element at the top of the table, just underneath the <table> tag, in which you can add your <col> elements (see the remaining steps below). the first two columns need to be left unstyled. add a background color to the third column. the value for your style attribute is background-color:#97db9a; set a separate...

Drawing graphics - Learn web development
this article provides an introduction to canvas, and further resources to allow you to learn more. prerequisites: javascript basics (see first steps, building blocks, javascript objects), the basics of client-side apis objective: to learn the basics of drawing on <canvas> elements using javascript. ...
...t to retrieve. in this case we want a 2d canvas, so add the following javascript line below the others inside the <script> element: const ctx = canvas.getcontext('2d'); note: other context values you could choose include webgl for webgl, webgl2 for webgl 2, etc., but we won't need those in this article. so that's it — our canvas is now primed and ready for drawing on! the ctx variable now contains a canvasrenderingcontext2d object, and all drawing operations on the canvas will involve manipulating this object. let's do one last thing before we move on. we'll color the canvas background black to give you a first taste of the canvas api. add the following lines at the bottom of your javascript: ctx.fillstyle = 'rgb(0, 0, 0)'; ctx.fillrect(0, 0, width, height); here we are setting a fill c...
...yourself all the work. creating a loop playing with loops in canvas is rather fun — you can run canvas commands inside a for (or other type of) loop just like any other javascript code. let's build a simple example. make another fresh copy of our canvas template (1_canvas_template.html) and open it in your code editor. add the following line to the bottom of your javascript. this contains a new method, translate(), which moves the origin point of the canvas: ctx.translate(width/2, height/2); this causes the coordinate origin (0, 0) to be moved to the center of the canvas, rather than being at the top left corner. this is very useful in many situations, like this one, where we want our design to be drawn relative to the center of the canvas. now add the following code t...
...right.png'; image.onload = draw; now we'll add some variables to keep track of the position the sprite is to be drawn on the screen, and the sprite number we want to display. let sprite = 0; let posx = 0; let's explain the spritesheet image (which we have respectfully borrowed from mike thomas' create a sprite sheet walk cycle using css animation). the image looks like this: it contains six sprites that make up the whole walking sequence — each one is 102 pixels wide and 148 pixels high. to display each sprite cleanly we will have to use drawimage() to chop out a single sprite image from the spritesheet and display only that part, like we did above with the firefox logo. the x coordinate of the slice will have to be a multiple of 102, and the y coordinate will always be 0. the...

Video and Audio APIs - Learn web development
a-label="stop"></button> <div class="timer"> <div></div> <span aria-label="timer">00:00</span> </div> <button class="rwd" data-icon="b" aria-label="rewind"></button> <button class="fwd" data-icon="f" aria-label="fast forward"></button> </div> </div> the whole player is wrapped in a <div> element, so it can all be styled as one unit if needed. the <video> element contains two <source> elements so that different formats can be loaded depending on the browser viewing the site. the controls html is probably the most interesting: we have four <button>s — play/pause, stop, rewind, and fast forward. each <button> has a class name, a data-icon attribute for defining what icon should be shown on each button (we'll show how this works in the below section), and...
... alphabet equate to common icons you might want to use in an application. next we use generated content to display an icon on each button: we use the ::before selector to display the content before each <button> element. we use the content property to set the content to be displayed in each case to be equal to the contents of the data-icon attribute. in the case of our play button, data-icon contains a capital "p". we apply the custom web font to our buttons using font-family. in this font, "p" is actually a "play" icon, so therefore the play button has a "play" icon displayed on it. icon fonts are very cool for many reasons — cutting down on http requests because you don't need to download those icons as image files, great scalability, and the fact that you can use text properties to st...
...us ones: rwd.addeventlistener('click', mediabackward); fwd.addeventlistener('click', mediaforward); now on to the event handler functions — add the following code below your previous functions to define mediabackward() and mediaforward(): let intervalfwd; let intervalrwd; function mediabackward() { clearinterval(intervalfwd); fwd.classlist.remove('active'); if(rwd.classlist.contains('active')) { rwd.classlist.remove('active'); clearinterval(intervalrwd); media.play(); } else { rwd.classlist.add('active'); media.pause(); intervalrwd = setinterval(windbackward, 200); } } function mediaforward() { clearinterval(intervalrwd); rwd.classlist.remove('active'); if(fwd.classlist.contains('active')) { fwd.classlist.remove('active'); clearint...
...tton after pressing the fwd button, we want to cancel any fast forward functionality and replace it with the rewind functionality. if we tried to do both at one, the player would break. we use an if statement to check whether the active class has been set on the rwd button, indicating that it has already been pressed. the classlist is a rather handy property that exists on every element — it contains a list of all the classes set on the element, as well as methods for adding/removing classes, etc. we use the classlist.contains() method to check whether the list contains the active class. this returns a boolean true/false result. if active has been set on the rwd button, we remove it using classlist.remove(), clear the interval that has been set when the button was first pressed (see below ...

Storing the information you need — Variables - Learn web development
iate. so for example, a simple case would be: let iamalive = true; whereas in reality it would be used more like this: let test = 6 < 3; this is using the "less than" operator (<) to test whether 6 is less than 3. as you might expect, it returns false, because 6 is not less than 3! you will learn a lot more about such operators later on in the course. arrays an array is a single object that contains multiple values enclosed in square brackets and separated by commas. try entering the following lines into your console: let mynamearray = ['chris', 'bob', 'jim']; let mynumberarray = [10, 15, 40]; once these arrays are defined, you can access each value by their location within the array. try these lines: mynamearray[0]; // should return 'chris' mynumberarray[2]; // should return 40 the squa...
... brackets specify an index value corresponding to the position of the value you want returned. you might have noticed that arrays in javascript are zero-indexed: the first element is at index 0. you'll learn a lot more about arrays in a future article. objects in programming, an object is a structure of code that models a real-life object. you can have a simple object that represents a box and contains information about its width, length, and height, or you could have an object that represents a person, and contains data about their name, height, weight, what language they speak, how to say hello to them, and more. try entering the following line into your console: let dog = { name : 'spot', breed : 'dalmatian' }; to retrieve the information stored in the object, you can use the following sy...
...se in a future module. dynamic typing javascript is a "dynamically typed language", which means that, unlike some other languages, you don't need to specify what data type a variable will contain (numbers, strings, arrays, etc). for example, if you declare a variable and give it a value enclosed in quotes, the browser treats the variable as a string: let mystring = 'hello'; even if the value contains numbers, it is still a string, so be careful: let mynumber = '500'; // oops, this is still a string typeof mynumber; mynumber = 500; // much better — now this is a number typeof mynumber; try entering the four lines above into your console one by one, and see what the results are. you'll notice that we are using a special operator called typeof — this returns the data type of the variable y...
...number; mynumber = 500; // much better — now this is a number typeof mynumber; try entering the four lines above into your console one by one, and see what the results are. you'll notice that we are using a special operator called typeof — this returns the data type of the variable you type after it. the first time it is called, it should return string, as at that point the mynumber variable contains a string, '500'. have a look and see what it returns the second time you call it. constants in javascript many programming languages have the concept of a constant — a value that once declared can't be changed. there are many reasons why you'd want to do this, from security (if a third party script changed such values it could cause problems) to debugging and code comprehension (it is harder ...

Getting started with Vue - Learn web development
onfig.js: this is the config file for babel, which transforms modern javascript features being used in development code into older syntax that is more cross-browser compatible in production code. you can register additional babel plugins in this file. .browserslistrc: this is a config for browserslist. you can use this to control which browsers your tooling optimizes for. public: this directory contains static assets that are published, but not processed by webpack during build (with one exception; index.html gets some processing). favicon.ico: this is the favicon for your app. currently, it's the vue logo. index.html: this is the template for your app. your vue app is run from this html page, and you can use lodash template syntax to interpolate values into it. note: this is not th...
... this is the template for your app. your vue app is run from this html page, and you can use lodash template syntax to interpolate values into it. note: this is not the template for managing the layout of your application — this template is for managing static html that sits outside of your vue app. editing this file typically only occurs in advanced use cases. src: this directory contains the core of your vue app. main.js: this is the entry point to your application. currently, this file initializes your vue application and signifies which html element in the index.html file your app should be attached to. this file is often where you register global components or additional vue libraries. app.vue: this is the top-level component in your vue app. see below for more explan...
...f you look inside the src folder in the project we created with the cli, you'll see your first .vue file: app.vue. let's explore this now. app.vue open your app.vue file — you’ll see that it has three parts: <template>, <script>, and <style>, which contain the component’s template, scripting, and styling information. all single file components share this same basic structure. <template> contains all the markup structure and display logic of your component. your template can contain any valid html, as well as some vue-specific syntax that we'll cover later. note: by setting the lang attribute on the <template> tag, you can use pug template syntax instead of standard html — <template lang="pug">. we'll stick to standard html through this tutorial, but it is worth knowing that this is p...
...cture and display logic of your component. your template can contain any valid html, as well as some vue-specific syntax that we'll cover later. note: by setting the lang attribute on the <template> tag, you can use pug template syntax instead of standard html — <template lang="pug">. we'll stick to standard html through this tutorial, but it is worth knowing that this is possible. <script> contains all of the non-display logic of your component. most importantly, your <script> tag needs to have a default exported js object. this object is where you locally register components, define component inputs (props), handle local state, define methods, and more. your build step will process this object and transform it (with your template) into a vue component with a render() function. in the case...

Localizing without a specialized tool
missinginfiles: 6117 missing: 13 0% of entries changed the beauty of the compare-locales output is that it tells you all the missing files and which files you need to add and localize. this will be your guide to localize firefox. localizing step-by-step dtd files in order to provide an example that can be viewed quickly in your ui, we'll start by translating a dtd file named searchbar.dtd that contains the string "manage search engines...". (strings in the dtd files are called "entities".) "manage search engines..." can easily be found in the firefox browser ui by clicking on the drop-down arrow in the search box in the upper-right corner of your browser. at the bottom of the list of search engines that appears, you'll see, "manage search engines...". to start, make sure you are in /path/to/y...
...er ui by clicking on the drop-down arrow in the search box in the upper-right corner of your browser. at the bottom of the list of search engines that appears, you'll see, "manage search engines...". to start, make sure you are in /path/to/your/working/directory/l10n-mozilla-1.9.2/x-testing and then, type the command mkdir /browser/chrome/browser now, step back out to the broader directory that contains both your l10n base (l10n-mozilla-1.9.2) and the en-us source code (mozilla-1.9.2). you can do this by typing: cd ../../ where each ".." represents the prior sub directory before the main directory where you want to be. you can always check the path by typing pwd once you are in the root working directory with both en-us source and the l10n base, copy the searchbar.dtd file by typing cp moz...
...inside the quotation marks. be sure to only translate what is in the quotation marks. for the purposes of this tutorial, we will just convert all letters to uppercase, so that the change is visible in the ui. <!entity cmd_enginemanager.label "manage search engines..."> <!entity searchendcap.label "search"> save the file. .properties files the property file "search.properties" contains the string "add %s". this string can easily be found in the browser ui by visiting a website that provides a search plugin (like http://developer.mozilla.org/) and clicking on the drop-down arrow in the search box in the upper-right corner of your browser. at the second to bottom of the list of search engines that appears, you'll see, "add %s", where %s is replaced by the name of the site. aga...
...r.mozilla.org/) and clicking on the drop-down arrow in the search box in the upper-right corner of your browser. at the second to bottom of the list of search engines that appears, you'll see, "add %s", where %s is replaced by the name of the site. again, to start, make sure you are in /path/to/your/working/directory/l10n-mozilla-1.9.2/x-testing now, step back out to the broader directory that contains both your l10n base (l10n-mozilla-1.9.2) and the en-us source code (mozilla-1.9.2). you can do this by typing: cd ../../ where each ".." represents the prior sub directory before the main directory where you want to be. you can always check the path by typing pwd once you are in the root working directory with both en-us source and the l10n base, copy the searchbar.dtd file by typing cp moz...

about:memory
irefox instance. if you are using a communication channel where only text can be sent, such as a comment thread on a website, click on the "measure..." button. this will cause a tree-like structure to be generated text within about:memory. this structure is just text, so you can copy and paste some or all of this text into any kind of text buffer. ...
...if you do not wish to share this information, you can select the "anonymize" checkbox before clicking on "measure and save..." or "measure...". ...
... by clicking on them. if you find any particular tree overwhelming, it can be helpful to collapse all the sub-trees immediately below the root, and then gradually expand the sub-trees of interest. sections memory reports are displayed on a per-process basis, with one process per section. within each process's measurements, there are the following subsections. explicit allocations this section contains a single tree, called "explicit", that measures all the memory allocated via explicit calls to heap allocation functions (such as malloc and new) and to non-heap allocations functions (such as mmap and virtualalloc). here is an example for a browser session where tabs were open to cnn.com, techcrunch.com, and arstechnica.com. various sub-trees have been expanded and others collapsed for the sake...
...ub-tree. for add-ons that use separate windows, such as chatzilla, the memory usage of those windows will show up in this sub-tree. for add-ons that use xul overlays, such as adblock plus, the memory usage of those overlays will not show up in this sub-tree; it will instead be in the non-add-on sub-trees and won't be identifiable as being caused by the add-on. other measurements this section contains multiple trees, includes many that cross-cut the measurements in the "explicit" tree. for example, in the "explicit" tree all dom and layout measurements are broken down by window by window, but in "other measurements" those measurements are aggregated into totals for the whole browser, as the following example shows. 26.77 mb (100.0%) -- window-objects ├──14.59 mb (54.52%) -- layout │ ...

An overview of NSS Internals
xchange signed/encrypted data with communication partners, using public key encryption simplifies the key management. the environment that describes how to use public key encryption is called public key infrastructure (pki). the public keys that are exchanged between parties are transported using a container; the container is called a certificate, following standard x.509 version 3. a certificate contains lots of other details; for example, it contains a signature by a third party that expresses trust in the ownership relationship for the certificate. the trust assigned by the third party might be restricted to certain uses, which are listed in certificate extensions that are contained in the certificate. many (if not most) of the operations performed by nss involve the use of x.509 certificate...
... the rest. it will detect and open an existing database, or it can create a new one. alternatively, should you decide that you don't want to work with any persistent recording of certificates, you may initialize nss in a no-database mode. usually, nss will flush all data to disk as soon as new data has been added to permanent storage. ...
...n create a new one. alternatively, should you decide that you don't want to work with any persistent recording of certificates, you may initialize nss in a no-database mode. usually, nss will flush all data to disk as soon as new data has been added to permanent storage. storage consists of multiple files: a key database file, which contains your secret keys, and a certificate database file which contains the public portion of your own certificates, the certificates of peers or cas, and a list of trust decisions (such as to not trust a built-in ca, or to explicitly trust other cas). examples for the database files are key3.db and cert8.db, where the numbers are file version numbers. a third file contains the list of external pkcs#11 modules that have been registered to be used by nss. the file cou...
...specially when importing data from files. a recent development adds support for loading external pem files that contain private keys, in a software library called nss-pem, which is separately available, but should eventually become a core part of nss. looking at the code level, nss deals with blocks of raw data all the time. the common structure to store such an untyped block is secitem, which contains a size and an untyped c pointer variable. when dealing with memory, nss makes use of arenas, which are an attempt to simplify management with the limited offerings of c (because there are no destructors). the idea is to group multiple memory allocations in order to simplify cleanup. performing an operation often involves allocating many individual data items, and the code might be required to ...

NSS sources building testing
because nss depends on the base library nspr, you should download the archive that combines both nss and nspr. ...
...torical information: nspr and nss source code have recently been re-organized into a new directory structure. in past versions, all files were located in a directory hierarchy that started with the "mozilla" prefix. the nspr base library was located in directory mozilla/nsprpub. the subdirectories dbm, security/dbm, security/coreconf, security/nss were part of the nss sources.) the nss directory contains the following important subdirectories: nss/coreconf contains knowledge for cross platform building. nss/lib contains all the library code that is used to create the runtime libraries used by applications. nss/cmd contains a set of various tool programs that are built using nss. several tools are general purpose and can be used to inspect and manipulate the storage files that software ...
... nss/gtests code for nss unit tests running in googletest. it is important to mention the difference between internal nss code and exported interfaces. software that would like to use the nss library must use only the exported interfaces. ...
... test suite has completed, a summary will be printed that shows the number of failures. you can find the test suite results in directory nss/../tests_results (i.e. the results directory ends up next to the nss directory, not within it). each test suite execution will create a new subdirectory; you should clean them up from time to time. inside the directory you'll find text file output.log, which contains a detailed report of all tests being executed. in order to learn about the details of test failures, search the file for the uppercase test failed. if desired, it's possible to run only subsets of the tests. read the contents of file all.sh to learn how that works. ...

nss tech note1
this was written to be a generic decoder, that includes both der (distinguished encoding rules) and ber (basic encoding rules).† it handles both streaming and non-streaming input. the "quickder" decoder, written by julien pierre for nss 3.6 . this decoder was written when performance issues were discovered with the classic decoder. ...
...endent on the content of the decoder templates.† this typically points to a struct that is described (or partially described) by the templates. prarenapool* arena is a pointer to an nspr arena pool. this is the arena pool from which the decoder will allocate memory as needed. decoder templates : the sec_asn1template structure tells the decoder what to do with the input data. this structure contains four fields : kind . this 32-bit field tells the decoder what to do with a particular component within the input data. it is made of two parts : the lower byte, which can contain asn.1 tags, and the upper 3 bytes, which can contain decoder modifiers. if only an asn.1 tag is specified without a modifier, then the decoder will enforce the presence of a component of that type, and fail if it do...
...some modifiers where noted.when needed, it tells the decoder where in the target data to save the current component. it is normally relative to the dest argument passed to the decoder. if templates are nested, the offset applies to the location of the current component within the target component, typically the decoded sequence. sub† . this field does not apply to all template types. if kind contains the sec_asn1_inline or sec_asn1_pointer modifiers, then it must point to the required subtemplate. if kind contains the sec_asn1_xtrn or sec_asn1_dynamic modifiers, this is a pointer to a callback function that will dynamically return the required subtemplate. size† . this field does not apply to all template types. it is only required for dynamically allocating memory for the structure if t...
... is typically used for sec_asn1_sequence or sec_asn1_choice definitions, which always need to be the first template in a template array of their own. sec_asn1_pointer: similar to sec_asn1_inline, except that the memory in the target will be allocated dynamically and a pointer to the dynamically allocated memory will be stored in the dest struct at the offset. this requires that the subtemplate contains a non-zero size field. sec_asn1_group: can only be used in conjunction with a sec_asn1_set or sec_asn1_sequence. it tells the decoder that the component is an asn.1 set of or sequence of respectively. you can also use the macros sec_asn1_set_of and sec_asn1_sequence_of which define both the tag number and this modifier (but still need the method type, this may be a bug). sec_asn1_dynamic or...

NSS Tools certutil
"yymmddhhmmss+hhmm" or "yymmddhhmmss-hhmm". if this option is not used, the validity check defaults to the current system time. -c issuer identify the certificate of the ca from which a new certificate will derive its authenticity. use the exact nickname or alias of the ca certificate, or use the ca's email address. bracket theissuer string with quotation marks if it contains spaces. -d directory specify the database directory containing the certificate and key database files. on unix the certificate database tool defaults to $home/.netscape (that is, ~/.netscape). on windows nt the default is the current directory. the cert8.db and key3.db database files must reside in the same directory. -p dbprefix sp...
...ber assign a unique serial number to a certificate being created. this operation should be performed by a ca. the default serial number is 0 (zero). serial numbers are limited to integers. -n nickname specify the nickname of a certificate or key to list, create, add to a database, modify, or validate. bracket the nickname string with quotation marks if it contains spaces. -o output-file specify the output file name for new certificates or binary certificate requests. bracket theoutput-file string with quotation marks if it contains spaces. if this argument is not used the output destination defaults to standard output. -p phone specify a contact telephone number to include in new certificates or c...
... -q pqgfile read an alternate pqg value from the specified file when generating dsa key pairs. if this argument is not used, the key database tool generates its own pqg value. pqg files are created with a separate dsa utility. ...
... generates its own pqg value. pqg files are created with a separate dsa utility. -r display a certificate's binary der encoding when listing information about that certificate with the -l option. -s subject identify a particular certificate owner for new certificates or certificate requests. bracket this string with quotation marks if it contains spaces. the subject identification format follows rfc 1485. -t trustargs specify the trust attributes to modify in an existing certificate or to apply to a certificate when creating it or adding it to a database. there are three available trust categories for each certificate, expressed in this order: "ssl ,email ,object signing ". in each category position use ...

NSS Tools modutil
ot recommended. -libfile library-file specify a path to the dll or other library file containing the implementation of the pkcs #11 interface module that is being added to the database. -ciphers cipher-enable-list enable specific ciphers in a module that is being added to the database. the cipher-enable-list is a colon-delimited list of cipher names. enclose this list in quotation marks if it contains spaces. the following cipher is currently available: fortezza. -mechanisms mechanism-list specify the security mechanisms for which a particular module will be flagged as a default provider. the mechanism-list is a colon-delimited list of mechanism names. enclose this list in quotation marks if it contains spaces. the module becomes a default provider for the listed mechanisms when those mechan...
... module: -fips [true | false] disabling interactive prompts for the security module database tool, to support scripted operation: -force jar installation file when a jar file is run by a server, by the security module database tool, or by any program that does not interpret javascript, a special information file must be included in the format described below. this information file contains special scripting and must be declared in the jar archive's manifest file. the script can have any name. the metainfo tag for this is pkcs11_install_script. to declare meta-information in the manifest file, put it in a file that is passed to the netscape signing tool. sample script for example, the pkcs #11 installer script could be in the file pk11install. if so, the metainfo file for th...
...cannot be found in the list of supported platforms, then the forwardcompatible list is checked for any platforms that have the same os and architecture in an earlier version. if one is found, its attributes are used for the current platform. platforms (required) gives a list of platforms. each entry in the list is itself a key-value pair: the key is the name of the platform and the value list contains various attributes of the platform. the modulename, modulefile, and files attributes must be specified for each platform unless an equivalentplatform attribute is specified. the platform string is in the following format: system name:os release:architecture. the installer obtains these values from nspr. os release is an empty string on non-unix operating systems. the following system names and pl...
... netscape security module database. modulefile (required) names the pkcs #11 module file (dll or .so) for this platform. the name is given as the relative path of the file within the jar archive. files (required) lists the files that need to be installed for this module. each entry in the file list is a key-value pair: the key is the path of the file in the jar archive, and the value list contains attributes of the file. at least relativepath or absolutepath must be specified for each file. defaultmechanismflags specifies mechanisms for which this module will be a default provider. this key-value pair is a bitstring specified in hexadecimal (0x) format. it is constructed as a bitwise or of the following constants. if the defaultmechanismflags entry is omitted, the value defaults to 0x0...

JSPropertyOp
s_defineproperty or js_defineproperties) it can specify getter and setter callbacks for the new property. getters. the getter callback is called each time javascript code accesses the property's value using the syntax obj.prop or obj[propname]. it is also called when the property's value is accessed via jsapi functions such as js_getproperty or (less obviously) js_callfunctionname. on entry, *vp contains the property's stored value or undefined if the property doesn't have a stored value. the callback may modify *vp. on success, the callback returns true and the value left in *vp is returned to the script or jsapi caller. setters. the setter callback is called each time javascript code assigns to the property using any assignment operator (=, +=, etc.) or the ++ or -- operators. it is also calle...
.... the callback may modify *vp. on success, the callback returns true and the value left in *vp is returned to the script or jsapi caller. setters. the setter callback is called each time javascript code assigns to the property using any assignment operator (=, +=, etc.) or the ++ or -- operators. it is also called when the property is set via jsapi functions such as js_setproperty. on entry, *vp contains the value being assigned to the property. the callback may modify *vp. on success, the callback returns true. if the property has a stored value, it is then updated to the value left in *vp after the callback. as of spidermonkey 1.7, the value of a property assignment expression, like (a.length = x), is the value of *vp after the setter is called. this is typically the value of the left-hand sid...
...operty is being accessed, not the object on which the property was defined. jsclass hooks jsclass offers following hooks: jspropertyop jsclass.addproperty is called just after a new property is added to an object. this happens when a program sets a property that isn't already an own property of the target object. it also happens in jsapi functions such as js_defineproperty. on entry, *vp contains the value provided by the code defining or setting the property. the callback may modify *vp. on success, the post-callback value of *vp becomes the initial stored value of the new property. in js_threadsafe builds, this callback is called with obj locked. it is therefore dangerous for the callback to call jsapi functions, particularly if obj may have been visible to more than one thread. ...
... locked. it is therefore dangerous for the callback to call jsapi functions, particularly if obj may have been visible to more than one thread. jsclass.getproperty is the default getter for new properties. see the section on getters and setters above. jsclass.getproperty is also called when a program attempts to get a property that does not exist on obj or any prototype. on entry, *vp contains the property's stored value, or undefined if the property doesn't exist or doesn't have a stored value. the callback may modify *vp. on success, the post-callback value of *vp is returned to the caller. this value also becomes the property's new stored value, if the property exists and has a stored value. jsstrictpropertyop jsclass.setproperty is the default setter for new properties. s...

Parser API
properties of the reflect object the reflect object currently consists of a single method. reflect.parse(src[, options]) coerces src to a string and parses the result as a javascript program. by default, the parsing returns a program object (see below) representing the parsed abstract syntax tree (ast). additional options may be provided via the options object, which c...
... ]; rest: identifier | null; body: blockstatement | expression; generator: boolean; expression: boolean; } a function declaration or expression. the body of the function may be a block statement, or in the case of an expression closure, an expression. note: expression closures are spidermonkey-specific. if the generator flag is true, the function is a generator function, i.e., contains a yield expression in its body (other than in a nested function). note: generators are spidermonkey-specific. if the expression flag is true, the function is an expression closure and the body field is an expression. statements interface statement <: node { } any statement. interface emptystatement <: statement { type: "emptystatement"; } an empty statement, i.e., a solitary semicolo...
... a continue statement. interface withstatement <: statement { type: "withstatement"; object: expression; body: statement; } a with statement. interface switchstatement <: statement { type: "switchstatement"; discriminant: expression; cases: [ switchcase ]; lexical: boolean; } a switch statement. the lexical flag is metadata indicating whether the switch statement contains any unnested let declarations (and therefore introduces a new lexical scope). interface returnstatement <: statement { type: "returnstatement"; argument: expression | null; } a return statement. interface throwstatement <: statement { type: "throwstatement"; argument: expression; } a throw statement. interface trystatement <: statement { type: "trystatement"; block:...
...tement | null loc: sourcelocation returns: customstatement callback to produce a custom if statement node. switchstatement(disc, cases, islexical[, loc]) disc: customexpression cases: [ customswitchcase ] islexical: boolean loc: sourcelocation returns: customstatement callback to produce a custom switch statement node. the islexical flag is metadata indicating whether the switch statement contains any unnested let declarations (and therefore introduces a new lexical scope). whilestatement(test, body[, loc]) test: customexpression body: customstatement loc: sourcelocation returns: customstatement callback to produce a custom while statement node. dowhilestatement(body, test[, loc]) body: customstatement test: customexpression loc: sourcelocation returns: customstatement callback t...

The Places database
by the history service (see also history service design). any time a places component wants to reference a url, whether visited or not, it refers to this table. each entry has an optional reference to the moz_favicon table to identify the favicon of the page. no two entries may have the same value in the url column. moz_hosts: one entry in this table is created each time you visit a new host. it contains the host url, frequency of access, if typed or not, and it's prefix (https://, ftp://, etc). history tables moz_historyvisits: one entry in this table is created each time you visit a page. it contains the date, referrer, and other information specific to that visit. it contains a reference to the moz_places table which contains the url and other global statistics. see history service desi...
...the hierarchy is defined via the parent column, which points to the moz_bookmarks record which is the parent. ...
... table. bookmarks, folders and separators are descendants of the bookmarks root, while tags and tagged uris are descendants of the tag root. moz_keywords: this table is a unique list of keywords. the moz_bookmarks table has a keyword_id column that maps to a record in moz_keywords table. see manipulating bookmarks using places for more information. annotation tables moz_anno_attributes: contains the names of all the annotations in the system and a name id. there should be relatively few unique names. moz_annos: contains the values of page annotations. it maps a page (reference to moz_places) and an annotation name (reference to moz_anno_attributes) to the value of the annotation. moz_items_annos: contains the values of bookmark item annotations. it maps a bookmark, folder or sepa...
...one or more pages in moz_places refer to each entry. when no pages reference a favicon, the icon entry will be deleted. ...

nsAutoString
class declaration nstautostring_chart subclass of nststring_chart that adds support for stack-based string allocation. it is normally not a good idea to use this class on the heap, because it will allocate space which may be wasted if the string it contains is significantly smaller or any larger than 64 characters. names: nsautostring for wide characters nscautostring for narrow characters method overview constructors operator= get find rfind rfindchar findcharinset rfindcharinset equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring trim compresswhitespace assignwithconversion appendwithconversion appendint appendfloat b...
...onst - source parameters prunichar* astring print32 aoffset print32 acount rfindchar print32 rfindchar(prunichar, print32, print32) const - source parameters prunichar achar print32 aoffset print32 acount findcharinset print32 findcharinset(const char*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the first character found in the given string. ...
...rinset(const nsstring&, print32) const - source parameters nsstring& astring print32 aoffset print32 findcharinset(const prunichar*, print32) const - source parameters prunichar* astring print32 aoffset rfindcharinset print32 rfindcharinset(const prunichar*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the last character found in the given string. ...
...ing(const nsstring&, const nsstring&) - source parameters nsstring& atarget nsstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const prunichar*, const prunichar*) - source parameters prunichar* atarget prunichar* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you c...

nsCAutoString
class declaration nstautostring_chart subclass of nststring_chart that adds support for stack-based string allocation. it is normally not a good idea to use this class on the heap, because it will allocate space which may be wasted if the string it contains is significantly smaller or any larger than 64 characters. names: nsautostring for wide characters nscautostring for narrow characters method overview constructors operator= get find rfind rfindchar findcharinset rfindcharinset compare equalsignorecase tofloat tointeger mid left right setcharat stripchars stripwhitespace replacechar replacesubstring ...
...ing prbool aignorecase print32 aoffset print32 acount rfindchar print32 rfindchar(prunichar, print32, print32) const - source parameters prunichar achar print32 aoffset print32 acount findcharinset print32 findcharinset(const char*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the first character found in the given string. ...
...eturn offset in string, or knotfound parameters char* astring print32 aoffset print32 findcharinset(const nscstring&, print32) const - source parameters nscstring& astring print32 aoffset rfindcharinset print32 rfindcharinset(const char*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the last character found in the given string. ...
...onst nscstring&, const nscstring&) - source parameters nscstring& atarget nscstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const char*, const char*) - source parameters char* atarget char* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. ...

nsIEffectiveTLDService
wn if the hostname in auri is empty. ns_error_insufficient_domain_levels this exception is thrown if there were insufficient subdomain levels in the hostname to satisfy the requested aadditionalparts value. ns_error_host_is_ip_address this exception is thrown if auri is a numeric ipv4 or ipv6 address. ns_error_unexpected or other error returned by nsiidnservice.normalize() when the hostname contains characters disallowed in uris. getbasedomainfromhost() returns the base domain of a host string. otherwise identical to getbasedomain(). note: it is strongly recommended that you use getbasedomain() if a suitable nsiuri is available. only use this method if this is not the case. acstring getbasedomainfromhost( in autf8string ahost, in pruint32 aadditionalparts optional ); parameters ...
... number of domain name parts to be returned in addition to the public suffix. return value an acstring containing the base domain (public suffix plus the requested number of additional parts). exceptions thrown ns_error_invalid_arg this exception is thrown if ahost is empty. ns_error_unexpected this exception originates in the normalize() method in nsiidnservice and is thrown when ahost contains characters disallowed in uris. ns_error_insufficient_domain_levels this exception is thrown if there were insufficient subdomain levels in the hostname to satisfy the requested aadditionalparts value. ns_error_host_is_ip_address this exception is thrown if ahost is a numeric ipv4 or ipv6 address. remarks note: prior to gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1), this method w...
...; parameters auri the uri to be analyzed. return value an acstring containing the public suffix. exceptions thrown ns_error_invalid_arg this exception is thrown if the hostname in auri is empty. ns_error_host_is_ip_address this exception is thrown if auri is a numeric ipv4 or ipv6 address. ns_error_unexpected or other error returned by nsiidnservice.normalize() when the hostname contains characters disallowed in uris. getpublicsuffixfromhost() returns the public suffix of a host string. otherwise identical to getpublicsuffix(). note: it is strongly recommended to use getbasedomain() if a suitable nsiuri is available. only use this method if this is not the case. acstring getpublicsuffixfromhost( in autf8string ahost ); parameters ahost the host string to be analyzed.
...this is not the case. acstring getpublicsuffixfromhost( in autf8string ahost ); parameters ahost the host string to be analyzed. return value an acstring containing the public suffix. exceptions thrown ns_error_invalid_arg this exception is thrown if ahost is empty. ns_error_unexpected this exception originates in the normalize() method in nsiidnservice and is thrown when ahost contains characters disallowed in uris. ns_error_host_is_ip_address this exception is thrown if ahost is a numeric ipv4 or ipv6 address. remarks all returned strings are encoded in ascii/ace and normalized according to rfc 3454. ...

Index
rd this article provides examples on accessing and manipulating thunderbird accounts. account interfaces provides an overview of the related interfaces. see an overview of thunderbird components for a general description of the thunderbird user interface and related programmatic interfaces. 4 account interfaces code snippets, extension development, thunderbird this page contains a list of the interfaces that you'll will most likely use when writing extensions that work with email or other accounts. see account examples for examples and code snippets. 5 activity manager thunderbird 3, thunderbird the activity manager is a simple component that understands how to display a combination of user activity and history. the activity manager works in conjunct...
...his page describes the programmatic interfaces behind the activity manager component. the functionality of the component is described on the activity manager page, and the activity manager examples page has code snippets. see nsiactivitymanager.idl and nsiactivity.idl files for source documentation. 7 address book interfaces mailnews, mozilla, seamonkey, thunderbird this page contains a list of the interfaces that you'll will most likely hit when writing patches for the address book or writing extensions. the complete list of interfaces for the address book can be found here. address book examples show how to perform various tasks and provide code snippets. 8 address book examples mailnews, seamonkey, thunderbird this article provides examples on accessing...
...them. 25 filelink providers thunderbird filelink is a thunderbird feature that makes it easy for users to upload large attachments to web-based storage services such as hightail. 26 nsimsgcloudfileprovider nsimsgcloudfileprovider is the interface that must be implemented by new filelink providers. 27 folder pane interfaces this page contains a list of the interfaces that you'll will most likely use when writing extensions that affect the folder pane. see working with the folder pane for examples and code snippets. 28 gloda thunderbird 3, thunderbird thunderbird includes a new message indexing and search system (gloda) that improves search performance, provides sophisticated full-text search capabilities and cate...
...n be enhanced and customized via extensions. 75 building a thunderbird extension 2: extension file layout extensions, thunderbird extensions are packaged and distributed in archive files (also known as bundles), with the xpi (pronounced “zippy”) file extension. at a minimum, they contain an install.rdf, the chrome.manifest and a chrome/ folder. a content/ folder sometimes contains the actual content files. these files contain the code that makes your extension actually do something. when this tutorial is finished, our extension will look like this: 76 building a thunderbird extension 3: install manifest extensions, thunderbird the install.rdf file is an xml file that provides general information about the extension. 77 building a thunderbir...

Working with windows in chrome code
opening windows from a <script> in a window or an overlay to open a new window, we usually use a window.open or window.opendialog dom call, like this: var win = window.open("chrome://myextension/content/about.xul", "aboutmyextension", "chrome,centerscreen"); the first parameter to window.open is the uri of the xul file that describes the window and its contents. ...
...bject note the win variable in the above section, which is assigned the return value of window.open. it can be used to access the opened window. the return value of window.open (and similar methods) is a window object (usually chromewindow) – the same type as the window variable. technically speaking, it implements a number of interfaces, including nsidomjswindow and nsidomwindow, but it also contains the user-defined properties for global variables and functions of the window. so, for example, to access the dom document corresponding to the window, you can use win.document. note however, that the open() call returns before the window is fully loaded, so some calls, like win.document.getelementbyid() will fail. to overcome this difficulty, you can move the initialization code to a load handle...
...ever, that the open() call returns before the window is fully loaded, so some calls, like win.document.getelementbyid() will fail. to overcome this difficulty, you can move the initialization code to a load handler of the window being opened or pass a callback function, as described below. you can get a window object from a document using document.defaultview. content windows when a xul window contains a widget capable of displaying a page, such as <browser> or <iframe>, the document in that widget is, naturally, separate from the document of the chrome window itself. there also is a window object for each sub-document, although there's no window in a common sense for the sub-document. the same holds for chrome windows opened inside a tab of <tabbrowser>. the elements above the chrome document...
... when you're sure that your window was opened from one of a few well-known places. in more complicated cases you need to use the nsiwindowmediator interface, introduced above. one case in which you might want to use nsiwindowmediator is in an extension's options window. suppose you're developing a browser extension that consists of a browser.xul overlay and an options window. suppose the overlay contains a button to open the extension's options window which needs to read some data from the browser window. as you may remember, firefox's extension manager can also be used to open your options dialog. this means the value of window.opener in your options dialog is not necessarily the browser window -- instead, it might be the extension manager window. you could check the location property of the op...

URLs - Plugins
npp_urlnotify. without this notification, the plug-in cannot tell whether a request with a null target failed or a request with a non-null target was completed. nperror npn_geturlnotify(npp instance, const char* url, const char* target, void* notifydata); the instance, url, and target parameters have the same definitions as those of npn_geturl. the notifydata parameter contains private plug-in data that can be used to associate the request with the subsequent npp_urlnotify call (which returns this value) and/or to pass a pointer to some request-related payload. if a request is not completed successfully (for example, because the url is invalid or an http server is down), the browser should call npp_urlnotify as soon as possible. if a request completes successfully, and...
...plug-in of the result of a request. both functions pass the notifydata value to npp_urlnotify, which tells the plug-in that the url request was completed and the reason for completion. void npp_urlnotify(npp instance, const char* url, npreason reason, void* notifydata); the instance and url parameters have the same definitions as those of npn_geturl. the notifydata parameter contains the private plug-in data passed to the corresponding call to npn_geturlnotify and npn_posturlnotify. warning: in gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1), npn_geturlnotify() does not notify the plug-in if notifydata is null. see bug 638367 for details. getting the url and displaying the page to retrieve a url and display it on a specified target page, you use the npn_geturl and ...
...it returns immediately and only later handles the request and calls npp_notify (which, in turn, calls npp_urlnotify). nperror npn_posturl(npp instance, const char *url, const char *target, uint32 len, const char *buf, npbool file); the instance, url, and target parameters have the same definitions as those of npn_geturl. the buf parameter identifies a local temporary file or data buffer that contains the data to post. windows and mac if a file is posted with any protocol other than ftp, the file must be text with unix-style line breaks ('\n' separators only). npn_posturl works identically with buffers and files. to post data from a memory buffer, set the flag file to false, the buffer buf to the data to post, and len to the length of the buffer. possible url types include http (similar to...
...he request. npn_posturlnotify is typically asynchronous: it returns immediately and only later handles the request and calls npp_urlnotify. nperror npn_posturlnotify( npp instance, const char *url, const char *target, uint32 len, const char *buf, npbool file, void* notifydata ); the parameters of this function have the same definitions as those of npn_posturl. the notifydata parameter contains plug-in-private data passed by npp_urlnotify and may be used for tracking multiple posts. posting data to an http server the following code posts two name-value pairs to a cgi script through http. the response from the server is displayed in a new window. char* ppostdata = "content-type:\tapplication/x-www-form-urlencoded\ncontent-length:\t17\n\nname=aaashun@gmail.com\n"; uint32 npostdata...

DOM Inspector internals - Firefox Developer Tools
other top-level inspectors which differ slightly (the object inspector and dom inspector sidebar used in seamonkey). initially, we will begin by focusing on inspector.xul and its entry point, and then expand our focus later to explain how these other inspectors differ. dom inspector from a high-level perspective the dom inspector primary ui consists of some toolbars and a panelset. the panelset contains two panels. one panel reacts to changes to the inspected document, and the other panel reacts to changes to the selection in the first panel. these are the document panel and the object panel, respectively. (internally, a panel may be loosely referred to as a "pane", but a panelset is always referred to as a "panelset".) a panel's purpose is to manage available viewers. at the top of each panel ...
...nel reacts to changes to the inspected document, and the other panel reacts to changes to the selection in the first panel. these are the document panel and the object panel, respectively. (internally, a panel may be loosely referred to as a "pane", but a panelset is always referred to as a "panelset".) a panel's purpose is to manage available viewers. at the top of each panel is a toolbar which contains a menu button allowing you to choose which viewer to display from the viewer list, a label displaying the name of the currently active viewer, and another menu button allowing you to issue viewer-specific commands. viewers are dynamically loaded; when the panel is made to switch from one viewer to another, the old viewer is destroyed, and the new viewer is loaded in its place. in this way, the p...
...tly active viewer, and another menu button allowing you to issue viewer-specific commands. viewers are dynamically loaded; when the panel is made to switch from one viewer to another, the old viewer is destroyed, and the new viewer is loaded in its place. in this way, the panelset and panels function like a frameset and frames. this comparison turns out to be quite apt, since each panel actually contains an anonymous browser, and individual viewers exist in separate documents loaded in the browser. this separation allows for viewers to be self-contained, with a viewer's xul defined in its own document and loaded in its own scope, without fear of collisions in the xul, css, or js. another convenient consequence of this is that if you use a properly set up development profile, then for the most par...
... host application. (above, seamonkey and firefox, respectively.) there are several overlays from the resources/contents/ directory that do not fall into the category of host-integration overlays. that's because dom inspector also uses shared overlays to build up its own ui. shared structure overlays taking a look at the contents of inspector.xul, dom inspector's primary ui, will reveal that it contains almost no visible elements. as of this writing, there's a toolbox containing an empty menubar and an empty toolbar, as well as an empty vbox: <toolbox id="tbxinstoolbox"> <menubar id="mbrinspectormain"/> <toolbar id="tbinspectorprimary"/> </toolbox> <vbox id="bxinspectormain" flex="1"/> there are no menus, toolbar items, et cetera defined here. even most of the elements that are...

Debugger.Object - Firefox Developer Tools
ee function, or not a function at all, this is undefined. boundthis if the referent is a bound debuggee function, this is the this value it was bound to. if the referent is either not a bound function, not a debuggee function, or not a function at all, this is undefined. boundarguments if the referent is a bound debuggee function, this is an array (in the debugger object’s compartment) that contains the debuggee values of the arguments object it was bound to. if the referent is either not a bound function, not a debuggee function, or not a function at all, this is undefined. isproxy if the referent is a (scripted) proxy, either revoked or not, return true. if the referent is not a (scripted) proxy, return false. proxytarget if the referent is a non-revoked (scripted) proxy, return a debu...
...values of then() calls on the promise. return values of promise.all() if the referent promise was passed in as one of the arguments. return values of promise.race() if the referent promise was passed in as one of the arguments. once a promise is settled, it will generally notify its dependent promises and forget about them, so this is most useful on pending promises. note that the array only contains the promises that directly depend on the referent promise. it does not contain promises that depend on promises that depend on the referent promise. if the referent is not a promise, throw a typeerror exception. promiselifetime if the referent is a promise, this is the number of milliseconds elapsed since the promise was created. if the referent is not a promise, throw a typeerror exception.
...ent is a global object, evaluatecode in that global environment, and return a completion value describing how it completed.code is a string. all extant handler methods, breakpoints, and so on remain active during the call. this function follows the invocation function conventions. if the referent is not a global object, throw a typeerror exception. codeis interpreted as strict mode code when it contains a use strict directive. this evaluation is semantically equivalent to executing statements at the global level, not an indirect eval. regardless ofcode being strict mode code, variable declarations incode affect the referent global object. theoptions argument is as for debugger.frame.prototype.eval. executeinglobalwithbindings(code,bindings, [options]) like executeinglobal, but evaluate...
...tatement:code may access, assign to, and delete the introduced bindings without having any effect on thebindings object.) this method allows debugger code to introduce temporary bindings that are visible to the given debuggee code and which refer to debugger-held debuggee values, and do so without mutating any existing debuggee environment. note that, like executeinglobal, any declarations it contains affect the referent global object, even ascode is evaluated in an environment extended according tobindings. (in the terms used by the ecmascript specification, the variableenvironment of the execution context forcode is the referent, and thebindings appear in a new declarative environment, which is the eval code’s lexicalenvironment.) theoptions argument is as for debugger.frame.prototype.ev...

CharacterData - Web APIs
this is an abstract interface, meaning there aren't any object of type characterdata: it is implemented by other interfaces, like text, comment, or processinginstruction which aren't abstract. ...
... returns the element immediately prior to the specified one in its parent's children list, or null if the specified element is the first one in the list. methods inherits methods from its parent, node, and implements the childnode and nondocumenttypechildnode interface. ...
...implements the childnode and nondocumenttypechildnode interface. characterdata.appenddata() appends the given domstring to the characterdata.data string; when this method returns, data contains the concatenated domstring. characterdata.deletedata() removes the specified amount of characters, starting at the specified offset, from the characterdata.data string; when this method returns, data contains the shortened domstring. characterdata.insertdata() inserts the specified characters, at the specified offset, in the characterdata.data string; when this method returns, data contains the modified domstring. childnode.remove() removes the object from its parent children list. characterdata.replacedata() replaces the specified amount of characters, starting at the specified offset, with t...
... characterdata.substringdata() returns a domstring containing the part of characterdata.data of the specified length and starting at the specified offset. ...

HTMLMediaElement - Web APIs
nly returns a unsigned short (enumeration) indicating the current state of fetching the media over the network. htmlmediaelement.paused read only returns a boolean that indicates whether the media element is paused. htmlmediaelement.playbackrate is a double that indicates the rate at which the media is being played back. htmlmediaelement.played read only returns a timeranges object that contains the ranges of the media source that the browser has played, if any. htmlmediaelement.preload is a domstring that reflects the preload html attribute, indicating what data should be preloaded, if any. possible values are: none, metadata, auto. htmlmediaelement.preservespitch is a boolean that determines if the pitch of the sound will be preserved. if set to false, the pitch will adjust to th...
...itch of the sound will be preserved. if set to false, the pitch will adjust to the speed of the audio. this is implemented with prefixes in firefox (mozpreservespitch) and webkit (webkitpreservespitch). htmlmediaelement.readystate read only returns a unsigned short (enumeration) indicating the readiness state of the media. htmlmediaelement.seekable read only returns a timeranges object that contains the time ranges that the user is able to seek to, if any. htmlmediaelement.seeking read only returns a boolean that indicates whether the media is in the process of seeking to a new position. htmlmediaelement.sinkid read only returns a domstring that is the unique id of the audio device delivering output, or an empty string if it is using the user agent default. this id should be one of t...
...mediaelement.sinkid read only returns a domstring that is the unique id of the audio device delivering output, or an empty string if it is using the user agent default. this id should be one of the mediadeviceinfo.deviceid values returned from mediadevices.enumeratedevices(), id-multimedia, or id-communications. htmlmediaelement.src is a domstring that reflects the src html attribute, which contains the url of a media resource to use. htmlmediaelement.srcobject is a mediastream representing the media to play or that has played in the current htmlmediaelement, or null if not assigned. htmlmediaelement.texttracks read only returns the list of texttrack objects contained in the element. htmlmediaelement.videotracks read only returns the list of videotrack objects contained in the elemen...
...) directly seeks to the given time. htmlmediaelement.load() resets the media to the beginning and selects the best available source from the sources provided using the src attribute or the <source> element. htmlmediaelement.mozcapturestream() [enter description] htmlmediaelement.mozcapturestreamuntilended() [enter description] htmlmediaelement.mozgetmetadata() returns object, which contains properties that represent metadata from the playing media resource as {key: value} pairs. a separate copy of the data is returned each time the method is called. this method must be called after the loadedmetadata event fires. htmlmediaelement.pause() pauses the media playback. htmlmediaelement.play() begins playback of the media. htmlmediaelement.seektonextframe() seeks to the next fra...

PaymentRequest.PaymentRequest() - Web APIs
the paymentrequest() constructor creates a new paymentrequest object which will be used to handle the process of generating, validating, and submitting a payment request. syntax var paymentrequest = new paymentrequest(methoddata, details, [options]); parameters methoddata contains an array of identifiers for the payment methods the merchant web site accepts and any associated payment method specific data. each item in the array contains the following fields: supportedmethods for early implementations of the spec, this was a sequence of identifiers for payment methods that the merchant website accepts. starting with more recent browsers, this parameter is more generic than credit cards, it is a single domstring, and the meaning of the data parameter changes with the supportedmethods...
...e. data a json-serializable object that provides optional information that might be needed by the supported payment methods. this has to conform to the type expected by the payment handler indicated by supportedmethods. for basic credit card services, this structure should match the basiccardrequest dictionary. details provides information about the requested transaction. this parameter contains the following fields: total the total amount of the payment request. id optional a free-form identifier for this payment request. if a value is not supplied, the browser will construct one. displayitems an array of optional line items for the payment request that the user agent may display, such as product details, tax, and shipping. shippingoptions the shipping options the user...
...oduct details, tax, and shipping. shippingoptions the shipping options the user may choose from. if this sequence is blank, it indicates the merchant cannot ship to the current shipping address. the default shipping option may be indicated in this sequence. modifiers modifiers for specific payment methods; for example, adjusting the total amount based on the payment method. this parameter contains the following fields: additionaldisplayitems an array of items to be appended to the details.displayitems property. this property is commonly used to add a discount or surcharge line item indicating the different amount in details.modifiers.total. data a json-serializable object that provides optional information that might be needed by the supported payment methods. this has to co...
...t methods. this has to conform to the structure defined in the basiccardrequest dictionary. total a total amount for the payment request that overrides value in details.total. this is typically used when details.modifiers.additionalitems adds a discount or a surchase to the request. options optional lets you set options that control the behavior of the user agent. this parameter contains the following fields: requestpayername a boolean indicating whether the user agent should collect the payer's name and submit it with the payment request. the default is false. requestpayeremail a boolean indicating whether the user agent should collect the payer's email address and submit it with the payment request. the default is false. requestpayerphone a boolean indicating wh...

Request - Web APIs
the request interface of the fetch api represents a resource request. you can create a new request object using the request() constructor, but you are more likely to encounter a request object being returned as the result of another api operation, such as a service worker fetchevent.request. constructor request() creates a new request object. properties request.cache read only contains the cache mode of the request (e.g., default, reload, no-cache). request.context read only contains the context of the request (e.g., audio, image, iframe, etc.) request.credentials read only contains the credentials of the request (e.g., omit, same-origin, include). the default is same-origin. request.destination read only returns a string from the requestdestination enum describing the req...
... the request (e.g., audio, image, iframe, etc.) request.credentials read only contains the credentials of the request (e.g., omit, same-origin, include). the default is same-origin. request.destination read only returns a string from the requestdestination enum describing the request's destination. this is a string indicating the type of content being requested. request.headers read only contains the associated headers object of the request. request.integrity read only contains the subresource integrity value of the request (e.g., sha256-bpfbw7ivv8q2jlit13fxdyae2tjllusrsz273h2nfse=). ...
...ing from the requestdestination enum describing the request's destination. this is a string indicating the type of content being requested. request.headers read only contains the associated headers object of the request. request.integrity read only contains the subresource integrity value of the request (e.g., sha256-bpfbw7ivv8q2jlit13fxdyae2tjllusrsz273h2nfse=). request.method read only contains the request's method (get, post, etc.) request.mode read only contains the mode of the request (e.g., cors, no-cors, same-origin, navigate.) request.redirect read only contains the mode for how redirects are handled. ...
...quest (e.g., sha256-bpfbw7ivv8q2jlit13fxdyae2tjllusrsz273h2nfse=). request.method read only contains the request's method (get, post, etc.) request.mode read only contains the mode of the request (e.g., cors, no-cors, same-origin, navigate.) request.redirect read only contains the mode for how redirects are handled. it may be one of follow, error, or manual. request.referrer read only contains the referrer of the request (e.g., client). request.referrerpolicy read only contains the referrer policy of the request (e.g., no-referrer). request.url read only contains the url of the request. request implements body, so it also inherits the following properties: body read only a simple getter used to expose a readablestream of the body contents. bodyused read only stores a bo...

Web Speech API - Web APIs
er interface for the recognition service; this also handles the speechrecognitionevent sent from the recognition service. speechrecognitionalternative represents a single word that has been recognised by the speech recognition service. speechrecognitionerror represents error messages from the recognition service. speechrecognitionevent the event object for the result and nomatch events, and contains all the data associated with an interim or final speech recognition result. speechgrammar the words or patterns of words that we want the recognition service to recognize. speechgrammarlist represents a list of speechgrammar objects. speechrecognitionresult represents a single recognition match, which may contain multiple speechrecognitionalternative objects. speechrecognitionresultlist r...
...gnitionresultlist represents a list of speechrecognitionresult objects, or a single one if results are being captured in continuous mode. speech synthesis speechsynthesis the controller interface for the speech service; this can be used to retrieve information about the synthesis voices available on the device, start and pause speech, and other commands besides. ...
...ch synthesis speechsynthesis the controller interface for the speech service; this can be used to retrieve information about the synthesis voices available on the device, start and pause speech, and other commands besides. speechsynthesiserrorevent contains information about any errors that occur while processing speechsynthesisutterance objects in the speech service. speechsynthesisevent contains information about the current state of speechsynthesisutterance objects that have been processed in the speech service. speechsynthesisutterance represents a speech request. it contains the content the speech service should read and information about how to read it (e.g. language, pitch and volume.) speechsynthesisvoice represents a voice that the system supports. every speechsynthesisvoic...
... service including information about language, name and uri. window.speechsynthesis specced out as part of a [nointerfaceobject] interface called speechsynthesisgetter, and implemented by the window object, the speechsynthesis property provides access to the speechsynthesis controller, and therefore the entry point to speech synthesis functionality. examples the web speech api repo on github contains demos to illustrate speech recognition and synthesis. specifications specification status comment web speech api draft initial definition ...

XMLHttpRequestEventTarget - Web APIs
" y="1" width="250" height="50" fill="#f4f7f8" stroke="#d4dde4" stroke-width="2px" /><text x="276" y="30" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">xmlhttprequesteventtarget</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} properties xmlhttprequesteventtarget.onabort contains the function to call when a request is aborted and the abort event is received by this object. xmlhttprequesteventtarget.onerror contains the function to call when a request encounters an error and the error event is received by this object. xmlhttprequesteventtarget.onload contains the function to call when an http request returns after successfully fetching content and the load event is rec...
...event is received by this object. xmlhttprequesteventtarget.onerror contains the function to call when a request encounters an error and the error event is received by this object. xmlhttprequesteventtarget.onload contains the function to call when an http request returns after successfully fetching content and the load event is received by this object. xmlhttprequesteventtarget.onloadstart contains the function that gets called when the http request first begins loading data and the loadstart event is received by this object. xmlhttprequesteventtarget.onprogress contains the function that is called periodically with information about the progress of the request and the progress event is received by this object. ...
...requesteventtarget.onloadstart contains the function that gets called when the http request first begins loading data and the loadstart event is received by this object. xmlhttprequesteventtarget.onprogress contains the function that is called periodically with information about the progress of the request and the progress event is received by this object. xmlhttprequesteventtarget.ontimeout contains the function that is called if the event times out and the timeout event is received by this object; this only happens if a timeout has been previously established by setting the value of the xmlhttprequest object's timeout attribute. ...
... the progress of the request and the progress event is received by this object. xmlhttprequesteventtarget.ontimeout contains the function that is called if the event times out and the timeout event is received by this object; this only happens if a timeout has been previously established by setting the value of the xmlhttprequest object's timeout attribute. xmlhttprequesteventtarget.onloadend contains the function that is called when the load is completed, even if the request failed, and the loadend event is received by this object. specifications specification status comment xmlhttprequest living standard whatwg living standard ...

Adding captions and subtitles to HTML5 video - Developer guides
hearing people who have difficulty understanding the language of the film, rather than deaf or hard-of-hearing people. the <track> element html5 allows us to specify subtitles for a video using the <track> element. the various attributes of this element allow us to specify such things as the type of content that we're adding, the language it's in, and of course a reference to the text file that contains the actual subtitle information. webvtt the files that contain the actual subtitle data are simple text files that follow a specified format, in this case the web video text tracks (webvtt) format. the webvtt specification is still being worked on, but major parts of it are stable so we can use it today. video providers (such as the blender foundation) provide captions and subtitles in a text ...
...we loop through each one and set its mode to hidden. note: the webvtt api gives us access to all the text tracks that are defined for an html5 video using the <track> element. building a caption menu our aim is to use the subtitles button we added earlier to display a menu that allows users to choose which language they want the subtitles ...
...n. internet explorer internet explorer 10+ subtitles are enabled by default, and the default controls contain a button and a menu that offers the same functionality as the menu we just built. the default attribute is also supported. note: ie will completely ignore webvtt files unless you define the mime type. ...
...chrome and opera ignore the default attribute on the <track> element and will instead try to match the browser's language to the subtitle's language. ...

<input type="number"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
er, or empty. ...
...ears and reappears as you manipulate the contents of the edit field. <input type="number" placeholder="multiple of 10"> controlling step size by default, the up and down buttons provided for you to step the number up and down will step the value up and down by 1. you can change this by providing a step attribute, which takes as its value a number specifying the step amount. our above example contains a placeholder saying that the value should be a multiple of 10, so it makes sense to add a step value of 10: <input type="number" placeholder="multiple of 10" step="10"> in this example, you should find that the up and down step arrows will increase and decrease the value by 10 each time, not 1. you can still manually enter a number that's not a multiple of 10, but it will be considered inval...
...each option's value is the corresponding suggested value for the number entry box. <input id="ticketnum" type="number" name="ticketnum" list="defaultnumbers"> <span class="validity"></span> <datalist id="defaultnumbers"> <option value="10045678"> <option value="103421"> <option value="111...
...holder="x10" step="10" min="0" max="100" id="number"> then we add some css to narrow the width of the element with the id selector #number: #number { width: 3em; } the result looks like this: offering suggested values you can provide a list of default options from which the user can select by specifying the list attribute, which contains as its value the id of a <datalist>, which in turn contains one <option> element per suggested value. each option's value is the corresponding suggested value for the number entry box. <input id="ticketnum" type="number" name="ticketnum" list="defaultnumbers"> <span class="validity"></span> <datalist id="defaultnumbers"> <option value="10045678"> <option value="103421"> <option value="11111111"> <option value="12345678"> <option value="1299992...

<link>: The External Resource Link element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
u'll come across. for example, a link to the site's favicon: <link rel="icon" href="favicon.ico"> there are a number of other icon rel values, mainly used to indicate special icon types for use on various mobile platforms, e.g.: <link rel="apple-touch-icon-precomposed" sizes="114x114" href="apple-icon-114.png" type="image/png"> the sizes attribute indicates the icon size, while the type contains the mime type of the resource being linked. these provide useful hints to allow the browser to choose the most appropriate icon available. you can also provide a media type or query inside a media attribute; this resource will then only be loaded if the media condition is true. for example: <link href="print.css" rel="stylesheet" media="print"> <link href="mobile.css" rel="stylesheet" media="sc...
...ues: auto: indicates no preference. the browser may use its own heuristics to decide the priority of the resource. high: indicates to the browser that the resource is of high priority. low: indicates to the browser that the resource is of low priority. note: the importance attribute may only be used for the <link> element if rel="preload" or rel="prefetch" is present. integrity contains inline metadata — a base64-encoded cryptographic hash of the resource (file) you’re telling the browser to fetch. the browser can use this to verify that the fetched resource has been delivered free of unexpected manipulation. see subresource integrity. media this attribute specifies the media that the linked resource applies to. its value must be a media type / media query. this attribute ...
...his case is unsafe because it can leak origins and paths from tls-protected resources to insecure origins. rel this attribute names a relationship of the linked document to the current document. the attribute must be a space-separated list of link type values. sizes this attribute defines the sizes of the icons for visual media contained in the resource. it must be present only if the rel contains a value of icon or a non-standard type such as apple's apple-touch-icon. it may have the following values: any, meaning that the icon can be scaled to any size as it is in a vector format, like image/svg+xml. a white-space separated list of sizes, each in the format <width in pixels>x<height in pixels> or <width in pixels>x<height in pixels>. each of these sizes must be contained in the res...
... that the icon can be scaled to any size as it is in a vector format, like image/svg+xml. a white-space separated list of sizes, each in the format <width in pixels>x<height in pixels> or <width in pixels>x<height in pixels>. each of these sizes must be contained in the resource. note: most icon formats are only able to store one single icon; therefore most of the time the sizes attribute contains only one entry. ms's ico format does, as well as apple's icns. ico is more ubiquitous, so you should use this format if cross-browser support is a concern (especially for old ie versions). title the title attribute has special semantics on the <link> element. when used on a <link rel="stylesheet"> it defines a preferred or an alternate stylesheet. incorrectly using it may cause the styleshe...

JavaScript modules - JavaScript
run them through a local web server. basic example structure in our first example (see basic-modules) we have a file structure as follows: index.html main.js modules/ canvas.js square.js note: all of the examples in this guide have basically the same structure; the above should start getting pretty familiar. the modules directory's two modules are described below: canvas.js — contains functions related to setting up the canvas: create() — creates a canvas with a specified width and height inside a wrapper <div> with a specified id, which is itself appended inside a specified parent element. returns an object containing the canvas's 2d context and the wrapper's id. createreportlist() — creates an unordered list appended inside a specified wrapper element, which ca...
... with a specified width and height inside a wrapper <div> with a specified id, which is itself appended inside a specified parent element. returns an object containing the canvas's 2d context and the wrapper's id. createreportlist() — creates an unordered list appended inside a specified wrapper element, which can be used to output report data into. returns the list's id. square.js — contains: name — a constant containing the string 'square'. draw() — draws a square on a specified canvas, with a specified size, position, and color. returns an object containing the square's size, position, and color. reportarea() — writes a square's area to a specific report list, given its length. reportperimeter() — writes a square's perimeter to a specific report list, given i...
.... it makes it clear which files are modules, and which are regular javascript. it ensures that your module files are parsed as a module by runtimes such as node.js, and build tools such as babel. however, we decided to keep to using .js, at least for the moment. to get modules to work correctly in a browser, you need to make sure that your server is serving them with a content-type header that contains a javascript mime type such as text/javascript. if you don't, you'll get a strict mime type checking error along the lines of "the server responded with a non-javascript mime type" and the browser won't run your javascript. most servers already set the correct type for .js files, but not yet for .mjs files. servers that already serve .mjs files correctly include github pages and http-server for n...
...h neater. modules and classes as we hinted at earlier, you can also export and import classes; this is another option for avoiding conflicts in your code, and is especially useful if you've already got your module code written in an object-oriented style. you can see an example of our shape drawing module rewritten with es classes in our classes directory. as an example, the square.js file now contains all its functionality in a single class: class square { constructor(ctx, listid, length, x, y, color) { ... } draw() { ... } ... } which we then export: export { square }; over in main.js, we import it like this: import { square } from './modules/square.js'; and then use the class to draw our square: let square1 = new square(mycanvas.ctx, mycanvas.listid, 50, 50, 100, '...

BigInt64Array - JavaScript
ime and thus read only. bigint64array.prototype.length returns the number of elements hold in the bigint64array. this is fixed at construction time and thus read only. instance methods bigint64array.prototype.copywithin() copies a sequence of array elements within the array. see also array.prototype.copywithin(). bigint64array.prototype.entries() returns a new array iterator object that contains the key/value pairs for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.entries(). bigint64array.prototype.every() tests whether all elements in the array pass the test provided by a function. see also array.prototype.every(). bigint64array.prototype.fill() fills all the elements of an array from a start index to an end index with a static value. see also array.prototype.fill(). bigint64ar...
...lso array.prototype.includes(). bigint64array.prototype.indexof() returns the first (least) index of an element within the array equal to the specified value, or -1 if none is found. see also array.prototype.indexof(). bigint64array.prototype.join() joins all elements of an array into a string. see also array.prototype.join(). bigint64array.prototype.keys() returns a new array iterator that contains the keys for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.keys(). bigint64array.prototype.lastindexof() returns the last (greatest) index of an element within the array equal to the specified value, or -1 if none is found. see also array.prototype.lastindexof(). bigint64array.prototype.map() creates a new array with the results of calling a provided function on every element in this arra...
...this array satisfies the provided testing function. see also array.prototype.some(). bigint64array.prototype.sort() sorts the elements of an array in place and returns the array. see also array.prototype.sort(). bigint64array.prototype.subarray() returns a new biguint64array from the given start and end element index. bigint64array.prototype.values() returns a new array iterator object that contains the values for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.values(). bigint64array.prototype.tolocalestring() returns a localized string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tolocalestring(). bigint64array.prototype.tostring() returns a string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tostring(). bigint64array.prototype[@@iterator]()...
...e also array.prototype.values(). bigint64array.prototype.tolocalestring() returns a localized string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tolocalestring(). bigint64array.prototype.tostring() returns a string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tostring(). bigint64array.prototype[@@iterator]() returns a new array iterator object that contains the values for each index in the array. examples different ways to create a bigint64array // from a length var bigint64 = new bigint64array(2); bigint64[0] = 42n; console.log(bigint64[0]); // 42n console.log(bigint64.length); // 2 console.log(bigint64.bytes_per_element); // 8 // from an array var arr = new bigint64array([21n,31n]); console.log(arr[1]); // 31n // from another typedarray var ...

BigUint64Array - JavaScript
and thus read only. biguint64array.prototype.length returns the number of elements hold in the biguint64array. this is fixed at construction time and thus read only. instance methods biguint64array.prototype.copywithin() copies a sequence of array elements within the array. see also array.prototype.copywithin(). biguint64array.prototype.entries() returns a new array iterator object that contains the key/value pairs for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.entries(). biguint64array.prototype.every() tests whether all elements in the array pass the test provided by a function. see also array.prototype.every(). biguint64array.prototype.fill() fills all the elements of an array from a start index to an end index with a static value. see also array.prototype.fill(). biguint6...
... array.prototype.includes(). biguint64array.prototype.indexof() returns the first (least) index of an element within the array equal to the specified value, or -1 if none is found. see also array.prototype.indexof(). biguint64array.prototype.join() joins all elements of an array into a string. see also array.prototype.join(). biguint64array.prototype.keys() returns a new array iterator that contains the keys for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.keys(). biguint64array.prototype.lastindexof() returns the last (greatest) index of an element within the array equal to the specified value, or -1 if none is found. see also array.prototype.lastindexof(). biguint64array.prototype.map() creates a new array with the results of calling a provided function on every element in this ar...
...s array satisfies the provided testing function. see also array.prototype.some(). biguint64array.prototype.sort() sorts the elements of an array in place and returns the array. see also array.prototype.sort(). biguint64array.prototype.subarray() returns a new biguint64array from the given start and end element index. biguint64array.prototype.values() returns a new array iterator object that contains the values for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.values(). biguint64array.prototype.tolocalestring() returns a localized string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tolocalestring(). biguint64array.prototype.tostring() returns a string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tostring(). biguint64array.prototype[@@iterator...
...lso array.prototype.values(). biguint64array.prototype.tolocalestring() returns a localized string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tolocalestring(). biguint64array.prototype.tostring() returns a string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tostring(). biguint64array.prototype[@@iterator]() returns a new array iterator object that contains the values for each index in the array. examples different ways to create a biguint64array // from a length var biguint64 = new biguint64array(2); biguint64[0] = 42n; console.log(biguint64[0]); // 42n console.log(biguint64.length); // 2 console.log(biguint64.bytes_per_element); // 8 // from an array var arr = new biguint64array([21n,31n]); console.log(arr[1]); // 31n // from another typedar...

Float32Array - JavaScript
nstruction time and thus read only. float32array.prototype.length returns the number of elements hold in the float32array. fixed at construction time and thus read only. instance methods float32array.prototype.copywithin() copies a sequence of array elements within the array. see also array.prototype.copywithin(). float32array.prototype.entries() returns a new array iterator object that contains the key/value pairs for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.entries(). float32array.prototype.every() tests whether all elements in the array pass the test provided by a function. see also array.prototype.every(). float32array.prototype.fill() fills all the elements of an array from a start index to an end index with a static value. see also array.prototype.fill(). float32array...
...e also array.prototype.includes(). float32array.prototype.indexof() returns the first (least) index of an element within the array equal to the specified value, or -1 if none is found. see also array.prototype.indexof(). float32array.prototype.join() joins all elements of an array into a string. see also array.prototype.join(). float32array.prototype.keys() returns a new array iterator that contains the keys for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.keys(). float32array.prototype.lastindexof() returns the last (greatest) index of an element within the array equal to the specified value, or -1 if none is found. see also array.prototype.lastindexof(). float32array.prototype.map() creates a new array with the results of calling a provided function on every element in this array.
...t in this array satisfies the provided testing function. see also array.prototype.some(). float32array.prototype.sort() sorts the elements of an array in place and returns the array. see also array.prototype.sort(). float32array.prototype.subarray() returns a new float32array from the given start and end element index. float32array.prototype.values() returns a new array iterator object that contains the values for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.values(). float32array.prototype.tolocalestring() returns a localized string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tolocalestring(). float32array.prototype.tostring() returns a string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tostring(). float32array.prototype[@@iterator]() r...
... see also array.prototype.values(). float32array.prototype.tolocalestring() returns a localized string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tolocalestring(). float32array.prototype.tostring() returns a string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tostring(). float32array.prototype[@@iterator]() returns a new array iterator object that contains the values for each index in the array. examples different ways to create a float32array // from a length var float32 = new float32array(2); float32[0] = 42; console.log(float32[0]); // 42 console.log(float32.length); // 2 console.log(float32.bytes_per_element); // 4 // from an array var arr = new float32array([21,31]); console.log(arr[1]); // 31 // from another typedarray var x = new float...

Float64Array - JavaScript
nstruction time and thus read only. float64array.prototype.length returns the number of elements hold in the float64array. fixed at construction time and thus read only. instance methods float64array.prototype.copywithin() copies a sequence of array elements within the array. see also array.prototype.copywithin(). float64array.prototype.entries() returns a new array iterator object that contains the key/value pairs for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.entries(). float64array.prototype.every() tests whether all elements in the array pass the test provided by a function. see also array.prototype.every(). float64array.prototype.fill() fills all the elements of an array from a start index to an end index with a static value. see also array.prototype.fill(). float64array...
...e also array.prototype.includes(). float64array.prototype.indexof() returns the first (least) index of an element within the array equal to the specified value, or -1 if none is found. see also array.prototype.indexof(). float64array.prototype.join() joins all elements of an array into a string. see also array.prototype.join(). float64array.prototype.keys() returns a new array iterator that contains the keys for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.keys(). float64array.prototype.lastindexof() returns the last (greatest) index of an element within the array equal to the specified value, or -1 if none is found. see also array.prototype.lastindexof(). float64array.prototype.map() creates a new array with the results of calling a provided function on every element in this array.
...t in this array satisfies the provided testing function. see also array.prototype.some(). float64array.prototype.sort() sorts the elements of an array in place and returns the array. see also array.prototype.sort(). float64array.prototype.subarray() returns a new float64array from the given start and end element index. float64array.prototype.values() returns a new array iterator object that contains the values for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.values(). float64array.prototype.tolocalestring() returns a localized string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tolocalestring(). float64array.prototype.tostring() returns a string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tostring(). float64array.prototype[@@iterator]() r...
... see also array.prototype.values(). float64array.prototype.tolocalestring() returns a localized string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tolocalestring(). float64array.prototype.tostring() returns a string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tostring(). float64array.prototype[@@iterator]() returns a new array iterator object that contains the values for each index in the array. examples different ways to create a float64array // from a length var float64 = new float64array(2); float64[0] = 42; console.log(float64[0]); // 42 console.log(float64.length); // 2 console.log(float64.bytes_per_element); // 8 // from an array var arr = new float64array([21,31]); console.log(arr[1]); // 31 // from another typedarray var x = new float...

Int16Array - JavaScript
ed at construction time and thus read only. int16array.prototype.length returns the number of elements hold in the int16array. fixed at construction time and thus read only. instance methods int16array.prototype.copywithin() copies a sequence of array elements within the array. see also array.prototype.copywithin(). int16array.prototype.entries() returns a new array iterator object that contains the key/value pairs for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.entries(). int16array.prototype.every() tests whether all elements in the array pass the test provided by a function. see also array.prototype.every(). int16array.prototype.fill() fills all the elements of an array from a start index to an end index with a static value. see also array.prototype.fill(). int16array.proto...
...te. see also array.prototype.includes(). int16array.prototype.indexof() returns the first (least) index of an element within the array equal to the specified value, or -1 if none is found. see also array.prototype.indexof(). int16array.prototype.join() joins all elements of an array into a string. see also array.prototype.join(). int16array.prototype.keys() returns a new array iterator that contains the keys for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.keys(). int16array.prototype.lastindexof() returns the last (greatest) index of an element within the array equal to the specified value, or -1 if none is found. see also array.prototype.lastindexof(). int16array.prototype.map() creates a new array with the results of calling a provided function on every element in this array. see...
...e element in this array satisfies the provided testing function. see also array.prototype.some(). int16array.prototype.sort() sorts the elements of an array in place and returns the array. see also array.prototype.sort(). int16array.prototype.subarray() returns a new int16array from the given start and end element index. int16array.prototype.values() returns a new array iterator object that contains the values for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.values(). int16array.prototype.tolocalestring() returns a localized string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tolocalestring(). int16array.prototype.tostring() returns a string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tostring(). int16array.prototype[@@iterator]() returns...
...array. see also array.prototype.values(). int16array.prototype.tolocalestring() returns a localized string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tolocalestring(). int16array.prototype.tostring() returns a string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tostring(). int16array.prototype[@@iterator]() returns a new array iterator object that contains the values for each index in the array. examples different ways to create an int16array // from a length var int16 = new int16array(2); int16[0] = 42; console.log(int16[0]); // 42 console.log(int16.length); // 2 console.log(int16.bytes_per_element); // 2 // from an array var arr = new int16array([21,31]); console.log(arr[1]); // 31 // from another typedarray var x = new int16array([21, 31])...

Int32Array - JavaScript
ed at construction time and thus read only. int32array.prototype.length returns the number of elements hold in the int32array. fixed at construction time and thus read only. instance methods int32array.prototype.copywithin() copies a sequence of array elements within the array. see also array.prototype.copywithin(). int32array.prototype.entries() returns a new array iterator object that contains the key/value pairs for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.entries(). int32array.prototype.every() tests whether all elements in the array pass the test provided by a function. see also array.prototype.every(). int32array.prototype.fill() fills all the elements of an array from a start index to an end index with a static value. see also array.prototype.fill(). int32array.proto...
...te. see also array.prototype.includes(). int32array.prototype.indexof() returns the first (least) index of an element within the array equal to the specified value, or -1 if none is found. see also array.prototype.indexof(). int32array.prototype.join() joins all elements of an array into a string. see also array.prototype.join(). int32array.prototype.keys() returns a new array iterator that contains the keys for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.keys(). int32array.prototype.lastindexof() returns the last (greatest) index of an element within the array equal to the specified value, or -1 if none is found. see also array.prototype.lastindexof(). int32array.prototype.map() creates a new array with the results of calling a provided function on every element in this array. see...
...e element in this array satisfies the provided testing function. see also array.prototype.some(). int32array.prototype.sort() sorts the elements of an array in place and returns the array. see also array.prototype.sort(). int32array.prototype.subarray() returns a new int32array from the given start and end element index. int32array.prototype.values() returns a new array iterator object that contains the values for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.values(). int32array.prototype.tolocalestring() returns a localized string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tolocalestring(). int32array.prototype.tostring() returns a string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tostring(). int32array.prototype[@@iterator]() returns...
...array. see also array.prototype.values(). int32array.prototype.tolocalestring() returns a localized string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tolocalestring(). int32array.prototype.tostring() returns a string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tostring(). int32array.prototype[@@iterator]() returns a new array iterator object that contains the values for each index in the array. examples different ways to create an int32array // from a length var int32 = new int32array(2); int32[0] = 42; console.log(int32[0]); // 42 console.log(int32.length); // 2 console.log(int32.bytes_per_element); // 4 // from an array var arr = new int32array([21,31]); console.log(arr[1]); // 31 // from another typedarray var x = new int32array([21, 31])...

Int8Array - JavaScript
fixed at construction time and thus read only. int8array.prototype.length returns the number of elements hold in the int8array. fixed at construction time and thus read only. instance methods int8array.prototype.copywithin() copies a sequence of array elements within the array. see also array.prototype.copywithin(). int8array.prototype.entries() returns a new array iterator object that contains the key/value pairs for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.entries(). int8array.prototype.every() tests whether all elements in the array pass the test provided by a function. see also array.prototype.every(). int8array.prototype.fill() fills all the elements of an array from a start index to an end index with a static value. see also array.prototype.fill(). int8array.prototyp...
...riate. see also array.prototype.includes(). int8array.prototype.indexof() returns the first (least) index of an element within the array equal to the specified value, or -1 if none is found. see also array.prototype.indexof(). int8array.prototype.join() joins all elements of an array into a string. see also array.prototype.join(). int8array.prototype.keys() returns a new array iterator that contains the keys for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.keys(). int8array.prototype.lastindexof() returns the last (greatest) index of an element within the array equal to the specified value, or -1 if none is found. see also array.prototype.lastindexof(). int8array.prototype.map() creates a new array with the results of calling a provided function on every element in this array. see a...
...t one element in this array satisfies the provided testing function. see also array.prototype.some(). int8array.prototype.sort() sorts the elements of an array in place and returns the array. see also array.prototype.sort(). int8array.prototype.subarray() returns a new int8array from the given start and end element index. int8array.prototype.values() returns a new array iterator object that contains the values for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.values(). int8array.prototype.tolocalestring() returns a localized string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tolocalestring(). int8array.prototype.tostring() returns a string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tostring(). int8array.prototype[@@iterator]() returns a ...
...he array. see also array.prototype.values(). int8array.prototype.tolocalestring() returns a localized string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tolocalestring(). int8array.prototype.tostring() returns a string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tostring(). int8array.prototype[@@iterator]() returns a new array iterator object that contains the values for each index in the array. examples different ways to create an int8array // from a length var int8 = new int8array(2); int8[0] = 42; console.log(int8[0]); // 42 console.log(int8.length); // 2 console.log(int8.bytes_per_element); // 1 // from an array var arr = new int8array([21,31]); console.log(arr[1]); // 31 // from another typedarray var x = new int8array([21, 31]); var y =...

Math.hypot() - JavaScript
inity. if any of the arguments is nan (unless another argument is ±infinity), the result is nan. if at least one of the arguments cannot be converted to a number, the result is nan. with one argument, math.hypot() is equivalent to math.abs(). ...
...guments cannot be converted to a number, the result is nan. with one argument, math.hypot() is equivalent to math.abs(). ...
...n. with one argument, math.hypot() is equivalent to math.abs(). ...
...ction() { var y = 0, i = arguments.length, containsinfinity = false; while (i--) { var arg = arguments[i]; if (arg === infinity || arg === -infinity) containsinfinity = true y += arg * arg } return containsinfinity ? infinity : math.sqrt(y) } a polyfill that avoids underflows and overflows: if (!math.hypot) math.hypot = function () { var max = 0; var s = 0; var containsinfinity = false; for (var i = 0; i < arguments.length; ++i) { var arg = math.abs(number(arguments[i])); if (arg === infinity) containsinfinity = true if (arg > max) { s *= (max / arg) * (max / arg); max = arg; } s += arg === 0 && max === 0 ? 0 : (arg / max) * (arg / max); } return containsinfinity ? infinity : (max === 1 / 0 ? 1 / 0 : max * math.sqrt(s)...

Promise.all() - JavaScript
it rejects immediately upon any of the input promises rejecting or non-promises throwing an error, and will reject with this first rejection message / error. the source for this interactive demo is stored in a github repository. ...
... a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive demo project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax promise.all(iterable); parameters iterable an iterable object such as an array. return value an already resolved promise if the iterable passed is empty. an asynchronously resolved promise if the iterable passed contains no promises. note, google chrome 58 returns an already resolved promise in this case. a pending promise in all other cases. this returned promise is then resolved/rejected asynchronously (as soon as the stack is empty) when all the promises in the given iterable have resolved, or if any of the promises reject. see the example about "asynchronicity or synchronicity of promise.all" below. returned...
...d, whether or not the other promises have resolved. examples using promise.all promise.all waits for all fulfillments (or the first rejection). ...
...se.all([p1, p2, p3]).then(values => { console.log(values); // [3, 1337, "foo"] }); if the iterable contains non-promise values, they will be ignored, but still counted in the returned promise array value (if the promise is fulfilled): // this will be counted as if the iterable passed is empty, so it gets fulfilled var p = promise.all([1,2,3]); // this will be counted as if the iterable passed contains only the resolved promise with value "444", so it gets fulfilled var p2 = promise.all([1,2,3, promise.resolve(444)]); // this will be counted as if the iterable passed contains only the rejected promise with value "555", so it gets rejected var p3 = promise.all([1,2,3, promise.reject(555)]); // using settimeout we can execute code after the stack is empty settimeout(function() { console.log(...

TypedArray - JavaScript
d at construction time and thus read only. typedarray.prototype.length returns the number of elements held in the typed array. fixed at construction time and thus read only. instance methods typedarray.prototype.copywithin() copies a sequence of array elements within the array. see also array.prototype.copywithin(). typedarray.prototype.entries() returns a new array iterator object that contains the key/value pairs for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.entries(). typedarray.prototype.every() tests whether all elements in the array pass the test provided by a function. see also array.prototype.every(). typedarray.prototype.fill() fills all the elements of an array from a start index to an end index with a static value. see also array.prototype.fill(). typedarray.proto...
...te. see also array.prototype.includes(). typedarray.prototype.indexof() returns the first (least) index of an element within the array equal to the specified value, or -1 if none is found. see also array.prototype.indexof(). typedarray.prototype.join() joins all elements of an array into a string. see also array.prototype.join(). typedarray.prototype.keys() returns a new array iterator that contains the keys for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.keys(). typedarray.prototype.lastindexof() returns the last (greatest) index of an element within the array equal to the specified value, or -1 if none is found. see also array.prototype.lastindexof(). typedarray.prototype.map() creates a new array with the results of calling a provided function on every element in this array. see...
...e element in this array satisfies the provided testing function. see also array.prototype.some(). typedarray.prototype.sort() sorts the elements of an array in place and returns the array. see also array.prototype.sort(). typedarray.prototype.subarray() returns a new typedarray from the given start and end element index. typedarray.prototype.values() returns a new array iterator object that contains the values for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.values(). typedarray.prototype.tolocalestring() returns a localized string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tolocalestring(). typedarray.prototype.tostring() returns a string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tostring(). typedarray.prototype[@@iterator]() returns...
...array. see also array.prototype.values(). typedarray.prototype.tolocalestring() returns a localized string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tolocalestring(). typedarray.prototype.tostring() returns a string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tostring(). typedarray.prototype[@@iterator]() returns a new array iterator object that contains the values for each index in the array. examples new is required starting with ecmascript 2015, typedarray constructors must be constructed with the new operator. calling a typedarray constructor as a function without new will throw a typeerror. var dv = int8array([1, 2, 3]); // typeerror: calling a builtin int8array constructor // without new is forbidden var dv = new int8array([1, 2, 3]);...

Uint16Array - JavaScript
t construction time and thus read only. uint16array.prototype.length returns the number of elements hold in the uint16array. fixed at construction time and thus read only. instance methods uint16array.prototype.copywithin() copies a sequence of array elements within the array. see also array.prototype.copywithin(). uint16array.prototype.entries() returns a new array iterator object that contains the key/value pairs for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.entries(). uint16array.prototype.every() tests whether all elements in the array pass the test provided by a function. see also array.prototype.every(). uint16array.prototype.fill() fills all the elements of an array from a start index to an end index with a static value. see also array.prototype.fill(). uint16array.pr...
... see also array.prototype.includes(). uint16array.prototype.indexof() returns the first (least) index of an element within the array equal to the specified value, or -1 if none is found. see also array.prototype.indexof(). uint16array.prototype.join() joins all elements of an array into a string. see also array.prototype.join(). uint16array.prototype.keys() returns a new array iterator that contains the keys for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.keys(). uint16array.prototype.lastindexof() returns the last (greatest) index of an element within the array equal to the specified value, or -1 if none is found. see also array.prototype.lastindexof(). uint16array.prototype.map() creates a new array with the results of calling a provided function on every element in this array. s...
...ement in this array satisfies the provided testing function. see also array.prototype.some(). uint16array.prototype.sort() sorts the elements of an array in place and returns the array. see also array.prototype.sort(). uint16array.prototype.subarray() returns a new uint16array from the given start and end element index. uint16array.prototype.values() returns a new array iterator object that contains the values for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.values(). uint16array.prototype.tolocalestring() returns a localized string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tolocalestring(). uint16array.prototype.tostring() returns a string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tostring(). uint16array.prototype[@@iterator]() retu...
...ay. see also array.prototype.values(). uint16array.prototype.tolocalestring() returns a localized string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tolocalestring(). uint16array.prototype.tostring() returns a string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tostring(). uint16array.prototype[@@iterator]() returns a new array iterator object that contains the values for each index in the array. examples different ways to create a uint16array // from a length var uint16 = new uint16array(2); uint16[0] = 42; console.log(uint16[0]); // 42 console.log(uint16.length); // 2 console.log(uint16.bytes_per_element); // 2 // from an array var arr = new uint16array([21,31]); console.log(arr[1]); // 31 // from another typedarray var x = new uint16array([...

Uint32Array - JavaScript
t construction time and thus read only. uint32array.prototype.length returns the number of elements hold in the uint32array. fixed at construction time and thus read only. instance methods uint32array.prototype.copywithin() copies a sequence of array elements within the array. see also array.prototype.copywithin(). uint32array.prototype.entries() returns a new array iterator object that contains the key/value pairs for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.entries(). uint32array.prototype.every() tests whether all elements in the array pass the test provided by a function. see also array.prototype.every(). uint32array.prototype.fill() fills all the elements of an array from a start index to an end index with a static value. see also array.prototype.fill(). uint32array.pr...
... see also array.prototype.includes(). uint32array.prototype.indexof() returns the first (least) index of an element within the array equal to the specified value, or -1 if none is found. see also array.prototype.indexof(). uint32array.prototype.join() joins all elements of an array into a string. see also array.prototype.join(). uint32array.prototype.keys() returns a new array iterator that contains the keys for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.keys(). uint32array.prototype.lastindexof() returns the last (greatest) index of an element within the array equal to the specified value, or -1 if none is found. see also array.prototype.lastindexof(). uint32array.prototype.map() creates a new array with the results of calling a provided function on every element in this array. s...
...ement in this array satisfies the provided testing function. see also array.prototype.some(). uint32array.prototype.sort() sorts the elements of an array in place and returns the array. see also array.prototype.sort(). uint32array.prototype.subarray() returns a new uint32array from the given start and end element index. uint32array.prototype.values() returns a new array iterator object that contains the values for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.values(). uint32array.prototype.tolocalestring() returns a localized string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tolocalestring(). uint32array.prototype.tostring() returns a string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tostring(). uint32array.prototype[@@iterator]() retu...
...ay. see also array.prototype.values(). uint32array.prototype.tolocalestring() returns a localized string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tolocalestring(). uint32array.prototype.tostring() returns a string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tostring(). uint32array.prototype[@@iterator]() returns a new array iterator object that contains the values for each index in the array. examples different ways to create a uint32array // from a length var uint32 = new uint32array(2); uint32[0] = 42; console.log(uint32[0]); // 42 console.log(uint32.length); // 2 console.log(uint32.bytes_per_element); // 4 // from an array var arr = new uint32array([21,31]); console.log(arr[1]); // 31 // from another typedarray var x = new uint32array([...

Uint8Array - JavaScript
ed at construction time and thus read only. uint8array.prototype.length returns the number of elements held in the uint8array. fixed at construction time and thus read only. instance methods uint8array.prototype.copywithin() copies a sequence of array elements within the array. see also array.prototype.copywithin(). uint8array.prototype.entries() returns a new array iterator object that contains the key/value pairs for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.entries(). uint8array.prototype.every() tests whether all elements in the array pass the test provided by a function. see also array.prototype.every(). uint8array.prototype.fill() fills all the elements of an array from a start index to an end index with a static value. see also array.prototype.fill(). uint8array.proto...
...te. see also array.prototype.includes(). uint8array.prototype.indexof() returns the first (least) index of an element within the array equal to the specified value, or -1 if none is found. see also array.prototype.indexof(). uint8array.prototype.join() joins all elements of an array into a string. see also array.prototype.join(). uint8array.prototype.keys() returns a new array iterator that contains the keys for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.keys(). uint8array.prototype.lastindexof() returns the last (greatest) index of an element within the array equal to the specified value, or -1 if none is found. see also array.prototype.lastindexof(). uint8array.prototype.map() creates a new array with the results of calling a provided function on every element in this array. see...
...e element in this array satisfies the provided testing function. see also array.prototype.some(). uint8array.prototype.sort() sorts the elements of an array in place and returns the array. see also array.prototype.sort(). uint8array.prototype.subarray() returns a new uint8array from the given start and end element index. uint8array.prototype.values() returns a new array iterator object that contains the values for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.values(). uint8array.prototype.tolocalestring() returns a localized string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tolocalestring(). uint8array.prototype.tostring() returns a string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tostring(). uint8array.prototype[@@iterator]() returns...
...array. see also array.prototype.values(). uint8array.prototype.tolocalestring() returns a localized string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tolocalestring(). uint8array.prototype.tostring() returns a string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tostring(). uint8array.prototype[@@iterator]() returns a new array iterator object that contains the values for each index in the array. examples different ways to create a uint8array // from a length var uint8 = new uint8array(2); uint8[0] = 42; console.log(uint8[0]); // 42 console.log(uint8.length); // 2 console.log(uint8.bytes_per_element); // 1 // from an array var arr = new uint8array([21,31]); console.log(arr[1]); // 31 // from another typedarray var x = new uint8array([21, 31]);...

Uint8ClampedArray - JavaScript
thus read only. uint8clampedarray.prototype.length returns the number of elements hold in the uintclamped8array. fixed at construction time and thus read only. instance methods uint8clampedarray.prototype.copywithin() copies a sequence of array elements within the array. see also array.prototype.copywithin(). uint8clampedarray.prototype.entries() returns a new array iterator object that contains the key/value pairs for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.entries(). uint8clampedarray.prototype.every() tests whether all elements in the array pass the test provided by a function. see also array.prototype.every(). uint8clampedarray.prototype.fill() fills all the elements of an array from a start index to an end index with a static value. see also array.prototype.fill(). ui...
...ototype.includes(). uint8clampedarray.prototype.indexof() returns the first (least) index of an element within the array equal to the specified value, or -1 if none is found. see also array.prototype.indexof(). uint8clampedarray.prototype.join() joins all elements of an array into a string. see also array.prototype.join(). uint8clampedarray.prototype.keys() returns a new array iterator that contains the keys for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.keys(). uint8clampedarray.prototype.lastindexof() returns the last (greatest) index of an element within the array equal to the specified value, or -1 if none is found. see also array.prototype.lastindexof(). uint8clampedarray.prototype.map() creates a new array with the results of calling a provided function on every element in t...
...sfies the provided testing function. see also array.prototype.some(). uint8clampedarray.prototype.sort() sorts the elements of an array in place and returns the array. see also array.prototype.sort(). uint8clampedarray.prototype.subarray() returns a new uint8clampedarray from the given start and end element index. uint8clampedarray.prototype.values() returns a new array iterator object that contains the values for each index in the array. see also array.prototype.values(). uint8clampedarray.prototype.tolocalestring() returns a localized string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tolocalestring(). uint8clampedarray.prototype.tostring() returns a string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tostring(). uint8clampedarray.prototype[@...
....prototype.values(). uint8clampedarray.prototype.tolocalestring() returns a localized string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tolocalestring(). uint8clampedarray.prototype.tostring() returns a string representing the array and its elements. see also array.prototype.tostring(). uint8clampedarray.prototype[@@iterator]() returns a new array iterator object that contains the values for each index in the array. examples different ways to create a uint8clampedarray // from a length var uintc8 = new uint8clampedarray(2); uintc8[0] = 42; uintc8[1] = 1337; console.log(uintc8[0]); // 42 console.log(uintc8[1]); // 255 (clamped) console.log(uintc8.length); // 2 console.log(uintc8.bytes_per_element); // 1 // from an array var arr = new uint8clampedarray([21,31]); con...

dx - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
"60%" x2="60%" y1="0" y2="100%" /> <!-- some reference text --> <text x="10%" y="50%" fill="grey">svg</text> <!-- the same text with a shift along the x-axis --> <text dx="50%" x="10%" y="50%">svg</text> </svg> line { stroke: red; stroke-width: .5px; stroke-dasharray: 3px; } altglyph warning: as of svg2 <altglyph> is deprecated and shouldn't be used. for <altglyph>, if it contains a single value, dx defines a shift along the x-axis for all alternate glyph. if there are multiple values, dx defines a shift along the x-axis for each individual glyph relative to the preceding glyph. if there are less values than glyphs, the remaining glyphs use a value of 0. if there are more values than glyphs, extra values are ignored. value list of <length> default va...
... attribute of the <filter> element. value <number> default value 0 animatable yes glyphref warning: as of svg2 <glyphref> is deprecated and shouldn't be used. for <glyphref>, dx defines the x offset of the glyph, in the font metric system. value <number> default value 0 animatable yes text for <text>, if it contains a single value, dx defines a shift along the x-axis for all glyphs. if there are multiple values, dx defines a shift along the x-axis for each individual glyph relative to the preceding glyph. if there are less values than glyphs, the remaining glyphs use a value of 0. if there are more values than glyphs, extra values are ignored. value list of <length> default value no...
...-- behaviors change based on the number of values in the attributes --> <text dx="20%" x="10%" y="25%">svg</text> <text dx="0 10%" x="10%" y="50%">svg</text> <text dx="0 10% 20%" x="10%" y="75%">svg</text> </svg> line { stroke: red; stroke-width: .5px; stroke-dasharray: 3px; } tref warning: as of svg2 <tref> is deprecated and shouldn't be used. for <tref>, if it contains a single value, dx defines a shift along the x-axis for all glyphs. if there are multiple values, dx defines a shift along the x-axis for each individual glyph relative to the preceding glyph. if there are less values than glyphes, the remaining glyphes use a value of 0. if there are more values than glyphes, extra values are ignored. value list of <length> default value ...
...s. if there are multiple values, dx defines a shift along the x-axis for each individual glyph relative to the preceding glyph. if there are less values than glyphes, the remaining glyphes use a value of 0. if there are more values than glyphes, extra values are ignored. value list of <length> default value none animatable yes tspan for <tspan>, if it contains a single value, dx defines a shift along the x-axis for all alternate glyph. if there are multiple values, dx defines a shift along the x-axis for each individual glyph relative to the preceding glyph. if there are less values than glyphs, the remaining glyphs use a value of 0. if there are more values than glyphs, extra values are ignored. value list of <length> default va...

dy - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
0" x2="100%" y1="80%" y2="80%" /> <!-- some reference text --> <text x="10%" y="30%" fill="grey">svg</text> <!-- the same text with a shift along the y-axis --> <text dy="50%" x="10%" y="30%">svg</text> </svg> line { stroke: red; stroke-width: .5px; stroke-dasharray: 3px; } altglyph warning: as of svg2 <altglyph> is deprecated and shouldn't be used. for <altglyph>, if it contains a single value, dy defines a shift along the y-axis for all alternate glyph. if there are multiple values, dy defines a shift along the y-axis for each individual glyph relative to the preceding glyph. if there are less values than glyphes, the remaining glyphes use a value of 0. if there are more values than glyphes, extra values are ignored. value list of <length> default...
... attribute of the <filter> element. value <number> default value 0 animatable yes glyphref warning: as of svg2 <glyphref> is deprecated and shouldn't be used. for <glyphref>, dy defines the y offset of the glyph, in the font metric system. value <number> default value 0 animatable yes text for <text>, if it contains a single value, dy defines a shift along the y-axis for all glyphs. if there are multiple values, dy defines a shift along the y-axis for each individual glyph relative to the preceding glyph. if there are less values than glyphes, the remaining glyphes use a value of 0. if there are more values than glyphes, extra values are ignored. value list of <length> default value ...
... y2="100%" /> <!-- behaviors change based on the number of values in the attributes --> <text dy="20" x="10" y="30">svg</text> <text dy="0 10" x="50" y="30">svg</text> <text dy="0 10 20" x="90" y="30">svg</text> </svg> line { stroke: red; stroke-width: .5px; stroke-dasharray: 3px; } tref warning: as of svg2 <tref> is deprecated and shouldn't be used. for <tref>, if it contains a single value, dy defines a shift along the y-axis for all glyphs. if there are multiple values, dy defines a shift along the y-axis for each individual glyph relative to the preceding glyph. if there are less values than glyphes, the remaining glyphes use a value of 0. if there are more values than glyphes, extra values are ignored. value list of <length> default value ...
...s. if there are multiple values, dy defines a shift along the y-axis for each individual glyph relative to the preceding glyph. if there are less values than glyphes, the remaining glyphes use a value of 0. if there are more values than glyphes, extra values are ignored. value list of <length> default value none animatable yes tspan for <tspan>, if it contains a single value, dy defines a shift along the y-axis for all alternate glyph. if there are multiple values, dy defines a shift along the y-axis for each individual glyph relative to the preceding glyph. if there are less values than glyphes, the remaining glyphes use a value of 0. if there are more values than glyphes, extra values are ignored. value list of <length> default...

Introduction to using XPath in JavaScript - XPath
ables conversion between the prefixes used in the xpath expressions and the possibly different prefixes used in the document. the function can be either: created by using the creatensresolver method of a xpathevaluator object. you should use this virtually all of the time. null, which can be used for html documents or when no namespace prefixes are used. note that, if the xpathexpression contains a namespace prefix, this will result in a domexception being thrown with the code namespace_err. a custom user-defined function. see the using a user defined namespace resolver section in the appendix for details. resulttype: a constant that specifies the desired result type to be returned as a result of the evaluation. the most commonly passed constant is xpathresult.any_type which will...
...ser-defined function. see the using a user defined namespace resolver section in the appendix for details. resulttype: a constant that specifies the desired result type to be returned as a result of the evaluation. the most commonly passed constant is xpathresult.any_type which will return the results of the xpath expression as the most natural type. there is a section in the appendix which contains a full list of the available constants. they are explained below in the section "specifying the return type." result: if an existing xpathresult object is specified, it will be reused to return the results. specifying null will create a new xpathresult object. return value returns xpathresult, which is an xpathresult object of the type specified in the resulttype parameter. the xpathresult in...
...he returned value of the expression by accessing the following properties respectively of the xpathresult object. ...
... node-set types the xpathresult object allows node-sets to be returned in 3 principal different types: iterators snapshots first nodes iterators when the specified result type in the resulttype parameter is either: unordered_node_iterator_type ordered_node...

Understanding WebAssembly text format - WebAssembly
previous two values pushed onto the stack), computes their sum (modulo 2^32) and pushes the resulting i32 value. when a function is called, it starts with an empty stack which is gradually filled up and emptied as the body’s instructions are executed. so for example, after executing the following function: (func (param $p i32) (result i32) local.get $p local.get $p i32.add) the stack contains exactly one i32 value — the result of the expression ($p + $p), which is handled by i32.add. the return value of a function is just the final value left on the stack. the webassembly validation rules ensure the stack matches exactly: if you declare a (result f32), then the stack must contain exactly one f32 at the end. if there is no result type, the stack must be empty. our first function b...
...ml (see it live also). also see webassembly.instantiatestreaming() for more details about the instantiate function. exploring fundamentals now we’ve covered the real basics, let’s move on to look at some more advanced features. calling functions from other functions in the same module the call instruction calls a single function, given its index or name. for example, the following module contains two functions — one just returns the value 42, the other returns the result of calling the first plus one: (module (func $getanswer (result i32) i32.const 42) (func (export "getanswerplus1") (result i32) call $getanswer i32.const 1 i32.add)) note: i32.const just defines a 32-bit integer and pushes it onto the stack. you could swap out the i32 for any of the other availabl...
...ry the above example is a pretty terrible logging function: it only prints a single integer! what if we wanted to log a text string? to deal with strings and other more complex data types, webassembly provides memory (although we also have reference types in newer implementation of webassembly). according to webassembly, memory is just a large array of bytes that can grow over time. webassembly contains instructions like i32.load and i32.store for reading and writing from linear memory. from javascript’s point of view, it’s as though memory is all inside one big (resizable) arraybuffer. that’s literally all that asm.js has to play with (except that it isn't resizable; see the asm.js programming model). so a string is just a sequence of bytes somewhere inside this linear memory. let's ass...
...allowing wasm modules to call javascript functions, dom apis, etc., and generally to pave the way for easier interoperability with the host environment. externref can be used for value types and table elements. a number of new instructions that allow wasm modules to directly manipulate webassembly tables, rather than having to do it via the javascript api. note: the wasm-bindgen documentation contains some useful information on how to take advantage of externref from rust. multi-value webassembly another more recent addition to the language (for example, in firefox 78) is webassembly multi-value, meaning that webassembly functions can now return multiple values, and instruction sequences can consume and produce multiple stack values. at the time of writing (june 2020) this is at an early s...

Porting the Library Detector - Archive of obsolete content
ich javascript frameworks the current web page is using. it does this by checking whether particular objects that those libraries add to the global window object are defined. for example, if window.jquery is defined, then the page has loaded jquery. for each library that it finds, the library detector adds an icon representing that library to the status bar. it adds a tooltip to each icon, which contains the library name and version. you can browse and run the ported version in the sdk's examples directory. how the library detector works all the work is done inside a single file, librarydetector.xul this contains: a xul overlay a script the xul overlay adds a box element to the browser's status bar: the script does everything else. the bulk of the script is an array of test objects, on...
...an browse and run the ported version in the sdk's examples directory. how the library detector works all the work is done inside a single file, librarydetector.xul this contains: a xul overlay a script the xul overlay adds a box element to the browser's status bar: the script does everything else. the bulk of the script is an array of test objects, one for each library. each test object contains a function called test(): if the function finds the library, it defines various additional properties for the test object, such as a version property containing the library version. each test also contains a chrome:// url pointing to the icon associated with its library. the script listens to gbrowser's domcontentloaded event. when this is triggered, the testlibraries() function builds an array ...
...) == -1) { worker.tab.libraries.push(library); } }); if (worker.tab == tabs.activetab) { updatewidgetview(worker.tab); } }); } }); the content script is executed once for every window.onload event, so it will run multiple times when a single page containing multiple iframes is loaded. so main.js needs to filter out any duplicates, in case a page contains more than one iframe, and those iframes use the same library. implementing the user interface showing the library array the widget module is a natural fit for displaying the library list. we'll specify its content using html, so we can display an array of icons. the widget must be able to display different content for different windows, so we'll use the widgetview object. main.js will create ...

clipboard - Archive of obsolete content
he image type doesn't support transparency on windows. examples set and get the contents of the clipboard. var clipboard = require("sdk/clipboard"); clipboard.set("lorem ipsum dolor sit amet"); var contents = clipboard.get(); set the clipboard contents to some html. var clipboard = require("sdk/clipboard"); clipboard.set("<blink>lorem ipsum dolor sit amet</blink>", "html"); if the clipboard contains html content, open it in a new tab. var clipboard = require("sdk/clipboard"); if (clipboard.currentflavors.indexof("html") != -1) require("sdk/tabs").open("data:text/html;charset=utf-8," + clipboard.get("html")); set the clipboard contents to an image. var clipboard = require("sdk/clipboard"); clipboard.set("data:image/png;base64,ivborw0kggoaaaansuheugaaacaaaaagcaya" + "aabzenr...
...board.get("html")); set the clipboard contents to an image. var clipboard = require("sdk/clipboard"); clipboard.set("data:image/png;base64,ivborw0kggoaaaansuheugaaacaaaaagcaya" + "aabzenr0aaaasuleqvryhe3o0qkaiawd0eyqe3q993aq3cbsukpygfsnty" + "n5ugbqpk0baadgp0brdwxwlweaaaaagpsa3rzdaaaaahgpcgrpganzq2fg" + "bwrr9aaaaabjru5erkjggg%3d%3d"); if the clipboard contains an image, open it in a new tab. var clipboard = require("sdk/clipboard"); if (clipboard.currentflavors.indexof("image") != -1) require("sdk/tabs").open(clipboard.get()); as noted before, data type can be easily omitted for images. if the intention is set the clipboard to a data url as string and not as image, it can be done by specifying a different flavor, like text. var clipboard = require...
... clipboard contents only if matching this type (optional). the function will return null if the contents of the clipboard do not match the supplied type. properties currentflavors data on the clipboard is sometimes available in multiple types. for example, html data might be available as both a string of html (the html type) and a string of plain text (the text type). this property is an array contains all types in which the data currently on the clipboard is available. ...

context-menu - Archive of obsolete content
level context menu can have a content script. a special event named "context" is emitted in your content scripts whenever the context menu is about to be shown. if you register a listener function for this event and it returns true, the menu item associated with the listener's content script is shown in the menu. for example, this item appears whenever the context menu is invoked on a page that contains at least one image: require("sdk/context-menu").item({ label: "this page has images", contentscript: 'self.on("context", function (node) {' + ' return !!document.queryselector("img");' + '});' }); note that the listener function has a parameter called node. this is the node in the page that the user context-clicked to invoke the menu. you can use it to det...
... context: cm.pagecontext(), contentscript: 'self.on("context", function (node) {' + ' var pagehasimgs = !!document.queryselector("img");' + ' return pagehasimgs;' + '});' + ...
...age function if the menu is contained in the top-level context menu, this function will be called when the content script calls self.postmessage. it will be passed the data that was passed to postmessage. separator() creates a menu separator. pagecontext() creates a page context. see specifying contexts above. selectioncontext() creates a context that occurs when a page contains a selection. see specifying contexts above. selectorcontext(selector) creates a context that matches a given css selector. see specifying contexts above. parameters selector : string a css selector. urlcontext(matchpattern) creates a context that matches pages with particular urls. see specifying contexts above. parameters matchpattern : string,array a match pattern string, regexp or an...

passwords - Archive of obsolete content
refox's password manager, under "site", in brackets after the url. for example, if the realm for a credential is "user registration", then its "site" field will look something like: addon:jid0-01mbbfyu0zaxcfub1jykoostkic (user registration) html form credential if a web service uses html forms to authenticate its users, then the corresponding credential is an html form credential. it contains the following properties: username the username. password the password. url the url for the web service which requires the credential. you should omit anything after the hostname and (optional) port. formsubmiturl the value of the form's "action" attribute. you should omit anything after the hostname and (optional) port. if the form doesn't ...
...e following properties: username the username. password the password. url the url for the web service which requires the credential. you should omit anything after the hostname and (optional) port. realm the www-authenticate response header sent by the server may include a "realm" field as detailed in rfc 2617. if it does, this property contains the value for the "realm" field. otherwise, it is omitted. the realm is displayed in firefox's password manager, under "site", in brackets after the url. so: if a web server at http://www.example.com requested authentication with a response code like this: http/1.0 401 authorization required server: apache/1.3.27 www-authenticate: basic realm="exampleco login" the corresponding...
...name attribute for the password input field in a form. onerror function the callback function that is called if the function failed. the callback is passed an error containing a reason of a failure: this is an nsiexception object. store(options) this function is used to store a credential in the password manager. it takes an options object as an argument: this contains all the properties for the new credential. as different sorts of credentials contain different properties, the appropriate options differ depending on the sort of credential being stored. to store an add-on credential: require("sdk/passwords").store({ realm: "user registration", username: "joe", password: "secret123", }); to store an html form credential: require("sdk/passwords").store...

util/array - Archive of obsolete content
helper functions for working with arrays. globals functions has(array, element) returns true if the given array contains the element or false otherwise. a simplified version of array.indexof(element) >= 0. let { has } = require('sdk/util/array'); let a = ['rock', 'roll', 100]; has(a, 'rock'); // true has(a, 'rush'); // false has(a, 100); // true parameters array : array the array to search. element : * the element to search for in the array. returns boolean : a boolean indicating whether or not the element was found in the array. hasany(array, elements) returns true if the given array contains any of the elements in the elements array, or false otherwise. let { hasany } = require('sdk/util/array'); let a = ['rock', 'roll', 100]; hasany(a, ['rock', 'bright', 'light']); // true h...
...y'); let a = ['alice', 'bob', 'carol']; add(a, 'dave'); // true add(a, 'dave'); // false add(a, 'alice'); // false console.log(a); // ['alice', 'bob', 'carol', 'dave'] parameters array : array the array to add the element to. element : * the element to add returns boolean : a boolean indicating whether or not the element was added to the array. remove(array, element) if the given array contains the given element, this function removes the element from the array and returns true. otherwise, this function does not alter the array and returns false. let { remove } = require('sdk/util/array'); let a = ['alice', 'bob', 'carol']; remove(a, 'dave'); // false remove(a, 'bob'); // true remove(a, 'bob'); // false console.log(a); // ['alice', 'carol'] parameters array : array the array to r...
...true. otherwise, this function does not alter the array and returns false. let { remove } = require('sdk/util/array'); let a = ['alice', 'bob', 'carol']; remove(a, 'dave'); // false remove(a, 'bob'); // true remove(a, 'bob'); // false console.log(a); // ['alice', 'carol'] parameters array : array the array to remove the element from. element : * the element to remove from the array if it contains it. returns boolean : a boolean indicating whether or not the element was removed from the array. unique(array) produces a duplicate-free version of the given array. let { unique } = require('sdk/util/array'); let a = [1, 1, 1, 1, 3, 4, 7, 7, 10, 10, 10, 10]; let b = unique(a); console.log(a); // [1, 1, 1, 1, 3, 4, 7, 7, 10, 10, 10, 10]; console.log(b); // [1, 3, 4, 7, 10]; parameters ar...

package.json - Archive of obsolete content
some of its entries, such as icon, name, and description, have direct analogues in the install manifest format, and entries from package.json are written into the install manifest when the add-on is built using jpm xpi. others, such as lib, permissions, and preferences, represent instructions to the jpm tool itself to generate and include particular code and data structures in your add-on. creating a manifest the package.json file is initially generated in your add-on's root directory the first time you run jpm init. ...
...lement in its install.rdf. harnessclassid note: this is deprecated along with cfx; it's not available when using jpm. string in the guid format. this is used as a classid of the "harness service" xpcom component. defaults to a random guid generated by cfx. hasembeddedwebextension new in jpm 1.2.0. boolean value: true if the add-on contains an embedded webextension. homepage the url of the add-on's website. this value will be used as the add-on's em:homepageurl element in its install.rdf. icon the path to an image file containing the icon for the add-on. optional: you can have no icon field in package.json and put your icon named "icon.png" in the root directory of your add-on. if no ic...
...s em:name element in its install.rdf. translators an array of strings listing the people who contributed to the localization of this add-on. these values will be used as the add-on's em:translator elements in its install.rdf. note: jpm supports nodejs people fields. unpack same as the unpack in an install.rdf file. useful when the extension contains binaries. updatekey same as the updatekey in an install.rdf file. see supporting updates for self-hosted add-ons. note: this key is only available with jpm. updatelink same as the updatelink for an update.rdf file. previously was --update-link in cfx. see supporting updates for self-hosted add-ons. note: this key is only...

Localization - Archive of obsolete content
now whenever your java...
...t bom encoding lines starting with "#" (after optional whitespace) are comments suppose your add-on contains a single localizable string, represented in english as "hello!", and you want to supply us english and french french localizations. you'd add two files to the "locale" directory: my-addon/ data lib locale/ en-us.properties fr.properties "en-us.properties" contains this: hello_id= hello! "fr.properties" contains this: hello_id= bonjour ! now whenever your javascript or html asks the localization system for the translation of the hello_id identifier, it will get the correct translation for the current locale. using localized strings in html this example uses the action button api, which is only available from firefox 29 onwards. to reference local...
...ce you've installed it, open the add-on manager, and you'll see a new button labeled "update l10n" next to each add-on you've installed: click the button and you'll be prompted for a new .properties file for that add-on. if you provide a new file, the add-on's locale data will be updated with the new file. limitations the current localization support is a first step towards full support, and contains a number of limitations. there's no support for content scripts or css files: at the moment, you can only localize strings appearing in javascript files that can require() sdk modules and in html. see bug 787351. the set of locale files is global across an add-on. this means that a module isn't able to override a more general translation: so a module informal.js can't specify that "he...

Add-ons - Archive of obsolete content
ined with this new syntax appears in the extension's detail view in the add-on manager. this functionality originally appeared in firefox mobile and is now available in firefox on the desktop as well. install manifests an install manifest is the file an add-on manager-enabled xul application (e.g. firefox or thunderbird) uses to determine information about an add-on as it is being installed. it contains metadata identifying the add-on, providing information about who created it, where more information can be found about it, which versions of what applications it is compatible with, how it should be updated, and so on. interaction between privileged and non-privileged pages an easy way to send data from a web page to an extension is by using custom dom events. in your extension's browser.xul ov...
...ch versions of what applications it is compatible with, how it should be updated, and so on. interaction between privileged and non-privileged pages an easy way to send data from a web page to an extension is by using custom dom events. in your extension's browser.xul overlay, write code which listens for a custom dom event. here we call the event myextensionevent. ...
...extensions can do almost anything. ...

Creating reusable content with CSS and XBL - Archive of obsolete content
new html document, doc6.html. copy and paste the content from here: <!doctype html public "-//w3c//dtd html 4.0//en"> <html> <head> <title>mozilla css getting started - xbl demonstration</title> <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="style6.css"> </head> <body> <h1>xbl demonstration</h1> <div id="square">click me</div> </body> </html> make a new css file, style6.css. this stylesheet contains the document style. copy and paste the content from here: /*** xbl demonstration ***/ #square { -moz-binding: url("square.xbl#square"); } make a new text file, square.xbl. this file contains the xbl binding. copy and paste the content from here: <?xml version="1.0"?> <!doctype bindings> <bindings xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/xbl" xmlns:xul="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/ga...
...ransparent" me.square.style.marginleft = "0" me.button.removeattribute("disabled") ]]></body> </method> </implementation> <handlers> <handler event="click" button="0"><![cdata[ if (event.originaltarget == this.button) this.dodemo() ]]></handler> </handlers> </binding> </bindings> make a new css file, bind6.css. this separate stylesheet contains style for the binding. copy and paste the content from here: /*** xbl demonstration ***/ [anonid="square"] { width: 20em; height: 20em; border: 2px inset gray; } [anonid="button"] { margin-top: 1em; padding: .5em 2em; } open the document in your browser and press the button. this wiki does not support javascript in pages, so it is not possible to show the demonstration here. it...
... and press the button. this wiki does not support javascript in pages, so it is not possible to show the demonstration here. it looks something like this, before and after you press the button: notes about this demonstration: the html document links the document stylesheet as usual, but it does not link any javascript code. the document does not contain any buttons. it only contains the text of the button's label. the button is added by the binding. the document stylesheet links the binding. the binding links its own stylesheet, and it supplies its own content and javascript code. so the binding is self-contained. challenges change the xbl file so that the square doubles in width when it changes color, instead of jumping to the right. use the dom inspec...

Drag and Drop JavaScript Wrapper - Archive of obsolete content
ul file. you can look at the contents of these files to see how drag and drop is done at a lower level. note that you can only use these libraries from within xul loaded via a chrome url. <script src="chrome://global/content/nsdraganddrop.js" /> <script src="chrome://global/content/nstransferable.js" /> this drag and drop library creates an object stored in the variable nsdraganddrop. the object contains a series of functions, one for each event handler (except for dragenter where it has nothing special to do). each of the functions takes two parameters, the first is the event object and the second is an observer object that you create. more on that in a moment. the following is an example of calling the nsdraganddrop object. <button label="drag me" ondraggesture="nsdraganddrop.startdrag(event,bu...
...ropping. a file system directory view might accept files and perhaps text, but wouldn't accept html text. below, we'll define a getsupportedflavours function. we'll allow only one flavour here, that for a string. var textobserver = { getsupportedflavours : function () { var flavours = new flavourset(); flavours.appendflavour("text/unicode"); return flavours; } } the flavours list contains only one flavour, which is 'text/unicode'. the flavourset object can be used to hold a list of flavours. in some cases, you must provide the xpcom interface as well. for example, for files: var textobserver = { getsupportedflavours : function () { var flavours = new flavourset(); flavours.appendflavour("application/x-moz-file","nsifile"); flavours.appendflavour("text/unicode"); ...
...ng dragged over. in many cases the function can do nothing. it must be defined for elements that accept dragged data however. next, the ondrop function should be created. its second argument is the transfer data object that holds the data being dragged. by the time ondrop is called, the wrapper has called getsupportedflavours to determine the best flavour for the drop, so the transfer object only contains the data for the best matching flavour. the transfer object has two properties, data which holds the data and flavour which holds the flavour of the data. once you have the data, you can add it to the element is some way. for example, you might set the value of a textbox. var textobserver = { ondrop : function (event, transferdata, session) { event.target.setattribute("value",transferdata.d...

Repackaging Firefox - Archive of obsolete content
ozilla developer center), here is a basic tutorial to get you started, and some tips specific for creating a dex. if you already have an extension that you want to bundle with firefox, and don't want to bundle an extra extension solely to set a few defaults, you can do everything you need to do in your existing extension. however, it's still recommended that you look through this tutorial, as it contains tips specific for creating extensions of this type, and there are a few options that you will need to set to ensure a smooth upgrade path for users. at the very least, don't skip the "important extension preferences" section below. sample dex the best way to get started is probably to look at a simple dex and modify it for your own purposes. download the sample. xpi files are specially crafte...
... components/partnerbookmarks.js from the cck extension, and it allows us to drop in default bookmarks at profile creation. you should not need to edit this file. defaults/preferences/partner.js default preferences for this dex. install.rdf meta-information about your extension, such as the creator (your organization), a unique id, and which v...
...overwriting it. the "additional xpi" section lets you select a second extension to bundle into your customized installer. if you don't wish to install a second extension, you can leave this blank. the "repackaging" section is where you configure the actual repackaging job itself. first, set the source directory by clicking its "choose" button. the source directory is a directory that contains the windows installer, mac disk image (.dmg), and/or linux tarball of the standard firefox that you wish to customize. second, set the destination directory to the directory into which you wish to save the customized installers. the "platforms" section lets you select the platforms for which you wish to generate customized installers. check the boxes next to each one you want to generate...

Creating a Help Content Pack - Archive of obsolete content
help window. this attribute is required. nc:defaulttopic will hold the rdf:id of the topic you want displayed when the viewer first loads if none has been specified. this attribute also specifies what topic is loaded when the user hits the home button in the viewer. we'll get to exactly how to fill in this attribute later. this attribute is optional, with fallback to the value welcome. nc:base contains the base url relative to which the help content referenced in the descriptor file is located. for example, if your glossary, index, and table of contents rdf files are all located at chrome://myapp/locale/help/*, then you could put chrome://myapp/locale/help/ here and use only the actual file names without path when needed later. you don't actually need this attribute if you don't want it, but it...
...e is omitted, the information in the data sources applies to all platforms. the attribute is a space-separated list of platform strings. strings recognized from 1.8 onward are win, mac, os2, and unix; more will be added as required. unrecognized strings are ignored during parsing. an example of how to use this attribute follows: <!-- assumptions: win-toc.rdf contains windows- and os/2-specific info, unix-toc.rdf contains linux- and mac-specific info. --> <rdf:li> <rdf:description nc:panelid="toc" nc:platform="win os2" nc:datasources="win-toc.rdf"/> </rdf:li> <rdf:li> <rdf:descrip...
... <rdf:li> <rdf:description nc:name="" nc:link=""/> </rdf:li> the rdf:li element serves purely to contain each separate entry. the rdf:description element describes the glossary entry. it has two required attributes: nc:name and nc:link. nc:name is the name for the entry - it's what's currently displayed in the glossary as the entry's title. nc:link contains a uri referencing what will be displayed in the viewer when the entry is accessed. the index file one important note on the index file is that there is no automatically generated set of top-level letters (e.g., a for accessibility and automation or b for book and border). help documentation may be written in any language, so such automatic splitting is not desirable. you must implement such sp...

Modularization techniques - Archive of obsolete content
g from iids to cids. it also defines the function for retrieving our class factory. notice it does not contain a class declaration. #include "nsifactory.h" // {d3944dd0-ae1a-11d1-b66c-00805f8a2676} #define ns_sample_cid \ {0xd3944dd0, 0xae1a, 0x11d1, \ {0xb6, 0x6c, 0x00, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x8a, 0x26, 0x76}} extern nsresult getsamplefactory(nsifactory **aresult); file nssample.cpp nssample.cpp contains both the declaration and implementation of our sample class, and the declaration and implementation of our class factory. #include "nsisample.h" #include "nssample.h" static ns_define_iid(kisupportsiid, ns_isupports_iid); static ns_define_iid(kifactoryiid, ns_ifactory_iid); static ns_define_iid(kisampleiid, ns_isample_iid); static ns_define_cid(kisamplecid, ns_isample_cid); /* * nssampleclass...
...factory(&factory); nsisample *sample; nsresult res = factory->createinstance(null, kisampleiid, (void **) &sample); if (res == ns_ok) { sample->hello(); ns_release(sample); } return 0; } moving to a dynamically linked library implementing a dll once you've set a factory, moving it to a dll is a relatively trivial thing. a dll that contains a factory need to define one or two exported functions: // returns the factory associated with the given class id extern "c" ns_export nsresult nsgetfactory(const nscid &acid, nsifactory **afactory); // returns whether the dll can be unloaded now. extern "c" ns_export prbool nscanunload(); the implementation of nsgetfactory() in the simplest case is ...
... nsifactory **afactory); // returns whether the dll can be unloaded now. extern "c" ns_export prbool nscanunload(); the implementation of nsgetfactory() in the simplest case is nearly identical to that of getsamplefactory() in our previous example. you only need to verify that the class id passed in is the correct one for the factory you implement. if your dll contains multiple factories, you'll need to add conditional code to determine which one to return. nscanunload() is an optional, but useful function. if implemented, it allows the nsrepository to free up memory by unloading dlls it is no longer using when freelibraries() is called. the implementation takes into consideration two things when deciding whether or not a dll can be unloaded: whether any of it...

URIs and URLs - Archive of obsolete content
efinition: nsiuri and nsiurl. nsiuri represents access to a very simple, very generic form of an url. simply speaking it's scheme and non-scheme, separated by a colon, like "about". nsiurl inherits from nsiuri and represents access to typical urls with schemes like "http", "ftp", ... nssimpleuri one implementation of nsiuri is nssimpleuri which is the basis for protocols like "about". nssimpleuri contains setters and getters for the uri and the components of an uri: scheme and path (non-scheme). there are no pre written urlparsers for simple uris, because of it's simple structure. nsstandardurl the most important implementation of nsiurl is nsstandardurl which is the basis for protocols like http, ftp, ... these schemes support a hierarchical naming system, where the hierarchy of the name is denot...
...non-scheme). there are no pre written urlparsers for simple uris, because of it's simple structure. nsstandardurl the most important implementation of nsiurl is nsstandardurl which is the basis for protocols like http, ftp, ... these schemes support a hierarchical naming system, where the hierarchy of the name is denoted by a "/" delimiter separating the components in the path. nsstandardurl also contains the facilities to parse these typ of urls, to break the specification of the url "spec" down into the most basic segments. the spec consists of prepath and path. the prepath consists of scheme and authority. the authority consists of prehost, host and port. the prehost consists of username and password. the path consists of directory, filename, param, query and ref. the filename consists of fileb...
...be used if it is known that a string is not escaped. parsing urls rfc 2396 defines an url parser that can deal with the syntax that is common to most url schemes that are currently in existence. sometimes scheme specific parsing is required. also to be somewhat tolerant to syntax errors the parser has to know more about the specific syntax of the urls for that scheme. to stay almost generic necko contains three parsers for the main classes of standard urls. which one has to be used is defined by the implementation of nsiprotocolhandler for the scheme in question. the three main classes are: authority the urls have an authority segment, like "http". noauthority these urls have no or a degenerated authority segment, like the "file" scheme. also this parser can identify drives if pos...

Multiple Queries - Archive of obsolete content
gle query, even for recursive content. however, it is possible to use multiple queries. this may be used to combine the results from several queries together, or may be used to generate different types of results when recursive iterations. to use multiple queries, place each query element along with its rules inside a queryset element. the queryset element is a bit of a misnomer, it actually only contains one query each. the following is the basic structure of a template with multiple queries: <listbox datasources="..." ref="..."> <queryset> <query> ... </query> <rule> ... </rule> </queryset> <queryset> <query> ... </query> <rule> ... </rule> </queryset> </listbox> each queryset holds a query and its set of rules. if there is only r...
...the second query doesn't contain such a triple and will match all three of the photos. it the first query was used by itself, only one result would match. if the second query was used by itself, three results would match. when used together in this example, the results are combined and only three resu...
...the second query doesn't contain such a triple and will match all three of the photos. it the first query was used by itself, only one result would match. if the second query was used by itself, three results would match. when used together in this example, the results are combined and only three results are shown. however, you will...

Rule Compilation - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » query a xul template is made up of a query and a series of rules. a query contains instructions for how to retrieve a set of data from the datasource. the exact syntax is dependent on the type of datasource used in the template. for instance, for an sqlite datasource, an sql statement is used as the query. this will return a table of result records which are then used to generate output. for rdf and xml, the query contains a set of instructions for navigating through the rdf graph or xml document tree. ...
...an attribute substitution syntax, explained later, is used to modify the attributes of elements generated from the template, to correspond with the data for each result. each rule is declared with a rule tag, and you may have more than one. ...
...until the user presses the twisty to open the container or when a script opens a row. lazy generation comes in handy for menus and trees especially when dealing with recursive items. it would be rather time consuming to generate output for every item in a tree, even for those not displayed, so the template builder doesn't do so. the template builder is even lazier. if the generated content itself contains hidden elements, those child elements will not be generated until necessary. when building content, the builder iterates down the node tree, copying and building only when needed. « previousnext » ...

SeaMonkey - making custom toolbar (SM ver. 1.x) - Archive of obsolete content
components.classes["@mozilla.org/file/directory_service;1"].getservice( components.interfaces.nsiproperties).get("achrom", components.interfaces.nsifile).path in the javascript console window, paste the code in the field near the top. presss the return or enter key, or the evaluate button. the console displays the location of seamonkey's chrome directory. explanation: the chrome directory contains program files that are part of seamonkey itself, together with other files that are provided by extensions. your toolbar button will be an extension. 2. delete these two files: chrome.rdf overlays.rdf explanation: seamonkey automatically rebuilds these files the next time it starts. when it rebuilds them, it will include your new extension. 3. edit the ...
...chrome://custombutton/content/button.xul</rdf:li> </rdf:seq> </rdf:li> </rdf:seq> </rdf:rdf> optionally customize the file by changing the displayname, description and author attributes. change the text between double-quote characters on those three lines. optionally remove the sections for toolbars where you do not want your button. save the file. explanation: this file contains details of your extension, and specifies how it modifies seamonkey. 6. create a plain text file named button.xul. copy the following content, making sure that you scroll to get all of it. paste it into the new file: <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/css" href="chrome://custombutton/content/button.css"?> <!doctype overlay > <overlay id="customb...
... the button is diaplayed. it links to the button image, specifying the dimensions of the six parts of the image. 8. create a plain text file named button.js. copy the following content, and paste it into the new file: custombutton = { 1: function () { alert("just testing") }, } there is nothing to customize for now. save the file. the next section in this tutorial contains examples of code that you can use to make your button do something useful. explanation: this file specifies what happens when you press the button. it uses the javascript programming language, together with features provided by the application. 9. download the button image. get a context menu for the image that you see here (for example, by right-clicking it). choose save image as..

Adding Style Sheets - Archive of obsolete content
mozilla applies a default style sheet to each xul window. in many cases, it will suffice to leave the defaults as is. ...
...mozilla applies a default style sheet to each xul window. in many cases, it will suffice to leave the defaults as is. ...
...e style sheet file will be stored in chrome://findfile/skin/findfile.css. all the xul examples so far have actually been using a style sheet already. the second line has always been: <?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://global/skin/" type="text/css"?> this line indicates that we want to use the style provided by chrome://global/skin/. in mozilla, this will be translated as the file global.css, which contains default style information for xul elements. you could leave the line out and the elements will still work, however they will look fairly plain. the style sheet applies various fonts, colors and borders to make the elements look more suitable. changing the styles however, there will be times when the default look of elements will not give the look that is desired. for this, we will need to add a s...

Creating a Window - Archive of obsolete content
n/" type="text/css"?> this line is used to specify the style sheets to use for the file. this is the syntax that xml files use to import style sheets. in this case, we import the styles found in the global part of a skin package. we didn't specify a specific file so mozilla will determine which files in the directory to use. in this case, the all-important global.css file is selected. this file contains all the default declarations for all of the xul elements. because xml does not have any knowledge of how elements should be displayed, the file indicates how. generally, you will put this line at the top of every xul file. you can also import other style sheets using a similar syntax. note that you would normally import the global style sheet from within your own style sheet file. <window this...
...necessary as you can use the window.open() function as one can do for html documents. however, one additional flag, called 'chrome' is necessary to indicate to the browser that this is a chrome document to open. this will open the window without the toolbars and menus and so forth that a normal browser window has. the syntax is described below: window.open(url,windowname,flags); where the flags contains the flag "chrome" as in this example window.open("chrome://navigator/content/navigator.xul", "bmarks", "chrome,width=600,height=300"); if you are using firefox, try below: window.open("chrome://browser/content/places/places.xul", "bmarks", "chrome,width=600,height=300"); you can test lines of javascript like these in the error console. choose tools – error console, type a line of javascr...
...arksmanager.xul if you are using firefox, try below. firefox -chrome chrome://browser/content/places/places.xul the '-chrome' argument doesn't give the file any additional privileges. instead, it causes the specified file to open as a top-level window without any browser chrome, such as the address field or menu. only chrome urls have additional privileges. the extension developer's extension contains an xul editor that allows you to type in xul code and see the results in real-time from within mozilla! troubleshooting if the xul window fails to show up on the desktop but has an icon on the desktop tool bar, check the xml-stylesheet declaration. make sure that you have included the stylesheet correctly: <?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://global/skin/" type="text/css"?> in the next sectio...

Grids - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » xul has a set of elements for creating tabular grids. xul tabular layout xul has a set of elements for doing layout of elements in a grid-like manner using the grid element. it has some similarities to the html table tag. the grid does not display anything itself; it is used only to position elements in a tabular form with rows and columns. a grid contains elements that are aligned in rows just like tables. inside a grid, you declare two things, the columns that are used and the rows that are used. just like html tables, you put content such as labels and buttons inside the rows. however, the grid allows either row or column based organization so you may put content in either rows or in columns. it is most common to use rows, as with a table. however, you can ...
...mn flex="2"/> <column flex="1"/> </columns> <rows> <row> <button label="rabbit"/> <button label="elephant"/> </row> <row> <button label="koala"/> <button label="gorilla"/> </row> </rows> </grid> two rows and two columns have been added to a grid. each column is declared with the column tag. each column has been given a flex attribute. each row contains two elements, both buttons. the first element in each row element is placed in the first column of the grid and the second element is each row is placed in the second column. note that you do not need an element to declare a cell -- there is no equivalent of the html td element. instead, you put the contents of cells directly in the row elements. grid with more elements you can use any element ...
...nt title:"/> <textbox id="doctitle" flex="1"/> </row> <row> <label control="docpath" value="path:"/> <hbox flex="1"> <textbox id="docpath" flex="1"/> <button label="browse..."/> </hbox> </row> </rows> </grid> notice in the image how the first column of elements containing the labels has only a single element in each row. the second column contains a box in its second row, which in turn contains two elements, a textbox and a button. you could add additional nested boxes or even another grid inside a single cell. if you resize the window of the last example, you will see that the textboxes resize, but no other elements do. this is because of the flex attributes added to the textboxes and the second column. the first column does not need to ...

Introduction to RDF - Archive of obsolete content
ther formats can be used and code written that will read the file and create rdf data from it. this is how mozilla works when it reads data such as bookmarks, the history or mail messages. mozilla provides datasources for this common data so that you can easily use them. you can use any of the provided rdf datasources to populate trees with data or you can point to an rdf file stored in xml which contains the data. this makes it very convenient to display trees with lots of rows in them. rdf can also populate other xul elements as well such as listboxes and menus. we'll see this in the next section. a very brief overview of rdf will be provided here. for more information about rdf, see the rdf specification. rdf/xml rdf consists of a model, which is a graph representation of data. rdf/xml is an x...
...s with lots of rows in them. rdf can also populate other xul elements as well such as listboxes and menus. we'll see this in the next section. a very brief overview of rdf will be provided here. for more information about rdf, see the rdf specification. rdf/xml rdf consists of a model, which is a graph representation of data. rdf/xml is an xml language which can be used to represent rdf data. it contains a fairly simple set of elements. the sample below shows a simple rdf template. <?xml version="1.0"?> <rdf:rdf xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"> ... </rdf:rdf> this has some similarities to the xul header. instead of the window element, the rdf element is used. you can see the namespace for rdf was declared so that the rdf elements are recognized properly. inside, the r...
...r. instead of the window element, the rdf element is used. you can see the namespace for rdf was declared so that the rdf elements are recognized properly. inside, the rdf element, you will place the data. to see some example rdf/xml files, look at those provided with mozilla. they have the extension rdf. rdf database let's take the example of a bookmarks list generated from rdf. a bookmarks list contains a set of records, each with a set of data associated with it, such as a url, a bookmark title and a visited date. think of the bookmarks as a database, which is stored as a large table with numerous fields. in the case of rdf however, the lists may be hierarchical as well. this is necessary so that we can have folders or categories of bookmarks. each of the fields in an rdf database is a resource...

Property Files - Archive of obsolete content
in a script, entities cannot be used. property files are used instead. properties dtd files are suitable when you have text in a xul file. however, a script does not get parsed for entities. in addition, you may wish to display a message which is generated from a script, if, for example, you do not know the exact text to be displayed. for this purpose, property files can be used. ...
...these would be read by a script and displayed to the user. a property file can also include comments. ...
...ctory. you will notice the formatting codes %1$s and %2$s is used, and replaced different order in the array. formatting code %n$s is specify the position of corresponding parameter directly. although the word order is not the same in all the languages, by using getformattedstring() the specification of the order can be put out the property files. in case you need to format a string that already contains the percentage character in it (to get something like "50% off" returned), escape the percentage character with another percentage character, like this: my.percentage.string = %s%% off not escaping the percentage character will generate an incorrect string that strips the space character between the percentage character and the next word of the string ("50%off"). non-ascii characters, utf-8 and ...

Tabboxes - Archive of obsolete content
application in the preferences window. a series of tabs appears across the top of a window. the user can click each tab to see a different set of options. it is useful in cases when you have more options than will fit in one screen. xul provides a method to create such dialogs. it involves five new elements, which are described briefly here and in more detail below. tabbox the outer box that contains the tabs along the top and the tab pages themselves. tabs the inner box that contains the individual tabs. in other words, this is the row of tabs. tab a specific tab. clicking on the tab brings the tab page to the front. tabpanels the container for the pages. tabpanel the body of a single page. you would place the content for a page within this element. the first tabpanel corresponds to ...
...ecific tab. clicking on the tab brings the tab page to the front. tabpanels the container for the pages. tabpanel the body of a single page. you would place the content for a page within this element. the first tabpanel corresponds to the first tab, the second tabpanel corresponds to the second tab and so on. the tabbox is the outer element. it consists of two children, a tabs element which contains the row of tabs and a tabpanels elements which contains the tabbed pages. shown below is the general syntax of a tabbox: <tabbox id="tablist"> <tabs> <!-- tab elements go here --> </tabs> <tabpanels> <!-- tabpanel elements go here --> </tabpanels> </tabbox> the tab elements are placed inside a tabs element, which is much like a regular box. the tabs element itself has been pla...
... there is really nothing special about the tab elements that make them different than boxes. like boxes, tabs can contain any element. the difference is that the tabs render slightly differently and only one tab panel's contents are visible at once, much like a deck. ...

Toolbars - Archive of obsolete content
toolbars may be placed on any side of the window, either horizontally or vertically. of course you wouldn't normally put a textbox in a vertical toolbar. ...
...toolbars may be placed on any side of the window, either horizontally or vertically. of course you wouldn't normally put a textbox in a vertical toolbar. actually, because toolbars are just boxes they can actually go anywhere you want, even in the middle of a window. ...
...inside a toolbox source view <toolbox> <toolbar id="nav-toolbar"> <toolbarbutton label="back"/> <toolbarbutton label="forward"/> </toolbar> </toolbox> this has created a toolbar containing two buttons, a back button and a forward button. the one toolbar has been placed inside the toolbox. this has involved four new tags, which are described here. toolbox a box that contains toolbars. toolbar a single toolbar that contains toolbar items such as buttons. toolbarbutton a button on a toolbar, which has all the same features of a regular button but is usually drawn differently. the toolbar is the main element that creates the actual toolbar. inside it are placed the individual toolbar items, usually buttons, but they can be other elements...

The Implementation of the Application Object Model - Archive of obsolete content
and then the user would pick them up. however, in order for this to work, the local bookmarks have to be merged in with the remote bookmarks specified by the site. the second reason to have local/remote merging is to save state and/or to record customizations that the user has made to his or her user interface. imagine a remote file that describes the user's personal toolbar. the downloaded file contains an aol instant messenger button, and the user really doesn't want that on the toolbar. now since the aol bookmark was specified by the remote file, the user has no way of going off to the site and changing that file just to get rid of the button (even though the user might wish that he or she could!). what the user needs to be able to do is make a local annotation to the remote file, e.g., to sav...
... or an xml language like xul. forget xul! let's just extend html! still i say forget xul! let's just extend html and use it to represent the ui! that would also be an unwise decision for a variety of reasons. html is designed to handle documents and not to handle applications. it makes sense to maintain a clean separation between the web application and the web documents that the application contains. by keeping the dom tree in a sandbox (safely insulated from the containing aom tree in which it might occur), you have an easy means of distinguishing the two trees and preventing scripts in the dom tree from manipulating the aom tree. in other words, it makes sense to have two parallel languages, one for describing applications, and the other for describing documents that can be used by those a...
...s be the same kind of object, and that those objects communicate with their pluggable content through this new streamlined interface we talked about earlier. we'll call this new interface a pluggable data source. just in case you still aren't convinced that all content nodes should be the same kind of element, consider another problem: how to implement aggregation. suppose that a bookmarks folder contains a mailbox folder, a composer page template, and a bookmark. in order to achieve aggregation of data, a content node implementation cannot make any assumptions about what kind of children it holds. it can only refer to its child nodes through the various content tree interfaces. what we run into now is the problem of how one local content node knows how to instantiate other kinds of content nodes.

Monitoring plugins - Archive of obsolete content
further. you can find more information on the observer service here and here. ...
...ents.classes["@mozilla.org/observer-service;1"] .getservice (components.interfaces.nsiobserverservice); observerservice.addobserver(this, "experimental-notify-plugin-call", false); observing as discussed above, to specify what you want done when a notification arrives your class must have an observe method, receiving 3 parameters (subject, topic and data). the topic contains the notification's topic - experimental-notify-plugin-call in this case, the data is the runtime in milliseconds and the subject is always null and should not be used. here is an example that shows the runtime in an alert box to the user if the runtime exceeds half a second in length: observe: function(subject, topic, data) { if (topic == "experimental-notify-plugin-call" ) { if (da...
...tatement first checks to see that the arriving notification's topic is the correct one. this is useful in cases where your class is registered to receive notifications for more than one topic with the observer service. ...

NPSetWindowCallbackStruct - Archive of obsolete content
display standard x toolkit attribute. pointer to the display structure that represents the browser-server connection. visual standard x toolkit attribute. ...
... display standard x toolkit attribute. pointer to the display structure that represents the browser-server connection. visual standard x toolkit attribute. x visual for the plug-in window or drawable. colormap standard x toolkit attribute. ...
...tandard x toolkit attribute. x visual for the plug-in window or drawable. colormap standard x toolkit attribute. colormap for the plug-in window or drawable. depth standard x toolkit attribute. depth of the plug-in window or drawable. description callback structures are used to pass platform-specific information. the npsetwindowcallbackstruct object, allocated by the browser, contains information required for the ws_info field of an npwindow. the npp_setwindow() function passes a pointer to this structure to the plug-in. the structure is valid for the lifetime of the npwindow, that is, until npp_setwindow() is called again or the instance is destroyed. the type field of this structure always contains np_setwindow. the remaining fields are standard x toolkit attributes of the t...

NPWindow - Archive of obsolete content
« gecko plugin api reference « plug-in side plug-in api summary contains information about the target into which the plug-in instance can draw. syntax typedef struct _npwindow { void* window; /* platform specific handle */ uint32_t x; /* coordinates of top left corner */ uint32_t y; /* relative to a netscape page */ uint32_t width; /* maximum window size */ uint32_t height; nprect cliprect; /* clipping rectangle coordinates */ #ifdef xp_unix void * ws_info; /* platform-dependent additional data */ #endif /* xp_unix */ npwindowtype type; /* window or drawable target */ } npwindow; fields the data structure has the following fields: window platform-specific handle to a native window element in the netscap...
...y the plug-in. cliprect clipping rectangle of the plug-in; the origin is the top left corner of the drawable or window. clipping to the cliprect prevents the plug-in from overwriting the status bar, scroll bars, and other page elements when partially scrolled off the screen. mac os: cliprect is the rectangle in port coordinates to which the plug-in should clip its drawing. ws_info unix: contains information about the plug-in's unix window environment; points to an npsetwindowcallbackstruct. type npwindowtype value that specifies whether the npwindow instance represents a window or a drawable. values: npwindowtypewindow: indicates that the window field holds a platform-specific handle to a window (as in navigator 2.0 and navigator 3.0). the plug-in is considered windowed. npwin...
...s that the plugin is windowless. the window field holds a platform-specific handle to a drawable or an off-screen pixmap, as follows: windows: hdc mac os: pointer to np_port structure unix/x11: not used. (the drawable is provided in a graphicsexpose event, when the paint is requested.) description the npwindow structure represents the native window or a drawable, and contains information about coordinate position, size, whether the plug-in is windowed or windowless, and some platform-specific information. the plug-in area is a native window element on windows and unix, or a rectangle within a native window on mac os. the x, y, height, and width coordinates of npwindow specify the position and size of this area. the browser calls npp_setvalue whenever the drawable cha...

Introduction to Public-Key Cryptography - Archive of obsolete content
ate that identifies some entity through two subordinate ca certificates to the ca certificate for the root ca (based on the ca hierarchy shown in figure 6). a certificate chain traces a path of certificates from a branch in the hierarchy to the root of the hierarchy. in a certificate chain, the following occur: each certificate is followed by the certificate of its issuer. each certificate contains the name (dn) of that certificate's issuer, which is the same as the subject name of the next certificate in the chain. in figure 7, the engineering ca certificate contains the dn of the ca (that is, usa ca), that issued that certificate. usa ca's dn is also the subject name of the next certificate in the chain. each certificate is signed with the private key of its issuer. the signature can...
...on that client or server) or the certificate chain provided by the subject (for example, over an ssl connection). the certificate signature is verified using the public key in the issuer's certificate. if the issuer's certificate is trusted by the verifier in the verifier's certificate database, verification stops successfully here. otherwise, the issuer's certificate is checked to make sure it contains the appropriate subordinate ca indication in the red hat certificate type extension, and chain verification returns to step 1 to start again, but with this new certificate. figure 8 presents an example of this process. figure 8 shows what happens when only root ca is included in the verifier's local database. if a certificate for one of the intermediate cas shown in figure 8, such as engineer...
...ates to control access to various network resources by different users or groups. issuing certificates and other certificate management tasks can thus be an integral part of user and group management. in general, high-performance directory services are an essential ingredient of any enterprise certificate management strategy. key management before a certificate can be issued, the public key it contains and the corresponding private key must be generated. sometimes it may be useful to issue a single person one certificate and key pair for signing operations, and another certificate and key pair for encryption operations. separate signing and encryption certificates make it possible to keep the private signing key on the local machine only, thus providing maximum nonrepudiation, and to back up th...

Introduction to SSL - Archive of obsolete content
protocol called transport layer security (tls) is based on ssl. the details of the protocol are available in request for comments (rfc): 2246,the tls protocol version 1.0. some red hat products already support tls. most other red hat products plan to support the protocol in future versions. this document is primarily intended for administrators of red hat server products, but the information it contains may also be useful for developers of applications that support ssl. the document assumes that you are familiar with the basic concepts of public-key cryptography, as summarized in "introduction to public-key cryptography." the ssl protocol the transmission control protocol/internet protocol (tcp/ip) governs the transport and routing of data over the internet. other protocols, such as the hypert...
...hentication, or cryptographic validation by a client of the server's identity. as explained in step 2 of "the ssl handshake", the server sends the client a certificate to authenticate itself. the client uses the certificate in step 3 to authenticate the identity the certificate claims to represent. to authenticate the binding between a public key and the server identified by the certificate that contains the public key, an ssl-enabled client must receive a "yes" answer to the four questions shown in figure 2. although the fourth question is not technically part of the ssl protocol, it is the client's responsibility to support this requirement, which provides some assurance of the server's identity and thus helps protect against a form of security attack known as "man in the middle." an ssl-ena...
... digital signature by creating a one-way hash from data generated randomly during the handshake and known only to the client and server. the hash of the data is then encrypted with the private key that corresponds to the public key in the certificate being presented to the server. to authenticate the binding between the public key and the person or other entity identified by the certificate that contains the public key, an ssl-enabled server must receive a "yes" answer to the first four questions shown in figure 3. although the fifth question is not part of the ssl protocol, red hat servers can be configured to support this requirement to take advantage of the user's entry in an ldap directory as part of the authentication process. an ssl-enabled server goes through these steps to authenticate...

XForms Output Element - Archive of obsolete content
ining simple content of any data type. representations the xforms output element can be represented by the following widgets for the specified data types (or types derived from these data types): text - default representation for instance data of most types, especially static text (xhtml/xul). calendar - used to represent instance data of type date (xhtml/xul). image - if the instance node contains an image, then an output element can be used in combination with the mediatype element to display the image (fx 3.0 only, xhtml/xul). text displaying the data as text is the default presentation. xforms output is most often used when a form author needs to render simple text of an instance node (xhtml/xul). characteristics text is presented to the user when there is no type given for the bou...
...y a calendar widget in the mozilla xforms processor if the control meets the following criteria (xhtml/xul). characteristics the bound instance node is of type xsd:date or a type derived from it in addition, the appearance attribute must also contain the value "full" firefox 2.0 doesn't currently have any similar widgets available for use with xhtml or xul. ...
...y similar widgets available for use with xhtml or xul. image if the bound instance node contains an image then you are free to use this representation to show the image instead of the byte sequence of the image data (fx 3.0 only, xhtml/xul). characteristics the bound instance node is of type xsd:anyuri, xsd:base64binary or a type derived from it either the mediatype attribute is present and contains the image's mimetype or the output element contains a mediatype element which specifies the image's mimetype (for example, image/*). ...

Desktop gamepad controls - Game development
ng the buttons. phaser approach let's move on to the final gamepad api implementation in the captain rogers: battle at andromeda game we created with phaser. this is pure javascript code however too, so can be used in any other project no matter what framework was used. first off, we'll create a small library that will take care of handling the input for us. ...
...ct() and disconnect() functions are bound to the following events: window.addeventlistener("gamepadconnected", gamepadapi.connect); window.addeventlistener("gamepaddisconnected", gamepadapi.disconnect); they are fired when the gamepad is connected and disconnected respectively. the next function is update(), which updates the information about the pressed buttons and axes. the buttons variable contains the layout of a given controller (for example which buttons are where, because an xbox 360 layout may be different to a generic one), the cache containing the information about the buttons from the previous frame and the status containing the information from the current frame. the pressed() function gets the input data and sets the information about it in our object, and the axes property store...
...ut the controller is stored in the object: connect: function(event) { gamepadapi.controller = event.gamepad; gamepadapi.active = true; }, the disconnect function removes the information from the object: disconnect: function(event) { delete gamepadapi.controller; gamepadapi.active = false; }, the update() function is executed in the update loop of the game on every frame, so it contains the latest information on the pressed buttons: update: function() { gamepadapi.buttons.cache = []; for(var k=0; k<gamepadapi.buttons.status.length; k++) { gamepadapi.buttons.cache[k] = gamepadapi.buttons.status[k]; } gamepadapi.buttons.status = []; var c = gamepadapi.controller || {}; var pressed = []; if(c.buttons) { for(var b=0,t=c.buttons.length; b<t; b++) { if(c.b...

Accessibility tree (AOM) - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
browsers then create an accessibility tree based on the dom tree, which is used by platform-specific accessibility apis for assistive technologies, such as screen readers. ...
...browsers then create an accessibility tree based on the dom tree, which is used by platform-specific accessibility apis for assistive technologies, such as screen readers. ...
... ...

Images, media, and form elements - Learn web development
from following these lessons, everything in css generates a box. if you place an image inside a box that is smaller or larger than the intrinsic dimensions of the image file in either direction, it will either appear smaller than the box, or overflow the box. you need to make a decision about what happens with the overflow. in the example below we have two boxes, both 200 pixels in size: one contains an image which is smaller than 200 pixels — it is smaller than the box and doesn't stretch to fill it. the other is larger than 200 pixels and overflows the box. so what can we do about the overflowing issue? as we learned in our previous lesson, a common technique is to make the max-width of an image 100%. this will enable the image to become smaller in size than the box but not larger. ...
...tially to avoid them being stretched strangely by the layout. to force the image to stretch to fill the grid cell it is in, you'd have to do something like following: img { width: 100%; height: 100%; } this would however stretch the image, so probably isn't what you'd want to do. form elements form elements can be a tricky issue when it comes to styling with css, and the web forms module contains detailed guides to the trickier aspects of styling form elements, which i will not fully reproduce here. there are a few key basics worth highlighting in this section of the article. many form controls are added to your page by way of the <input> element — this defines simple form fields such as text inputs, through to more complex fields added in html5 such as color and date pickers. there ar...
...ticle. many form controls are added to your page by way of the <input> element — this defines simple form fields such as text inputs, through to more complex fields added in html5 such as color and date pickers. there are some additional elements, such as <textarea> for multiline text input, and also elements used to contain and label parts of forms such as <fieldset> and <legend>. html5 also contains attributes that enable web developers to indicate which fields are required, and even the type of content that needs to be entered. if the user enters something unexpected, or leaves a required field blank, the browser can show an error message. different browsers are inconsistent in how much styling and customization they allow for such items. styling text input elements elements that allow fo...

Attribute selectors - Learn web development
ttr] a[title] matches elements with an attr attribute (whose name is the value in square brackets). [attr=value] a[href="https://example.com"] matches elements with an attr attribute whose value is exactly value — the string inside the quotes. [attr~=value] p[class~="special"] matches elements with an attr attribute whose value is exactly value, or contains value in its (space separated) list of values. [attr|=value] div[lang|="zh"] matches elements with an attr attribute whose value is exactly value or begins with value immediately followed by a hyphen. in the example below you can see these selectors being used. by using li[class] we can match any selector with a class attribute. this matches all of the list items exce...
... these selectors being used. by using li[class] we can match any selector with a class attribute. this matches all of the list items except the first one. li[class="a"] matches a selector with a class of a, but not a selector with a class of a with another space-separated class as part of the value. it selects the second list item. li[class~="a"] will match a class of a but also a value that contains the class of a as part of a whitespace-separated list. it selects the second and third list items. substring matching selectors these selectors allow for more advanced matching of substrings inside the value of your attribute. for example, if you had classes of box-warning and box-error and wanted to match everything that started with the string "box-", you could use [class^="box-"] to selec...
...le description [attr^=value] li[class^="box-"] matches elements with an attr attribute (whose name is the value in square brackets), whose value begins with value. [attr$=value] li[class$="-box"] matches elements with an attr attribute whose value ends with value. [attr*=value] li[class*="box"] matches elements with an attr attribute whose value contains value anywhere within the string. (aside: it may help to note that ^ and $ have long been used as anchors in so-called regular expressions to mean begins with and ends with.) the next example shows usage of these selectors: li[class^="a"] matches any attribute value which starts with a, so matches the first two list items. li[class$="a"] matches any attribute value that ends with a, s...

Client-side form validation - Learn web development
k in an accessible manner and let them edit their content down to size. an example of this is the character limit seen on twitter when tweeting. javascript, including solutions using maxlength, can be used to provide this constraining the values of your entries for number fields (i.e. <input type="number">), the min and max attributes can be used to provide a range of valid values. if the field contains a value outside this range, it will be invalid. let's look at another example. create a new copy of the fruit-start.html file. now delete the contents of the <body> element, and replace it with the following: <form> <div> <label for="choose">would you prefer a banana or a cherry?</label> <input type="text" id="choose" name="i_like" required minlength="6" maxlength="6"> </div> <di...
...roperties available on the above elements. validationmessage: returns a localized message describing the validation constraints that the control doesn't satisfy (if any). if the control is not a candidate for constraint validation (willvalidate is false) or the element's value satisfies its constraints (is valid), this will return an empty string. validity: returns a validitystate object that contains several properties describing the validity state of the element. you can find full details of all the available properties in the validitystate reference page; below is listed a few of the more common ones: patternmismatch: returns true if the value does not match the specified pattern, and false if it does match. if true, the element matches the :invalid css pseudo-class. toolong: retur...
...he data is too short // display the following error message. emailerror.textcontent = `email should be at least ${ email.minlength } characters; you entered ${ email.value.length }.`; } // set the styling appropriately emailerror.classname = 'error active'; } the comments explain things pretty well, but briefly: every time we change the value of the input, we check to see if it contains valid data. if it has then we remove any error message being shown. if the data is not valid, we run showerror() to show the appropriate error. every time we try to submit the form, we again check to see if the data is valid. if so, we let the form submit. if not, we run showerror() to show the appropriate error, and stop the form submitting with preventdefault(). the showerror() function uses ...

How to build custom form controls - Learn web development
t it's better to set it through javascript. --> <div class="select" tabindex="0"> <!-- this container will be used to display the current value of the control --> <span class="value">cherry</span> <!-- this container will contain all the options available for our control. because it's a list, it makes sense to use the ul element. ...
...e. we can now start to define all the functions that will be used each time the user interacts with our control. ...
... selectlist.foreach(deactivateselect); // and we turn on the active state for this specific control select.classlist.add('...

Sending form data - Learn web development
ral ways to perform a request; html form data can be transmitted via a number of different methods, the most common being the get method and the post method to understand the difference between those two methods, let's step back and examine how http works. each time you want to reach a resource on the web, the browser sends a request to a url. an http request consists of two parts: a header that contains a set of global metadata about the browser's capabilities, and a body that can contain information necessary for the server to process the specific request. the get method the get method is the method used by the browser to ask the server to send back a given resource: "hey server, i want to get this resource." in this case, the browser sends an empty body. because the body is empty, if a form ...
...// the global $_post variable allows you to access the data sent with the post method by name // to access the data sent with the get method, you can use $_get $say = htmlspecialchars($_post['say']); $to = htmlspecialchars($_post['to']); echo $say, ' ', $to; ?> this example displays a page with the data we sent. you can see this in action in our example php-example.html file — which contains the same example form as we saw before, with a method of post and an action of php-example.php. when it is submitted, it sends the form data to php-example.php, which contains the php code seen in the above block. when this code is executed, the output in the browser is hi mom. note: this example won't work when you load it into a browser locally — browsers cannnot interpret php code, so wh...
...): form.html: the same form as we saw above in the the post method section but with the action set to {{ url_for('hello') }}. this is a jinja2 template, which is basically html but can contain calls to the python code that is running the web server contained in curly braces. url_for('hello') is basically saying "redirect to /hello when the form is submitted". greeting.html: this template just contains a line that renders the two bits of data passed to it when it is rendered. this is done via the hello() function seen above, which runs when the /hello url is navigated to. note: again, this code won't work if you just try to load it into a browser directly. python works a bit differently to php — to run this code locally you'll need to install python/pip, then install flask using pip3 insta...

What’s in the head? Metadata in HTML - Learn web development
prerequisites: basic html familiarity, as covered in getting started with html. ...
...ained in the previous section on <title> (the title-example.html page), try changing the meta charset value to iso-8859-1, and add the japanese to your page. this is the code we used: <p>japanese example: ご飯が熱い。</p> adding an author and description many <meta> elements include name and content attributes: name specifies the type of meta element it is; what type of information it contains. content specifies the actual meta content. two such meta elements that are useful to include on your page define the author of the page, and provide a concise description of the page. let's look at an example: <meta name="author" content="chris mills"> <meta name="description" content="the mdn web docs learning area aims to provide complete beginners to the web with all they need to know to ...
... and javascript to power interactive functionality, such as video players, maps, games, and more. these are most commonly applied to a web page using the <link> element and the <script> element, respectively. the <link> element should always go inside the head of your document. this takes two attributes, rel="stylesheet", which indicates that it is the document's stylesheet, and href, which contains the path to the stylesheet file: <link rel="stylesheet" href="my-css-file.css"> the <script> element should also go into the head, and should include a src attribute containing the path to the javascript you want to load, and defer, which basically instructs the browser to load the javascript at the same time as the page's html. this is useful as it makes sure that the html is all loaded...

Cooperative asynchronous JavaScript: Timeouts and intervals - Learn web development
r with the l key. when the start button is pressed, a spinner like the one we saw earlier is displayed for a random amount of time between 5 and 10 seconds. after that time, a message will appear saying "players go!!" — once this happens, the first player to press their control button will win the game. let's work through this: first of all, download the starter file for the app. this contains the finished html structure and css styling, giving us a game board that shows the two players' information (as seen above), but with the spinner and results paragraph displayed on top of one another. you just have to write the javascript code. inside the empty <script> element on your page, start by adding the following lines of code that define some constants and variables you'll need in ...
... the code: const spinner = document.queryselector('.spinner p'); const spinnercontainer = document.queryselector('.spinner'); let rotatecount = 0; let starttime = null; let raf; const btn = document.queryselector('button'); const result = document.queryselector('.result'); in order, these are: a reference to the spinner, so you can animate it. a reference to the <div> element that contains the spinner, used for showing and hiding it. a rotate count. this determines how much you want to show the spinner rotated on each frame of the animation. a null start time. this will be populated with a start time when the spinner starts spinning. an uninitialized variable to later store the requestanimationframe() call that animates the spinner. a reference to the start button. a...
...ner container. next, display the results paragraph and set its text content to "players go!!" to signal to the players that they can now press their button to win. attach a keydown event listener to the document. when any button is pressed down, the keyhandler() function is run. inside keyhandler(), the code includes the event object as a parameter (represented by e) — its key property contains the key that was just pressed, and you can use this to respond to specific key presses with specific actions. set the variable isover to false, so we can track whether the correct keys were pressed for player 1 or 2 to win. we don't want the game ending when a wrong key was pressed. log e.key to the console, which is a useful way of finding out the key value of different keys you are pressi...

Third-party APIs - Learn web development
ue, size: 'md', symbol: 'a' }) }) .bindpopup('this is manchester!') .addto(map); as you can see, this at its simplest takes two parameters, an array containing the coordinates at which to display the marker, and an options object containing an icon property that defines the icon to display at that point. the icon is defined using an mapquest.icons.marker() method, which as you can see contains information such as color and size of marker. onto the end of the first method call we chain .bindpopup('this is manchester!'), which defines content to display when the marker is clicked. finally, we chain .addto(map) to the end of the chain to actually add the marker to the map. have a play with the other options shown in the documentation and see what you can come up with! mapquest provides...
... and then click "create"). get the api key from the resulting page. now, to start the example off, make copies of nytimes_start.html and nytimes.css in a new directory on your computer. if you've already cloned the examples repository, you'll already have a copy of these files, which you can find in the javascript/apis/third-party-apis/nytimes directory. initially the <script> element contains a number of variables needed for the setup of the example; below we'll fill in the required functionality. the app will end up allowing you to type in a search term and optional start and end dates, which it will then use to query the article search api and display the search results. connect the api to your app first, you'll need to make a connection between the api and your app. in the ...
...on> no longer has any children. next, we set the articles variable to equal json.response.docs — this is the array holding all the objects that represent the articles returned by the search. this is done purely to make the following code a bit simpler. the first if() block checks to see if 10 articles are returned (the api returns up to 10 articles at a time.) if so, we display the <nav> that contains the previous 10/next 10 pagination buttons. if less than 10 articles are returned, they will all fit on one page, so we don't need to show the pagination buttons. we will wire up the pagination functionality in the next section. the next if() block checks to see if no articles are returned. if so, we don't try to display any — we create a <p> containing the text "no results returned." and inse...

Basic math in JavaScript — numbers and operators - Learn web development
e value — by putting the operator at the start of the variable instead of the end. try the above examples again, but this time use ++num1 and --num2. assignment operators assignment operators are operators that assign a value to a variable. we have already used the most basic one, =, loads of times — it simply assigns the variable on the left the value stated on the right: let x = 3; // x contains the value 3 let y = 4; // y contains the value 4 x = y; // x now contains the same value y contains, 4 but there are some more complex types, which provide useful shortcuts to keep your code neater and more efficient. the most common are listed below: operator name purpose example shortcut for += addition assignment adds the value on the right to the vari...
... by the value on the right, and returns the new variable value x /= 5; x = x / 5; try typing some of the above examples into your console, to get an idea of how they work. in each case, see if you can guess what the value is before you type in the second line. note that you can quite happily use other variables on the right hand side of each expression, for example: let x = 3; // x contains the value 3 let y = 4; // y contains the value 4 x *= y; // x now contains the value 12 note: there are lots of other assignment operators available, but these are the basic ones you should learn now. active learning: sizing a canvas box in this exercise, you will manipulate some numbers and operators to change the size of a box. the box is drawn using a browser api called the canvas api. th...
... txt.textcontent = 'the machine has started!'; } else { btn.textcontent = 'start machine'; txt.textcontent = 'the machine is stopped.'; } } open in new window you can see the equality operator being used just inside the updatebtn() function. in this case, we are not testing if two mathematical expressions have the same value — we are testing whether the text content of a button contains a certain string — but it is still the same principle at work. if the button is currently saying "start machine" when it is pressed, we change its label to "stop machine", and update the label as appropriate. if the button is currently saying "stop machine" when it is pressed, we swap the display back again. note: such a control that swaps between two states is generally referred to as a tog...

Object prototypes - Learn web development
note: before ecmascript 2015, there wasn't officially a way to access an object's prototype directly — the "links" between the items in the chain are defined in an internal property, referred to as [[prototype]] in the specification for the javascript language (see ecmascript). most modern browsers, however, do offer property available called __proto__ (that's 2 underscores either side), which contains the object's constructor's prototype object. for example, try person1.__proto__ and person1.__proto__.__proto__ to see what the chain looks like in code! since ecmascript 2015, you can access an object's prototype object indirectly via object.getprototypeof(obj). the prototype property: where inherited members are defined so, where are the inherited properties and methods defined? if you look...
...prototype property, which is an object, as mentioned in the above section) become available to all the instance objects created using the person() constructor. hence, the constructor property is also available to both person1 and person2 objects. for example, try these commands in the console: person1.constructor person2.constructor these should both return the person() constructor, as it contains the original definition of these instances. a clever trick is that you can put parentheses onto the end of the constructor property (containing any required parameters) to create another object instance from that constructor. the constructor is a function after all, so can be invoked using parentheses; you just need to include the new keyword to specify that you want to use the function as a c...
...ject instance scope. so you might define constant properties on the prototype (i.e. ones that never need to change), but generally it works better to define properties inside the constructor. in fact, a fairly common pattern for more object definitions is to define the properties inside the constructor, and the methods on the prototype. this makes the code easier to read, as the constructor only contains the property definitions, and the methods are split off into separate blocks. for example: // constructor with property definitions function test(a, b, c, d) { // property definitions } // first method definition test.prototype.x = function() { ... }; // second method definition test.prototype.y = function() { ... }; // etc. this pattern can be seen in action in piotr zalewa's school pl...

Getting started with React - Learn web development
├── favicon.ico │ ├── index.html │ └── manifest.json └── src ├── app.css ├── app.js ├── app.test.js ├── index.css ├── index.js ├── logo.svg └── serviceworker.js the src directory is where we'll spend most of our time, as it's where the source code for our application lives. the public directory contains files that will be read by your browser while you're developing the app; the most important of these is index.html. react injects your code into this file so that your browser can run it. there's some other markup that helps create-react-app function, so take care not to edit it unless you know what you're doing. you very much should change the text inside the <title> element in this file to refl...
...title> element in this file to reflect the title of your application. accurate page titles are important for accessibility! the public directory will also be published when you build and deploy a production version of your app. we won’t cover deployment in this tutorial, but you should be able to use a similar solution to that described in our deploying our app tutorial. the package.json file contains information about our project that node.js/npm uses to keep it organized. this file is not unique to react applications; create-react-app merely populates it. you don't need to understand this file at all to complete this tutorial, however, if you'd like to learn more about it, you can read what is the file `package.json`? on nodejs.org; we also talk about it in our package management basics tuto...
...json`? on nodejs.org; we also talk about it in our package management basics tutorial. exploring our first react component — <app/> in react, a component is a reusable module that renders a part of our app. these parts can be big or small, but they are usually clearly defined: they serve a single, obvious purpose. let's open src/app.js, since our browser is prompting us to edit it. this file contains our first component, app, and a few other lines of code: import react from 'react'; import logo from './logo.svg'; import './app.css'; function app() { return ( <div classname="app"> <header classname="app-header"> <img src={logo} classname="app-logo" alt="logo" /> <p> edit <code>src/app.js</code> and save to reload. </p> <a classn...

Deploying our app - Learn web development
d of running the server with npx parcel src/index.html, we can run it with npx parcel build src/index.html and parcel will build everything ready for production instead of just running it for development and testing purposes. this includes doing minification and tree-shaking of code, and cache-busting on filenames. the newly-created production code is placed in a new directory called dist, which contains all the files required to run the website, ready for you to upload to a server. however, doing this step manually isn't our final aim — what we want is for the build to happen automatically and the result of the dist directory to be deployed live on our website. this is where our code, github, and netlify need to be set up to talk to one another, so that each time we update our github code re...
...it can find. select your project repository and proceed to the next step. since we've connected netlify to our github account and given it access to deploy the project repository, netlify will ask how to prepare the project for deployment and what to deploy. you should enter the command npm run build for the build command, and specify the dist directory for the publish directory — this contains the code that we want to make public. to finish up, click deploy site. after a short wait for the deployment to occur, you should get a url that you can go to, to see your published site — try it out! and even better, whenever we make a change and push the change to our remote git repository (on github), this will trigger a notification to netlify which will then run our s...
...itlab, etc., all support running tests against individual commits. as this project is deploying to netlify, and netlify only asks about the build command, we will have to make the tests part of the build. if the test fails, the build fails, and netlify won’t deploy. let’s get started. go to your package.json file and open it up. ...

Displaying Places information using views
w must import the stylesheet browser/components/places/content/places.css and overlay the file browser/components/places/content/placesoverlay.xul: <?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://browser/content/places/places.css" ?> <?xul-overlay href="chrome://browser/content/places/placesoverlay.xul" ?> it's this stylesheet that binds elements with the special type attribute to one of the views. the overlay contains javascript required by the views. it also contains the built-in places context menu and commands, which you may want to take advantage of in your own uses of the views. connecting a view to its data to hook up a built-in view to its data, use the view's special place attribute. note: starting in gecko 2.0, you can't use the place attribute with menus. see menu view for details. you may spec...
... the built-in tree view is backed by an instance of placestreeview, a prototype defined in browser/components/places/content/treeview.js. placestreeview performs doubl...
...neral way to interact with views. your view should also either implement or own an instance of nsinavhistoryresultobserver. to hook up your view to a nsinavhistoryresult object, you call addobserver() on the result, passing the viewer object which is an instance of nsinavhistoryresultobserver. if your view implements nsinavhistoryresultobserver, then you can pass your viewer object. if your view contains an internal instance of nsinavhistoryresultobserver, you would pass it instead. (the three built-in views take this approach.) the results object then communicates to your view via this instance, notifying it about changes in the underlying data so it can update its display. var bmserv = components.classes["@mozilla.org/browser/nav-bookmarks-service;1"]. getservice(components.interfaces.

Message manager overview
load a frame script using the global frame message manager, the script gets loaded separately into every open tab: three times, in the diagram above. similarly, if you send a message using the global frame message manager, it's received by all content tabs, and is then delivered to any frame scripts that are listening for it. ...
...window: two, in the diagram above. it operates on all content tabs in a given window. if you load a frame script using the window message manager it gets loaded separately into each tab open in that particular window. if you send a message using the window message manager, it gets sent to all content tabs in that window. ...
...cess global parent process message manager description the global parent process message manager (gppmm) is global to the parent process. messages sent using the gppmm get sent to all cpmms in all child processes. process scripts loaded using the gppmm get loaded in all child processes. ...

Gecko SDK
the gecko sdk, also known as the xulrunner sdk, is a set of xpidl files, headers and tools to develop xpcom components which can then in turn e.g. be accessed from xul using javascript. note that in order to develop such components, you do not need the full sources of e.g. firefox, since you do not access parts of the front end from within a component. furthermore, since a component contains basic functionality, it is intended to run with every product of the mozilla platform. therefore it makes no sense to use a particular product to build general functionality. that's the reason why the gecko sdk was devised. do not confuse the gecko/xulrunner sdk with xulrunner itself. the gecko sdk is a collection of header files and tools used to develop general xpcom components which add functional...
...that's the reason why the gecko sdk was devised. do not confuse the gecko/xulrunner sdk with xulrunner itself. the gecko sdk is a collection of header files and tools used to develop general xpcom components which add functionality to the existing platform, whereas xulrunner is a framework which can be used to run standalone or embedded applications based on the mozilla framework. the gecko sdk contains all of the necessary tools and headers for making scriptable npapi plugins including the xpidl compiler/linker and the latest npapi.h. get the sdk updates there is no need to download or rebuild the gecko sdk corresponding to security updates of mozilla (e.g., mozilla 1.7.3) since the headers and glue libs in the gecko sdk are usually not changed as a result of security updates. you do have to...
...the problem. building the sdk to build the sdk, you should build xulrunner (the gecko sdk is built as part of the xulrunner build process, which is why it's sometimes called the xulrunner sdk). see the build documentation for complete details. after the xulrunner build is complete running make sdk from your object directory will create a package of the sdk in dist. contents of the sdk the sdk contains the following: 1.9.2 idl files for frozen interfaces (under idl/) header files for frozen interfaces, xpcom functions, and nspr functions (under include/) import libraries or shared libraries (under lib/) static utility libraries (under lib/) various tools (under bin/) for more information about safely linking xpcom components using the xpcom "glue" library, see xpcom glue. using the m...

HTML parser threading
html parser threading the html parser parses data received from the network off the main thread. (there's currently one parser thread serving all parser instances.) data received from document.write() is parsed on the main thread. main objects nshtml5parser contains the code for dealing with data from document.write(). (for historical reasons, it also contains unrelated fragment parsing code that should be refactored into a separate class in due course.) nshtml5streamparser contains the code for dealing with data from the network. nshtml5parser owns nshtml5streamparser. script-created parsers (i.e. parsers created using document.open()) don't have an nshtml5streamparser instance. nshtml5parser has one tokenizer/tree builder pair for parsing data from document.write(). it also has another l...
...he main thread, marks the nshtml5streamparser as being in a speculating state and sets the newly created speculation object as the tree op sink (instead of the tree op stage described earlier) of the tree builder. ...
...html5owningutf16buffer that contains the starting point of the speculation, an index into the nshtml5owningutf16buffer defining the exact starting point within the buffer, the line number of the tokenizer at that point and a snapshot of the tree op state. the line number and the snapshot are also added to the tree op that attempts to execute scripts (before flushing it). the tree builder snapshot contains a copy of the tree builder stack, a copy of the list of open formatting elements and copies of various fields that define the tree builder state. it contains all the information that is necessary to load back into the tree builder to restore it into a behaviorally equivalent state. the flush timer is disengaged, because it's not useful to make the tree builder flush ops into the queue of the spec...

Internationalized Domain Names (IDN) Support in Mozilla Browsers
s is then used to connect to the web server in question. idn allows host/domain names with non-ascii characters for user input into a browser's location bar or url's embedded in web pages. at the network protocol level, there is no change in the restriction that only a subset of ascii characters be used in url/uri. if end users input non-ascii characters as part of a domain name or if a web page contains a link using a non-ascii domain name, the application must convert such input into a special encoded format using only the usual ascii subset characters. rfc 3490 (internationalizing domain names in applications (idna)) defines characters used in idn to be drawn from unicode standard 3.2. it also defines how an application should process non-ascii characters in such a way to conform to existing h...
...s only restricted ascii characters and numbers (a-z0-9) and a hyphen (-). it was shown to be language independent, superior in compression, compact in code size, round-trip safe, and superior for encoding chinese/japanese/korean characters. the final step of the process is the affixing of the ace prefix to the output string from the nameprep/stringprep and punycode processing. since the punycode contains only ascii characters, it is possible that an output may, though unlikely, coincide with existing domain names. to avoid such a complication, rfc 3490 defines a special prefix "xn--" for the ace (punycode) output. other encodings used different prefixes. e.g. "bq--" for race, but all except the standard ace prefix "xn--" are now disallowed in idn. as an example, an output string to be sent to a ...
...issue was for domain name registrars to agree on an international guideline on the use of idn characters. this was accomplished by the publication of the icann guideline for idn in june of 2003. (cf. icann = internet corporation for assigned names and numbers.) the guideline allows domain name registrars in each country to limit the use of characters for domain names. since the unicode repertoire contains characters no longer used in any living languages and there are also living characters in most languages that are not suitable for uri/url creation, the icann guideline allows the governing body of each country's domain registrars to set appropriate limitations on the use of characters. with this last piece of obstacle for standardization out of the way, domain name registrars are expected to mo...

MathML Demo: <mo> - operator, fence, separator, or accent
the symbols occur in the context of a simple expression. in general, the lspace and rspace around the relation should be greater than that around the operation. operator and relations center vertically on the math axis. ...
...the symbols occur in the context of a simple expression. in general, the lspace and rspace around arrows should be similar to the spacing around relations. there is an issue with the markup of "long" latex arrows in mathml. there are entities from these arrows, &xlarr; &xlarr; &xrarr; etc. but they have no standard unicodes. they can be viewe...
...the symbols occur in the context of a simple expression. in general, the lspace and rspace around negated relations should be similar to the spacing around relations. a + b ≠ c ⋅ d a + b = c ⋅ d a - b ∉ c * d a - b ∈ c * d a + b ≨︀ c × d...

BloatView
it finds leaks, you can use refcount tracing and balancing to discover the root cause. how to build with bloatview build with --enable-debug or --enable-logrefcnt. how to run with bloatview the are two environment variables that can be used. xpcom_mem_bloat_log if set, this causes a bloat log to be printed on program exit, and each time nstracerefcnt::dumpstatistics is called. ...
...here's a sample of the bloatview output. ...
...e a global variable or service. usually this will have a large number of refcounts. if you find leaks, you can use refcount tracing and balancing to discover the root cause. combining and sorting bloat logs you can view one or more bloat logs in your browser by running the following program. perl tools/bloatview/bloattable.pl log1 log2 ... logn > htmlfile this will produce an html file that contains a table similar to the following (but with added javascript so you can sort the data by column). byte bloats name file date blank blank.txt tue aug 29 14:17:40 2000 mozilla mozilla.txt tue aug 29 14:18:42 2000 yahoo yahoo.txt tue aug 29 14:19:32 2000 netscape netscape.txt tue aug 29 14:20:14 2000 the numbers do n...

A guide to searching crash reports
days. the first group has over 100,000 crash reports, which accounts for 7.77% of all matching crashes. this indicates there are over 1.3 million crash reports matching this search. you can reorder the groups in various ways by clicking on the column headers. the links within the results do the following things. the first link in each "signature" column cell links to a signature report, which contains additional details about crash reports with that signature. the "add term" link in each "signature" column cell lets you perform a narrower subsequent search among crash reports with that signature. the links in each "bugs" column cell link to bug reports in bugzilla. the default search: crash reports if you switch to the "crash reports" tab you will see results like the ones in the followin...
...licking on "search" we get results like those in the following screenshot. the number of crash reports matching this search is in the thousands, i.e. much smaller than the previous search. proto signature the "proto signature" field is just the raw unprocessed crash stack concatenated together. you can do things like: search for crashes where the signature is foo, and the proto signature contains bar. this is helpful if you have a fairly generic signature and you want to see how many of them are a particular case of it that you've come across. or instead of a signature foo, a moz crash reason or something else. use it as a facet. this lets you skim the full signatures of crashes at a glance, bucketed together a bit. note that because the proto signature includes the entire signature, thi...
...arch form to do a search with non-signature grouping first click on the "more options..." text, which reveals the additional fields shown in the following screenshot. (the "show columns" and "sort by" fields are straightforward. they apply to the "crash reports" tab of any search results, and are not related to grouping.) the "facet on" field is the one that controls grouping. by default, it contains the value "signature", which explains why we saw a "signature facet" tab in the earlier search results. but we can change the values in this field and get different facet tabs in the search results. grouping by platform for example, if we start with a default search for all firefox crashes in the past week, but then replace the "signature" facet with "platform" and "moz crash reason", we get se...

Python binding for NSS
tation for the current release can be viewed at python-nss api documentation. the api documentation is generated from the python-nss source code and compiled modules. you can build it yourself via ./setup.py build_doc. most distributions include the python-nss api documentation in the python-nss packaging. consult your distribution for more information. ...
...it yourself via ./setup.py build_doc. most distributions include the python-nss api documentation in the python-nss packaging. consult your distribution for more information. example code the doc/examples directory contains numerous examples of python-nss programs and libraries you may wish to consult. they illustrate suggested usage and best practice. test code in addition the test directory contains unit tests that also illustrate python-nss usage, however unlike the examples the unit tests are geared towards testing rather than expository illustration. other documentation the doc directory contains other files you may wish to review. how to report a bug python-nss bugs are currently being tracked in the red hat bugzilla system for fedora. you can enter a bug report here. source downloa...
...the beast cve fix in nss causes only one octet to be sent in the first socket packet and then the remaining data is sent normally, this is known as 1/n-1 record splitting. the example a...

sslerr.html
_path_len_constraint_invalid -8155 certificate path length constraint is invalid. sec_error_cert_usages_invalid -8154 certificate usages field is invalid. sec_internal_only -8153 internal-only module. sec_error_invalid_key -8152 the key does not support the requested operation. sec_error_unknown_critical_extension -8151 certificate contains unknown critical extension. sec_error_old_crl -8150 new crl is not later than the current one. sec_error_no_email_cert -8149 not encrypted or signed: you do not yet have an email certificate. sec_error_no_recipient_certs_query -8148 not encrypted: you do not have certificates for each of the recipients. sec_error_not_a_recipient -8147 ca...
...r before performing this operation." sec_error_ocsp_malformed_response -8063 "the response from the ocsp server was corrupted or improperly formed." sec_error_ocsp_unauthorized_response -8062 "the signer of the ocsp response is not authorized to give status for this certificate." sec_error_ocsp_future_response -8061 "the ocsp response is not yet valid (contains a date in the future)." sec_error_ocsp_old_response -8060 "the ocsp response contains out-of-date information." sec_error_digest_not_found -8059 "the cms or pkcs #7 digest was not found in signed message." sec_error_unsupported_message_type -8058 "the cms or pkcs #7 message type is unsupported." sec_error_module_stuck -8057 "pkcs #11 mod...
...gged in." sec_error_ocsp_responder_cert_invalid -8036 "the configured ocsp responder's certificate is invalid." sec_error_ocsp_bad_signature -8035 "ocsp response has an invalid signature." sec_error_out_of_search_limits -8034 "certification validation search is out of search limits." sec_error_invalid_policy_mapping -8033 "policy mapping contains any-policy." sec_error_policy_validation_failed -8032 "certificate chain fails policy validation." sec_error_unknown_aia_location_type -8031 "unknown location type in certificate aia extension." sec_error_bad_http_response -8030 "server returned a bad http response." sec_error_bad_ldap_response -8029 "server returned a bad ldap response.

NSS tools : signtool
the string not present. -k key ... directory specifies the nickname (key) of the certificate you want to sign with and signs the files in the specified directory. the directory to sign is always specified as the last command-line argument. thus, it is possible to write signtool -k mycert -d . signdir you may have trouble if the nickname contains a single quotation mark. to avoid problems, escape the quotation mark using the escape conventions for your platform. it's also possible to use the -k option without signing any files or specifying a directory. for example, you can use it with the -l option to get detailed information about a particular signing certificate. -g nickname ...
...he temporary directories can be an aid to debugging. -m metafile specifies the name of a metadata control file. metadata is signed information attached either to the jar archive itself or to files within the archive. this metadata can be any ascii string, but is used mainly for specifying an installer script. ...
...-g option only. -t token specifies which available token should generate the key and receive the certificate. use the -m option to find out what tokens are available. the -t option can be used with the -g option only. -v archive displays the contents of an archive and verifies the cryptographic integrity of the digital signatures it contains and the files with which they are associated. this includes checking that the certificate for the issuer of the object-signing certificate is listed in the certificate database, that the ca's digital signature on the object-signing certificate is valid, that the relevant certificates have not expired, and so on. --verbosity value ...

Rhino overview
introduction most people who have used javascript before have done so by adding scripts to their html web pages. however, rhino is an implementation of the core language only and doesn't contain objects or methods for manipulating html documents. rhino contains all the features of javascript 1.7 allows direct scripting of java a javascript shell for executing javascript scripts a javascript compiler to transform javascript source files into java class files a javascript debugger for scripts executed with rhino language the javascript language itself is standardized by standard ecma-262 ecmascript: a general purpose, cross-platform programming language. rhino 1.3 and greater conform to edition 3 of the standard. rhino 1.6 and greater implement ecma-357 ecmascript for xml (e4x).
...d, and rhino version 1.6r1 release notes for details on the implementation in rhino. in addition, rhino has implemented javaadapters, which allows javascript to implement any java interface or extend any java class with a javascript object. see the enum.js example for more information. numerous books and tutorials on javascript are available. javascript: the definitive guide is recommended, and contains a chapter on rhino. deprecated language features several language features introduced in javascript 1.2 are now deprecated. these features allow "computational reflection": that is, the ability for a script to determine and influence aspects of the way it is evaluated. these features are generally not broadly useful, yet they impose significant constraints on implementations that hamper or prev...
...ined at runtime by calling the issecuritydomainrequired method of context. setting this property to true requires that any calls that compile or evaluate javascript must supply a security domain object of any object type that will be used to identify javascript code. in a typical client embedding, this object might be a string with the url of the server that supplied the script, or an object that contains a representation of the signers of a piece of code for certificate-based security policies. when javascript code attempts a restricted action, the security domain can be retrieved in the following manner. the class context should be obtained from the security manager (see java.lang.securitymanager.getclasscontext()). then, the class of the code that called to request the restricted action can be...

Tracing JIT
the jstracer component consists of a monitor and a recorder. ...
... existing fragments of native code, by rewriting native jump instructions to jump to new locations. in this way the assembler can "patch together" multiple fragments, so that program control can flow from one fragment into another, or back out of generated code and into the interpreter. an assembler is the only component of the tracing jit that reads or writes native code. therefore an assembler contains several machine-specific methods which are implemented in the accompanying nanojit/native*.* files. an assembler runs in a single pass over its input, transforming one lins value to zero or more nins values. it is important to keep in mind that this pass runs backwards from the last lins in the input lir code to the first, generating native code in reverse. running backwards sometimes makes the ...
...t bytecode interpreted. the compiled fragment of code returned to the monitor on successful loop-close is called a trace. if the recorder is asked to record a bytecode that implies a call to a native function elsewhere in spidermonkey -- some helper function written in c -- and that native happens to re-enter the interpreter to interpret yet more bytecode, and furthermore if that bytecode itself contains a hot pc that has not yet been traced, the trace monitor may be asked to begin nested recording. this is the same as normal recording mode, except that the outermost recorder is placed on a deferred-abort stack. when the innermost recorder completes -- successfully or otherwise -- every recorder on the deferred abort stack is aborted. this process is called deep aborting the suspended recorders. ...

TPS Tests
priate value) to about:config. additionally, note that the config file must parse as valid json, and so you can't have comments in it (sorry, i know this is annoying). one alternative is to put underscores before the "disabled" preferences, e.g. "_identity.fxaccounts.autoconfig.uri": "...". writing tps tests each tps test is run as a series of "phases". a phase runs in some firefox profile, and contains some set of actions to perform or check on that profile. phases have an n to m relationship with profiles, where n >= m (there can never be more phases than profiles). typically there are two profiles used, but any number of profiles could be used in theory (other than 0). after the phases run, two additional "cleanup" phases are run, to unregister the devices with fxa. this is an implementation...
...ase. asset lists a test file will contain one or more asset lists, which are lists of bookmarks, passwords, or other types of browser data that are relevant to sync. the format of these asset lists vary somwhat depending on asset type. bookmarks passwords history tabs form data prefs test phases the phase blocks are where the action happens! they tell tps what to do. each phase block contains the name of a phase, and a list of actions. tps iterates through the phase blocks in alphanumeric order, and for each phase, it does the following: launches firefox with the profile from the phases object that corresponds to this test phase. performs the specified actions in sequence. determines if the phase passed or failed; if it passed, it continues to the next phase block and repeats the...
... [ [sync], [bookmarks.verify, bookmarks_after_first_modify] ]); the effects of this test file will be: firefox is launched with profile1, the tps extension adds the two bookmarks specified in the bookmarks_initial array, then they are synced to the sync server. the sync_wipe_server argument causes tps to set the firstsync="wipeserver" pref before syncing, in case the sync account already contains data (this is typically unnecessary, and done largely as an example). firefox closes. firefox is launched with profile2, and all data is synced from the sync server. the tps extension verifies that all bookmarks in the bookmarks_initial list are present. then it modifies those bookmarks by applying the "changes" property to each of them. e.g., the title of the first bookmark is changed from "goo...

Feed content access API
ner a base class subclassed by several of the feed-related interfaces. nsifeedelementbase a base class subclassed by several of the other feed-related interfaces. nsifeedentry represents a single entry in an rss or atom feed. nsifeedgenerator describes the software that generated an rss or atom feed. nsifeedperson represents a person. contains the person's name, email address, and their home page address. nsifeedprocessor parses rss and atom feeds. nsifeedprogresslistener implemented by the program that wants to parse an rss or atom feed to receive messages during the parsing process. nsifeedresult describes the result of parsing a feed. nsifeedresultlistener implemented by the pr...
...to get the title of the feed, you look at the feed.title property. the title is an nsifeedtextconstruct that can represent the text in various formats; we get its text property to fetch the feed's title as html-encoded text. we could, alternatively, use its plaintext() method to get a copy of the title translated into plain text. we then scan the array of items in the feed by l...
...ed, you look at the feed.title property. the title is an nsifeedtextconstruct that can represent the text in various formats; we get its text property to fetch the feed's title as html-encoded text. we could, alternatively, use its plaintext() method to get a copy of the title translated into plain text. we then scan the array of items in the feed by looking at the feed.items nsiarray. this array contains nsifeedentry objects that describe each feed item. we build the contents of the document by looking at the title, link, summary, and content properties for each item. the full url of the link is retrieved using the link's resolve() method. to initialize a fetch of the feed, we simply call fetch(url). this opens a new window containing the feed contents, with each item's title a clickable link tha...

Querying Places
ead of displaying them. note: be careful when accessing nodes and do not keep references to them around. notifications sent to the result from the history and bookmarks system, as well as commands executed by the programmer such as sorting may cause the structure to change and nodes may be inserted, removed, or replaced. the nsinavhistoryresult object returned by executequery()/executequeries() contains the list of matches to the given history or bookmarks query. these results are contained in a tree structure made up of nodes. a node's type can be retrieved using its type attribute. this type tells you what interface you can queryinterface the node to in order to get at more detailed information: nsinavhistoryresultnode: base class for all nodes. contains uri, title, and other general info. ...
...esults are contained in a tree structure made up of nodes. a node's type can be retrieved using its type attribute. this type tells you what interface you can queryinterface the node to in order to get at more detailed information: nsinavhistoryresultnode: base class for all nodes. contains uri, title, and other general info. nsinavhistoryvisitresultnode: derived from nsinavhistoryresultnode, contains session information. nsinavhistoryfullvisitresultnode: derived from nsinavhistoryvisitresultnode, contains information about how the user navigated to this page. note: currently unimplemented, see bug 320831. nsinavhistorycontainerresultnode: general container node giving access to its children. derived from nsinavhistoryresultnode. bookmark folders are of this type. nsinavhistoryqueryresultno...
...uri, title, time, icon...) // see : https://developer.mozilla.org/en/nsinavhistoryresultnode dump(node.title+ "\n"); } // close container when done // see : https://developer.mozilla.org/en/nsinavhistorycontainerresultnode cont.containeropen = false; see also places query uris displaying places information using views ...

Starting WebLock
lated data comes in handy. this service, the nsicategoryservice, is what xpcom and gecko embedding applications use to persist lists of nsiobserver components that want to have startup notification. the nsicategoryservice maintains sets of name-value pairs like the one below. the category manager every category is identified by a string that represents the name of the category. each category contains a set of name-value pairs. for example, you might have a category named "important people" in which the name-value pairs would be names and phone numbers. the format of the name-value pair is left up to you. this data structure is more than enough to support the persisting of components that want to be started up. the category name also maps nicely onto the notion of a notification "topic." the ...
...someone could write an nsifile implementation that represented ftp files on some server. the existing code would need to change very little for a weblock implementation to take advantage of files that do not actually exist on disk. this kind of implementation does not exist, but this expandability shows some of the flexibility that interface-based programming can provide. the xpcom api reference contains detailed information on nsifile and other xpcom interfaces. the directory service the file interfaces are most useful when you can use them to find and manipulate files that are relative to the application. the directory service provides directory and file locations in a cross platform uniform way to make this easier. this service, available as nsidirectoryservice, stores the location of vario...
...ich is published in the file nsdirectoryservicedefs.h that comes with the gecko sdk (for a listing of these locations, see the xpcom api reference). the string key for the directory containing the application executable is ns_xpcom_current_process_dir. given this key, you can acquire the directory service, call get(), and pass the key. in the example below, appdir will point to the directory that contains the executable. nscomptr<nsiservicemanager> servman; nsresult rv = ns_getservicemanager(getter_addrefs(servman)); if (ns_failed(rv)) return -1; nscomptr<nsiproperties> directoryservice; rv = servman->getservicebycontractid(ns_directory_service_contractid, ns_get_iid(nsiproperties), getter_addrefs(directoryservice)); if (...

Mozilla internal string guide
there are a number of additional string classes: classes...
...ng(const nsastring& str) { const nsastring& firstfive = substring(str, 0, 5); // from index 0, length 5 // firstfive is now a string representing the first 5 characters } unicode conversion ns*cstring vs. ns*string strings can be stored in two basic formats: 8-bit code unit (byte/char) strings, or 16-bit code unit (char16_t) strings. any string class with a capital "c" in the classname contains 8-bit bytes. these classes include nscstring, nsdependentcstring, and so forth. any string class without the "c" contains 16-bit code units. a 8-bit string can be in one of many character encodings while a 16-bit string is always in potentially-invalid utf-16. (you can make a 16-bit string guaranteed-valid utf-16 by passing it to ensureutf16validity().) the most common encodings are: ascii - ...
...sacstring) - a nsautostring which holds a temporary buffer containing the value of the latin1 to utf-16 conversion. copyasciitoutf16(nsacstring, nsastring) - does an in-place conversion from latin1 to utf-16. appendasciitoutf16(nsacstring, nsastring) - appends a latin1 string to a utf-16 string. tonewunicode(nsacstring) - (avoid if possible) creates a new zero-terminated char16_t* string which contains the value of the latin1 to utf-16 conversion. comparing ns*strings with c strings you can compare ns*strings with c strings by converting the ns*string to a c string, or by comparing directly against a c string. promiseflatcstring(nsacstring).get() - creates a temporary char * out of a nsacstring. this can be compared to a c string using c functions. ns*string.equalsascii(const char *) - c...

Introduction to XPCOM for the DOM
the xpidl compiler turns the idl methods and attributes into c++ functions according to the following rules: the methods of the interface keep the same name in c++ . however in idl we have to use the so-called "intercaps" model. that means that the first letter is lower-cased, and the other letters that begin a new word ...
...es necessary to build "distclean" before it works. interface implementation let's take a closer look at how interfaces are implemented. we already know that an interface has to be implemented by a concrete c++ class. this class can implement multiple interfaces, directly or through inheritance (see the next section for a discussion of inheritance). we also saw that an interface defined in xpidl contains methods and attributes, which are transformed into c++ functions by the xpidl compiler. the class that implements the interface has to explicitly implement each method and implement the setter and the getter of each attribute defined on the interface. if the attribute is read-only, only a getter is necessary, of course. i have chosen to implement nsidomfabian in the nshtmldocument class, which i...
...rding is described in section 1.e.d. these rules are pretty simple, and are widely used in the dom code. it gets trickier with a lot of classes and interfaces, but you can always reduce the problem to the above situation. example let's take a look at a simple example, the html anchor element. first, let's illustrate the interface inheritance rules. if we look at nsidomhtmlanchorelement (which contains the methods and properties defined by the w3c for this element), we can see that it inherits from another interface, nsidomhtmlelement: interface nsidomhtmlanchorelement : nsidomhtmlelement this means that whatever class implements the nsidomhtmlanchorelement interface will also have to implement the nsidomhtmlelement interface. if we look at nsidomhtmlelement, we can see that it inherits from...

NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16
onst - source parameters prunichar* astring print32 aoffset print32 acount rfindchar print32 rfindchar(prunichar, print32, print32) const - source parameters prunichar achar print32 aoffset print32 acount findcharinset print32 findcharinset(const char*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the first character found in the given string. ...
...rinset(const nsstring&, print32) const - source parameters nsstring& astring print32 aoffset print32 findcharinset(const prunichar*, print32) const - source parameters prunichar* astring print32 aoffset rfindcharinset print32 rfindcharinset(const prunichar*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the last character found in the given string. ...
...ing(const nsstring&, const nsstring&) - source parameters nsstring& atarget nsstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const prunichar*, const prunichar*) - source parameters prunichar* atarget prunichar* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you c...

NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8
parameters char* acstring prbool aignorecase print32 aoffset print32 acount rfindchar print32 rfindchar(prunichar, print32, print32) const - source parameters prunichar achar print32 aoffset print32 acount findcharinset print32 findcharinset(const char*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the first character found in the given string. ...
...counting from left) @return offset in string, or knotfound parameters char* astring print32 aoffset print32 findcharinset(const nscstring&, print32) const - source parameters nscstring& astring print32 aoffset rfindcharinset print32 rfindcharinset(const char*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the last character found in the given string. ...
...id replacesubstring(const nscstring&, const nscstring&) - source parameters nscstring& atarget nscstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const char*, const char*) - source parameters char* atarget char* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you c...

NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16
onst - source parameters prunichar* astring print32 aoffset print32 acount rfindchar print32 rfindchar(prunichar, print32, print32) const - source parameters prunichar achar print32 aoffset print32 acount findcharinset print32 findcharinset(const char*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the first character found in the given string. ...
...rinset(const nsstring&, print32) const - source parameters nsstring& astring print32 aoffset print32 findcharinset(const prunichar*, print32) const - source parameters prunichar* astring print32 aoffset rfindcharinset print32 rfindcharinset(const prunichar*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the last character found in the given string. ...
...ing(const nsstring&, const nsstring&) - source parameters nsstring& atarget nsstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const prunichar*, const prunichar*) - source parameters prunichar* atarget prunichar* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you c...

NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII
parameters char* acstring prbool aignorecase print32 aoffset print32 acount rfindchar print32 rfindchar(prunichar, print32, print32) const - source parameters prunichar achar print32 aoffset print32 acount findcharinset print32 findcharinset(const char*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the first character found in the given string. ...
...counting from left) @return offset in string, or knotfound parameters char* astring print32 aoffset print32 findcharinset(const nscstring&, print32) const - source parameters nscstring& astring print32 aoffset rfindcharinset print32 rfindcharinset(const char*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the last character found in the given string. ...
...id replacesubstring(const nscstring&, const nscstring&) - source parameters nscstring& atarget nscstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const char*, const char*) - source parameters char* atarget char* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you c...

nsAdoptingCString
parameters char* acstring prbool aignorecase print32 aoffset print32 acount rfindchar print32 rfindchar(prunichar, print32, print32) const - source parameters prunichar achar print32 aoffset print32 acount findcharinset print32 findcharinset(const char*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the first character found in the given string. ...
...counting from left) @return offset in string, or knotfound parameters char* astring print32 aoffset print32 findcharinset(const nscstring&, print32) const - source parameters nscstring& astring print32 aoffset rfindcharinset print32 rfindcharinset(const char*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the last character found in the given string. ...
...id replacesubstring(const nscstring&, const nscstring&) - source parameters nscstring& atarget nscstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const char*, const char*) - source parameters char* atarget char* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you c...

nsAdoptingString
onst - source parameters prunichar* astring print32 aoffset print32 acount rfindchar print32 rfindchar(prunichar, print32, print32) const - source parameters prunichar achar print32 aoffset print32 acount findcharinset print32 findcharinset(const char*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the first character found in the given string. ...
...rinset(const nsstring&, print32) const - source parameters nsstring& astring print32 aoffset print32 findcharinset(const prunichar*, print32) const - source parameters prunichar* astring print32 aoffset rfindcharinset print32 rfindcharinset(const prunichar*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the last character found in the given string. ...
...ing(const nsstring&, const nsstring&) - source parameters nsstring& atarget nsstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const prunichar*, const prunichar*) - source parameters prunichar* atarget prunichar* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you c...

nsCString
parameters char* acstring prbool aignorecase print32 aoffset print32 acount rfindchar print32 rfindchar(prunichar, print32, print32) const - source parameters prunichar achar print32 aoffset print32 acount findcharinset print32 findcharinset(const char*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the first character found in the given string. ...
...counting from left) @return offset in string, or knotfound parameters char* astring print32 aoffset print32 findcharinset(const nscstring&, print32) const - source parameters nscstring& astring print32 aoffset rfindcharinset print32 rfindcharinset(const char*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the last character found in the given string. ...
...id replacesubstring(const nscstring&, const nscstring&) - source parameters nscstring& atarget nscstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const char*, const char*) - source parameters char* atarget char* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you c...

nsDependentCString
parameters char* acstring prbool aignorecase print32 aoffset print32 acount rfindchar print32 rfindchar(prunichar, print32, print32) const - source parameters prunichar achar print32 aoffset print32 acount findcharinset print32 findcharinset(const char*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the first character found in the given string. ...
...counting from left) @return offset in string, or knotfound parameters char* astring print32 aoffset print32 findcharinset(const nscstring&, print32) const - source parameters nscstring& astring print32 aoffset rfindcharinset print32 rfindcharinset(const char*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the last character found in the given string. ...
...id replacesubstring(const nscstring&, const nscstring&) - source parameters nscstring& atarget nscstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const char*, const char*) - source parameters char* atarget char* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you c...

nsDependentString
onst - source parameters prunichar* astring print32 aoffset print32 acount rfindchar print32 rfindchar(prunichar, print32, print32) const - source parameters prunichar achar print32 aoffset print32 acount findcharinset print32 findcharinset(const char*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the first character found in the given string. ...
...rinset(const nsstring&, print32) const - source parameters nsstring& astring print32 aoffset print32 findcharinset(const prunichar*, print32) const - source parameters prunichar* astring print32 aoffset rfindcharinset print32 rfindcharinset(const prunichar*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the last character found in the given string. ...
...ing(const nsstring&, const nsstring&) - source parameters nsstring& atarget nsstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const prunichar*, const prunichar*) - source parameters prunichar* atarget prunichar* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you c...

nsFixedCString
parameters char* acstring prbool aignorecase print32 aoffset print32 acount rfindchar print32 rfindchar(prunichar, print32, print32) const - source parameters prunichar achar print32 aoffset print32 acount findcharinset print32 findcharinset(const char*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the first character found in the given string. ...
...counting from left) @return offset in string, or knotfound parameters char* astring print32 aoffset print32 findcharinset(const nscstring&, print32) const - source parameters nscstring& astring print32 aoffset rfindcharinset print32 rfindcharinset(const char*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the last character found in the given string. ...
...id replacesubstring(const nscstring&, const nscstring&) - source parameters nscstring& atarget nscstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const char*, const char*) - source parameters char* atarget char* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you c...

nsFixedString
onst - source parameters prunichar* astring print32 aoffset print32 acount rfindchar print32 rfindchar(prunichar, print32, print32) const - source parameters prunichar achar print32 aoffset print32 acount findcharinset print32 findcharinset(const char*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the first character found in the given string. ...
...rinset(const nsstring&, print32) const - source parameters nsstring& astring print32 aoffset print32 findcharinset(const prunichar*, print32) const - source parameters prunichar* astring print32 aoffset rfindcharinset print32 rfindcharinset(const prunichar*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the last character found in the given string. ...
...ing(const nsstring&, const nsstring&) - source parameters nsstring& atarget nsstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const prunichar*, const prunichar*) - source parameters prunichar* atarget prunichar* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you c...

nsPromiseFlatCString
parameters char* acstring prbool aignorecase print32 aoffset print32 acount rfindchar print32 rfindchar(prunichar, print32, print32) const - source parameters prunichar achar print32 aoffset print32 acount findcharinset print32 findcharinset(const char*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the first character found in the given string. ...
...counting from left) @return offset in string, or knotfound parameters char* astring print32 aoffset print32 findcharinset(const nscstring&, print32) const - source parameters nscstring& astring print32 aoffset rfindcharinset print32 rfindcharinset(const char*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the last character found in the given string. ...
...id replacesubstring(const nscstring&, const nscstring&) - source parameters nscstring& atarget nscstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const char*, const char*) - source parameters char* atarget char* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you c...

nsPromiseFlatString
onst - source parameters prunichar* astring print32 aoffset print32 acount rfindchar print32 rfindchar(prunichar, print32, print32) const - source parameters prunichar achar print32 aoffset print32 acount findcharinset print32 findcharinset(const char*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the first character found in the given string. ...
...rinset(const nsstring&, print32) const - source parameters nsstring& astring print32 aoffset print32 findcharinset(const prunichar*, print32) const - source parameters prunichar* astring print32 aoffset rfindcharinset print32 rfindcharinset(const prunichar*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the last character found in the given string. ...
...ing(const nsstring&, const nsstring&) - source parameters nsstring& atarget nsstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const prunichar*, const prunichar*) - source parameters prunichar* atarget prunichar* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you c...

nsString
onst - source parameters prunichar* astring print32 aoffset print32 acount rfindchar print32 rfindchar(prunichar, print32, print32) const - source parameters prunichar achar print32 aoffset print32 acount findcharinset print32 findcharinset(const char*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the first character found in the given string. ...
...rinset(const nsstring&, print32) const - source parameters nsstring& astring print32 aoffset print32 findcharinset(const prunichar*, print32) const - source parameters prunichar* astring print32 aoffset rfindcharinset print32 rfindcharinset(const prunichar*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the last character found in the given string. ...
...ing(const nsstring&, const nsstring&) - source parameters nsstring& atarget nsstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const prunichar*, const prunichar*) - source parameters prunichar* atarget prunichar* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you c...

nsXPIDLCString
parameters char* acstring prbool aignorecase print32 aoffset print32 acount rfindchar print32 rfindchar(prunichar, print32, print32) const - source parameters prunichar achar print32 aoffset print32 acount findcharinset print32 findcharinset(const char*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the first character found in the given string. ...
...counting from left) @return offset in string, or knotfound parameters char* astring print32 aoffset print32 findcharinset(const nscstring&, print32) const - source parameters nscstring& astring print32 aoffset rfindcharinset print32 rfindcharinset(const char*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the last character found in the given string. ...
...id replacesubstring(const nscstring&, const nscstring&) - source parameters nscstring& atarget nscstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const char*, const char*) - source parameters char* atarget char* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you c...

nsXPIDLString
onst - source parameters prunichar* astring print32 aoffset print32 acount rfindchar print32 rfindchar(prunichar, print32, print32) const - source parameters prunichar achar print32 aoffset print32 acount findcharinset print32 findcharinset(const char*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the first character found in the given string. ...
...rinset(const nsstring&, print32) const - source parameters nsstring& astring print32 aoffset print32 findcharinset(const prunichar*, print32) const - source parameters prunichar* astring print32 aoffset rfindcharinset print32 rfindcharinset(const prunichar*, print32) const - source this method searches this string for the last character found in the given string. ...
...ing(const nsstring&, const nsstring&) - source parameters nsstring& atarget nsstring& anewvalue void replacesubstring(const prunichar*, const prunichar*) - source parameters prunichar* atarget prunichar* anewvalue trim void trim(const char*, prbool, prbool, prbool) - source this method trims characters found in atrimset from either end of the underlying string. @param aset -- contains chars to be trimmed from both ends @param aeliminateleading @param aeliminatetrailing @param aignorequotes -- if true, causes surrounding quotes to be ignored @return this parameters char* aset prbool aeliminateleading prbool aeliminatetrailing prbool aignorequotes compresswhitespace void compresswhitespace(prbool, prbool) - source this method strips whitespace from string. you c...

imgIContainer
imagelength missing description exceptions thrown missing exception missing description native code only!extractcurrentframe obsolete since gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1)this feature is obsolete. although it may still work in some browsers, its use is discouraged since it could be removed at any time. try to avoid using it. create a new imgcontainer that contains only a single frame, which itself contains a subregion of the current frame. imgicontainer extractcurrentframe( [const] in nsintrect arect ); parameters arect the area of the current frame to be duplicated in the returned imgcontainer's frame. return value missing description exceptions thrown missing exception missing description native code only!extractframe create a new...
...imgicontainer extractframe( in pruint32 awhichframe, [const] in nsintrect arect, in pruint32 aflags ); parameters awhichframe frame specifier of the frame_* variety. arect the area of the current frame to be duplicated in the returned imgcontainer's frame. ...
... current frame. imgicontainer extractcurrentframe( [const] in nsintrect arect ); parameters arect the area of the current frame to be duplicated in the returned imgcontainer's frame. return value missing description exceptions thrown missing exception missing description native code only!extractframe create a new imgcontainer that contains only a single frame, which itself contains a subregion of the given frame. imgicontainer extractframe( in pruint32 awhichframe, [const] in nsintrect arect, in pruint32 aflags ); parameters awhichframe frame specifier of the frame_* variety. arect the area of the current frame to be duplicated in the returned imgcontainer's frame. aflags flags of the flag_* variety. return value missing description exceptio...

mozIStorageService
base can be opened again with the mozistorageservice.opendatabase() method. warning: if you have more than one connection to a file, you must use the exact same name for the file each time, including case. the sqlite code uses a simple string comparison to see if there is already a connection. opening a connection to "foo.sqlite" and "foo.sqlite" will corrupt your database. if your database contains virtual tables (for example, for full-text indexes), you must use mozistorageservice.openunshareddatabase() to open it, since those tables are not compatible with a shared cache. if you use this method to open a database containing virtual tables, it will think the database is corrupted and throw ns_error_file_corrupted. note: the connection object returned by this function is not threadsafe. you...
...ndatabase( in nsifile adatabasefile ); parameters adatabasefile an nsifile indicating the database file to open. return value a mozistorageconnection representing the connection to the opened database file. exceptions thrown ns_error_failure an error occurred attempting to open the database. ns_error_file_corrupted the database file is corrupted, or contains virtual tables and is not compatible with this method. ns_error_out_of_memory allocating a new storage object failed. openspecialdatabase() opens a connection to a named special database storage that identifies the type of storage requested. note: you should only access the profile database from the main thread since other callers may also be using it. mozistorageconnection openspe...
...ddatabase( in nsifile adatabasefile ); parameters adatabasefile an nsifile indicating the database file to open. return value a mozistorageconnection representing the connection to the opened database file. exceptions thrown ns_error_failure an error occurred attempting to open the database. ns_error_file_corrupted the database file is corrupted, or contains virtual tables and is not compatible with this method. ns_error_out_of_memory allocating a new storage object failed. see also storage mozistorageconnection ...

nsICryptoHash
the hash algorithms supported are md2, md5, sha-1, sha-256, sha-384, and sha-512. ...
...ffffff; ch.updatefromstream(istream, pr_uint32_max); // pass false here to get binary data back var hash = ch.finish(false); // return the two-digit hexadecimal code for a byte function tohexstring(charcode) { return ("0" + charcode.tostring(16)).slice(-2); } // convert the binary hash data to a hex string. var s = array.from(hash, (c, i) => tohexstring(hash.charcodeat(i))).join(""); // s now contains your hash in hex this gives 5eb63bbbe01eeed093cb22bb8f5acdc3 for the hash value. this example, while simple, shows most of the functionality of the interface. the first thing to note is that when you call the init() method you must specify the hash algorithm to use. all of the available algorithms are specified as constants on the interface. also note that when you call the updatefromstream()...
...nstance(components.interfaces.nsicryptohash); ch.init(ch.sha256); ch.update(data, data.length); var hash = ch.finish(false); // return the two-digit hexadecimal code for a byte function tohexstring(charcode) { return ("0" + charcode.tostring(16)).slice(-2); } // convert the binary hash data to a hex string. var s = array.from(hash, (c, i) => tohexstring(hash.charcodeat(i))).join(""); // s now contains your hash in hex: should be // 5eb63bbbe01eeed093cb22bb8f5acdc3 see also firefox 1.5 ...

nsIIOService
rincipal is the principal of the resource that caused this particular url to be loaded. most likely the triggeringprincipal and the loadingprincipal are identical, in which case the triggeringprincipal can be left out. in some cases the loadingprincipal and the triggeringprincipal are different however, e.g. a stylesheet may import a subresource. in that case the principal of the stylesheet which contains the import command is the triggeringprincipal, and the principal of the document whose rendering is affected is the loadingprincipal. asecurityflags the securityflags of the channel. any of the securityflags defined in nsiloadinfo. acontentpolicytype the contentpolicytype of the channel. any of the content types defined in nsicontentpolicybase.idl. return value returns an nsichannel based ...
...rincipal is the principal of the resource that caused this particular url to be loaded. most likely the triggeringprincipal and the loadingprincipal are identical, in which case the triggeringprincipal can be left out. in some cases the loadingprincipal and the triggeringprincipal are different however, e.g. a stylesheet may import a subresource. in that case the principal of the stylesheet which contains the import command is the triggeringprincipal, and the principal of the document whose rendering is affected is the loadingprincipal. asecurityflags the securityflags of the channel. any of the securityflags defined in nsiloadinfo.idl acontentpolicytype the contentpolicytype of the ...
...rincipal is the principal of the resource that caused this particular url to be loaded. most likely the triggeringprincipal and the loadingprincipal are identical, in which case the triggeringprincipal can be left out. in some cases the loadingprincipal and the triggeringprincipal are different however, e.g. a stylesheet may import a subresource. in that case the principal of the stylesheet which contains the import command is the triggeringprincipal, and the principal of the document whose rendering is affected is the loadingprincipal. asecurityflags the securityflags of the channel. any of the securityflags defined in nsiloadinfo. acontentpolicytype the contentpolicytype of the channel. any of the content types defined in nsicontentpolicy. return value an nsichannel for the uri. newfileu...

nsISelection
(components.interfaces.nsiselection); method overview void addrange(in nsidomrange range); void collapse(in nsidomnode parentnode, in long offset); [noscript,notxpcom,nostdcall] boolean collapsed(); void collapsenative(in nsidomnode parentnode, in long offset); native code only! void collapsetoend(); void collapsetostart(); boolean containsnode(in nsidomnode node, in boolean partlycontained); void deletefromdocument(); void extend(in nsidomnode parentnode, in long offset); void extendnative(in nsidomnode parentnode, in long offset); native code only! nsidomrange getrangeat(in long index); void modify(in domstring alter, in domstring direction, in domstring granularity); void re...
... single point at the end of the current selection (regardless of direction). if content is focused and editable, the caret will blink there. void collapsetoend(); parameters none collapsetostart() collapses the whole selection to a single point at the start of the current selection (regardless of direction). if content is focused and editable, the caret will blink there. ...
...ntent is focused and editable, the caret will blink there. void collapsetostart(); containsnode() indicates whether the nsidomnode is part of the selection. if partlycontained is set to pr_true, the function returns true when some part of the node is part of the selection. if partlycontained is set to pr_false, the function only returns true when the entire node is part of the selection. boolean containsnode( in nsidomnode node, in boolean partlycontained ); parameters node the nsidomnode to look for partlycontained if partlycontained is set to pr_false, the function only returns true when the entire node is part of the selection. return value whether or not the range contains the requested noe. deletefromdocument() deletes this selection from the document the nodes belong ...

nsITransferable
t intended for private use only. knativeimagemime application/x-moz-nativeimage an image in gecko's native internal image storage format. knativehtmlmime application/x-moz-nativehtml html in gecko's native internal storage format. khtmlcontext text/_moz_htmlcontext along with khtmlinfo, this is used to provide the context for a fragment of html source. contains the serialized ancestor elements. khtmlinfo text/_moz_htmlinfo along with khtmlcontext, this is used to provide the context for a fragment of html source. contains numbers identifying where in the context the fragment came from. kfilepromiseurlmime application/x-moz-file-promise-url the source url for a file promise. kfilepromisedestfilename application/x...
...r input data converters. nsisupportsarray flavorstransferablecanimport(); parameters none. return value missing description getanytransferdata() returns the best flavor in the transferable, given those that have been added to it with adddataflavor(). void getanytransferdata( out string aflavor, out nsisupports adata, out unsigned long adatalen ); parameters aflavor on return, contains the flavor of data that was retrieved. adata on return, this is the data itself, which is an instance of a class based upon nsisupportsprimitives. adatalen on return, this value contains the size of the returned data. gettransferdata() returns the transfer data for a given flavor. void gettransferdata( in string aflavor, out nsisupports adata, out unsigned long adatalen ); paramet...
... the size of the returned data. gettransferdata() returns the transfer data for a given flavor. void gettransferdata( in string aflavor, out nsisupports adata, out unsigned long adatalen ); parameters aflavor the flavor of data to retrieve. adata on return, this is the data itself, which is an instance of a class based upon nsisupportsprimitives. adatalen on return, this value contains the size of the returned data. init() initializes a transferable object. this should be called on all transferable objects. failure to do so will result in fatal assertions in debug builds. void init( in nsiloadcontext acontext ); parameters acontext the load context associated with the transferable object. this can be set to null if a load context is not available. remarks the load...

XPCOM Interface Reference by grouping
ms by alphabetical sorting, this page attempts to group them by function. grouping and category names were made by somewhat arbitrary decision by the author. ...
...that this will be a great point of discussion and probably will end in tears, but since i'm the first person to apparently take a swing at this, i get first dibs.) the primary sections consist of: browser this section contains elements associated with the view pane or the content of the "browser window" proper. it is wrapped by system, but displayed for convenience. data this section contains data wrappers and core object definitions. ...
...t since i'm the first person to apparently take a swing at this, i get first dibs.) the primary sections consist of: browser this section contains elements associated with the view pane or the content of the "browser window" proper. it is wrapped by system, but displayed for convenience. data this section contains data wrappers and core object definitions. security this section contains apis for secure channel communications system this section contains application level interfaces including calls to external support elements (such as device calls). this is the root element and may contain some functions defined in other groups. user this section contains elements specific to a given user's data storage. browser autocomplete nsiautocompletecontroller ...

XPIDL
use a plain `nsresult' instead. another property, infallible, is attribute-only. when present, it causes an infallible c++ getter function definition to be generated for the attribute alongside the normal fallible c++ getter declaration. it should only be used if the fallible getter will be infallible in practice (i.e. always return ns_ok) for all possible implementations. this infallible getter contains code that calls the fallible getter, asserts success, and returns the gotten value directly. the point of using this property is to make c++ code nicer -- a call to the infallible getter is more concise and readable than a call to the fallible getter. this property can only be used for attributes having built-in or interface types, and within classes that are marked with builtinclass. the latter ...
...turn value, although these are moderately cumbersome to use from script contexts and should therefore be avoided if reasonable. an inout parameter is an in parameter whose value may be changed as a result of the method; these parameters are rather annoying to use and should generally be avoided if at all possible. out and inout parameters are reflected as objects having the .value property which contains the real value of the parameter; it is not initialized in the case of out parameters and is initialized to the passed-in-value for inout parameters. the script code would need to set this property to assign a value to the parameter. regular in parameters are reflected more or less normally, with numeric types all representing numbers, booleans as true or false, the various strings (including astr...
... array parameter. the shared property also makes its corresponding argument const. the retval property indicates that the parameter is actually acting as the return value, and it is only the need to assign properties to the parameter that is causing it to be specified as a parameter. it has no effect on native code, but script code uses it like a regular return value. naturally, a method which contains a retval parameter must be declared void, and the parameter itself must be an out parameter and the last parameter. other properties are the optional and iid_is property. the optional property indicates that script code may omit the property without problems; all subsequent parameters must either by optional themselves or the retval parameter. note that optional out parameters still pass in a va...

Building a Thunderbird extension 1: introduction
ons of thunderbird. much of it may no longer be relevant. see developer.thunderbird.net for newer information. this tutorial will introduce you to the components of a thunderbird extension and will show you how to build your own. ...
...all thunderbird builds are available from the ftp site. references and resources tools and helper extensions there are many tools available that help with developing thunderbird extensions. at a minimum you will need: text editor: any editor...
...at are useful for testing and debugging thunderbird extensions, such as javascript consoles and xpcom inspectors. these are described on the page "setting up an extension development environment". documentation thunderbird extensions (documentation overview) firefox addons developer guide (many topics are applicable to thunderbird) mozilla cross-reference source code browser ("comm-central" contains the thunderbird code repository) community the thunderbird development community has a mailing list with an extensive searchable archive with an extensive searchable archive. you can also talk with the community on the #maildev irc channel. next » ...

Initialization and Destruction - Plugins
of the functions np_initialize and np_shutdown, which are not in the function tables. however, because np_initialize is called at the end of the initialization process, you can call other methods, such as npn_memalloc and npn_status, from np_initialize. instance creation after initialization, the plug-in instance is created. more than one instance of the same plug-in can exist if a single page contains multiple embedded plug-ins, or if several browser windows are open and display the same data type. at this point, a plug-in can call the npn_setvalue function to specify whether it is windowed (the default) or windowless. plug-in instances are created with npp_new and destroyed with npp_destroy. npp_new informs the plug-in of the creation of a new instance with the specified mime type. you can a...
...hree parameters pass parameters from the embed element that called the plug-in. the argc parameter is the number of html arguments in the element. it determines the number of attributes in the arrays specified by the argn and argv parameters. the arguments in the embed element are name-value pairs made up of the attribute name (for example, align) and its value (for example, top). the argn array contains the attribute names; the argv array contains the attribute values. the browser ignores any nonstandard attributes in an embed element, so the web page author can use the arg parameters to specify private attributes defined for a particular plug-in. for example, the following embed element has the standard attributes src, height, and width and the private attribute loop: <embed src="movie.avi" h...
...he npsaveddata structure passes from the plug-in to the browser when npp_destroy returns. the example in this section sets up a buffer and allocates memory for it. you can use this type of buffer to handle data saved from one instance of a plug-in to another. the example shows the use of the optional save parameter of npp_destroy and saved parameter of npp_new. in npp_new, the saved parameter contains previously saved data for this instance of the plug-in (saved by npp_destroy). the plug-in must free the memory for npsaveddata and the buffer it contains. in npp_destroy, the save parameter specifies state or other information to save for reuse by a new instance with the same url. to ensure that the browser does not crash or leak memory when the saved data is discarded, the buf field should b...

Debugger.Script - Firefox Developer Tools
ipt, return an array describing the relationship between bytecode instruction offsets and source code positions in this script. unlike getalloffsets(), which returns all offsets that are entry points for each line, getallcolumnoffsets() returns all offsets that are entry points for each (line, column) pair. the elements of the array are objects, each of which describes a single entry point, and contains the following properties: linenumber: the line number for which offset is an entry point columnnumber: the column number for which offset is an entry point offset: the bytecode instruction offset of the entry point for example, suppose we have a script for the following source code: a=[] for (i=1; i < 10; i++) // it's hip to be square. a[i] = i*i; cal...
...offset: 0 }, { linenumber: 1, columnnumber: 5, offset: 5 }, { linenumber: 1, columnnumber: 10, offset: 20 }, { linenumber: 3, columnnumber: 4, offset: 10 }] if the instance refers to webassembly code, throw a typeerror. getlineoffsets(line) if the instance refers to a jsscript, return an array of bytecode instruction offsets representing the entry points to source lineline. if the script contains no executable code at that line, the array returned is empty. getoffsetlocation(offset) if the instance refers to a jsscript, return an object describing the source code location responsible for the bytecode atoffset in this script. the object has the following properties: linenumber: the line number for which offset is an entry point columnnumber: the column number for whic...
...llowing properties: linenumber: the line number for which offset is an entry point columnnumber: the column number for which offset is an entry point isentrypoint: true if the offset is a column entry point, as would be reported by getallcolumnoffsets(); otherwise false. getoffsetscoverage(): if the instance refers to a jsscript, return null or an array which contains informations about the coverage of all opcodes. the elements of the array are objects, each of which describes a single opcode, and contains the following properties: linenumber: the line number of the current opcode. columnnumber: the column number of the current opcode. offset: the bytecode instruction offset of the current opcode. count: the number of times ...

Network request list - Firefox Developer Tools
blocking enabled. timeline the request list also displays a timeline for the different parts of each request. each timeline is given a horizontal position in its row relative to the other network requests, so you can see the total time taken to load the page. for more details on the color-coding used here, see the section on the timings page. starting in firefox 45, the timeline also contains two vertical lines: the blue line marks the point at which the page's domcontentloaded event is triggered. the red line marks the point at which the page's load event is triggered. blocking specific urls if you want to view your page as it would look without a resource (e.g., if it were blocked by the browser or an extension), you can block requests matching patterns you specify. click ...
...ou want to view your page as it would look without a resource (e.g., if it were blocked by the browser or an extension), you can block requests matching patterns you specify. click the request blocking icon in the toolbar. this opens the blocking sidebar. (click the icon again when you want to close the sidebar.) enter a string in the field with the placeholder text block resource when url contains. reload the page to test it with the specified url blocked. other actions you can take with request blocking: to turn all request blocking off or on: toggle the checkbox next to enable request blocking. to turn a specific block off or on: toggle the checkbox next to that item. to delete a blocked item, click the x icon that appears when you focus the item. (starting with firefox 77) righ...
..., or by request properties. filter type how to apply content type use the buttons in the toolbar (html, css, js). xhr requests use the xhr button in the toolbar. websocket connections use the ws button in the toolbar. you can filter by plain text (in which case the text is used to find partial matches; entering "for" will match any message that contains the word "for") or—as of firefox 75—using regular expressions (by writing the regexp bracketed within slashes; "/.+corp.*/" will look for any occurrence of "corp" which has at least one character before it and may or may not have any characters after it, for example). the third-party add-on websocket sniffer may be helpful as well. url use the filter urls box in the t...

BasicCardResponse - Web APIs
the basiccardresponse dictionary (related to the payment request api, although defined in the basic card payment spec) defines an object structure for payment response details such as the number/expiry date of the card used to make the payment, and the billing address. properties basiccardresponse.cardnumber read only secure context contains the number of the card used to make the payment. basiccardresponse.cardholdername read only secure context optional contains the cardholder name of the card used to make the payment. basiccardresponse.cardsecuritycode read only secure context optional contains the security code of the card used to make the payment. basiccardresponse.expirymonth read only secure context optional contains the expiry month of the card used to make the payment. ...
...ontains the cardholder name of the card used to make the payment. basiccardresponse.cardsecuritycode read only secure context optional contains the security code of the card used to make the payment. basiccardresponse.expirymonth read only secure context optional contains the expiry month of the card used to make the payment. basiccardresponse.expiryyear read only secure context optional contains the expiry year of the card used to make the payment. basiccardresponse.billingaddress read only secure context optional contains the billing address of the card used to make the payment. examples in the following example, the paymentrequest() constructor is used to create a new payment request, which takes three objects as parameters — one containing details of the payment methods that c...
...mentrequest() constructor is used to create a new payment request, which takes three objects as parameters — one containing details of the payment methods that can be used for the payment, one containing details of the actual order (such as items bought and shipping options), and an optional object containing further options. the first of these three (supportedinstruments in the example below) contains a data property that has to conform to the structure defined by the basiccardrequest dictionary. var supportedinstruments = [{ supportedmethods: 'basic-card', data: { supportednetworks: ['visa', 'mastercard', 'amex', 'jcb', 'diners', 'discover', 'mir', 'unionpay'], supportedtypes: ['credit', 'debit'] } }]; var details = { total: {label: 'donation', amount...

Blob - Web APIs
into a readablestream so its methods can be used for processing the data. blobs can represent data that isn't necessarily in a javascript-native format. the file interface is based on blob, inheriting blob functionality and expanding it to support files on the user's system. using blobs to construct a blob from other non-blob objects and data, use the blob() constructor. to create a blob that contains a subset of another blob's data, use the slice() method. to obtain a blob object for a file on the user's file system, see the file documentation. the apis accepting blob objects are also listed in the file documentation. constructor blob() returns a newly created blob object which contains a concatenation of all of the data in the array passed into the constructor. instance properties ...
...eated. click the link to see the decoded object url.</p> javascript the main piece of this code for example purposes is the typedarraytourl() function, which creates a blob from the given typed array and returns an object url for it. having converted the data into an object url, it can be used in a number of ways, including as the value of the <img> element's src attribute (assuming the data contains an image, of course). function typedarraytourl(typedarray, mimetype) { return url.createobjecturl(new blob([typedarray.buffer], {type: mimetype})) } const bytes = new uint8array(59); for(let i = 0; i < 59; i++) { bytes[i] = 32 + i; } const url = typedarraytourl(bytes, 'text/plain'); const link = document.createelement('a'); link.href = url; link.innertext = 'open the array url'; documen...
...ertext = 'open the array url'; document.body.appendchild(link); result click the link in the example to see the browser decode the object url. extracting data from a blob one way to read content from a blob is to use a filereader. the following code reads the content of a blob as a typed array: const reader = new filereader(); reader.addeventlistener('loadend', () => { // reader.result contains the contents of blob as a typed array }); reader.readasarraybuffer(blob); another way to read content from a blob is to use a response. the following code reads the content of a blob as text: const text = await (new response(blob)).text(); or by using blob.prototype.text(): const text = await blob.text(); by using other methods of filereader, it is possible to read the contents of a blob as...

Pixel manipulation with canvas - Web APIs
...
...four one-byte values (red, green, blue, and alpha, in that order; that is, "rgba" format). each color component is represented by an integer between 0 and 255. each component is assigned a consecutive index within the array, with the top left pixel's red component being at index 0 within the array. pixels then proceed from left to right, then downward, throughout the array. the uint8clampedarray contains height × width × 4 bytes of data, with index values ranging from 0 to (height×width×4)-1. for example, to read the blue component's value from the pixel at column 200, row 50 in the image, you would do the following: bluecomponent = imagedata.data[((50 * (imagedata.width * 4)) + (200 * 4)) + 2]; if given a set of coordinates (x and y), you may end up doing something like this: var xcoord ...
... 200, 200); }; canvas.addeventlistener('mousemove', zoom); } saving images the htmlcanvaselement provides a todataurl() method, which is useful when saving images. it returns a data uri containing a representation of the image in the format specified by the type parameter (defaults to png). the returned image is in a resolution of 96 dpi. note: be aware that if the canvas contains any pixels that were obtained from another origin without using cors, the canvas is tainted and its contents can no longer be read and saved. see security and tainted canvases in allowing cross-origin use of images and canvas canvas.todataurl('image/png') default setting. creates a png image. canvas.todataurl('image/jpeg', quality) creates a jpg image. optionally, you can provide a quality ...

DOMException - Web APIs
ing a method or accessing a property of a web api. this is basically how error conditions are described in web apis. each exception has a name, which is a short "camelcase" style string identifying the error or abnormal condition. constructor domexception() returns a domexception object with a specified message and name. ...
... error names common error names are listed here. some apis define their own sets of names, so this is not necessarily a complete list. ...
...this can be thrown by the range object. (legacy code value: 1 and legacy constant name: index_size_err) hierarchyrequesterror the node tree hierarchy is not correct. (legacy code value: 3 and legacy constant name: hierarchy_request_err) wrongdocumenterror the object is in the wrong document. (legacy code value: 4 and legacy constant name: wrong_document_err) invalidcharactererror the string contains invalid characters. (legacy code value: 5 and legacy constant name: invalid_character_err) nomodificationallowederror the object cannot be modified. (legacy code value: 7 and legacy constant name: no_modification_allowed_err) notfounderror the object cannot be found here. (legacy code value: 8 and legacy constant name: not_found_err) notsupportederror the operation is not supported. (legacy...

How whitespace is handled by HTML, CSS, and in the DOM - Web APIs
roduction build step to reduce code download sizes. html largely ignores whitespace? in the case of html, whitespace is largely ignored — whitespace in between words is treated as a single character, and whitespace at the start and end of elements and outside elements is ignored. take the following minimal example: <!doctype html> <h1> hello world! </h1> this source code contains a couple of line feeds after the doctype and a bunch of space characters before, after, and inside the <h1> element, but the browser doesn’t seem to care at all and just shows the words "hello world!" as if these characters didn’t exist at all: this is so that whitespace characters don't impact the layout of your page. creating space around and inside elements is the job of css. what doe...
...fer an easier explanation below. let’s take another really simple example. to make it easier, we’ve illustrated all spaces with ◦, all tabs with ⇥ , and all line breaks with ⏎: this example: <h1>◦◦◦hello◦⏎ ⇥⇥⇥⇥<span>◦world!</span>⇥◦◦</h1> is rendered in the browser like so: hidden example <h1> hello <span> world!</span> </h1> the <h1> element contains only inline elements. in fact it contains: a text node (consisting of some spaces, the word "hello" and some tabs). an inline element (the <span>, which contains a space, and the word "world!"). another text node (consisting only of tabs and spaces). because of this, it establishes what is called an inline formatting context. this is one of the possible layout rendering contexts that brows...
...e line below that. note: firefox devtools have supported highlighting text nodes since version 52, making it easier to see exactly what nodes whitespace characters are contained within. pure whitespace nodes are marked with a "whitespace" label. whitespace in block formatting contexts above we just looked at elements that contain inline elements, and inline formatting contexts. if an element contains at least one block element, then it instead establishes what is called a block formatting context. within this context, whitespace is treated very differently. let’s take a look at an example to explain how. we've marked the whitespace characters as before. <body>⏎ ⇥<div>◦◦hello◦◦</div>⏎ ⏎ ◦◦◦<div>◦◦world!◦◦</div>◦◦⏎ </body> we have 3 text nodes that conta...

Element.classList - Web APIs
use the classlist api to remove and add classes div.classlist.remove("foo"); div.classlist.add("anotherclass"); // <div class="anotherclass"></div> console.log(div.outerhtml); // if visible is set remove it, otherwise add it div.classlist.toggle("visible"); // add/remove visible, depending on test conditional, i less than 10 div.classlist.toggle("visible", i < 10 ); console.log(div.classlist.contains("foo")); // add or remove multiple classes div.classlist.add("foo", "bar", "baz"); div.classlist.remove("foo", "bar", "baz"); // add or remove multiple classes using spread syntax const cls = ["foo", "bar"]; div.classlist.add(...cls); div.classlist.remove(...cls); // replace class "foo" with class "bar" div.classlist.replace("foo", "bar"); versions of firefox before 26 do not implement the u...
...implement the barebones domtokenlist livelyness polyfill if (typeof domtokenlist !== "function") (function(window){ var document = window.document, object = window.object, hasownprop = object.prototype.hasownproperty; var defineproperty = object.defineproperty, allowtokenlistconstruction = 0, skippropchange = 0; function...
...peof testclass.replace("a", "b") !== "boolean") domtokenlistproto.replace = function(oldtoken, newtoken){ checkifvalidclasslistentry("replace", oldtoken), checkifvalidclasslistentry("replace", newtoken); var oldvalue = this.value; return (this.remove(oldtoken), this.value !== oldvalue && (this.add(newtoken), true)); }; if (!domtokenlistproto.contains) domtokenlistproto.contains = function(value){ for (var i=0,len=this.length; i !== len; ++i) if (this[i] === value) return true; return false; }; if (!domtokenlistproto.foreach) domtokenlistproto.foreach = function(f){ if (arguments.length === 1) for (var i = 0, len = this.length; i !== len; ++i) f( this[i], i, this); else for (var i=0,len=this.length,targ=...

HTMLCanvasElement.getContext() - Web APIs
cs drivers on the platform are not yet stable. the khronos group certifies webgl implementations under certain conformance rules. contextattributes you can use several context attributes when creating your rendering context, for example: const gl = canvas.getcontext('webgl', { antialias: false, depth: false }); 2d context attributes: alpha: boolean that indicates if the canvas contains an alpha channel. if set to false, the browser now knows that the backdrop is always opaque, which can speed up drawing of transparent content and images. desynchronized: boolean that hints the user agent to reduce the latency by desynchronizing the canvas paint cycle from the event loop (gecko only) willreadfrequently: boolean that indicates whether or not a lot of read-back operations ar...
...) 2d canvas and can save memory when calling getimagedata() frequently. this option is only available, if the flag gfx.canvas.willreadfrequently.enable is set to true (which, by default, is only the case for b2g/firefox os). (blink only) storage: string that indicates which storage is used ("persistent" by default). webgl context attributes: alpha: boolean that indicates if the canvas contains an alpha buffer. desynchronized: boolean that hints the user agent to reduce the latency by desynchronizing the canvas paint cycle from the event loop antialias: boolean that indicates whether or not to perform anti-aliasing. depth: boolean that indicates that the drawing buffer has a depth buffer of at least 16 bits. failifmajorperformancecaveat: boolean that indicates if a context will...
...ext. possible values are: "default": let the user agent decide which gpu configuration is most suitable. this is the default value. "high-performance": prioritizes rendering performance over power consumption. "low-power": prioritizes power saving over rendering performance. premultipliedalpha: boolean that indicates that the page compositor will assume the drawing buffer contains colors with pre-multiplied alpha. preservedrawingbuffer: if the value is true the buffers will not be cleared and will preserve their values until cleared or overwritten by the author. stencil: boolean that indicates that the drawing buffer has a stencil buffer of at least 8 bits. return value a renderingcontext which is either a canvasrenderingcontext2d for "2d", webglrenderingcon...

HTMLImageElement - Web APIs
alues. htmlimageelement.height an integer value that reflects the height html attribute, indicating the rendered height of the image in css pixels. htmlimageelement.ismap a boolean that reflects the ismap html attribute, indicating that the image is part of a server-side image map. this is different from a client-side image map, specified using an <img> element and a corresponding <map> which contains <area> elements indicating the clickable areas in the image. the image must be contained within an <a> element; see the ismap page for details. htmlimageelement.loading a domstring providing a hint to the browser used to optimize loading the document by determining whether to load the image immediately (eager) or on an as-needed basis (lazy). htmlimageelement.naturalheight read only returns ...
...string. htmlimageelement.sizes a domstring reflecting the sizes html attribute. this string specifies a list of comma-separated conditional sizes for the image; that is, for a given viewport size, a particular image size is to be used. read the documentation on the sizes page for details on the format of this string. htmlimageelement.src a usvstring that reflects the src html attribute, which contains the full url of the image including base uri. you can load a different image into the element by changing the url in the src attribute. htmlimageelement.srcset a usvstring reflecting the srcset html attribute. this specifies a list of candidate images, separated by commas (',', u+002c comma). each candidate image is a url followed by a space, followed by a specially-formatted string indicating ...
...ither the width or a size multiple. read the srcset page for specifics on the format of the size substring. htmlimageelement.usemap a domstring reflecting the usemap html attribute, containing the page-local url of the <map> element describing the image map to use. the page-local url is a pound (hash) symbol (#) followed by the id of the <map> element, such as #my-map-element. the <map> in turn contains <area> elements indicating the clickable areas in the image. htmlimageelement.width an integer value that reflects the width html attribute, indicating the rendered width of the image in css pixels. htmlimageelement.x read only an integer indicating the horizontal offset of the left border edge of the image's css layout box relative to the origin of the <html> element's containing block. ht...

Recommended Drag Types - Web APIs
s, separate each link inside the text/uri-list data with a crlf linebreak. lines that begin with a number sign (#) are comments, and should not be considered urls. you can use comments to indicate the purpose of a url, the title associated with a url, or other data. the text/plain fallback for multiple links should include all urls, but no comments. for example, this sample text/uri-list data contains two links and a comment: http://www.mozilla.org #a second link http://www.example.com when retrieving a dropped link, ensure you handle when multiple links are dragged, including any comments. for convenience, the special type url may be used to refer to the first valid link within data for the text/uri-list type. do not add data with the url type — attempting to do so will set the value o...
...ng a drop as multiple items in the data transfer. see dragging and dropping multiple items for more details about this. the following example shows how to create an area for receiving dropped files: <listbox ondragenter="return checkdrag(event)" ondragover="return checkdrag(event)" ondrop="dodrop(event)"/> <script> function checkdrag(event) { return event.datatransfer.types.contains("application/x-moz-file"); } function dodrop(event) { var file = event.datatransfer.mozgetdataat("application/x-moz-file", 0); if (file instanceof components.interfaces.nsifile) { event.currenttarget.appenditem(file.leafname); } } </script> in this example, the event returns false only if the data transfer contains the application/x-moz-file type. during the drop event, the data asso...
...od will return an nsisupports that needs to be checked and converted into an nsifile. this is also a good extra check in case someone made a mistake and added a non-file for this type. updates to datatransfer.types the latest spec dictates that datatransfer.types should return a frozen array of domstrings rather than a domstringlist (this is supported in firefox 52 and above). as a result, the contains method no longer works; the includes method should be used instead to check if a specific type of data is provided, using code like the following: if ([...event.datatransfer.types].includes('text/html')) { // do something } you could use feature detection to determine which method is supported on types, then run code as appropriate. dragging images direct image dragging is not common. in fa...

Keyboard API - Web APIs
entify that key to a user. keyboard locking enables a web page to capture keys that are normally reserved by the user agent or the underlying operating system. the intended use of the keyboard api is by web applications such as games or remote access apps that provide a full-screen immersive experience. keyboard api concepts and usage keyboard mapping on physical keyboards, the code attribute contains the physical location of the key that was pressed, and the key attribute contains the string generated by pressing the key at that physical location on the keyboard. the key value takes into account the keyboard's locale (for example, 'en-us'), layout (for example, 'qwerty'), and modifier-key state (shift, control, etc.). historically there has been no way to retrieve that information. the keybo...
...as been no way to retrieve that information. the keyboard map api provides a way to retrieve the string generated by a particular key press, through the keyboard interface and the keyboardlayoutmap interface. the keyboard interface is accessed through navigator.keyboard. keyboard provides the keyboard.getlayoutmap method, which returns a promise that resolves with a keyboardlayoutmap object that contains members for converting codes to keys. a list of valid code values is found in the writing system keys section of the ui events keyboardevent code values spec. the following example demonstrates how to get the location-specific or layout-specific string associated with the key labeled w on an english qwerty keyboard. if (navigator.keyboard) { var keyboard = navigator.keyboard; keyboard.getla...
...g experiences often require access to special keys and keyboard shortcuts while in full-screen mode. examples of such key/key combinations include escape, alt+tab, and ctrl+n. those keys and key combinations are typically captured by the user agent or the underlying operating system, as illustrated in the following example. to capture the "w", "a", "s", and "d" keys, call lock() with a list that contains the key code attribute value for each of these keys: navigator.keyboard.lock(["keyw", "keya", "keys", "keyd"]); this captures these keys regardless of which modifiers are used with the key press. assuming a standard united states qwerty layout, registering keyw ensures that "w", shift+"w", control+"w", control+shift+"w", and all other key modifier combinations with "w" are sent to the app. the ...

MediaTrackSettings - Web APIs
se is always visible in the video content of the {domxref("mediastream"), unless the mouse has moved outside the area of the content. motion the mouse cursor is always included in the video if it's moving, and for a short time after it stops moving. never the mouse cursor is never included in the shared video. ...
... {domxref("mediastream"), unless the mouse has moved outside the area of the content. motion the mouse cursor is always included in the video if it's moving, and for a short time after it stops moving. never the mouse cursor is never included in the shared video. displaysurface a domstring which specifies the type of source the track contains; one of: application the stream contains all of the windows of the application chosen by the user rendered into the one video track. browser the stream contains the contents of a single browser tab selected by the user. monitor the stream's video track contains the entire contents of one or more of the user's screens. window the stream contains a single window selected by the user for sharing. logicalsurface a boolean ...
...this is false if the video being captured is coming from a foreground (user-visible) source. specifications specification status comment screen capturethe definition of 'mediatracksettings' in that specification. ...

OffscreenCanvas.getContext() - Web APIs
tform is not yet stable. the khronos group certifies webgl implementations under certain conformance rules. contextattributes you can use several context attributes when creating your rendering context, for example: offscreen.getcontext("webgl", { antialias: false, depth: false }); 2d context attributes: alpha: boolean that indicates if the canvas contains an alpha channel. if set to false, the browser now knows that the backdrop is always opaque, which can speed up drawing of transparent content and images then. (gecko only) willreadfrequently: boolean that indicates whether or not a lot of read-back operations are planned. this will force the use of a software (instead of hardware accelerated) 2d canvas and can save memory when calling getima...
...) 2d canvas and can save memory when calling getimagedata() frequently. this option is only available, if the flag gfx.canvas.willreadfrequently.enable is set to true (which, by default, is only the case for b2g/firefox os). (blink only) storage: string that indicates which storage is used ("persistent" by default). ...
... preservedrawingbuffer: if the value is true the buffers will not be cleared and will preserve their values until cleared or overwritten by the author. failifmajorperformancecaveat: boolean that indicates if a context will be created if the system performance is low. ...

Pointer events - Web APIs
scenarios when device-specific handling is desired, pointer events defines a pointertype property to inspect the device type which produced the event. the events needed to handle generic pointer input are analogous to mouse events (mousedown/pointerdown, mousemove/pointermove, etc.). consequently, pointer event types are intentionally similar to mouse event types. additionally, a pointer event contains the usual properties present in mouse events (client coordinates, target element, button states, etc.) in addition to new properties for other forms of input: pressure, contact geometry, tilt, etc. in fact, the pointerevent interface inherits all of the mouseevent properties, thus facilitating the migration of content from mouse events to pointer events. terminology active buttons state the ...
...nates a specific element as the capture target of future pointer events. releasepointercapture() this method releases (stops) pointer capture that was previously set for a specific pointer event. navigator extension the navigator.maxtouchpoints property is used to determine the maximum number of simultaneous touch points that are supported at any single point in time. examples this section contains examples of basic usage of using the pointer events interfaces. registering event handlers this example registers a handler for every event type for the given element. <html> <script> function over_handler(event) { } function enter_handler(event) { } function down_handler(event) { } function move_handler(event) { } function up_handler(event) { } function cancel_handle...
...ently, even if a browser supports pointer events, the browser must still process mouse events so content that assumes mouse-only input will work as is without direct modification. ideally, a pointer enabled application does not need to explicitly handle mouse input. however, because the browser must process mouse events, there may be some compatibility issues that need to be handled. this section contains information about pointer event and mouse event interaction and the ramifications for application developers. the browser may map generic pointer input to mouse events for compatibility with mouse-based content. this mapping of events is called compatibility mouse events. authors can prevent the production of certain compatibility mouse events by canceling the pointerdown event but note that: ...

RTCStats - Web APIs
, statistics about a received rtp stream are represented by rtcreceivedrtpstreamstats. properties id a domstring which uniquely identifies the object which was inspected to produce this object based on rtcstats. timestamp a domhighrestimestamp object indicating the time at which the sample was taken for this statistics object. type a domstring indicating the type of statistics the object contains, taken from the enum type rtcstatstype. the statistics type hierarchy the various dictionaries that are used to define the contents of the objects that contain each of the various types of statistics for webrtc are structured in such a way that they build upon the core rtcstats dictionary, each layer adding more relevant information. rtcstats is the foundation of all webrtc statistics objec...
...cs objects rtcrtpstreamstats adds to rtcstats information that applies to all rtp endpoints (that is, both local and remote endpoints, and regardless of whether the endpoint is a sender or a receiver) rtcreceivedrtpstreamstats further adds statistics measured at the receiving end of an rtp stream, regardless of whether it's local or remote. ...
...oints, and regardless of whether the endpoint is a sender or a receiver) rtcreceivedrtpstreamstats further adds statistics measured at the receiving end of an rtp stream, regardless of whether it's local or remote. rtcinboundrtpstreamstats contains statistics that can only be measured on a receiver at the local end of the rtp connection. rtcoutboundrtpstreamstats contains statistics related to the receiver at the remote end of the rtp stream. rtcsentrtpstreamstats offers statistics related to the sending end of an rtp stream. rtcoutboundrtpstreamstats contains statistics about the local sending endpoint of an rtp stream. rtcremoteoutboundrtpstreamstats holds statistics related to the remote sending end an rtp stream. ...

RTCStatsType - Web APIs
s to another candidate pair; this change cannot be detected otherwise. certificate an rtccertificatestats object providing statistics related to a certificate being used by an rtcicetransport. codec an rtccodecstats object containing statistics about a codec currently being used by rtp streams to send or receive data for the rtcpeerconnection. csrc an rtccontributingsourcestats object which contains statistics related to a contributing source (csrc) that contributed to an inbound rtp stream. data-channel an rtcdatachannelstats object which contains statistics about each rtcdatachannel on the connection. inbound-rtp an rtcinboundrtpstreamstats object providing statistics about inbound data being received from remote peers. since this only provides statistics related to inbound data, witho...
... statistics about your outbound rtp data stream, but from the perspective of the remote peer. that is, this information is about your outbound-rtp stream, but as seen by the remote device that's handling the stream. you can use this information to do things like determine how well the remote peer is receiving data. remote-outbound-rtp the report is an rtcremoteoutboundrtpstreamstats object that contains statistics about your inbound rtp (inbound-rtp) stream, but from the perspective of the remote peer. sender an object containing statistics about the rtcrtpsender for a stream on the rtcpeerconnection. if kind is "audio", this object is of type rtcaudiosenderstats; if kind is "video", this is an rtcvideosenderstats object. stream an object of type rtcmediastreamstats, providing statistics and...
...ject is one of the types based on rtcmediahandlerstats: for audio tracks, the type is rtcsenderaudiotrackattachmentstats and for video tracks, the type is rtcsendervideotrackattachmentstats. the data within provides statistics related to a particular mediastreamtrack's attachment to an rtcrtpsender; also included are the media level metrics that go along with the track. transport an object that contains statistics related to a transport for an rtcpeerconnection. the object is of type rtctransportstats. specifications specification status comment identifiers for webrtc's statistics apithe definition of 'rtcstatstype' in that specification. candidate recommendation initial definition. ...

TextRange - Web APIs
ote that this interface is not supported in non ie browsers. alternative selection and range interfaces can be used. properties textrange.boundingheightread only returns the height of the rectangle bound to the textrange object. textrange.boundingleftread only returns the distance between the left edge of the rectangle that binds the textrange object and the left edge that completely contains the textrange object. textrange.boundingtopread only returns the distance between the top edge of the rectangle that binds the textrange object and the top edge that completely contains the textrange object. textrange.boundingwidthread only returns the width of the rectangle bound to the textrange object. textrange.htmltext gets or sets the html content within the textrange. textrang...
... the range to include the full range of specified units. for example, expanding a "word" means that the words at both ends of the range will completely included in the range. xpand to wor may become expand to words, etc. textrange.findtext() searches the specified text in the original range and adjusts the range to include the first match. textrange.inrange() returns whether the current range contains the specified range. textrange.isequal() returns whether the current range is equal to the specified range. textrange.move() collapses the range and moves the blank range by a specified number of units. such as, move("character",-1) means to move one character to the left. textrange.moveend() moves the end of the range by a specified number of units. textrange.movestart() moves the start ...
...extrange.moveend() moves the end of the range by a specified number of units. textrange.movestart() moves the start of the range by a specified number of units. textrange.movetoelementtext() causes the range to contain the text of the specified element. can only be used on element objects. textrange.parentelement() returns the parent element of the range, which is the smallest element that contains the range completely. if the selection contains more than one element, when you modify the contents of the selection, the contents will be placed in the corresponding position of the parent element instead of the child element. textrange.pastehtml() paste the html content into the given range and replace any previous text and html elements in the range. textrange.querycommandenabled() returns...

Signaling and video calling - Web APIs
note: obviously, it would be more efficient to update the list by adding and removing individual users instead of rebuilding the whole list every time it changes, but this is good enough for the purposes of this example. then we iterate over the array of user names using foreach(). for...
...ng foreach(). for each name, we create a new <li> element, then create a new text node containing the user name using createtextnode(). that text node is added as a child of the <li> element. next, we set a handler for the click event on the list item, that clicking on a user name calls our invite() method, which we'll look at in the next section. finally, we append the new item to the <ul> that contains all of the user names. starting a call when the user clicks on a username they want to call, the invite() function is invoked as the event handler for that click event: var mediaconstraints = { audio: true, // we want an audio track video: true // ...and we want a video track }; function invite(evt) { if (mypeerconnection) { alert("you can't start a call because you already have one...
...aller and the callee. these servers are used to determine the best route and protocols to use when communicating between the peers, even if they're behind a firewall or using nat. note: you should always use stun/turn servers which you own, or which you have specific authorization to use. this example is using a known public stun server but abusing these is bad form. each object in iceservers contains at least a urls field providing urls at which the specified server can be reached. it may also provide username and credential values to allow authentication to take place, if needed. after creating the rtcpeerconnection, we set up handlers for the events that matter to us. the first three of these event handlers are required; you have to handle them to do anything involving streamed media with...

Web Video Text Tracks Format (WebVTT) - Web APIs
urpose of webvtt files is to add text overlays to a <video>. webvtt is a text based format, which must be encoded using utf-8. where you can use spaces you can also use tabs. there is also a small api available to represent and manage these tracks and the data needed to perform the playback of the text at the correct times. webvtt files the mime type of webvtt is text/vtt. a webvtt file (.vtt) contains cues, which can be either a single line or multiple lines, as shown below: webvtt 00:01.000 --> 00:04.000 - never drink liquid nitrogen. 00:05.000 --> 00:09.000 - it will perforate your stomach. - you could die. webvtt body the structure of a webvtt consists of the following components, some of them optional, in this order: an optional byte order mark (bom). the string "webvtt". an opt...
... indicates when the cue is shown. it has a start and end time which are represented by timestamps. the end time must be greater than the start time, and the start time must be greater than or equal to all previous start times. cues may have overlapping timings. if the webvtt file is being used for chapters (<track> kind is chapters) then the file cannot have overlapping timings. each cue timing contains five components: timestamp for start time. at least one space. the string "-->". at least one space. timestamp for end time. which must be greater than the start time. the timestamps must be in one of two formats: mm:ss.ttt hh:mm:ss.ttt where the components are defined as follows: hh is hours. must be at least two digits. hours can be greater than two digits...
...d for a title. the last line might be used for an asian language. 00:00:05.000 --> 00:00:10.000 00:00:05.000 --> 00:00:10.000 line:63% position:72% align:start 00:00:05.000 --> 00:00:10.000 line:0 position:20% size:60% align:start 00:00:05.000 --> 00:00:10.000 vertical:rt line:-1 align:end cue payload the payload is where the main information or content is located. in normal usage the payload contains the subtitles to be displayed. the payload text may contain newlines but it cannot contain a blank line, which is equivalent to two consecutive newlines. a blank line signifies the end of a cue. a cue text payload cannot contain the string "-->", the ampersand character (&), or the less-than sign (<). instead use the escape sequence "&amp;" for ampersand and "&lt;" for less-than. it is also reco...

Viewpoints and viewers: Simulating cameras in WebXR - Web APIs
keep in mind that most webgl and webxr programming is done using third-party libraries which expand upon the basic functionality of webgl by adding routines that make it much easier to perform not only core matrix and other operations, but often also to simulate these standard cinematography techniques. you...
...1} & a_{5} & a_{9} & a_{13} \\ a_{2} & a_{6} & a_{10} & a_{14} \\ a_{3} & a_{7} & a_{11} & a_{15} \\ a_{4} & a_{8} & a_{12} & a_{16} \end{matrix} \right ] is represented in array form like this: let matrixarray = [a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9, a10, a11, a12, a13, a14, a15, a16]; in this array, the leftmost column contains the entries a1, a2, a3, and a4. the topmost row contains the entries a1, a5, a9, and a13. keep in mind that most webgl and webxr programming is done using third-party libraries which expand upon the basic functionality of webgl by adding routines that make it much easier to perform not only core matrix and other operations, but often also to simulate these standard cinematography techniques. you should strongly consider using one instead of directly u...
...y draw into the portion of the framebuffer that represents the image seen by the eye identified by view.eye. with the constraints so established and everything else we need ready, we call a custom function, myrenderscene(), to actually perform the computations and webgl rendering to render the frame. in this case, we're passing in the webgl context, gl, the xrview view, a scenedata object (which contains things like the vertex and fragment shaders, vertex lists, textures, and so forth), and deltatime, which indicates how much time has passed since the previous frame, so that we know how far to advance the animation. when this function returns, the webgl framebuffer being used by webxr now has in it two copies of the scene, each occupying half the frame: one for the left eye, and one for the righ...

Attestation and Assertion - Web APIs
rtificate. the attestation certificate is built into the authenticator during manufacturing time and is specific to a device model. that is, all "samsung galaxy s8" phones, manufactured at a specific time or particular manufacturing run, have the same attestation certificate. the attestation is returned through the webauthn api as the authenticatorattestationresponse. the attestation format contains two basic arraybuffers: clientdatajson - an arraybuffer that contains a json representation of what the browser saw when being asked to authenticate. attestationobject - cryptographic attestation that a newly generated keypair was created by that authenticator. contains authenticator data and an attestation statement. the authenticator data contains an attestedcredentialdata field. th...
...(the authenticator data is the same structure that is used in the authenticatorassertionresponse. the attestedcredentialdata is an optional field used in attestation. it is not included when used in the authenticatorassertionresponse.) different devices have different attestation formats. ...
... service, the server sends a challenge and the authenticator signs over it with a key pair previously registered to that service. this creates an assertion. unlike the attestation, the format of the assertion is always the same regardless of the device being used. the assertion is returned through the webauthn api as the authenticatorassertionresponse. the assertion format is fairly simple as it contains four basic arraybuffers: clientdatajson - the same as in attestation. an arraybuffer that contains a json representation of what the browser saw when being asked to authenticate. authenticatordata - data created and/or used by the authenticator signature - a signature over the clientdatajson and authenticatordata that can be verified with the public key that was created during r...

ARIA: application role - Accessibility
tional html interpretation techniques should be used. this role should only be used to define very dynamic and desktop-like web applications. <div role="application">...</div> this defines this div element and all of its descendants to be treated like they are part of a desktop application. description the application role indicates to assistive technologies that this part of the web content contains elements that do not conform to any other known html element or wai-aria widget. any sort of special interpretation of html structures and widgets should be suspended, and control should be completely handed over to the browser and web application to handle mouse, keyboard, or touch interaction. in this mode, the web author is completely responsible for handling any and all keyboard input, focus...
...ntrol should be completely handed over to the browser and web application to handle mouse, keyboard, or touch interaction. in this mode, the web author is completely responsible for handling any and all keyboard input, focus management, and other interactions and cannot assume assistive technologies would do any processing on their end. if the web application encompassed by the application role contains parts that should be treated like normal web content, a role of document or article should be used. background for historic reasons, especially on windows, screen readers and some other assistive technologies (at) have traditionally grabbed the whole web content from the browser at once after it had finished loading. the ats build their own representation of it that makes the most sense for a b...
... associated wai-aria roles, states, and properties document, article used to indicate parts of the application that should be treated as normal web content aria-activedescendant used to manage focus inside the application. aria-label used to provide the name of the application or purpose of the widget that is being exposed. aria-describedby used to indicate the idref of an element that contains additional instructions for navigating or operating this element. aria-roledescription used to give the application a more descriptive role text for screen readers to speak. this should be localized. keyboard interactions keyboard interaction is completely under the web author's control and can be anything associated with the particular widget being implemented. in a slides application, for ...

ARIA: rowgroup role - Accessibility
an element with role="rowgroup" is a group of rows within a tabular structure. a rowgroup contains one or more rows of cells, grid cells, column headers, or row headers within a grid, table or treegrid. <div role="table" aria-label="populations" aria-describedby="country_population_desc"> <div id="country_population_desc">world populations by country</div> <div role="rowgroup"> <div role="row"> <span role="columnheader" aria-sort="descending">country</span> <span role="columnheader"aria-sort="none">population</span> </div> </div> <div role="rowgroup"> <div role="row"> <span role="cell">finland</span> <span role="cell">5.5 million</span> </div> <div role="row"> <span role="cell">france</span> <span role=...
...ontained in, or owned by, elements with either the table or grid role. using the native <thead>, <tfoot> , and <tbody> html elements, whenever possible, is strongly encouraged. to create an aria table header, table footer or table body, add role="rowgroup" to the element. that rowgroup should be nested within a grid, table or treegrid, encompassing a group of one or more rows. each row, in turn, contains child cells. these cells can be of different types, depending on whether they are column or row headers, or plain or grid cells. note: using the native html table element (<table>) along with the table header (<thead>), footer (<tfoot>), and body (<tbody>) elements whenever possible is strongly encouraged. associated wai-aria roles, states, and properties context roles role="table" one ...
...grid) in which you'll find a row. it identifies the row as being part of a non-interactive table structure containing data arranged in rows and columns, similar to the native <table> html element. role="treegrid" similar to a grid, but with rows that can be expanded and collapsed in the same manner as for a tree. descendant roles role="row" a row of cells within a tabular structure. a row contains one or more cells, gridcell, or column headers, and sometimes a row header. keyboard interactions none required javascript features none. the first rule of aria use is if you can use a native feature with the semantics and behavior you require already built in, instead of re-purposing an element and adding an aria role, state or property to make it accessible, then do so. employ the html ...

WAI-ARIA Roles - Accessibility
priate semantics do not already exist. a figure is generally considered to be one or more images, code snippets, or other content that puts across information in a different way to a regular flow of text.aria: form rolethe form landmark role can be used to identify a group of elements on a page that provide equivalent functionality to an html form.aria: grid rolethe grid role is for a widget that contains one or more rows of cells. the position of each cell is significant and can be focused using keyboard input.aria: gridcell rolethe gridcell role is used to make a cell in a grid or treegrid. it is intended to mimic the functionality of the html td element for table-style grouping of information.aria: heading rolethe heading role defines this element as a heading to a page or section. to give the ...
... through a website or page content.aria: region rolethe region landmark role is used to identify an area in the document that the author has identified as significant. it is used to provide a generic landmark for people to be able to navigate to easily when none of the other landmark roles are appropriate.aria: row rolean element with role="row" is a row of cells within a tabular structure. ...
... of the other landmark roles are appropriate.aria: row rolean element with role="row" is a row of cells within a tabular structure. a row contains one or more cells, grid cells or column headers, and possibly a row header, within a grid, table or treegrid, and optionally within a rowgroup.aria: rowgroup rolean element with role="rowgroup" is a group of rows within a tabular structure. a rowgroup contains one or more rows of cells, grid cells, column headers, or row headers within a grid, table or treegrid.aria: search rolethe search landmark role is used to identify a section of the page used to search the page, site, or collection of sites.aria: suggestion rolethe suggestion landmark role semantically denotes a single proposed change to an editable document. this should be used on an element th...

Accessibility documentation index - Accessibility
hat puts across information in a different way to a regular flow of text. 63 aria: form role aria, aria role, aria figure, accessibility, reference, rôle, form the form landmark role can be used to identify a group of elements on a page that provide equivalent functionality to an html form. 64 aria: grid role aria, html the grid role is for a widget that contains one or more rows of cells. the position of each cell is significant and can be focused using keyboard input. 65 aria: gridcell role aria, html the gridcell role is used to make a cell in a grid or treegrid. it is intended to mimic the functionality of the html td element for table-style grouping of information. 66 aria: heading role aria, aria role, aria headin...
... role aria, accessibility, needscontent the listbox role is used for lists from which a user may select one or more items which are static and, unlike html <select> elements, may contain images. 69 aria: row role aria, aria role, aria row, aria row role, accessibility, reference, row role an element with role="row" is a row of cells within a tabular structure. ...
... 71 aria: search role aria, aria role, reference, role-search the search landmark role is used to identify a section of the page used to search the page, site, or collection of sites. ...

Text labels and names - Accessibility
ccount section.</p> <button>close</button> </div> see also role="dialog" role="alertdialog" aria-label aria-labelledby wai-aria: dialog role dialog authoring practices documents must have a title it is important on each html document to include a <title> that describes the page's purpose. a common navigation technique for users of assistive technology is to infer what content a page contains by reading its title. if the title is not available, they have to navigate the page to determine its content, which can be a time consuming and potentially confusing process. examples the title for the reference article about the <title> element is as follows: <title>&lt;title&gt;: the document title element - html: hypertext markup language</title> another example might look like so: <title...
...t rely on placeholder text, because it disappears as soon as the user starts typing. frame elements must be labeled frame elements, both <iframe> and the older, obsolete <frame>, must have a title to describe the contents of the frame. use the title attribute to label a frame element. without a title, users of assistive technologies have to navigate into the frame in order to understand what it contains, which can be difficult and confusing. the <frame> element is no longer part of the html specification as of html5. support for it may be dropped by browsers in the future. in addition, it is difficult for screen readers to navigate pages with <frame> elements. for best accessibility and future maintenance, redesign any pages that use frames to use css to achieve a similar layout. as a best pr...
... on headings to understand the structure and content of a document. do not use heading elements to mark up images or other graphical content. use title attribute to describe <iframe> content make sure that <iframe> elements have a title attribute to describe the contents of the frame. without a title, users of assistive technologies have to navigate into the frame in order to understand what it contains, which can be difficult and confusing. as a best practice, also provide a <title> for the document that is enclosed in the frame, with content identical to the frame's title attribute. (this assumes that the enclosed document is under your control; if not, try to match the frame's title attribute to the document's title.) some screen readers replace the contents of the title attribute with the ...

Understandable - Accessibility
r it. you don't need to set a different language for words or phrases that are the same regardless of language (for example proper names, technical terms that aren't part of a specific language). 3.1.3 unusual words (aaa) where technical terms, jargon, or idioms/slang are used, definitions should be provided for such phrases/words. your site should provide a glossary that contains definitions of such words/terms that you can then link to when they appear, or at the very least provide definitions somewhere in the surrounding text, or in a description list at the bottom of the page. 3.1.4 abbreviations (aaa) where abbreviations are used, you should provide an expansion of them, or a definition as required. the <abbr> element is often thought of as t...
... provide definitions somewhere in the surrounding text, or in a description list at the bottom of the page. 3.1.4 abbreviations (aaa) where abbreviations are used, you should provide an expansion of them, or a definition as required. the <abbr> element is often thought of as the preferred way to provide an expansion for an abbreviation — it takes a title attribute that contains the expansion, and this appears when the acronym is moused over. however, the title contents are not accessible via keyboard, nor are they reliably read out by screenreaders. a better way to handle this is to again provide links to glossary pages containing the acronym expansion and explanation, or at the very least include them in the surrounding text in context. see abbreviations. ...
...d not change the context in a way that may confuse or disorientate the user. this is a matter of sensible design — people don't want interfaces to surprise them; they want things to be intuitive and behave as expected. for example, focusing a navigation menu option should not change the displayed page — it should be activated before the display changes. globaleventhandlers.onfocus contains some useful information. also see building keyboard accessibility back in for some useful implementation ideas. 3.2.2 on input (a) when data is inputted into a control, or a setting is changed, context should not be changed unexpectedly. the user should be warned/advised of the impending change before it occurs. again, sensible design should be implemented. for example, if p...

:where() - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
ty, whereas :is() takes on the specificity of the most specific selector in its arguments. examples comparing :where() and :is() this example shows how :where() works, and also illustrates the difference between :where() and :is(). take the following html: <article> <h2>:is()-styled links</h2> <section class="is-styling"> <p>here is my main content. this <a href="https://mozilla.org">contains a link</a>. </section> <aside class="is-styling"> <p>here is my aside content. this <a href="https://developer.mozilla.org">also contains a link</a>. </aside> <footer class="is-styling"> <p>this is my footer, also containing <a href="https://github.com/mdn">a link</a>. </footer> </article> <article> <h2>:where()-styled links</h2> <section class="where-styling"> <p>her...
... </aside> <footer class="where-styling"> <p>this is my footer, also containing <a href="https://github.com/mdn">a link</a>. ...
... </aside> <footer class="where-styling"> <p>this is my footer, also containing <a href="https://github.com/mdn">a link</a>. ...

Visual formatting model - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
s are often referred to by their display type — e.g. a box generated by an element with display: block is called a "block box" or just a "block". note however that block boxes, block-level boxes and box containers are all subtly different; see the block boxes section below for more details. the principal box when an element generates one or more boxes, one of them is the principal box, which contains its descendant boxes and generated content in the box tree, and is also the box involved in any positioning scheme. some elements may generate additional boxes in addition to the principal box, for example display: list-item generates more than one box (e.g. a principal block box and a child marker box). and some values (such as none or contents) cause the element and/or its descendants to not g...
...rder to gain the useful effects of this, without any unwanted issues caused by changing the value of overflow. block boxes in specifications, block boxes, block-level boxes, and block containers are all referred to as block boxes in certain places. these things are somewhat different and the term block box should only be used if there is no ambiguity. ...
... inline-level and block-level boxes these are the boxes contained inside the block container that are participating in inline or block layout, respectively. block boxes a block box is a block-level box that is also a block container. ...

Using HTML sections and outlines - Developer guides
t. it is important for developers to use these semantic elements in line with their intended purposes. many accessibility tools as well as reader views provided by some browsers rely on semantic sectioning elements. so don't simply swap out an existing tangle of <div> elements for a bunch of <section> elements. section elements in html5 html navigational element (<nav>) defines a section that contains navigation links that appear often on a site. you can have primary and secondary menus, but you cannot nest a <nav> element inside another <nav> element. html article element (<article>) defines a piece of self-contained content. it does not refer to the main content alone and can be used for comments and widgets. html section element (<section>) defines a section of a document to indicate a re...
...ra context for the parent element. html aside element (<aside>) defines a section that, though related to the main element, doesn't belong to the main flow, like an explanation box or an advertisement. the aside element has its own outline, but doesn't belong to the main one. other semantic html elements used in sectioning html body element (<body>) defines all the content of a document. it contains all the content and html tags. html header element (<header>) defines a page area that typically contains a logo, title, and navigation. the header can also be used inside other semantic elements such as <article> or <section>. a section header might contain the section's heading, author name, etc. <article>, <section>, <aside>, and <nav> can have their own <header>. despite its name, the header...
...e header can also be used inside other semantic elements such as <article> or <section>. a section header might contain the section's heading, author name, etc. <article>, <section>, <aside>, and <nav> can have their own <header>. despite its name, the header is not necessarily positioned at the beginning of a page or section. html footer element (<footer>) defines a page footer, which typically contains copyright or legal notices and sometimes some links. in the context of a section, a footer might contain the sectioned content's publication date, license information, etc. <article>, <section>, <aside>, and <nav> can have their own <footer>. despite its name, the footer is not necessarily positioned at the end of a page or section. how do sectional elements work? <body> <header> <n...

<input type="file"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
if the user selected multiple files, the value represents the first file in the list of files they selected. the other files can be identified using the input's htmlinputelement.files property. note: if multiple files are selected, the string represents the first selected file. javascript can access the other files through the inpu...
...u only want the user to choose a single file per <input>, omit the multiple attribute. getting information on selected files the selected files' are returned by the element's htmlinputelement.files property, which is a filelist object containing a list of file objects. the filelist behaves like an array, so you can check its length property to get the number of selected files. each file object contains the following information: name the file's name. lastmodified a number specifying the date and time at which the file was last modified, in milliseconds since the unix epoch (january 1, 1970 at midnight). lastmodifieddate a date object representing the date and time at which the file was last modified. this is deprecated and should not be used. use lastmodified instead. size the size ...
...tener to the input to listen for changes to its selected value changes (in this case, when files are selected). the event listener invokes our custom updateimagedisplay() function. input.addeventlistener('change', updateimagedisplay); whenever the updateimagedisplay() function is invoked, we: use a while loop to empty the previous contents of the preview <div>. grab the filelist object that contains the information on all the selected files, and store it in a variable called curfiles. check to see if no files were selected, by checking if curfiles.length is equal to 0. if so, print a message into the preview <div> stating that no files have been selected. if files have been selected, we loop through each one, printing information about it into the preview <div>. things to note here: we us...

<input type="tel"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
a telephone number, or empty events change and input supported common attributes autocomplete, list, maxlength, minlength, pattern, placeholder, readonly, and size idl attributes list, selectionstart, selectionend, selectiondirection, and value methods select(), setrangetext(), setselectionrange() value the <input> element's value attribute contains a domstring that either represents a telephone number or is an empty string (""). additional attributes in addition to the attributes that operate on all <input> elements regardless of their type, telephone number inputs support the following attributes: attribute description list the id of the <datalist> element that contains the optional pre-defined autocomplete o...
...gested values taking it a step farther, you can provide a list of default phone number values from which the user can select. to do this, use the list attribute. this doesn't limit the user to those options, but does allow them to select commonly-used telephone numbers more quickly. this also offers hints to autocomplete. the list attribute specifies the id of a <datalist> element, which in turn contains one <option> element per suggested value; each option's value is the corresponding suggested value for the telephone number entry box. <label for="telno">phone number: </label> <input id="telno" name="telno" type="tel" list="defaulttels"> <datalist id="defaulttels"> <option value="111-1111-1111"> <option value="122-2222-2222"> <option value="333-3333-3333"> <option value="344-4444-4444"...
... var selectelem = document.queryselector("select"); var inputelems = document.queryselectorall("input"); selectelem.onchange = function() { for(var i = 0; i < inputelems.length; i++) { input...

<input type="url"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
mstring representing a url, or empty events change and input supported common attributes autocomplete, list, maxlength, minlength, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required and size idl attributes list, value, selectionend, selectiondirection methods select(), setrangetext() and setselectionrange(). value the <input> element's value attribute contains a domstring which is automatically validated as conforming to url syntax. more specifically, there are two possible value formats that will pass validation: an empty string ("") indicating that the user did not enter a value or that the value was removed. a single properly-formed absolute url. this doesn't necessarily mean the url address exists, but it is at least formatted correctly. in sim...
...mple terms, this means urlscheme://restofurl. see validation for details on how urls are validated to ensure that they're formatted properly. ...
...//www.example.com"> offering suggested values taking it a step farther, you can provide a list of default options from which the user can select by specifying the list attribute. this doesn't limit the user to those options, but does allow them to select commonly-used urls more quickly. this also offers hints to autocomplete. the list attribute specifies the id of a <datalist>, which in turn contains one <option> element per suggested value; each option's value is the corresponding suggested value for the url entry box. <input id="myurl" name="myurl" type="url" list="defaulturls"> <datalist id="defaulturls"> <option value="https://developer.mozilla.org/"> <option value="http://www.google.com/"> <option value="http://www.microsoft.com/"> <option value="https://www.mozilla.org/...

<th> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
e omitted, if it is immediately followed by a <th> or <td> element or if there are no more data in its parent element. permitted parents a <tr> element. implicit aria role columnheader or rowheader permitted aria roles any dom interface htmltableheadercellelement attributes this element includes the global attributes. abbr this attribute contains a short abbreviated description of the cell's content. some user-agents, such as speech readers, may present this description before the content itself. colspan this attribute contains a non-negative integer value that indicates for how many columns the cell extends. its default value is 1. values higher than 1000 will be considered as incorrect and will be set to the default value (1). header...
...ed description of the cell's content. some user-agents, such as speech readers, may present this description before the content itself. colspan this attribute contains a non-negative integer value that indicates for how many columns the cell extends. its default value is 1. values higher than 1000 will be considered as incorrect and will be set to the default value (1). headers this attribute contains a list of space-separated strings, each corresponding to the id attribute of the <th> elements that apply to this element. rowspan this attribute contains a non-negative integer value that indicates for how many rows the cell extends. its default value is 1; if its value is set to 0, it extends until the end of the table section (<thead>, <tbody>, <tfoot>, even if implicitly defined), that the ...
...ft. note: do not use this attribute as it is obsolete in the latest standard. to achieve the same effect as the left, center, right or justify values, apply the css text-align property to the element. to achieve the same effect as the char value, give the text-align property the same value you would use for the char. unimplemented in css3. axis obsolete since html5 this attribute contains a list of space-separated strings. each string is the id of a group of cells that this header applies to. note: do not use this attribute as it is obsolete in the latest standard: use the scope attribute instead. bgcolor this attribute defines the background color of each cell in a column. it consists of a 6-digit hexadecimal code as defined in srgb and is prefixed by '#'. this attribute m...

Global attributes - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
he url of the vocabulary that will be used to define itemprops (item properties) in the data structure. itemscope is used to set the scope of where in the data structure the vocabulary set by itemtype will be active. lang helps define the language of an element: the language that non-editable elements are in, or the language that editable elements should be written in by the user. the attribute contains one “language tag” (made of hyphen-separated “language subtags”) in the format defined in tags for identifying languages (bcp47). xml:lang has priority over it. part a space-separated list of the part names of the element. part names allows css to select and style specific elements in a shadow tree via the ::part pseudo-element. slot assigns a slot in a shadow dom shadow tree to an el...
...ement whose name attribute's value matches that slot attribute's value. spellcheck an enumerated attribute defines whether the element may be checked for spelling errors. it may have the following values: true, which indicates that the element should be, if possible, checked for spelling errors; false, which indicates that the element should not be checked for spelling errors. style contains css styling declarations to be applied to the element. note that it is recommended for styles to be defined in a separate file or files. this attribute and the <style> element have mainly the purpose of allowing for quick styling, for example for testing purposes. tabindex an integer attribute indicating if the element can take input focus (is focusable), if it should participate to sequential ...
... navigation, but its relative order is defined by the platform convention; a positive value means that the element should be focusable and reachable via sequential keyboard navigation; the order in which the elements are focused is the increasing value of the tabindex. if several elements share the same tabindex, their relative order follows their relative positions in the document. title contains a text representing advisory information related to the element it belongs to. such information can typically, but not necessarily, be presented to the user as a tooltip. translate an enumerated attribute that is used to specify whether an element's attribute values and the values of its text node children are to be translated when the page is localized, or whether to leave them unchanged. it...

A re-introduction to JavaScript (JS tutorial) - JavaScript
you wish to ensure that the body of the loop is executed at least once: while (true) { // an infinite loop! } var input; do { input = get_input(); } while (inputisnotvalid(input)); javascript's for loop is the same as that in c and java: it lets you provide the control information for your loop on a single line. for (var i = 0; i < 5; i++) { // will execute 5 times } javascript also contains two other prominent for loops: for...of for (let value of array) { // do something with value } and for...in: for (let property in object) { // do something with object property } the && and || operators use short-circuit logic, which means whether they will execute their second operand is dependent on the first. this is useful for checking for null objects before accessing their attrib...
......
...structor, ...args) { var o = {}; // create an object constructor.apply(o, args); return o; } this isn't an exact replica of new as it doesn't set up the prototype chain (it would be difficult to illustrate). this is not something you use very often, but it's useful to know about. in this snippet, ...args (including the ellipsis) is called the "rest arguments" — as the name implies, this contains the rest of the arguments. calling var bill = trivialnew(person, 'william', 'orange'); is therefore almost equivalent to var bill = new person('william', 'orange'); apply() has a sister function named call, which again lets you set this but takes an expanded argument list as opposed to an array. function lastnamecaps() { return this.last.touppercase(); } var s = new person('simon', 'willi...

Control flow and error handling - JavaScript
the semicolon (;) character is used to separate statements in javascript code. any javascript expression is also a statement. ...
...e}: "${this.message}"`; } // create an instance of the object type and throw it throw new userexception('value too high'); try...catch statement the try...catch statement marks a block of statements to try, and specifies one or more responses should an exception be thrown. if an exception is thrown, the try...catch statement catches it. the try...catch statement consists of a try block, which contains one or more statements, and a catch block, containing statements that specify what to do if an exception is thrown in the try block. in other words, you want the try block to succeed—but if it does not, you want control to pass to the catch block. if any statement within the try block (or in a function called from within the try block) throws an exception, control immediately shifts to the cat...
...{ // statements to handle any exceptions logmyerrors(err); // pass exception object to error handler } best practice: when logging errors to the console inside a catch block, using console.error() rather than console.log() is advised for debugging. it formats the message as an error, and adds it to the list of error messages generated by the page. the finally block the finally block contains statements to be executed after the try and catch blocks execute. additionally, the finally block executes before the code that follows the try…catch…finally statement. it is also important to note that the finally block will execute whether or not an exception is thrown. if an exception is thrown, however, the statements in the finally block execute even if no catch block handles the except...

Warning: String.x is deprecated; use String.prototype.x instead - JavaScript
fox versions prior to 68. string generics have been removed starting with firefox 68. ...
...moved starting with firefox 68. ...
...lready present // (one may use shims for these if not available) (function() { 'use strict'; var i, // we could also build the array of methods with the following, but the // getownpropertynames() method is non-shimable: // object.getownpropertynames(string).filter(function(methodname) { // return typeof string[methodname] === 'function'; // }); methods = [ 'contains', 'substring', 'tolowercase', 'touppercase', 'charat', 'charcodeat', 'indexof', 'lastindexof', 'startswith', 'endswith', 'trim', 'trimleft', 'trimright', 'tolocalelowercase', 'normalize', 'tolocaleuppercase', 'localecompare', 'match', 'search', 'slice', 'replace', 'split', 'substr', 'concat', 'localecompare' ], methodcount = methods.length, assignstringgeneric ...

Array - JavaScript
n array. array.prototype[@@unscopables] a symbol containing property names to exclude from a with binding scope. instance methods array.prototype.concat() returns a new array that is this array joined with other array(s) and/or value(s). array.prototype.copywithin() copies a sequence of array elements within the array. array.prototype.entries() returns a new array iterator object that contains the key/value pairs for each index in the array. array.prototype.every() returns true if every element in this array satisfies the testing function. array.prototype.fill() fills all the elements of an array from a start index to an end index with a static value. array.prototype.filter() returns a new array containing all elements of the calling array for which the provided filtering functio...
...he found element in the array, if some element in the array satisfies the testing function, or undefined if not found. array.prototype.findindex() returns the found index in the array, if an element in the array satisfies the testing function, or -1 if not found. array.prototype.foreach() calls a function for each element in the array. array.prototype.includes() determines whether the array contains a value, returning true or false as appropriate. array.prototype.indexof() returns the first (least) index of an element within the array equal to an element, or -1 if none is found. array.prototype.join() joins all elements of an array into a string. array.prototype.keys() returns a new array iterator that contains the keys for each index in the array. array.prototype.lastindexof() retur...
...and its elements. overrides the object.prototype.tolocalestring() method. array.prototype.tostring() returns a string representing the array and its elements. overrides the object.prototype.tostring() method. array.prototype.unshift() adds one or more elements to the front of an array, and returns the new length of the array. array.prototype.values() returns a new array iterator object that contains the values for each index in the array. array.prototype[@@iterator]() returns a new array iterator object that contains the values for each index in the array. examples creating an array the following example creates an array, msgarray, with a length of 0, then assigns values to msgarray[0] and msgarray[99], changing the length of the array to 100. let msgarray = [] msgarray[0] = 'hello' m...

Map - JavaScript
lues, retrieve those values, delete keys, and detect whether something is stored at a key. for this reason (and because there were no built-in alternatives), objects have been used as maps historically. however, there are important differences that make map preferable in certain cases: map object accidental keys a map does not contain any keys by default. it only contains what is explicitly put into it. an object has a prototype, so it contains default keys that could collide with your own keys if you're not careful. note: as of es5, this can be bypassed by using object.create(null), but this is seldom done. key types a map's keys can be any value (including functions, objects, or any primitive). the keys of an object must...
...pe.get(key) returns the value associated to the key, or undefined if there is none. map.prototype.has(key) returns a boolean asserting whether a value has been associated to the key in the map object or not. map.prototype.set(key, value) sets the value for the key in the map object. returns the map object. iteration methods map.prototype[@@iterator]() returns a new iterator object that contains an array of [key, value] for each element in the map object in insertion order. map.prototype.keys() returns a new iterator object that contains the keys for each element in the map object in insertion order. map.prototype.values() returns a new iterator object that contains the values for each element in the map object in insertion order. map.prototype.entries() returns a new iterator obje...
... map.prototype.foreach(callbackfn[, thisarg]) calls callbackfn once for each key-value pair present in the map object, in insertion order. ...

String.prototype.split() - JavaScript
ern describing where each split should occur. the separator can be a simple string or it can be a regular expression. the simplest case is when separator is just a single character; this is used to split a delimited string. for example, a string containing tab separated values (tsv) could be parsed by passing a tab character as the separator, like this: mystring.split("\t"). if separator contains multiple characters, that entire character sequence must be found in order to split. if separator is omitted or does not occur in str, the returned array contains one element consisting of the entire string. if separator appears at the beginning (or end) of the string, it still has the effect of splitting. the result is an empty (i.e. zero length) string, which appears at the first (or last)...
...the following example, split() looks for spaces in a string and returns the first 3 splits that it finds. const mystring = 'hello world. how are you doing?' const splits = mystring.split(' ', 3) console.log(splits) this script displays the following: ["hello", "world.", "how"] splitting with a regexp to include parts of the separator in the result if separator is a regular expression that contains capturing parentheses (), matched results are included in the array. const mystring = 'hello 1 word. sentence number 2.' const splits = mystring.split(/(\d)/) console.log(splits) this script displays the following: [ "hello ", "1", " word. sentence number ", "2", "." ] note: \d matches the character class for digits between 0 and 9. reversing a string using split() this is not a robus...
...ello ", "1", " word. sentence number ", "2", "." ] note: \d matches the character class for digits between 0 and 9. reversing a string using split() this is not a robust way to reverse a string: const str = 'asdfghjkl' const strreverse = str.split('').reverse().join('') // 'lkjhgfdsa' // split() returns an array on which reverse() and join() can be applied it doesn't work if the string contains grapheme clusters, even when using a unicode-aware split. (use, for example, esrever instead.) const str = 'résumé' const strreverse = str.split(/(?:)/u).reverse().join('') // => "́emuśer" bonus: use === operator to test if the original string was a palindrome. specifications specification ecmascript (ecma-262)the definition of 'string.prototype.split' in that spec...

Digital audio concepts - Web media technologies
ample, but others use 32-bit floating-point values or 24-bit or 32-bit integers. some older audio file formats—which you won't find in use on the web—used 8-bit integer samples. in addition, samples may use signed or unsigned values, as well. the size of an individual sample is called the sample size. the position of each audio source within the audio signal is called a channel. each channel contains a sample indicating the amplitude of the audio being produced by that source at a given moment in time. for instance, in stereo sound, there are two audio sources: one speaker on the left, and one on the right. each of these is represented by one channel, and the number of channels contained in the audio signal is called the channel count. while recording or generating multi-channel audio files,...
...e the signal for special speakers designed to produce the low frequency sounds and vibration to create a visceral sensation when listening to the audio. the lfe channels typically drive subwoofers and similar devices. monophonic audio has one channel, stereo sound has two channels, 5.1 surround sound has 6 channels (five standard and one lfe), and so forth. each audio frame is a data record that contains the samples for all of the channels available in an audio signal. the size of an audio frame is calculated by multiplying the sample size in bytes by the number of channels, so a single frame of stereo 16-bit audio is 4 bytes long and a single frame of 5.1 floating-point audio is 24 (4 bytes per sample multiplied by 6 channels). note: it's worth noting that some codecs will actually separate th...
...h has more consistency and is therefore easier to compress. restricting the audio bandwidth to include only the frequencies most important to how the human ear will interpret the decoded sound can also improve compression factors. the type of content being encoded can affect the choice of codec. in particular, the waveform for music is almost always more complex than that of an audio sample that contains only human voices. in addition, the human voice uses a small portion of the range of audio frequencies the human ear can detect. telephone networks, which were originally designed specifically to transmit human voices, can only carry audio (or any other kind of signal) in the frequency band from 300 hz to 3,000 hz. this doesn't quite cover the entire range of human speech at the low end, but eno...

Image file type and format guide - Web media technologies
files in many years, but when dealing with older content, you may find some still around. xbm uses a snippet of c code to represent the contents of the image as an array of bytes. each image consists of 2 to 4 #define directives, providing the width and height of the bitmap (and optionally the hotspot, if the image is designed as a cursor), followed by an array of unsigned char, where each value contains 8 1-bit monochrome pixels. the image must be a multiple of 8 pixels wide. for example, the following code represents an xbm image which is 8 pixels by 8 pixels, with those pixels in a black-and-white checkerboard pattern: #define square8_width 8 #define square8_height 8 static unsigned char square8_bits[] = { 0xaa, 0x55, 0xaa, 0x55, 0xaa, 0x55, 0xaa, 0x55 }; mime type image/xbm,...
... true color n/a n/a indexed color n/a n/a greyscale with alpha n/a n/a true color with alpha n/a n/a compression lossless licensing open source choosing an image format picking the best ...
...second. otherwise, jpeg is the safe choice for compatibility. best choice fallback webp or jpeg jpeg icons for smaller images such as icons, use a lossless format to avoid loss of detail in a size-constrained image. while lossless webp is ideal for this purpose, support is not widespread yet, so png is a better choice unless you offer a fallback. if your image contains fewer than 256 colors, gif is an option, although png often compresses even smaller with its indexed compression option (png-8). if the icon can be represented using vector graphics, consider svg, since it scales across various resolutions and sizes, so it's perfect for responsive design. although svg support is good, it may be worth offering a png fallback for older browsers. best cho...

Module structure of the SDK - Archive of obsolete content
commonjs is the underlying infrastructure for both the sdk and the add-ons you build using the sdk. a commonjs module is a piece of reusable javascript: it exports certain objects which are thus made available to dependent code. commonjs defines: an object called exports which contains all the objects which a commonjs module wants to make available to other modules a function called require which a module can use to import the exports object of another module. except for scripts that interact directly with web content, all the javascript code you'll write or use when developing add-ons using the sdk is part of a commonjs module, including: sdk modules: the javascript modules which the sdk provides, such as panel and page-mod. local modules: each of the javascript files under your add-...
...our add-on's code into a collection of separate commonjs modules. each module is a separate file stored under your add-on's "lib" directory, and exports the objects you want to make available to other modules in your add-on. see the tutorial on creating reusable modules for more details. to import a local module, specify a path relative to the importing module. ...

panel - Archive of obsolete content
blems getting your add-on approved on amo. instead, keep the script in a separate file and load it using contentscriptfile. this makes your code easier to maintain, secure, debug and review. getting user input note: this example uses the action button api, which is only available from firefox 29 onwards. the following add-on adds a button which displays a panel when clicked. the panel just contains a <textarea> element: when the user presses the return key, the contents of the <textarea> is sent to the main add-on code. the add-on consists of six files: main.js: the main add-on code, that creates the button and panel get-text.js: the content script that interacts with the panel content text-entry.html: the panel content itself, specified as html icon-16.png, icon-32.png, and icon-6...
...h the width of the panel in pixels. focus whether or not focus will be taken away when the panel is shown. this property is read-only. contenturl the url of content loaded into the panel. this can point to local content loaded from your add-on's "data" directory or remote content. setting it updates the panel's content immediately. allow an object describing permissions for the content. it contains a single key named script whose value is a boolean that indicates whether or not to execute script in the content. contentscriptfile a local file url or an array of local file urls of content scripts to load. content scripts specified by this property are loaded before those specified by the contentscript property. contentscript a string or an array of strings containing the texts of content ...

self - Archive of obsolete content
ule. id this property is a printable string that is unique for each add-on. it comes from the id property set in the package.json file in the main package (i.e. the package in which you run jpm xpi). while not generally of use to add-on code directly, it can be used by internal api code to index local storage and other resources that are associated with a particular add-on. ...
... file in the main package (i.e. the package in which you run jpm xpi). while not generally of use to add-on code directly, it can be used by internal api code to index local storage and other resources that are associated with a particular add-on. name this property contains the add-on's short name. it comes from the name property in the main package's package.json file. version this property contains the add-on's version string. it comes from the version property set in the package.json file in the main package. loadreason this property contains of the following strings describing the reason your add-on was loaded: install enable startup upgrade downgrade isprivatebrowsingsupported this property indicates whether or not the add-on supports private browsing. it comes from the private-bro...

url - Archive of obsolete content
; // https userpass the username:password part of the url, null if not present. host the host of the url, null if not present. for example: var url = require("sdk/url").url("https://developer.mozilla.org/add-ons?example=true&visible=yes#top"); console.log(url.host); // developer.mozilla.org port the port number of the url, null if none was specified. path the path component of the url. contains everything after the host of the url. compare with pathname. for example: var url = require("sdk/url").url("https://developer.mozilla.org/add-ons?example=true&visible=yes#top"); console.log(url.path); // /add-ons?example=true&visible=yes#top hostname the domain of the url, as a string. mirrors window.location.hostname. for example: var url = require("sdk/url").url("https://developer.mozilla.
...rg/add-ons?example=true&visible=yes#top"); console.log(url.search); // ?example=true&visible=yes dataurl methods tostring() returns a string representation of the data url. if base64 is true, the data property is encoded using base-64 encoding. returns string : the url as a string. properties mimetype the mime type of the data. by default is an empty string. parameters an hashmap that contains the parameters of the data url. by default is an empty object. base64 defines the encoding for the value in data property. data the string that contains the data in the data url. if the uri given to the constructor contains base64 parameter, this string is decoded. ...

dev/panel - Archive of obsolete content
the icon to display in the toolbox toolbar, specified as a resource:// url pointing to an icon file, typically in your add-on's "data" directory. you can use the notation "./my-icon.png" as an alias for the url pointing to "data/my-icon.png". mandatory url string a resource:// url pointing to an html file, typically in your add-on's "data" directory. this file contains the specification of the panel's user interface. you can use the notation "./my-file.html" as an alias for the url pointing to "data/my-file.html". you can't directly manipulate the panel's content from main.js, but you can exchange messages with scripts running in the panel. mandatory tooltip string a string that will be used as a tooltip in the toolbox toolbar. ...
...thod listtabs and the stylesheet actor object has a method getstylesheets. any additional parameters sent in the message become arguments to the method. if a message is expected to get a reply, then the method returns a promise which is fulfilled with the reply. if the message reply in the remote debugging protocol would contain an actor id, then in volcan.js the object that fulfills the promise contains that actor instance. if the message reply contains some json object, then in volcan.js the object that fulfills the promise includes a corresponding json object. if an actor can send notifications, as in the request/reply/notify pattern, then the corresponding volcan.js object emits an event, which you can listen for using addeventlistener. any data sent with the notification is available to the...

io/file - Archive of obsolete content
do not exist are also created. mkpath can be called multiple times on the same path. parameters path : string the path to create. open(path, mode) returns a stream providing access to the contents of a file. parameters path : string the path of the file to open. mode : string an optional string, each character of which describes a characteristic of the returned stream. if the string contains "r", the file is opened in read-only mode. "w" opens the file in write-only mode. "b" opens the file in binary mode. if "b" is not present, the file is opened in text mode, and its contents are assumed to be utf-8. if mode is not given, "r" is assumed, and the file is opened in read-only text mode. apart from these options, this api always passes the following options: create_file, truncate...
...e information on these byte stream objects. opened files should always be closed after use by calling close on the returned stream. read(path, mode) opens a file and returns a string containing its entire contents. parameters path : string the path of the file to read. mode : string an optional string, each character of which describes a characteristic of the returned stream. if the string contains "b", the contents will be returned in binary mode. if "b" is not present or mode is not given, the file contents will be returned in text mode. returns string : a string containing the file's entire contents. remove(path) removes a file from the file system. to remove directories, use rmdir. parameters path : string the path of the file to remove. rmdir(path) removes a directory from the...

stylesheet/style - Archive of obsolete content
ed can be applied to a content by calling attach, and removed using detach. those functions are part of content/mod module. parameters options : object required options: name type uri string,array a string, or an array of strings, that represents local uri to stylesheet. source string,array a string, or an array of strings, that contains css rules. those rules are applied after the rules in the stylesheet specified with uri options, if provided. optional options: name type type string the type of the sheet. it accepts the following values: "agent", "user" and "author". if not provided, the default value is "author". style properties source an array of strings that...
...css rules. those rules are applied after the rules in the stylesheet specified with uri options, if provided. optional options: name type type string the type of the sheet. it accepts the following values: "agent", "user" and "author". if not provided, the default value is "author". style properties source an array of strings that contains the css rule(s) specified in the constructor's option; null if no source option was given to the constructor. this property is read-only. uri an array of strings that contains the stylesheet local uri(s) specified in the constructor's option; null if no uri option was given to the constructor. this property is read-only. type the type of the sheet. if no type is provided in constructor's opti...

ui/button/action - Archive of obsolete content
you can generate click events programmatically with the button's click() method. disabling buttons you can disable a button by setting its disabled property to true. a disabled button will not generate click events and its icon will appear disabled: updating state you can update all the button's properties except for its id. by default, the button has global s...
... badge. may be a number or a string. the badge can contain as many characters (or digits) as you like, but only the first four will be displayed. badgecolor new in firefox 36. color for the badge, specified as a css <color> value. events click this event is emitted when a user clicks the button or your add-on calls the button's click() method. arguments state : the button's state. this contains all the button's properties. ...

Bootstrapped extensions - Archive of obsolete content
or disabling an extension requires an application restart. gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) introduces bootstrapped extensions. these are special extensions that, instead of using overlays to apply their user interface to the application, programmatically insert themselves into the application. this is done using a special script file that's included in the extension that contains functions the browser calls to command the extension to install, uninstall, start up, and shut down. all the application does is call into this script file; the extension is responsible for adding and removing its user interface and handling any other setup and shutdown tasks it requires. this article discusses how bootstrapped extensions work. see this tutorial on converting from an overlay ex...
...r example, you can get access to the menu bar in firefox with document.getelementbyid("main-menubar"). be sure that at shutdown time, you remove any user interface you've added. creating a bootstrapped extension to mark an extension as bootstrappable, you need to add the following element to its install manifest: <em:bootstrap>true</em:bootstrap> then you need to add a bootstrap.js file that contains the required functions; this should be alongside the install.rdf file in the extension's package. backward compatibility because older versions of firefox don't know about the bootstrap property or bootstrap.js file, it's not overly difficult to create an xpi that will work on both as a bootstrappable extension and as a traditional extension. create your extension as a bootstrappable extension,...

Bookmarks - Archive of obsolete content
ookmarks that link to it, you can use the nsinavbookmarksservice.getbookmarkidsforuri() method. var ios = components.classes["@mozilla.org/network/io-service;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsiioservice); var uri = ios.newuri("http://google.com/", null, null); var bookmarksarray = bmsvc.getbookmarkidsforuri(uri, {}); after executing this code, the array bookmarksarray contains the ids of all bookmarks that refer to the specified uri (in this case, "http://google.com"). manipulating existing items there are a number of convenient methods you can use to make changes to existing bookmarks and bookmark folders. this section covers some of them. the item title to change the title of a bookmark or bookmark folder, you use the nsinavbookmarksservice.setitemtitle() method.
... uri = ios.newuri("http://mozilla.com/", null, null); if (!bmsvc.isbookmarked(uri)) { bmsvc.insertbookmark(bmsvc.toolbarfolder, uri, bmsvc.default_index, "mozilla"); } this example looks to see if the user already has a bookmark for the mozilla web site, and, if not, creates one, adding it to the user's bookmarks toolbar. finding the folder containing an item if you need to know what folder contains an item (this can be especially handy after using nsinavbookmarksservice.getbookmarkidsforuri() to find bookmarks for a given uri), you can use the nsinavbookmarksservice.getfolderidforitem() method. var parentfolderid = bmsvc.getfolderidforitem(newbkmkid); observing changes to bookmarks and tags to set up an observer to listen for changes related to bookmarks, you will need to create an nsin...

Miscellaneous - Archive of obsolete content
system info operating system detection // returns "winnt" on windows vista, xp, 2000, and nt systems; // "linux" on gnu/linux; and "darwin" on mac os x. ...
...http://mxr.mozilla.org/mozilla1.8/so...pdates.js#1631 bug 338039 tracks improving this situation by providing a simple method to restart the application. example for firefox: services.startup.quit(services.startup.eforcequit|services.startup.erestart); mouse and keyboard detecting mouse wheel events when scrolling the mouse wheel on an element, the dommousescroll event fires. event.detail contains the number of lines to scroll. this event is mozilla-only; other browsers may support window.onmousewheel. <div id="scrollarea" style="overflow: scroll; height: 6em; width: 10em;"> this is the scrolling area. this is the scrolling area. this is the scrolling area. this is the scrolling area. this is the scrolling area. this is the scrolling area. this is the scrolling area. this ...

Extension Versioning, Update and Compatibility - Archive of obsolete content
an entry must exist with an id matching the id of the application. additionally the minversion and maxversion of this entry must be a range that includes the version of the running application. if the application has a targetapplication entry but it is for an incompatible version then the application will retrieve updated compatibility information from the add-on's updateurl. if the install.rdf contains any targetplatform entries then the platform of the currently running application must be listed or the installation will be rejected. firefox 3 note in applications based on gecko 1.9 you can also use a targetapplication entry with an id toolkit@mozilla.org and minversion and maxversion that match the toolkit version of the running application. this allows you to say that your add-on will i...
...-on's guid changes by uninstalling the old version and then installing the new one. previously, it was possible to wind up with two copies of the same add-on installed. compatibility updates during the automatic update checks, applications look for both new versions and updated compatibility information about the currently installed version of an add-on. this means that if your update manifest contains an entry for the currently installed version of the add-on, and the entry's targetapplication entry specifies a larger maxversion then the application will use this value instead of that specified in the add-on's install.rdf. this can cause add-ons that are disabled for being incompatible to become enabled and add-ons that would normally not install to be installed. update rdf format if you hos...

Listening to events in Firefox extensions - Archive of obsolete content
fires. some pages include a fourth step. if a page uses an unload or beforeunload handler, it fires when the user navigates away from the page. if an unload handler is present, the page will not be cached. when a user navigates to a cached page, inline scripts and the onload handler do not run (steps 2 and 3), since in most cases, the effects of these scripts have been preserved. if the page contains scripts or other behaviors that fire during loading that you want to continue to execute every time the user navigates to the page, or if you want to know when a user has navigated to a cached page, use the new pageshow event. if you have behaviors that fire when a user navigates away from the page, but you want to take advantage of this new caching feature, and therefore don't want to use the u...
...to false if the page is not cached by the browser and set to true if the page is cached by the browser. when this property is set to false, the unload handler, if present, fires immediately after the pagehide event. firefox 1.5 tries to simulate load events in the same order they would occur when the page is initially loaded. frames are treated the same way as the top-level document. if the page contains frames, then when the cached page is loaded: pageshow events from each frame fire before the pageshow event in the main document fires. when the user navigates away from the cached page, the pagehide event from each frame fires before the pagehide event in the main document. for navigation that occurs inside a single frame, events fire only in the affected frame. web progress listeners fo...

Connecting to Remote Content - Archive of obsolete content
eate this instance using xpcom instead of the usual way (new xmlhttprequest()) because this way works both in chrome and non-chrome code. following initialization, onload and onerror handlers are registered to a callback function to handle the response returned from the remote server. in both cases aevent.target is an nsixmlhttprequest. in the onload callback function, the responsetext parameter contains the server response as text. if the response is an xml document, the responsexml property will hold an xmldocument object that can be manipulated using dom methods. sometimes the server doesn't specify an xml content-type header, which is necessary for the xml parsing to happen automatically. you can use overridemimetype to force the response to be parsed as xml. request.overridemimetype("text/...
...them into other forms of text output, such as html, xul, and so on. we can not cover all transformations to various output formats, so we'll just look into converting an xml document to xul. first you need to create an xslt stylesheet that acts as a template. this template will transform the xml you receive (in our case, the example xml document above) and convert it into xul. the xslt tutorial contains details for building these templates. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <xsl:stylesheet version="1.0" xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/xsl/transform" xmlns:xul="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"> <xsl:template match="/data"> <xul:vbox> <xsl:for-each select="shops/name"> <xul:hbox> <xul:label value="name:" /> <xul:labe...

Signing an XPI - Archive of obsolete content
contents of the archive file to a local folder. in my case it's c:\apps\nspr-4.6\ add path add the nss tools bin/ and lib/, and the nspr lib/ directories to the system path. you can either set this permanently via control panel->system properties->advanced->environment variables->system variables or do it each time you run the tools from the command-line (preferably using a batch file). windows contains its own version of some of these files (e.g. certutil.exe) in the system directory (\windows\system32\) so ensure the new paths are first in the path search list. c:\> set path=c:\apps\nss-3.11.4\bin\;c:\apps\nss-3.11.4\lib\;c:\apps\nspr-4.6\lib\;%path% an easier way is to copy everything from your new directories c:\apps\nss-3.11.4\ and c:\apps\nspr-4.6\ including sub directories to the same ...
... the certificate database. your browser will generate a new private key and code signing request (csr) in the background without you necessarily realising it. the csr will be uploaded to the issuer. later, you must use the same browser when installing the new certificate because the key and certificate pair must be together. hint: when applying for a certificate ensure that the organisation (o) contains your name and not the issuer's default text, because this is what is displayed to users. for this guide i applied for a free certificate from unizeto certum. after completing the application process where i entered my details into the online application, i received an automated email requesting documentary evidence of my id in the form of a photo-id or similar. i have hi-resolution scanned image...

Adding preferences to an extension - Archive of obsolete content
dialog. please note that if you are using code from this tutorial to add to an existing extension, you must uninstall and reinstall your extension to enable the preferences button for your extension in the add-ons list. establish the defaults in order to set a default preference for the stock to monitor, we need to add a new folder to our extension's package, called "defaults", which in turn contains another folder called "preferences". inside that, we create a file, defaults.js, that describes the default value of our preferences: pref("extensions.stockwatcher2.symbol", "goog"); the standard for third-party preferences, such as those used in extensions, is to use the string "extensions", a period, the name of the extension, another period, then a preference name, as seen in the example a...
....getcharpref("symbol").touppercase(); this.refreshinformation(); break; } }, the topic parameter indicates what type of event occurred. if it's not nspref:changed, we simply ignore the event, since all we're interested in is changes to the values of our preferences. once we've established that the event is in fact a preference change, we look at the data parameter, which contains the name of the preference that changed. in our example, we only have one preference, but you can monitor as many preferences as you wish here. if the changed preference is "symbol", we grab the updated value of the preference by calling the nsiprefbranch.getcharpref() method, and stash it in our tickersymbol variable. once we've gotten the updated preference, we call refreshinformation() to im...

Localizing an extension - Archive of obsolete content
hemselves. the preference dialog, whose xul file is options.xul, has a corresponding options.dtd file that looks like this: <!entity options_window_title "stockwatcher 2 preferences"> <!entity options_symbol.label "stock to watch: "> the "options_window_title" entity maps to the string "stockwatcher 2 preferences", which is used as the title of the preference window. the stockwatcher2.dtd file contains the mappings for the stockwatcher2.xul file: <!entity panel_loading "loading..."> <!entity menu_refresh_now.label "refresh now"> <!entity menu_apple.label "apple (aapl)"> <!entity menu_google.label "google (goog)"> <!entity menu_microsoft.label "microsoft (msft)"> <!entity menu_yahoo.label "yahoo (yhoo)"> update the xul files each xul file needs to reference its corresponding locale file. ...
...ring used in each xul file. update the chrome manifest to let firefox know about the locale files, we need to make a revision to our chrome.manifest file, adding one line for each localization: locale stockwatcher2 en-us chrome/locale/ this instructs firefox that the en-us localization is located in the chrome/locale/en-us directory. localizing strings in javascript code if your javascript code contains literal strings that need to be localized, as does our stock watcher sample, we need to make those localizable as well. we can do this by moving the strings into a string bundle. string bundles are created by establishing a property file that maps keys to string values. for a detailed explanation of how this works, see xul tutorial:property files. create a properties file the first thing we do is...

Images, Tables, and Mysterious Gaps - Archive of obsolete content
of a line box within a table cell. first a basic line box containing text, shown in figure 3. the most crucial part of figure 3 is the baseline (represented by the blue line), and its placement within the line box. the baseline's exact placement is dependent on the "default" font for the line box (represented by the red box), which is determined by the value of font-family for the element that contains the line box. it isn't possible for an author to change the baseline's position directly, so wherever it ends up is where it will be. the space below the baseline is referred to as "descender space" since that's where the descenders in lowercase letters like "j", "y", and "q" are drawn. figure 4 shows what happens when we add an image to the mix. note where the image sits by default: its botto...
... the mix. note where the image sits by default: its bottom edge is aligned with the baseline of the line box. this placement can be changed with vertical-align-- we'll talk about that in a bit-- but almost nobody ever changes the value from its default. let's take away the text, and leave only the image, as was done in figure 5. so we have an image sitting on the baseline of a line box that contains only the image. now consider what happens when we put that line in a table cell (figure 6). and there you have it-- spaces opening up where none have ever been seen before. it gets even worse with small images, like ones that are one pixel tall, as illustrated in figure 7. now there's all kinds of space unexpectedly opening up. it's enough to drive a designer mad. how about a fix? there i...

MCD, Mission Control Desktop, AKA AutoConfig - Archive of obsolete content
in/ total 4 lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 64 juil. 2 10:45 thunderbird -> /usr/local/thunderbirddebuglibs/thunderbird-3.0b3pre/thunderbird [root@b008-02 thunderbirddebuglibs]# find /usr/local/thunderbirddebuglibs/ -name prefcalls.js /usr/local/thunderbirddebuglibs/thunderbird-3.0b3pre/defaults/autoconfig/prefcalls.js old mozilla 1.x, possibly netscape 6/7 the following is for the record... it also contains an interesting feature that i did not use anymore -> autoconfig from a web server! changes between 2002 and 2003, we needed to upgrade the old netscape 4.x (4.79) version to mozilla 1.x (1.4), and now (2004-2005) mozilla 1.7. the autoconfiguration subsystem is quite the same as described the section on 'old' netscape 4.x, but also slightly different. mozilla new features in regard to netscape ...
...()) // unlockpref(name) unlock previously "lockpref"-ed name // config(name, value) usually for menus... // value = getpref(name) gets current setting // getldapattributes(host, base, filter, attributes) // getldapvalue(values, attribute) // .mime.type, .begin_mime_def, .end_mime_def.. // .plat // alert(message); // var = prompt(message); // var = getplatform() returns win32,... // getplatform().contains("unix")... // var = getenv(envvar) // var = putenv(envvar) // // objects/functions you *can't* use because they aren't defined // navigator.* (argh, this *really* bites) //========================================================================= // preferences configuration //========================================================================= with (prefconfig) { var values = getldapattribut...

Notes on HTML Reflow - Archive of obsolete content
he layout engine's formatting objects are computed. the html formatting objects are called frames : a frame corresponds to the geometric information for (roughly) a single element in the content model; the frames are arranged into a hierarchy that parallels the containment hierarchy in the content model. a frame is rectangular, with width, height, and an offset from the parent frame that contains it. more than one frame may be needed to represent a single element from the content model; for example, text that wraps is broken into several frames, one per wrapped line. in this case, the primary frame is the frame containing the first line of text, with continuing frames (or continuations ) created for subsequent lines. html uses a flow based layout model,...
...alesced intelligently. a frame that decides it needs a dirty reflow sets the ns_frame_is_dirty state bit on itself, and then calls the reflowdirtychild method on its parent frame. in reflowdirtychild, the parent frame sets the ns_frame_has_dirty_child state bit on itself, and does any bookkeeping necessary to remember which child is dirty (for example, the block frame marks the linebox dirty that contains the child frame). the parent frame can then either decide to schedule a reflowdirty incremental reflow targeted at itself, or to delegate that responsibility to its parent. if it decides to delegate, then it sets the ns_frame_is_dirty state bit on itself and recursively calls reflowdirtychild. eventually, the reflowdirty incremental reflow is dispatched, and arrives at the container fram...

Using XML Data Islands in Mozilla - Archive of obsolete content
the price of the first line item is " + firstprice + "."; } </script> </head> <body onload="rundemo()";> demo did not run </body> </html> the xml source text can be parsed into a dom tree using the domparser api: var parser = new domparser(); var doc = parser.parsefromstring(ordersource, "application/xml"); the html5 data block-based way shown here works in f...
...the price of the first line item is " + firstprice + "."; } </script> </head> <body onload="rundemo()";> <object id="purchase-order" data="purchase_order.xml" type="text/xml" style="display: none;"></object> <div id="output-box">demo did not run</div> </body> </html> ...

ActiveX Control for Hosting Netscape Plug-ins in IE - Archive of obsolete content
ug-ins. now you can use your plug-ins in any recent version of ie or in any other activex container for that matter. the control itself is implemented in a dll called pluginhostctrl.dll which is standalone from the rest of the mozilla project. if you're wondering how microsoft used to support the np api, look for a file called plugin.ocx in your windows system directory. this 100k activex control contains the entire np api implementation and probably worked much like pluginhostctrl.dll does now. the sections below tell you how to fetch, build and use the pluginhostctrl.dll . get the source you need cvs to get the source code. assuming you have cvs somewhere in your path, type this from a command prompt: c:\> set cvsroot=:pserver:anonymous@cvs-mirror.mozilla.org:/cvsroot c:\> set home=\temp c:\> ...
...is is necessary so that your control may coexist with the generic version and any other versions that other plug-ins vendors may have installed. it is advisable to rename the control and not to install somewhere like the windows directory where it is likely to be overridden. use a tool such as guidgen.exe or uuidgen.exe to create the new guids. package it there is a subdirectory named cab/ which contains a script and a readme.txt for producing your own signed cab files. manual installation assuming you have the precompiled pluginhostctrl.dll and wish to install it on a machine, you must register it either through an install script or manually: regsvr32 pluginhostctrl.dll you must have administrator privileges to install a new control on operating systems such as windows nt, 2000 & xp. usage in...

Making it into a dynamic overlay and packaging it up for distribution - Archive of obsolete content
contents.rdf goes in the content sub-subdirectory: <?xml version="1.0"?> <rdf:rdf xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" xmlns:chrome="http://www.mozilla.org/rdf/chrome#"> <rdf:seq about="urn:mozilla:package:root"> <rdf:l...
... list-style-image: url("chrome://tinderstatus/content/tb-testfailed.png"); } statusbarpanel#tinderbox-status[status="busted"] { list-style-image: url("chrome://tinderstatus/content/tb-busted.png"); } then we need to create two files in the directory, one called contents.rdf which contains information for the chrome registry about the component being installed and one called install.js that contains the code to install the component. contents.rdf goes in the content sub-subdirectory: <?xml version="1.0"?> <rdf:rdf xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" xmlns:chrome="http://www.mozilla.org/rdf/chrome#"> <rdf:seq about="urn:mozilla:package:root"> <rdf:li resource="urn:mozilla:package:tinderstatus"/> </rdf:seq> <rdf:description about="urn:mozilla:package:tinderst...

Style System Overview - Archive of obsolete content
the declarations (properties & values) are stored in data structs (nscss*). the data format of the structs and selectors is mostly clear from the code and not worth going into (although the implementation of :not() is confusing). css style rule representation h1, h2...
...s="emph" para: d ↓ ↓ quote: a quote: a ↓ span: e class="emph" the rule tree and style data all of the style structs that can be obtained through a style context add up to around 900 bytes. this is big, and slow to fill in. the rule tree allows sharing. to allow for optimizations, each style struct contains only inherited properties or only “reset” properties. (thus these structs can be called inherited structs or reset structs.) in the normal case, a style rule has a small number of declarations (hitting only a small number of structs). the rule tree and style data we optimize for the structs for which the rules have no declarations. in this case: inherited structs: same value as parent ...

Using microformats - Archive of obsolete content
er of microformats in a document that match specified criteria. var nummicroformats = microformats.count(name, rootelement, options); parameters name the name of the microformat to count. rootelement required. the dom element at which to begin the search. if you want to search the entire document, specify content.document. options optional. if provided, this is a javascript object that contains zero or more of the following flags: recurseexternalframes if true, child frames are included in the search. the default is true. showhidden if true, hidden microformats are added; otherwise they're left out. the default is false. debug specify true if debug mode is in use; otherwise, specify false. the default is false. return value an integer value indicating the number of microfo...
...e microformats found that match specified criteria. var microformatsarray = microformats.get(name, rootelement, options, targetarray); parameters name the name of the microformat to find. rootelement required. the dom element at which to begin the search. if you want to search the entire document, specify content.document. options optional. if provided, this is a javascript object that contains zero or more of the following flags: recurseexternalframes if true, child frames that reference external content are included in the search. the default is true. showhidden if true, hidden microformats are added; otherwise they're left out. the default is false. debug specify true if debug mode is in use; otherwise, specify false. the default is false. targetarray optional. if pro...

JavaScript Client API - Archive of obsolete content
pful to look at an existing sync engine for guidance. have a look at one of the following files: services/sync/modules/engines/bookmarks.js services/sync/modules/engines/history.js setting up a js module the code for your custom sync engine should live in a js module. first off we're going to import the files mentioned above at the top the file. we're also going to import ''util.js'' as it contains many useful helpers. const cu = components.utils; cu.import("resource://services-sync/engines.js"); cu.import("resource://services-sync/record.js"); cu.import("resource://services-sync/util.js"); the record object the record object is a wrapper around a single instance of whatever data it is that you are syncing -- a single bookmark, history url, password or form data entry. for some sync eng...
...ur engine class serves to tie together your store, tracker, and record classes into a bundle that the sync service can instantiate and use. you're probably sick of writing subclasses by this point, but don't worry: this one is very easy. i saved it for last because it requires the least code. your class must derive from the syncengine class, defined in services-sync/modules/engines.js. syncengine contains a lot of code which handles logic for the core sync algorithm, but your subclass won't need to call any of this directly, unless you are overriding part of the sync algorithm to provide custom sync behavior (an advanced technique outside the scope of this article). a sample engine class: function fooengine() { weave.syncengine.call(this, "foo"); } fooengine.prototype = { __proto__: weave.sy...

Hidden prefs - Archive of obsolete content
e. the default (defined in mailnews.js) is: pref("mail.addr_book.mapit_url.format", "http://www.mapquest.com/maps/map.adp...st&zipcode=@zi"); addressbook quick search query pref ("mail.addr_book.quicksearchquery.format" ) the format for this pref is: @v == the escaped value typed in the quick search bar in the addressbook every occurance of @v will be replaced. note, the ui has "name or email contains:". this entity (searchnameoremail.label) is defined in messenger.dtd. so if you change the quick search query to match based on phone number, the ui will not match the query. the default (defined in mailnews.js) is: pref("mail.addr_book.quicksearchquery.format","?(or(primaryemail,c,@v)(displayname,c,@v)(firstname,c,@v)(lastname,c,@v))"); "and", "or" and "not" are valid. see http://lxr.mozilla.o...
... if you change the quick search query to match based on phone number, the ui will not match the query. the default (defined in mailnews.js) is: pref("mail.addr_book.quicksearchquery.format","?(or(primaryemail,c,@v)(displayname,c,@v)(firstname,c,@v)(lastname,c,@v))"); "and", "or" and "not" are valid. see http://lxr.mozilla.org/mozilla/sourc...drdatabase.idl for the list of valid attributes "c" == contains. see nsabquerystringtoexpression::createbooleanconditionstring() for other operators. mail composition "other header" pref ("mail.compose.other.header") the format for this a comma delimited list of mail headers, like "approved,x-no-archive" an example for your prefs.js would be: user_pref("mail.compose.other.header", "approved"); this will cause "approved" to show up in the compose window add...

Introducing the Audio API extension - Archive of obsolete content
o-element'); audio.addeventlistener('loadedmetadata', loadedmetadata, false); </script> </body> </html> the mozaudioavailable event as the audio is played, sample data is made available to the audio layer and the audio buffer (size defined in mozframebufferlength) gets filled with those samples. once the buffer is full, the event mozaudioavailable is triggered. this event therefore contains the raw samples of a period of time. those samples may or may not have been played yet at the time of the event and have not been adjusted for mute or volume settings on the media element. playing, pausing, and seeking the audio also affect the streaming of this raw audio data. the mozaudioavailable event has 2 attributes: framebuffer: framebuffer (i.e., an array) containing decoded audio sam...
... and have not been adjusted for mute or volume settings on the media element. playing, pausing, and seeking the audio also affect the streaming of this raw audio data. the mozaudioavailable event has 2 attributes: framebuffer: framebuffer (i.e., an array) containing decoded audio sample data (i.e., floats) time: timestamp for these samples measured from the start in seconds the framebuffer contains an array of audio samples. it's important to note that the samples are not separated by channels; they are all delivered together. for example, for a two-channel signal: channel1-sample1 channel2-sample1 channel1-sample2 channel2-sample2 channel1-sample3 channel2-sample3. we can extend the previous example to visualize the timestamp and the first two samples in a <div> element: <!doctype html>...

Microsummary XML grammar reference - Archive of obsolete content
the value of this attribute for them. child elements: <template> (required) defines how to transform pages into their microsummaries. <pages> (required) identifies the set of pages that the generator is able to summarize. <update> (optional) specifies how frequently firefox should update the microsummaries. the <template> element the <template> element contains the xslt stylesheet which transforms web pages into their microsummaries. attributes: none. child elements: <stylesheet> or <transform> (required) the xslt stylesheet which performs the transformation. per xslt, you may specify the stylesheet child element using either the <stylesheet> or the <transform> tag, which are interchangeable. note: although the <template> element must...
... the <condition> element the optional <condition> element specifies an xpath boolean expression along with a conditional interval of time, in minutes, that must elapse between updates if the expression evaluates to true when evaluated against the page being summarized. it must be a child of the <update> element. attributes: expression (required) an xpath b...

Mozilla Application Framework in Detail - Archive of obsolete content
organization. in addition, if the organization maintains sophisticated, interactive websites, it will already possess a wealth of technical expertise that will be relevant for creating xul applications. in addition to the technologies already mentioned, we go even further by allowing you to even create your own custom interface widgets. don't feel limited by the widgets that the framework already contains! xbl (extensible binding language) allows you to expand your library of interface elements, and even construct your own xml language for defining your ui. for instance imagine that you wanted to create a chess style game. you could easily create xml elements such as <chessboard> or <chesspiece> and via xbl map these to images and application logic. this is very powerful since you could make impro...
...lla engineers have written and are in the process of refining a new security model for web services that will ease the deployment of applications using web services while maintaining the security of sites inside the user's firewall. more information using the mozilla soap api (an article written for the apple developer connection) xml extras (the home page for the xml extras code module, which contains mozilla's web services support) soap scripts in mozilla (documentation on soap in mozilla from the engineer who implemented it) xpinstall, mozilla's cross platform installation technology one of the many things that makes the mozilla platform easy for both users and developers is that applications can be installed, extended, or upgraded with simple web page links. the technology that makes this...

Mozilla Crypto FAQ - Archive of obsolete content
president of the united states has periodically issued orders to continue the eaa and ear, exercising authority under the international emergency economic powers act, also known as 50 usc 1701-1706. for more information see 15 cfr part 730, section 730.2 (concerning statutory authority for the ear), and the document "principal statutory authority for the export administration regulations", which contains copies of the export administration act of 1979 (as amended), the international emergency economic powers act (as amended), and related legislation and executive orders. i thought export of encryption software from the u.s. was governed by the international traffic in arms regulations. what happened to the itar? the itar still exist, but are no longer used in the context of export control of en...
...6, for regulation under the export administration regulations (ear), along with all other export-controlled commercial products. at that time encryption hardware, software, and technology was transferred from the u.s. munitions list to the commerce control list (ccl) of the ear. for more information see the document "principal statutory authority for the export administration regulations", which contains a copy of executive order 13026. haven't u.s. export controls on encryption software already been ruled unconstitutional? yes in a specific case, but the decision may yet be overruled. also, the case itself may be declared moot in light of the new u.s. encryption export regulations. for several years professor daniel bernstein (currently at the university of illinois at chicago) has pursued a ...

Table Cellmap - Archive of obsolete content
structural data store of the border collapse data the cellmap code is contained in nscellmap.cpp and nscellmap.h this document does currently describe only the quick lookup part of the game, border collapse is still far away cellmap data - overview the entries in the cellmap contain information about the table cell frame corresponding to a given row and column number (celldata.h). further it contains info whether this entry is a row- or colspan. 79 // this union relies on the assumption that an object (not primitive type) does 80 // not start on an odd bit boundary. if mspan is 0 then morigcell is in effect 81 // and the data does not represent a span. if mspan is 1, then mbits is in 82 // effect and the data represents a span. 83 union { 84 nstablecellframe* morigcell; 85 ...
...roduces overhead as one can not mark in advance the corresponding cells as spanned by the zero spans. the current solution is to use nscellmap::getdataat with a special argument aupdatezerospan to repair the cellmap if it encounters a empty cell (nsnull), by looking for a origin of a zero row- or colspan that spans the queried place in the cellmap. this can produce enormous costs once the cellmap contains large holes that are not caused by zero spans, this is at least a o2(n) algorithm. the following routines seem to be hot spots performance wise: nscellmap::colhasspanningcells nscellmap::rowhasspanningcells nscellmap::rowisspannedinto users of nscellmap::getdataat outside nscellmap.cpp the border collapse code relies on the cellmap. the collapsing of rows and columns uses the cellmap. a...

Tamarin Build System Documentation - Archive of obsolete content
h slave is shown as a box with a red,green, or yellow color: red means failed, green passed, and yellow has warnings. the phase state is idle or active click on the phase (e.g. ...
... expectedfail or skip expectedfail means the test is run and the assertion is the test fails, if the test passes and is marked expectedfail the test result is unexpectedpass ...

Anonymous Content - Archive of obsolete content
the concept of scope to nodes within a document. because anonymous content elements can also have bindings attached that generate their own anonymous content, this scoping can be taken to an arbitrary level of nesting. explicit content is said to be at the document-level scope. anonymous content nodes are in their own binding-level scopes. binding scopes are determined by the bound element that contains the binding responsible for the generation of the anonymous nodes. the scope of an element can be determined using the getbindingparent method on the documentxbl interface. see section 3 for more information. this method returns the bound element in the enclosing scope that is responsible for the anonymous node. if invoked on an element at the document-level scope, it returns null. dom methods ...
...d child, then the binding is no longer a fit for the bound element, and all anonymous content will be destroyed. whenever an element is removed, it simply disappears from its insertion point along with all anonymous content that was generated by the element. it is possible to manipulate the anonymous content contained underneath a bound element using standard dom apis. if anonymous content that contains an insertion point is removed, then any explicit children found underneath the insertion point are relocated to any other insertion points that match. again, if all the children cannot be relocated, then the anonymous content is destroyed. [editor's note: should there be an api for retrieving insertion points, for dynamically creating new insertion points, or for removing insertion points? perha...

Creating XPI Installer Modules - Archive of obsolete content
mozilla suite and seamonkey (until it gets converted to toolkit). addons for various toolkit applications, such as firefox or thunderbird, should be packaged in a different way. mozilla has introduced major changes to the way that themes and all the other parts of the ui are packaged. this new packaging scheme is called xpi (pronounced "zippy"), and interacts with xpinstall. a xpi file typically contains the resources to be installed (in this case the barley.jar we want to have installed in the mozilla/bin/chrome/ directory) and an install script that guides the installation process. under the chrome/ directory, you'll notice that in addition to the package subdirectories, there are now also a handful of jar files, or java archives (see figure below). jar is a file format based on the zip file fo...
...er"> <button label="barley corn" /> <button label="show aphids" oncommand="bar();" /> </box> </window> the other files that the window imports are defined in dark blue. note that the stylesheet processing instruction at the top of the xul file does not refer to any new skin, but imports communicator.css to make use of that skin's basic widget styles. the javascript file barley.js contains a single function, bar(), defined as follows: function bar() { alert("aphids"); } if you want to use the same gif image that is used in the barley package, it can be grabbed from here. while you are developing these resources and before you have made them a package of their own, you can test the basic layout and functionality by opening barley.xul from within mozilla by using file -> open. t...

Using XPInstall to Install Plugins - Archive of obsolete content
messages to feed to the user. you can create an xpinstall file by first zipping all the items you want installed with winzip (create a zip archive) and then renaming it with the xpi file extension instead of the zip file extension. unlike native code installers (for example, files called setup.exe), the programming language for install operations in xpi is javascript. since the file format that contains the software and the install.js javascript file is a cross-platform file (zip) and since javascript is understood by mozilla browsers on all platforms, often one single xpi package can be deployed on all platforms. this is, in fact, how skins and themes are installed to mozilla browsers, changing their look and feel. this article focuses on how to install plugins. which browsers support xpinsta...
...s failed, and then invoke it again without the "=" string. here is an example: var plid = "myplugin.plug/version=6.5"; err = initinstall(software_name, plid, version); if (err != 0) { // install may have failed because of n6 and = // replace plid with a simple string err = initinstall(software_name, "mypluginstring", version); if (err != 0) cancelinstall(err); } note that above, the plid contains an "=" and in case the xpi package is running on browsers that treat "=" as an illegal token, the workaround is to handle the error and invoke initinstall again. using xpinstall to run an exe (native code) installer if you wish to run a native installer (exe) to install plugin software, but wish to make the delivery of this native installer streamlined and within the browser's process, then yo...

A XUL Bestiary - Archive of obsolete content
and access chromes independent of the mozilla browser and begins to suggest some possibilities for xul-as-platform beyond the simple restyling of the browser. package a package is in some ways like a chrome, but it is specific to the mozilla architecture. a package is a chunk of interface code that sits in a particular place within mozilla's package hierarchy. like a chrome, that chunk usually contains xul content, css and graphic skin information, localization strings, and maybe some platform-specific code. the navigator is a package defined in mozilla/bin/chrome/navigator, the mail/news component is a package in mozilla/bin/chrome/mailnews/, and so on. each package directory typically has three subdirectories, content, skin, and locale, in which the xul, css, and localization information are ...
...ss newgifs.gif ... locale/ us-en/ navigator.dtd to load chrome information stored in a new package directory like this, you can use the following chrome url, chrome://navigator/skin/mynewskin/newskin.css which in turn loads the graphics in that subdirectory as needed. skin the skin is the css and graphics that makes up the look or presentation of xul. xul itself contains very little provision for how widgets are to be presented in the interface. even prior to the skinning that takes place with the global skin, which is loaded in almost every xul file you see in mozilla (and whose absence from your own xul files can make your work look strange, senseless, or invisible altogether), a xul.css file is loaded which provides some very basic presentational information f...

Introduction to XUL - Archive of obsolete content
certain why we have both. "xul" already introduced, is an application of xml used to describe the layout of most windows in the mozilla browser, including and especially the main, browser window. scope this paper makes no attempt to explain requirements. we don't have a current "requirements" document. xptoolkit architecture is a better place to gain an understanding of such things. this paper contains a short introduction to mozilla front-end architecture, concentrating on the task of building uis. it is, as always, incomplete. mozilla applications will be built of "small" components like dialog buttons and mail inbox folders, which we collectively term "widgets." within a widget, drawing and user interactions are completely under control of the individual widget, and set when the widget was ...
...ied to individual elements in xul using the same # syntax that is possible for html elements. #main-window { display: block; width: 100%; height: 100%; } for example, the above style rule would apply to the main window and dictates that the window should consume the full width and height available to it in a content area. the next element in the example declares the menubar. the menubar contains a single menu called "file". this menu contains a single menu item that has a simple javascript onclick handler attached to it. this handler fires when the menu is selected by the user, and it dumps the text "hello world!" to the debug console. (see menu bars and menus for details.) finally there is an html iframe. note that the frame is qualified with the prefix html:, since it is an html objec...

Namespaces - Archive of obsolete content
to quote wikipedia: "in general, a namespace is an abstract container providing context for the items ... ...
...xtbox/> instead of <xul:textbox/> in xul (although the latter is just as correct when not using http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul as the default namespace) -- the xul namespace is defined as the default on the topmost element. in other words, a default namespace permits a kind of short-hand to be used for all descendants of an element. here's a question: what namespace contains the element foo in the xml document below? <foo/> the answer is that it's in no namespace, or alternately, it's in the namespace denoted by the empty string: <foo xmlns=""/> this second example is semantically equivalent to the first. now, a second question: what namespaces are the bar, baz, and quux attributes in? <foo bar="value"> <element xmlns="namespace!" baz="value"> <elem...

Using Recursive Templates - Archive of obsolete content
nt"><label value="cleopatra"/></vbox> <vbox id="row8" class="indent"><label value="laura secord"/></vbox> </vbox> </groupbox> note how similar content corresponding to the action body is created for both the groups as well as the people. the template builder has also added container and empty attributes to the groups. this is done with all nodes that have children to indicate that the node contains generated children as well as whether the node is empty. these hints are used for trees, but they can also be used in a stylesheet to provide a different appearance for containers with children, empty containers, as well as non-containers. in this example, both the parent groups and child people are displayed the same. you could use multiple rules as well, in order to generate different output fo...
...as the type is bound to the local name of the result node, this will match only the first level of results from the xml data, that is, those with the group tag. the second rule has no where conditions, so this matches all remaining results. the output for groups is a groupbox with a caption containing the name. the output ...

Adding Methods to XBL-defined Elements - Archive of obsolete content
the general syntax of methods is as follows: <implementation> <method name="method-name"> <parameter name="parameter-name1"/> <parameter name="parameter-name2"/> . . . <body> <-- method script goes here --> </body> </method> </implementation> a method declaration goes inside the implementation element, like the fields and properties do. the method element contains two type of child elements, parameter elements which describe the parameters to the method and body which contains the script for the method. the value of the name attribute becomes the name of the method. similarly, the name attributes on the parameter elements become the names of each parameter. each parameter element is used to declare one parameter for the method. for example, if the method ...
...tribute becomes the name of the method. similarly, the name attributes on the parameter elements become the names of each parameter. each parameter element is used to declare one parameter for the method. for example, if the method had three parameters, there would be three parameter elements. you do not need to have any though, in which case the method would take no parameters. the body element contains the script that is executed when the method is called. the names of the parameters are defined as variables in the script as if they had been passed as parameters. for example, the following javascript function would be written as an xbl method like so: function getmaximum(num1,num2) { if (num1 <= num2) return num2; else return num1; } xbl: <method name="getmaximum"> <parameter name="num...

Creating a Wizard - Archive of obsolete content
after the last page, the operation is carried out. xul provides a wizard element which can be used to create wizards. ...
...after the last page, the operation is carried out. xul provides a wizard element which can be used to create wizards. ...

Creating an Installer - Archive of obsolete content
all install functions which will indicate which files from the archive should be installed. once the script is complete, the new package has been installed. if multiple packages are being installed, their scripts will run in sequence. install triggers as indicated above, the install process is started by an install trigger. this involves the use of the special global object installtrigger. it contains a number of methods which can be used to start an installation. you can use this object in local or remote content, meaning that it is suitable for a download from a web site. let's create an example install trigger. this involves the use of the function installtrigger.install(). this function takes two arguments, the first is a list of packages to install, and the second is a callback function ...
... a javascript file which is executed during the installation. the remaining files are the files to be installed. these files will typically be placed inside a directory in the archive but they do not have to be. for chrome files, they might be structured like the chrome directory. often, the only files placed in an xpi archive will be the install script (install.js) and a jar file. this jar file contains all of the files used by your application. the components provided with mozilla are stored in this manner. because the xpi file is just a special zip file, you can create it and add files to it using a zip utility. our find files example for the find files dialog, we'll create a structure in the archive much like the following: install.js findfile content contents.rdf findfile.xul ...

Element Positioning - Archive of obsolete content
ents, and no larger. some elements, such as textboxes have a default size, which will be used. a box will be large enough to hold the elements inside the box. a horizontal box with three buttons in it will be as wide as the three buttons, plus a small amount of padding. in the image, the first two buttons have been given a suitable size to hold their text. the third button is larger because it contains more content. the width of the box containing the buttons is the total width of the buttons plus the padding between them. the height of the buttons is a suitable size to hold the text. width and height attributes you may need to have more control over the size of an element in a window. there are a number of features that allow you to control the size of an element. the quick way is to simply ...
...l="no"/> </hbox> <hbox align="center"> <button label="maybe"/> <button label="perhaps"/> </hbox> </window> you can also use the style properties -moz-box-pack and -moz-box-align instead of specifying attributes. you may find the box alignment example useful for trying out the various box properties. cropping text and buttons you could potentially create a button element that contains a label that is larger than the maximum width of the button. of course, a solution would be to increase the size of the button. however, buttons (and other elements with a label) have a special attribute called crop that allows you to specify how the text may be cropped if it is too big. if the text is cropped, an ellipsis (...) will appear on the button where the text was taken out. four possib...

Groupboxes - Archive of obsolete content
however, there are several differences between groupboxes and regular boxes: the groupbox can be labeled using the caption element. ...
...> <checkbox label="enable backups"/> </caption> <hbox> <label control="dir" value="directory:"/> <textbox id="dir" flex="1"/> </hbox> <checkbox label="compress archived files"/> </groupbox> in this example, a checkbox has been used as a caption. we might use a script to enable and disable the contents of the groupbox when the checkbox is checked and unchecked. the groupbox contains a horizontal box with a label and textbox. both the textbox and groupbox have been made flexible so the textbox expands when the window is expanded. the additional checkbox appears below the textbox because of the vertical orientation of the groupbox. we'll add a groupbox to the find files dialog in the next section. radio groups you can use the radiogroup element to group radio elements together...

Install Scripts - Archive of obsolete content
pt code which calls a number of install functions. in an html document, or a xul document, the window object is the root global object. that means that you can call the methods of the window object with the qualifier before it, which means that window.open() can simply be written open(). in an install script, there is no associated window, however the global object will be an install object which contains a number of functions to customize the install process. some of the install object's functions will be described below. the install script should take the following steps: initialize the installation by specifying what package and version is being installed. use the install functions to indicate what files and directories need to be installed. you can also set files to be moved and deleted. ...
...s multiple times to install other files. next, we'll want to register the find files in the chrome system so that it can be used with a chrome url. this can be done with the registerchrome() function. it takes two arguments, the first is the type of chrome to register (content, skin or locale). the second is the directory containing the contents.rdf file to register. because the find files dialog contains content, a skin file and a locale file, registerchrome() will need to be called three times. registerchrome(install.content | install.delayed_chrome, getfolder(finddir, "content")); registerchrome(install.skin | install.delayed_chrome, getfolder(finddir, "skin")); registerchrome(install.locale | install.delayed_chrome, getfolder(finddir, "locale")); the delayed_chrome flag is used to indicate th...

Introduction to XBL - Archive of obsolete content
he styles. the basic appearance of all elements, such as scroll bars and check boxes may be modified by adjusting the style or by setting attributes on the element. however, xul provides no means in which you can change how an element works (or add a new element which can be reused). for example, you might want to change how the pieces of a scroll bar function. for this, you need xbl. an xbl file contains a set of bindings. each binding describes the behavior of a xul widget. for example, a binding might be attached to a scroll bar. the behavior describes the properties and methods of the scroll bar in addition to describing the xul elements that make up a scroll bar. like xul, xbl is an xml language, so it has similar syntax rules. the following example shows the basic skeleton of an xbl file: <?
...each binding element declares a single binding. the id attribute can be used to identify the binding, as in the example above. the template has two bindings, one called binding1 and the other called binding2. one might be attached to a scroll bar and the other to a menu. a binding can be attached to any xul element. if you use css classes, you can use as many differe...

XUL FAQ - Archive of obsolete content
other faqs you may be interested in: extension faq, ... if your question is not answered here, you can try looking for the answer in the xul documentation or ask in the xul newsgroup. are there decent visual editors for laying out xul applications? there are no production-quality visual editors available for xul. the recommended way is to edit xul by hand, possibly with the help of a good text or xml editor. ted mielczarek's live xul editor (also part of extension developer's extension) often proves useful. a list of projects (dead and active) aiming to create a xul ide/editor is at wikimo:xul:ide. ...
...ons windows this ought to be on a separate page, preferences system troubleshooting. it is a faq. some things to check when you have issues with your prefwindow-based options window: does each prefpane have a unique id? are there any elements inside the <prefwindow>, before the <prefpane>s? (putting any elements there triggers bug 296418.) are prefpanes nested correctly? does each prefpane contains a <preferences></preferences> block, even if empty? are script tags in prefpanes closed properly? does script outside <prefpane> refer to any element in <prefpane>? (the animation effect when you open the preference window will not stop, if a script outside <prefpane> refers any element inside <prefpane>, while initializing the window. if you want to access elements inside <prefpane>, you shoul...

XUL element attributes - Archive of obsolete content
the order they appear in the xul code. reverse for scales, the scale's values are ordered from right to left (for horizontal scales) or from bottom to top (for vertical scales). for other elements, they are placed right to left or bottom to top. this is reverse of the order in which they appear in the xul code. empty type: boolean set to true if the element is a container that contains no children. this will be set by the template builder as needed. equalsize type: one of the values below this attribute can be used to make the children of the element equal in size. always for a horizontally oriented element, this will make all of its children have the width of the widest child. for a vertically oriented element, this will make its children all have the height of ...
...t for a moment. the tooltip will automatically disappear when the mouse is moved. if this attribute is set to '_child', the first tooltip child element inside the element is used. tooltiptext type: string used to set the text which appears in the tooltip when the user moves the mouse over the element. this can be used instead of setting the tooltip to a popup for the common case where it contains only text. the tooltip is displayed in a default tooltip which displays only a label, however the default tooltip may be changed by setting the default attribute on a tooltip element. top type: string (representing an integer) for elements placed directly within a stack, specifies the pixel position of the top edge of the element relative to the top edge of the stack. uri type: s...

iframe - Archive of obsolete content
tion, preference-editable, querytype, ref, removeelement, sortdirection, sortresource, sortresource2, statustext, style, template, tooltip, tooltiptext, top, uri, wait-cursor, width properties accessibletype type: integer a value indicating the type of accessibility object for the element. ...
...ype type: integer a value indicating the type of accessibility object for the element. contentdocument type: document this read-only property contains the document object in the element. contentwindow type: todo use the contentwindow.wrappedjsobject to obtain a dom(html) window object docshell type: nsidocshell this read-only property contains the nsidocshell object for the document. webnavigation type: nsiwebnavigation this read-only property contains the nsiwebnavigation object for the document. most of its methods are callable directly on the element itself, such as goback and goforward. it also contains the load constants used by reloadwithflags and loaduriwithflags. methods inherited methods addeventl...

menulist - Archive of obsolete content
attributes accesskey, crop, disableautoselect, disabled, editable, focused, image, label, oncommand, open, preference, readonly, sizetopopup, tabindex, value properties accessibletype, crop, description, disableautoselect, disabled, editable, editor, image, inputfield, itemcount, label, menuboxobject, menupopup, open, selectedindex, selecteditem, tabindex, value methods appenditem, contains, getindexofitem, getitematindex, insertitemat, removeallitems, removeitemat, select examples <menulist> <menupopup> <menuitem label="option 1" value="1"/> <menuitem label="option 2" value="2"/> <menuitem label="option 3" value="3"/> <menuitem label="option 4" value="4"/> </menupopup> </menulist> attributes accesskey type: character this should be set to a char...
...butenode(), removeattributens(), removechild(), removeeventlistener(), replacechild(), setattribute(), setattributenode(), setattributenodens(), setattributens(), setuserdata appenditem( label, value, description ) return type: element creates a new menuitem element and adds it to the end of the menulist. you may optionally set a value and description. the function returns the new item. contains( item ) return type: boolean returns true if the menulist contains the specified menuitem as one of its items. getindexofitem( item ) return type: integer returns the zero-based position of the specified item. items are numbered starting at the first item displayed in the list. getitematindex( index ) return type: element returns the element that is at the specified index. inse...

stringbundle - Archive of obsolete content
ame %s is already being used by another account. more information is available in the xul tutorial. the "src" attribute accepts only absolute chrome:// urls (see bugs 133698, 26291) attributes src properties applocale , src, stringbundle, strings methods getformattedstring, getstring examples (example needed) attributes src type: uri the uri of the property file that contains the localized strings. inherited from xul element align, allowevents, allownegativeassertions, class, coalesceduplicatearcs, collapsed, container, containment, context, contextmenu, datasources, dir, empty, equalsize, flags, flex, height, hidden, id, insertafter, insertbefore, left, maxheight, maxwidth, menu, minheight, minwidth, mousethrough, observes, ordinal, orient, pack, persist, pop...
...bject which holds information about the user's locale. this is an object which implements nsilocale. src type: url gets and sets the value of the src attribute. stringbundle type: nsistringbundle returns the xpcom string bundle object which implements nsistringbundle. strings type: nsisimpleenumerator an enumeration of all of the strings in the string bundle. the enumeration contains nsipropertyelement objects. methods getformattedstring( key, strarray ) return type: string looks up the format string for the given key name in the string bundle and returns a formatted copy where each occurrence of %s (uppercase) is replaced by each successive element in the supplied array. alternatively, numbered indices of the format %n$s (e.g. %1$s, %2$s, etc.) can be used to specify ...

tabbox - Archive of obsolete content
more information is available in the xul tutorial. ...
... more information is available in the xul tutorial. ...

toolbar - Archive of obsolete content
it is a type of box that defaults to horizontal orientation. it can be collapsed with a grippy when the toolbar is placed inside a toolbox. the toolbar should always have an id attribute. note: gecko 2.0 adds support for external toolbars. these are toolbars that are not children of a toolbox element. you can associate an external toolbar with a toolbox for the purpose of managing your toolbars by setting the toolboxid property on the toolbar. ...
...ed and the specified resource is loaded into its browsing context.">window.open() method. more information is available in the xul tutorial. note: starting in gecko 1.9.1, toolbar items are moved from the toolbarpalette and added to the toolbar when a toolbar is first displayed. in earlier versions, a copy of each item was created and placed on the toolbar. this means that the palette now only contains items not already in the toolbar. this introduces a potential compatibility problem for extensions that depend on being able to identify all possible toolbar items by looking in the toolbarpalette. attributes autohide, currentset, customindex, customizable, defaultset, grippyhidden, grippytooltiptext, height, iconsize, mode, toolbarname properties accessibletype, currentset, firstperman...

tree - Archive of obsolete content
onselect type: script code this event is sent to a tree when a row is selected, or whenever the selection changes. the user can select multiple rows by holding down shift or control and clicking on a row. the onselect event will be sent for each item added to or removed from the selection. rows type: integer the number of rows to display in the element. if the element contains more than this number of rows, a scrollbar will appear which the user can use to scroll to the other rows. to get the actual number of rows in the element, use the getrowcount method. seltype type: one of the values below used to indicate whether multiple selection is allowed. single only one row may be selected at a time. (default in listbox and richlistbox.) multiple multipl...
... row will be highlighted. to see the difference, compare the selection style in the folder list and the message list in mozilla mail. tabindex type: integer gets and sets the value of the tabindex attribute. treeboxobject type: nsitreeboxobject the box object is responsible for rendering the tree on the window. this object implements the nsitreeboxobject interface and contains functions for retrieving the cells at certain coordinates, redrawing cells and scrolling the tree. this property is equivalent to the boxobject property. view type: nsitreeview the view for the tree, which is the object which generates the data to be displayed. you can assign an object which implements nsitreeview to this property. trees built from rdf or those which use tr...

treeitem - Archive of obsolete content
in a template condition, you should use a treeitem instead of a content element when the dont-build-content flag is specified. ...
...s available in the xul tutorial. attributes container, empty, label, open, uri examples (example needed) attributes container type: boolean set to true if the element is to act as a container which can have child elements. this would be used for folders. this will be set by the template builder as needed. empty type: boolean set to true if the element is a container that contains no children. this will be set by the template builder as needed. label tipo: string (concatenación de caracteres) para un árbol tree con columnas simples, la etiqueta puede ser colocada directamnete sobre el elemeto "treeitem" sin la necesidad de una fila "row" y un elemento "treeitem" dentro. open type: boolean for the menu type buttons, the open attribute is set to true...

where - Archive of obsolete content
e elements. attributes ignorecase, multiple, negate, rel, subject, value examples (example needed) attributes ignorecase type: boolean set to true to indicate that the case does not matter when making comparisons. otherwise, the default value is false, to indicate that the value should match with the same case. multiple type: boolean set to true to indicate that the value contains multiple values separated by commas. any of the values may match. otherwise, the entire value string is compared. negate type: boolean set to true to indicate that the comparison should be reversed. the where clause matches if the condition is false, and does not match if the condition is true. rel type: one of the values below the type of comparison to perform. equals t...
... value type: string the value to compare. inherited from xul element align, allowevents, allownegativeassertions, class, coalesceduplicatearcs, collapsed, container, containment, context, contextmenu, datasources, dir, empty, equalsize, flags, flex, heigh...

Application Update - Archive of obsolete content
ered timers should be checked (in milliseconds) // default=5 seconds pref("app.update.timer", 600000); // whether or not we show a dialog box informing the user that the update was // successfully applied. this is off in firefox by default since we show a // upgrade start page instead! other apps may wish to show this ui, and supply // a whatsnewurl field in their brand.properties that contains a link to a page // which tells users what's new in this new update. pref("app.update.showinstalledui", false); // 0 = suppress prompting for incompatibilities if there are updates available // to newer versions of installed addons that resolve them. // 1 = suppress prompting for incompatibilities only if there are versioninfo // updates available to installed addons that resolve them, n...
... required (yet). update.xml the format is outlined here process as best i can tell here's how the update process works. at the scheduled interval the application checks the update server for update.xml, search for the correct one using the software name, versions, build id's, channels, and other information like locales. if the update.xml file doesn't exist there is no update. update.xml contains only information about the update. it points to the update mar file (a mozilla archive) which contains all files which are going to be updates it also contains a sha1 hash and file size used for verification of the update. if an update file is found that correctly describes an update your application, or rather xulrunner, will download the update, verify it with the hash and filesi...

XULRunner tips - Archive of obsolete content
extension manager to be able to install any extensions, you first need to enable the extension manager in application.ini. xulrunner 1.8.0 does not load extensions from the application directory; only the xulrunner directory and the user profile directory are checked. however, it seems that with xulrunner 1.9 the xulrunner directory is ignored, while the profile and application directories are checked. ...
...ok in your application window to start dom inspector, like this one: <button label="start inpector" oncommand="startdomi()"/> start your application and dom inspector will be installed. note: i use this method of installing extensions into all of my mozilla applications. this way i have one directory where i keep all my mozilla extensions, and each application (firefox, thunderbird) simply contains a few small, one line files pointing to the location of the extensions. (i keep them in source control to be sure i can maintain compatibility) component viewer need custom build, first of all. what else? extension developer's extension extension developer's extension is a useful tool, featuring live xul editor and javascript shell. to install the extension into your application you'll need t...

Archived Mozilla and build documentation - Archive of obsolete content
rojects. activex control for hosting netscape plug-ins in ie microsoft has removed support for netscape plug-ins from ie 5.5 sp 2 and beyond. if you are a plug-in author, you may find this project saves you a lot of work! ant script to assemble an extension this ant script helps to package an extension archived spidermonkey docs this section contains old spidermonkey documentation. autodial for windows nt this document is intended to explain how the autodial helper feature implemented for bug 93002 works and why it works that way. automated testing tips and tricks automatic mozilla configurator ankh8 automatically handle failed asserts in debug builds as of 20...
...for testing. if you go to your user preferences, you can change the skin to "devmo". this is currently just a preview, but we would appreciate help with testing. plug-n-hack plug-n-hack (pnh) is a proposed standard from the mozilla security team for defining how security tools can interact with browsers in a more useful and usable way. plugin architecture this page contains some notes on how plugins work internally in gecko. it is mainly of interest to gecko developers. porting nspr to unix platforms last modified 16 july 1998 priority content update: i've removed documents from this list that have been migrated into the wiki. the list of completed documents is available through the devedge page. prism prism ...

NPP_New - Archive of obsolete content
in api summary creates a new instance of a plug-in. syntax #include <npapi.h> nperror npp_new(npmimetype plugintype, npp instance, uint16 mode, int16 argc, char *argn[], char *argv[], npsaveddata *saved); parameters the function has the following parameters: plugintype pointer to the mime type for new plug-in instance. instance contains instance-specific private data for the plug-in and the browser. this data is stored in instance->pdata. mode display mode of plug-in. values: np_embed: (1) instance was created by an embed tag and shares the browser window with other content. np_full: (2) instance was created by a separate file and is the primary content in the window. argc number of html arguments in the embe...
...ed to the plug-in from the embed tag. argv[] array of attribute values passed to the plug-in from the embed tag. saved pointer to data saved by npp_destroy for a previous instance of this plug-in at the same url. if non-null, the browser passes ownership of the npsaveddata object back to the plug-in. the plug-in is responsible for freeing the memory for the npsaveddata and the buffer it contains. returns if successful, the function returns nperr_no_error. if unsuccessful, the function returns an error code. for possible values, see error codes. description npp_new creates a new instance of a plug-in. it is called after np_initialize and is passed the mime type, embedded or full-screen display mode, and, for embedded plug-ins, information about html embed arguments. a new instan...

NPP_SetWindow - Archive of obsolete content
api summary tells the plug-in when a window is created, moved, sized, or destroyed. syntax #include <npapi.h> nperror npp_setwindow(npp instance, npwindow *window); parameters the function has the following parameters: instance pointer to the current plug-in instance. must be embedded or full-screen. window pointer to the window into which the instance draws. the window structure contains a window handle and values for top left corner, width, height, and clipping rectangle (see note on unix below). returns if successful, the function returns nperr_no_error. if unsuccessful, the plug-in is not loaded and the function returns an error code. for possible values, see error codes. description the browser calls npp_setwindow after creating the instance to allow drawing to begin...
...pp_setwindow indicate changes in size or position; these calls pass the same npwindow object each time, but with different values. if the window handle is set to null, the window is destroyed. in this case, the plug-in must not perform any additional graphics operations on the window and should free any associated resources. the data structure passed in npp_setwindow is an npwindow object, which contains the coordinates of the instance's area and various platform-specific data. this window is valid for the life of the instance, or until npp_setwindow is called again with a different value. for windowed plug-ins on windows and unix, the window parameter contains a handle to a subwindow of the browser window hierarchy. on mac os, this field points to an np_port structure. for windowless plug-ins, ...

NPSavedData - Archive of obsolete content
ata { int32 len; void* buf; } npsaveddata; fields the data structure has the following fields: len length in bytes of the buffer pointed to by buf; set by the plug-in. buf pointer to a memory buffer allocated by the plug-in with npn_memalloc(). can be any reasonable size; its contents are private to the plug-in and are not modified by the browser. description the npsaveddata object contains a block of per-instance information that the browser saves after the instance is deleted. this information can be returned to another instance of the same plug-in if the user returns to the web page that contains it. you can use the plug-in's npp_destroy() function to allocate an npsaveddata object using the npn_memalloc() function, fill in the fields, and return it to the browser as an output pa...
...o another instance of the same plug-in if the user returns to the web page that contains it. you can use the plug-in's npp_destroy() function to allocate an npsaveddata object using the npn_memalloc() function, fill in the fields, and return it to the browser as an output parameter. see instance destruction for a code example that shows how to use npsaveddata. if the user revisits a web page that contains a plug-in, the browser returns the npsaveddata to the new instance of the plug-in in a call to npp_new(). after this, the plug-in is responsible for keeping or deleting the objects as necessary. see also npp_new() npp_destroy() ...

Adobe Flash - Archive of obsolete content
machine (see bug 32048 and bug 233533). in example 2, a javascript function first obtained a handle to the html that spawned the plugin (the object element or the embed element) and then called a published method of the flash plugin on the reference to the html element. with fscommands, developers may choose to use macromedia's actionscript language to make a call back into the environment that contains the flash animation -- in this case, the html page. the example below shows both types of communication in action: example 3: javascript to flash communication and fscommands -- flash to javascript communication the example is missing. in example 3, clicking the html button causes a ball to move in the flash animation. this exemplifies javascript to flash communication. by clicking the html b...
...mplifies javascript to flash communication. by clicking the html button, you trigger a javascript event that further triggers actions within the flash animation. below that, you can change the color of the entire html page by clicking a colored tab. this shows communication flowing in the other direction -- namely, an action taken within the flash animation affects something in the html page that contains the flash animation. example 3 shows fscommands in action. if you are embedding a flash animation and wish to use fscommands in netscape gecko browsers, currently you must use the embed element and not the object element. you can always nest the embed element within the object element that you serve to ie. future flash versions may support the object element for use with fscommands in netscape g...

Shipping a plugin as a Toolkit bundle - Archive of obsolete content
supported and plugins must either be shipped as an executable installer or in a bundle as described here. bundle structure toolkit bundles can be used for all add-ons including extensions, themes and plugins. plugin packages should only need to package a small set of files in the following structure in the xpi file: install.rdf plugins/ pluginlib.dll plugintypes.xpt the install.rdf file contains an install manifest that describes the plugin to the user. the library and scripting interfaces are held in the plugins directory. platform-specific files gecko 1.9.2 (firefox 3.6) and earlier prior to gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1), it was possible to package multiple plugin libraries for different operating systems into a single xpi bundle. in the xpi you can use the fo...
... every add-on must have a unique id. this can be in a guid form but the simpler email form is preferred now. you should aim to use a domain-name that you own and then your own unique short-name for the plugin before the @. the plugin must have a name to identify the plugin to the user in the list of add-ons. the version is fairly self-descriptive, it must be a...

Vulnerabilities - Archive of obsolete content
vulnerabilities are caused by the software designer making trust assumptions that permit the software to provide beneficial features, while also introducing the possibility of someone violating the trust assumptions to compromise security. for example, email client software may contain a feature that renders html content in email messages. an attacker could craft a fraudulent email message that contains hyperlinks that, when rendered in html, appear to the recipient to be benign but actually take the recipient to a malicious web site when they are clicked on. one of the trust assumptions in the design of the html content rendering feature was that users would not receive malicious hyperlinks and click on them. software feature misuse vulnerabilities are introduced during the design of the softw...
...ing aware of a security weakness and determining that a separate security control would compensate for it. however, trust assumptions are often implicit, such as creating a feature without first evaluating the risks it would introduce. threats may also change over the lifetime of software or a protocol used in software. for example, the address resolution protocol (arp) trusts that an arp reply contains the correct mapping between media access control (mac) and internet protocol (ip) addresses. the arp cache uses that information to provide a useful service—to enable sending data between devices within a local network. however, an attacker could generate false arp messages to poison a system’s arp table and thereby launch a denial-of-service or a man-in-the-middle attack. the arp protocol w...

Table Reflow Internals - Archive of obsolete content
the initial chunk of an xml doc is loaded. the initial chunk of an html doc (or a subsequent chunk of an xml doc) is loaded. the container posts a dirty reflow command with itself as the target. content is inserted, appended, or deleted through the dom. the container posts a dirty reflow command with itself as the target. ...
... when the pres shell processes its queue of reflow commands. the reflower positions reflowee (if it can) before actually reflowing in case views are involved (e.g. absolutely positioned elements) reflows reflowee and passes a reflow state (in) and a reflow metrics (in/out) review of reflow the reflow state: is a node in a tree structurally equivalent to the frame tree of reflow participants contains: reflow type, avail size, various computed values, resolved style structs possible request for preferred size and more. review of reflow the reflow metrics contains: max element size (if requested) - the minimum size it can be preferred size (if requested) - the size it would like to be given no size constraints. desired size - the size it would like to be given the avail size. this is eq...

Theme changes in Firefox 2 - Archive of obsolete content
firefox 2 add-ons manager. mozapps/extensions/itemdisabledfader.png new file; a translucent png used as an overlay on top of items that are disabled in the add-ons manager. mozapps/extensions/itemenabledfader.png new file; a translucent png used as an overlay on top of items that are enabled in the add-ons manager. mozapps/extensions/notifybadges.png new file; contains the icons used ito badge the icons for add-ons in the add-on manager window to indicate their status. these look like this in the default theme: the first icon (green here) indicates that an add-on has an update available. the second icon (yellow here)appears to be used for blocklisted items; trying to confirm. the third icon (red here) indicates that an add-on is disabl...
...file; used in the add-ons manager when you check for updates. if no updates are found, this icon is displayed at the left side of the message strip that appears across the top of the window. mozapps/extensions/update.css this file, which skins the firefox update wizard, has fewer styles in it due to the redesigned update wizard. mozapps/extensions/viewbuttons.png new file; contains icons for each of the views that may be available in the add-ons manager. in the default theme, these look something like this: the top row contains dimmed versions of the icons below them. the first icon is for the extensions view. the second is for themes. the third is for locales, the fourth is for plugins, the fifth is for updates, and the sixth is for installs. mozapps...

-ms-filter - Archive of obsolete content
ilter or collection of filters applied to an object. warning: not to be confused with the standard filter property, as the two are fundamentally incompatible with each other. important: as of windows internet explorer 9 this feature was deprecated. as of internet explorer 10 this feature was removed and should no longer be used. ...
...refer to the filters and transitions reference for details. examples the following example shows how to use the -ms-filter attribute in internet explorer 8. code example: http://samples.msdn.microsoft.com/workshop/samples/author/dhtml/refs/filter_8.htm -ms-filter: 'progid:dximagetransform.microsoft.motionblur(strength=50), progid:dxim...

JavaPackage - Archive of obsolete content
t reference to a java package. created by a reference to the package name used with the packages keyword: packages.javapackage javapackageis the name of the object's java package. if the package is in the java, netscape, or sun packages, the packages keyword is optional. description in java, a package is a collection of java classes or other java packages. for example, the netscape package contains the package netscape.javascript; the netscape.javascript package contains the classes jsobject and jsexception. in javascript, a javapackage is a reference to a java package. for example, a reference to netscape is a javapackage. netscape.javascript is both a javapackage and a property of the netscape javapackage. a javaclass object is a reference to one of the classes in a package, such as net...
...cript.jsobject. the javapackage and javaclass hierarchy reflect the java package and class hierarchy. although the packages and classes contained in a javapackage are its properties, you cannot use a for...in statement to enumerate them as you can enumerate the properties of other objects. properties the properties of a javapackage are the javaclass objects and any other javapackage objects it contains. examples suppose the redwood corporation uses the java redwood package to contain various java classes that it implements. the following code creates the javapackage red: var red = packages.redwood; see also javaarray, javaclass, javaobject, packages ...

Writing JavaScript for XHTML - Archive of obsolete content
ally no point to commenting out your scripts -- no browser written in the last ten years will display your code on the page. the easy solution is to do away with the commenting entirely: <script type="text/javascript"> window.alert("hello world!"); </script> this will work so long as your code doesn't contain characters which are "special" in xml, which usually means < and &. if your code contains either of these, you can work around this with cdata sections: <script type="text/javascript"> <![cdata[ // is the variable a non-negative integer less than 10? if (variable < 10 && variable >= 0) action(); ]]> </script> note that the cdata section is only necessary because of the < in the code; otherwise you could have ignored it. a third solution is to use only external script...
... into e4x. finally: content negotiation now, how do we decide, when to serve xhtml as xml? we can do this on server side by evaluating the http request header. every browser sends with its request a list of mime types it understands, as part of the http content negotiation mechanism. so if the browser tells our server, that it can handle xhtml as xml, that is, the accept: field in the http head contains application/xhtml+xml somewhere, we are safe to send the content as xml. in php, for example, you would write something like this: if( strpos( $_server['http_accept'], "application/xhtml+xml" ) ) { header( "content-type: application/xhtml+xml" ); echo '<?xml version="1.0" ?>'."\n"; } else { header( "content-type: text/html" ); } this distinction also sends the xml declaration, which is ...

Troubleshooting XForms Forms - Archive of obsolete content
r file directly from the filesystem, make sure that has .xhtml or .xml as the file ending. if you are loading the form from a server, make sure that it serves the files as either application/xhtml+xml or text/xml. check the xhtml 1.0 namespace declaration mozilla xforms is built upon the xhtml 1.0 specification, which is located at http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml . ensure that your <html> element contains the supported namespace declaration: xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" (instead of the newer, unratified version, xhtml 2.0, located at http://www.w3.org/2002/06/xhtml2 ) inline instance, no controls get bound have you remembered to use the correct namespace for the instance nodes? for an inline instance you most probably need to have <xf:instance xmlns=""> .... any instance, no controls...
...ance is not in the empty namespace (xmlns=""), then all binding expressions must use a prefix bound to the namespace. xpath 1.0 expressions do not have a default namespace, so a prefix must always be specified if the namespace is not the empty namespace. if your binding expression starts with a /, make sure the first thing is the name of the root node of the instance. if your binding expression contains a /, look for any containing xf:group, xf:repeat, xf:input or other elements that set the context node. instance(...) not working be aware that the instance(...) returns an element node, and not the document node. so with an instance like this: <xf:instance id="ins2" xmlns=""> <data> <value>42</value> </data> </xf:instance> you should use <output ref="instance('ins2')/value...

Requests For Enhancement - Archive of obsolete content
team's attention to an enhancement request you are promoting is to vote for the bug that is related with the feature request (if there is no bug yet then please feel free to file it). then you can give a vote by clicking on the 'vote' link on the bug page. the xforms team looks at votes to help determine which bug is more important for our xforms users. rfe categories xforms api this section contains rfe to the xforms api. custom controls i think that xforms is a great way to show that 14 year old html hacks can build really powerful web apps and reduce the need for javascript by 90%. now we need to start teaching xforms to web newcomers before they are brainwashed into believing that the only way to build cool web apps is to do dom surgery with javascript! dan mccreary. one of the outsta...
...s are reachable by using our custom controls interfaces. our custom control interfaces allows for the exchange of data between any xml element and and an xforms model. this means that an author can write powerful mozilla-based applications by using xforms. if previously you was forced to use ajax for this then now xforms makes this for you automatically. custom controls interfaces this section contains rfe to the custom control interfaces. if you find that you can't create a custom control due to limitations in our interfaces or the functionality of our controls, then this is the right place to pass along your requirements. custom controls if you have a custom control that you believe will help fulfill the needs of form authors or other custom controls authors, please file it here. this sect...

XForms Repeat Element - Archive of obsolete content
for each node in the nodeset, the contents of the repeat element will be displayed in the form. that node will serve as the context node for any relative xpath expressions in that set of repeated markup. attributes ui common appearance - the value of this attribute gives a hint to the xforms processor as to which type of widget(s) to use to represent this control. node set binding special startindex - optional 1-based initial value of the repeat index. the default value is 1. number - isn't supported type restrictions the repeat element can be bound to a nodeset. ...
...esn't (and probably never will) allow xforms:repeat elements as children, another syntax is needed. to accommodate this, xforms 1.0 defines an alternative syntax that is functionally equivalent to the repeat element, using the following attributes: repeat-model repeat-bind repeat-nodeset repeat-startindex repeat-number additionally, when using xforms action setindex, its repeat attribute (which contains an idref) can point to any element carrying these repeat attributes. similarly, the index function can be used with the repeating structures created via these repeat-attributes. the id of the element that contains the repeat attributes can be used as the argument to index. note, we don't fully support attribute-based repeats. there are a number of errors that may occur, especially when these attr...

Bounding volume collision detection with THREE.js - Game development
knot.geometry.boundingsphere.radius); unfortunately, there is no equivalent of box3.setfromobject for sphere instances. so if we apply transformations or change the position of the mesh, we need to manually update the bounding sphere. for instance: knot.scale.set(2, 2, 2); knotbsphere.radius = knot.geometry.radius * 2; intersection tests point vs. box3 / sphere both box3 and sphere have a containspoint method to do this test. var point = new three.vector3(2, 4, 7); knotbbox.containspoint(point); box3 vs. box3 the box3.intersectsbox method is available for performing this test. knotbbox.intersectsbox(otherbox); note: this is different from the box3.containsbox method, which checks whether the box3 fully wraps another one. sphere vs. sphere in a similar fashion as before, there is a...
...e mesh. knot.position.set(-3, 2, 1); knot.rotation.x = -math.pi / 4; // update the bounding box so it stills wraps the knot knotboxhelper.update(); box3.setfromobject(knotboxhelper); performing collision tests is done in the same way as explained in the above section — we use our box3 object in the same way as described above. // box vs box box3.intersectsbox(otherbox3); // box vs point box3.containspoint(point.position); demos there are two demos you can take a look at on our live demos page. the first one showcases point vs. box collisions using boxhelper. the second one performs box vs. box tests. ...

Building up a basic demo with A-Frame - Game development
e tab — it is useful to refer to. html structure the first step is to create an html document — inside your project directory, create a new index.html file, and save the follow html inside it: <!doctype html> <html> <head> <meta charset="utf-8"> <title>mdn games: a-frame demo</title> <script src="aframe.min.js"></script> </head> <body> <!-- html goes here --> </body> </html> this contains some basic information like the document charset and <title>. the <script> element includes the a-frame framework in the page; we will write our example code inside the <body> element. initializing the scene a scene is the place where everything happens. when creating new objects in the demo, we will be adding them all to the scene to make them visible on the screen. in a-frame, the scene is re...
... like a box, cylinder or cone, but it can also be a camera, light or sound source. let's create the scene by adding an <a-scene> element inside the <body> element: <a-scene> </a-scene> adding a cube adding the cube to the scene is done by adding a simple <a-box> element inside the <a-scene> element. add it now: <a-box color="#0095dd" position="0 1 0" rotation="20 40 0"> </a-box> it contains a few parameters already defined: color, position and rotation — these are fairly obvious, and define the base color of the cube, the position inside the 3d scene, and the rotation of the cube. note: the distance values (e.g. for the cube y position) are unitless, and can basically be anything you deem suitable for your scene — milimeters, meters, feet, or miles — it's up to you. adding...

Building up a basic demo with Babylon.js - Game development
the first <script> element includes the babylon.js library in the page; we will write our example code in the second one. there is one helper variable already included, which will store ...
...opy this code to a new text file and save it in your working directory as index.html. initialising the babylon.js engine we have to create a babylon.js engine instance first (passing it the <canvas> element to render on) before we start developing our game. add the following code to the bottom of your second <script> element: var engine = new babylon.engine(canvas); the babylon global object contains all the babylon.js functions available in the engine. creating a scene a scene is the place where all the game content is displayed. while creating new objects in the demo, we will be adding them all to the scene to make them visible on the screen. let's create a scene by adding the following lines just below our previous code: var scene = new babylon.scene(engine); scene.clearcolor = new baby...

Building up a basic demo with PlayCanvas editor - Game development
ur scene animating 3d models might be considered an advanced thing to do, but all we want to do is to control a few properties of a given object — we can use a script component to do that. click on the plus button in the assets panel, select the script option, and name your new script file boxanimation.js. if you double click on it, you'll be moved to a code editor. ...
...turn boxanimation; }); the most interesting part is the update() function, which is where we can put any code that we want repeated on every frame. add the following line inside this function, to rotate the cube on every frame: this.entity.rotate(dt*10, dt*20, dt*30); in the line above this.entity refers to the object to which the script will be attached (the box); using the dt variable, which contains the delta time passed since the previous frame, we can rotate the box by a different amount around all three axes. save the changes using the save button in the top right of the code editor, then return to the main editor tab. here, follow these steps: be sure you have the box selected on the scene. click on add component, then script in the entity inspector. at the bottom of the screen you...

Building up a basic demo with the PlayCanvas engine - Game development
the first <script> element includes the playcanvas library in the page; we will write our example code in the second one. there is one helper variable already included, which will store a refer...
...this code to a new text file and save it in your working directory as index.html. playcanvas application to begin developing our game we have to create the playcanvas application first (using the given <canvas> element), and then start the update loop. add the following code to the bottom of your second <script> element: var app = new pc.application(canvas); app.start(); the pc global object contains all the playcanvas functions available in the engine. next, we'll set the canvas to fill the window, and automatically change its resolution to be the same as the canvas size. again, add the following lines at the bottom of your script. app.setcanvasfillmode(pc.fillmode_fill_window); app.setcanvasresolution(pc.resolution_auto); camera now when the setup code is in place we need to think abou...

Building up a basic demo with Three.js - Game development
three.js, as with any other 3d library, provides built-in helper functions to help you implement common 3d functionality more quickly. in this article we'll take you through the real basics of using three, including setting up a development environment, structuring the necessary html, the fundamental objects of three, and how to build up a basic demo. note: we chose three because it is one of the most popular webgl libraries, and it is easy to get started with. ...
...the first <script> element includes the three.js library in the page, and we will write our example code inside the second. there are two helper variables already included, which store the win...

WAI-ARIA basics - Learn web development
mation exposed by the browser's accessibility apis (where screenreaders get their information from). wai-aria doesn't affect webpage structure, the dom, etc., although the attributes can be useful for selecting elements by css. note: you can find a useful list of all the aria roles and their uses, with links to futher information, in the wai-aria spec — see definition of roles. the spec also contains a list of all the properties and states, with links to further information — see definitions of states and properties (all aria-* attributes). where is wai-aria supported? this is not an easy question to answer. it is difficult to find a conclusive resource that states what features of wai-aria are supported, and where, because: there are a lot of features in the wai-aria spec. there are...
...1> <nav> <ul>...</ul> <form> <!-- search form --> </form> </nav> </header> <main> <article>...</article> <aside>...</aside> </main> <footer>...</footer> if you try testing the example with a screenreader in a modern browser, you'll already get some useful information. for example, voiceover gives you the following: on the <header> element — "banner, 2 items" (it contains a heading and the <nav>). on the <nav> element — "navigation 2 items" (it contains a list and a form). on the <main> element — "main 2 items" (it contains an article and an aside). on the <aside> element — "complementary 2 items" (it contains a heading and a list). on the search form input — "search query, insertion at beginning of text". on the <footer> element — "footer 1 item". ...

Legacy layout methods - Learn web development
them. in the next sections we will look at how to create both. we will create a 12 column grid — a very common choice that is seen to be very adaptable to different situations given that 12 is nicely divisible by 6, 4, 3, and 2. a simple fixed width grid lets first create a grid system that uses fixed width columns. start out by making a local copy of our sample simple-grid.html file, which contains the following markup in its body. <div class="wrapper"> <div class="row"> <div class="col">1</div> <div class="col">2</div> <div class="col">3</div> <div class="col">4</div> <div class="col">5</div> <div class="col">6</div> <div class="col">7</div> <div class="col">8</div> <div class="col">9</div> <div class="col">10</div> <div class="col">11</div> ...
... and normalize.css files into a new directory. make a copy of our html-skeleton.html file and save it in the same directory as the skeleton and normalize css. include the skeleton and normalize css in the html page, by adding the following to its head: <link href="normalize.css" rel="stylesheet"> <link href="skeleton.css" rel="stylesheet"> skeleton includes more than a grid system — it also contains css for typography and other page elements that you can use as a starting point. we’ll leave these at the defaults for now, however — it’s the grid we are really interested in here. note: normalize is a really useful little css library written by nicolas gallagher, which automatically does some useful basic layout fixes and makes default element styling more consistent across browsers. ...

How CSS is structured - Learn web development
dge of working with files, html basics (study introduction to html), and an idea of how css works. objective: to learn css's fundamental syntax structures in detail. applying css to html first, let's examine three methods of applying css to a document: with an external stylesheet, with an internal stylesheet, and with inline styles. external stylesheet an external stylesheet contains css in a separate file with a .css extension. this is the most common and useful method of bringing css to a document. you can link a single css file to multiple web pages, styling all of them with the same css stylesheet. in the getting started with css, we linked an external stylesheet to our web page. you reference an external css stylesheet from an html <link> element: <!doctype html> <html...
...ty and value. the property name is color and the value is blue. when a property is paired with a value, this pairing is called a css declaration. css declarations are found within css declaration blocks. in the example below, highlighting identifies the css declaration block.. finally, css declaration blocks are paired with selectors to produce css rulesets (or css rules). the example below contains two rules: one for the h1 selector and one for the p selector. the colored highlighting identifies the h1 rule. setting css properties to specific values is the primary way of defining layout and styling for a document. the css engine calculates which declarations apply to every single element of a page. important: css properties and values are case-sensitive. the property and value in each ...

What do common web layouts contain? - Learn web development
d you can take it so many directions. and if you don't have much experience, starting out with a blank page might be a bit scary. we have over 25 years' experience and we'll give you some common rules of thumb to help you design your site. even now with the new focus on mobile web, almost all mainstream webpages are built from these parts: header visible at the top of every page on the site. contains information relevant to all pages (like site name or logo) and an easy-to-use navigation system. main content the biggest region, containing content unique to the current page. stuff on the side 1) information complementing the main content; 2) information shared among a subset of pages; 3) alternative navigation system. in fact, everything not absolutely required by the page's main content. ...
...use navigation system. main content the biggest region, containing content unique to the current page. stuff on the side 1) information complementing the main content; 2) information shared among a subset of pages; 3) alternative navigation system. in fact, everything not absolutely required by the page's main content. footer visible at the bottom of every page on the site. like the header, contains less prominent global information like legal notices or contact info. these elements are quite common in all form factors, but they can be laid out different ways. here are some examples (1 represents header, 2 footer; a main content; b1, b2 things on the side): 1-column layout. especially important for mobile browsers so you don't clutter the small screen up. 2-column layout. often used to...

UI pseudo-classes - Learn web development
e've also given the inputs a thick red border when invalid. note: we've used ::before to add these labels, as we were already using ::after for the "required" labels. you can try it below: notice how the required text inputs are invalid when empty, but valid when they have something filled in. the email input on the other hand is valid when empty, as it is not required, but invalid when it contains something that is not a proper email address. in-range and out-of-range data as we hinted at above, there are two other related pseudo-classes to consider — :in-range and :out-of-range. these match numeric inputs where range limits are specified by the min and max, when their data is inside or outside the specified range, respectvely. note: numeric input types are date, month, week, time, d...
...e <input type="checkbox"> reference page. more pseudo-classes there are a number of other pseudo-classes of interest, and we don't have space to write about them all in detail here. let's talk about a few more that you should take the time to investigate. the following are fairly well-supported in modern browsers: the :focus-within pseudo-class matches an element that has received focus or contains an element that has received focus. this is useful if you want a whole form to highlight in some way when an input inside it is focused. the :focus-visible pseudo-class matches focused elements that received focus via keyboard interaction (rather than touch or mouse) — useful if you want to show a different style for keyboard focus compared to mouse (or other) focus. the :placeholder-shown ps...

Introduction to HTML - Learn web development
c software), and understand how to create and manage files (as detailed in dealing with files). both are parts of our getting started with the web complete beginner's module. note: if you are working on a computer/tablet/other devices that doesn't let you create your own files, you can try out (most of) the code examples in an online coding program such as jsbin or glitch. guides this module contains the following articles, which will take you through all the basic theory of html and provide ample opportunity for you to test out some skills. getting started with html covers the absolute basics of html, to get you started — we define elements, attributes, and other important terms, and show where they fit in the language. we also show how a typical html page is structured and how an html...
... and show where they fit in the language. we also show how a typical html page is structured and how an html element is structured, and explain other important basic language features. along the way, we'll play with some html to get you interested! what’s in the head? metadata in html the head of an html document is the part that is not displayed in the web browser when the page is loaded. it contains information such as the page <title>, links to css (if you want to style your html content with css), links to custom favicons, and metadata (data about the html, such as who wrote it, and important keywords that describe the document). html text fundamentals one of html's main jobs is to give text meaning (also known as semantics), so that the browser knows how to display it correctly. this ar...

Adding vector graphics to the Web - Learn web development
into your document. objective: learn how to embed an svg (vector) image into a webpage. note: this article doesn't intend to teach you svg; just what it is, and how to add it to web pages. what are vector graphics? on the web, you'll work with two types of image — raster images, and vector images: raster images are defined using a grid of pixels — a raster image file contains information showing exactly where each pixel is to be placed, and exactly what color it should be. popular web raster formats include bitmap (.bmp), png (.png), jpeg (.jpg), and gif (.gif.) vector images are defined using algorithms — a vector image file contains shape and path definitions that the computer can use to work out what the image should look like when rendered on the screen. the sv...
...ook at an example. you can find this example live on our github repo as vector-versus-raster.html — it shows two seemingly identical images side by side, of a red star with a black drop shadow. the difference is that the left one is a png, and the right one is an svg image. the difference becomes apparent when you zoom in the page — the png image becomes pixellated as you zoom in because it contains information on where each pixel should be (and what color). when it is zoomed, each pixel is simply increased in size to fill multiple pixels on screen, so the image starts to look blocky. the vector image however continues to look nice and crisp, because no matter what size it is, the algorithms are used to work out the shapes in the image, with the values simply being scaled as it gets bigger. ...

Images in HTML - Learn web development
notate them with captions, and how html images relate to css background images. how do we put an image on a webpage? in order to put a simple image on a webpage, we use the <img> element. this is an empty element (meaning that it has no text content or closing tag) that requires a minimum of one attribute to be useful — src (sometimes spoken as its full title, source). the src attribute contains a path pointing to the image you want to embed in the page, which can be a relative or absolute url, in the same way as href attribute values in <a> elements. note: you should read a quick primer on urls and paths to refresh your memory on relative and absolute urls before continuing. so for example, if your image is called dinosaur.jpg, and it sits in the same directory as your html page, yo...
...uld add a caption to go with your image. for example, there would be nothing to stop you from doing this: <div class="figure"> <img src="images/dinosaur.jpg" alt="the head and torso of a dinosaur skeleton; it has a large head with long sharp teeth" width="400" height="341"> <p>a t-rex on display in the manchester university museum.</p> </div> this is ok. it contains the content you need, and is nicely stylable using css. but there is a problem here: there is nothing that semantically links the image to its caption, which can cause problems for screen readers. for example, when you have 50 images and captions, which caption goes with which image? a better solution, is to use the html5 <figure> and <figcaption> elements. these are created for exactly this pur...

Responsive images - Learn web development
: <img srcset="elva-fairy-480w.jpg 480w, elva-fairy-800w.jpg 800w" sizes="(max-width: 600px) 480px, 800px" src="elva-fairy-800w.jpg" alt="elva dressed as a fairy"> the srcset and sizes attributes look complicated, but they're not too hard to understand if you format them as shown above, with a different part of the attribute value on each line. each value contains a comma-separated list, and each part of those lists is made up of three sub-parts. let's run through the contents of each now: srcset defines the set of images we will allow the browser to choose between, and what size each image is. each set of image information is separated from the previous one by a comma. for each one, we write: an image filename (elva-fairy-480w.jpg) a space the image...
...r to choose from, followed by the all-important <img> element. the code in responsive.html looks like so: <picture> <source media="(max-width: 799px)" srcset="elva-480w-close-portrait.jpg"> <source media="(min-width: 800px)" srcset="elva-800w.jpg"> <img src="elva-800w.jpg" alt="chris standing up holding his daughter elva"> </picture> the <source> elements include a media attribute that contains a media condition — as with the first srcset example, these conditions are tests that decide which image is shown — the first one that returns true will be displayed. in this case, if the viewport width is 799px wide or less, the first <source> element's image will be displayed. if the viewport width is 800px or more, it'll be the second one. the srcset attributes contain the path to the ima...

Video and audio content - Learn web development
icle. the <video> element the <video> element allows you to embed a video very easily. a really simple example looks like this: <video src="rabbit320.webm" controls> <p>your browser doesn't support html5 video. here is a <a href="rabbit320.webm">link to the video</a> instead.</p> </video> the features of note are: src in the same way as for the <img> element, the src (source) attribute contains a path to the video you want to embed. it works in exactly the same way. controls users must be able to control video and audio playback (it's especially critical for people who have epilepsy.) you must either use the controls attribute to include the browser's own control interface, or build your interface using the appropriate javascript api. at a minimum, the interface must include a way to ...
...> elements that point to their own sources. in this case the browser will go through the <source> elements and play the first one that it has the codec to support. including webm and mp4 sources should be enough to play your video on most platforms and browsers these days. each <source> element also has a type attribute. this is optional, but it is advised that you include it. the type attribute contains the mime type of the file specified by the <source>, and browsers can use the type to immediately skip videos they don't understand. iftype isn't included, browsers will load and try to play each file until they find one that works, which obviously takes time and is an unnecessary use of resources. refer to our guide to media types and formats for help selecting the best containers and codecs fo...

Build your own function - Learn web development
to begin with, let's put together a basic function. note: for function naming conventions, you should follow the same rules as variable naming conventions. this is fine, as you can tell them apart — function names appear with parentheses after them, and variables don't. start by accessing the function-start.html file and making a local copy. you'll see that the html is simple — the body contains just a single button. we've also provided some basic css to style the custom message box, and an empty <script> element to put our javascript in. next, add the following inside the <script> element: function displaymessage() { } we start off with the keyword function, which means we are defining a function. this is followed by the name we want to give to our function, a set of parentheses, ...
... to delete the whole panel from the page — to close the message box. briefly, the onclick handler is a property available on the button (or in fact, any element on the page) that can be set to a function to specify what code to run when the button is clicked. you'll learn a lot more about these in our later events article. we are making the onclick handler equal to an anonymous function, which contains the code to run when the button is clicked. the line inside the function uses the node.removechild() dom api function to specify that we want to remove a specific child element of the html element — in this case the panel <div>. closebtn.onclick = function() { panel.parentnode.removechild(panel); } basically, this whole block of code is generating a block of html that looks like so, and ins...

Test your skills: Loops - Learn web development
you to write a simple program that, given a name, searches an array of objects containing names and phone numbers (phonebook) and, if it finds the name, outputs the name and phone number into the paragraph (para) and then exits the loop before it has run its course. you are given three variables to begin with: i — starts off with a value of 0; intended to be used as an iterator. name — contains a name to search for para — contains a reference to a paragraph, which will be used to report the results. you should use a type of loop that you've not used in the previous task. download the starting point for this task to work in your own editor or in an online editor. loops 3 in this final task, you are provided with the following: i — starts off with a value of 500; intended t...
...ains a reference to a paragraph, which will be used to report the results. you should use a type of loop that you've not used in the previous task. download the starting point for this task to work in your own editor or in an online editor. loops 3 in this final task, you are provided with the following: i — starts off with a value of 500; intended to be used as an iterator. para — contains a reference to a paragraph, which will be used to report the results. isprime() — a function that, when passed a number, returns true if the number is a prime number, and false if not. you need to use a loop to go through the numbers 2 to 500 backwards (1 is not counted as a prime number), and run the provided isprime() function on them. for each number that isn't a prime number, continue on...

Handling text — strings in JavaScript - Learn web development
vascript. the power of words words are very important to humans — they are a large part of how we communicate. since the web is a largely text-based medium designed to allow humans to communicate and share information, it is useful for us to have control over the words that appear on it. html provides structure and meaning to our text, css allows us to precisely style it, and javascript contains a number of features for manipulating strings, creating custom welcome messages and prompts, showing the right text labels when needed, sorting terms into the desired order, and much more. pretty much all of the programs we've shown you so far in the course have involved some string manipulation. strings — the basics strings are dealt with similarly to numbers at first glance, but when you d...
...catenate is a fancy programming word that means "join together". joining together strings in javascript uses the plus (+) operator, the same one we use to add numbers together, but in this context it does something different. let's try an example in our console. let one = 'hello, '; let two = 'how are you?'; let joined = one + two; joined; the result of this is a variable called joined, which contains the value "hello, how are you?". in the last instance, we joined only two strings, but you can join as many as you like, as long as you include a + between each pair. try this: let multiple = one + one + one + one + two; multiple; you can also use a mix of variables and actual strings. try this: let response = one + 'i am fine — ' + two; response; note: when you enter an actual str...

Measuring performance - Learn web development
aller. we'll talk about both categories in this course. and as well as talking about performance metrics we will of course talk about the metrics that you'll use to measure whether your site's performance is improving. general performance reporting tools tools like pagespeed insights can measure a website’s performance. you can enter a url and get a performance report in seconds. ...
...it also lets you know it the measured values are considered good or bad. ...

Properly configuring server MIME types - Learn web development
rver. how to determine the correct mime type for your content there are several steps which you can take to determine the correct mime type value to be used for your content. if your content was created using a vendor's software application, read the vendor's documentation to see what mime types should be reported for different media types. look in the iana | mime media types registry which contains all registered mime types. if the media type is displayed using a plug-in in netscape gecko, install the plug-in and then look in the help->about plug-ins menu to see what mime types are associated with the media type. search for the file extension in filext or file extensions reference to see what mime types are associated with that extension. how to set up your server to send the correct mi...
...ch for the file extension in filext or file extensions reference to see what mime types are associated with that extension. how to set up your server to send the correct mime types the fundamental idea is to configure your server to send the correct content-type http header for each document. if you're using the apache web server, simply copy this sample .htaccess file to the directory that contains the files that you want to send with the correct mime types. if you have an entire subdirectory of files, just place the file in the parent directory; you need not place it in each subdirectory. if you're using a server-side script to generate content, you can generally add one line near the top of your script. you can serve content other than html from perl, php, asp, or java — just change th...

Server-side web frameworks - Learn web development
date a resource on the server will instead include the update information as "post data" within the body of the request. the http request may also include information about the current session or user in a client-side cookie. web frameworks provide programming-language-appropriate mechanisms to access this information. for example, the httprequest object that django passes to every view function contains methods and properties for accessing the target url, the type of request (e.g. an http get), get or post parameters, cookie and session data, etc. django can also pass information encoded in the structure of the url by defining "capture patterns" in the url mapper (see the last code fragment in the section above). abstract and simplify database access websites use databases to store information...
...e. being based on python, django code is easy to read and to maintain. popular sites using django (from django home page) include: disqus, instagram, knight foundation, macarthur foundation, mozilla, national geographic, open knowledge foundation, pinterest, open stack. flask (python) flask is a microframework for python. while minimalist, flask can create serious websites out of the box. it contains a development server and debugger, and includes support for jinja2 templating, secure cookies, unit testing, and restful request dispatching. it has good documentation and an active community. flask has become extremely popular, particularly for developers who need to provide web services on small, resource-constrained systems (e.g. running a web server on a raspberry pi, drone controllers, etc...

Ember interactivity: Events, classes and state - Learn web development
we know that we want to track both the text of a todo, and whether or not it is is completed. add the following import statement below the existing one: import { tracked } from '@glimmer/tracking'; now add the...
... to track both the text of a todo, and whether or not it is is completed. add the following import statement below the existing one: import { tracked } from '@glimmer/tracking'; now add the following class below the previous line you added: class todo { @tracked text = ''; @tracked iscompleted = false; constructor(text) { this.text = text; } } this class represents a todo — it contains a @tracked text property containing the text of the todo, and a @tracked iscompleted property that specifies whether the todo has been completed or not. when instantiated, a todo object will have an initial text value equal to the text given to it when created (see below), and an iscompleted value of false. the only ember-specific part of this class is the @tracked decorator — this hooks in to ...

Routing in Ember - Learn web development
start by creating three new routes: "index", "active" and "completed". to do this you’ll need to enter the following commands into your terminal, inside the root directory of your app: ember generate route index ember generate route completed ember generate route active the second and third commands should have not only generated new files, but also updated an existing file, app/router.js. it contains the following contents: import emberrouter from '@ember/routing/router'; import config from './config/environment'; export default class router extends emberrouter { location = config.locationtype; rooturl = config.rooturl; } router.map(function() { this.route('completed'); this.route('active'); }); the highlighted lines were added when the 2nd and 3rd commands above were run. router...
...ist /> component. the location in the page where <todolist /> is rendered is determined by the {{ outlet }} inside the parent route, which in this case is application.hbs. so we have our routes in place. great! but now we need a way to differentiate between each of these routes, so that they show what they are supposed to show. first of all, return once more to our todo-data.js file. it already contains a getter that returns all todos, and a getter that returns incomplete todos. the getter we are missing is one to return just the completed todos. add the following below the existing getters: get completed() { return this.todos.filter(todo => todo.iscompleted); } models now we need to add models to our route javascript files to allow us to easily return specific data sets to display in those...

Vue resources - Learn web development
. for installation, and to use some of the more advanced features of vue (like single file components or render functions), you'll need a terminal with node + npm installed. objective: to learn where to go to find further information on vue, to continue your learning. further resources here’s where you should go to learn more about vue: vue docs — the main vue site. contains comprehensive documentation, including examples, cookbooks, and reference material. this is the best place to start learning vue in depth. vue github repo — the vue code itself. this is where you can report issues and/or contribute directly to the vue codebase. studying the vue source code can help you better understand how the framework works, and write better code. vue forum — the officia...
... is the best place to start learning vue in depth. vue github repo — the vue code itself. this is where you can report issues and/or contribute directly to the vue codebase. studying the vue source code can help you better understand how the framework works, and write better code. vue forum — the official forum for getting help with vue. vue cli docs — documentation for the vue cli. this contains information on customizing and extending the output you are generating via the cli. nuxtjs — nuxtjs is a server-side vue framework, with some architectural opinions that can be useful to creating maintainable applications, even if you don’t use any of the server side rendering features it provides. this site provides detailed documentation on using nuxtjs. vue mastery — a paid education p...

Implementing feature detection - Learn web development
at this point, try loading your page, and you'll get an idea of how modernizr works for css features. if you look at the dom inspector of your browser's developer tools, you'll see that modernizr has updated your <html> class value like so: <html class="js no-htmlimports sizes flash transferables applicationcache blobconstructor blob-constructor cookies cors ...and loads more values!> it now contains a large number of classes that indicate the support status of different technology features. as an example, if the browser didn't support flexbox at all, <html> would be given a class name of no-flexbox. if it did support modern flexbox, it would get a class name of flexbox. if you search through the class list, you'll also see others relating to flexbox, like: flexboxlegacy for the old flexbo...
...rts html or javascript features, if needed. note: if you have trouble getting this to work, check your code against our modernizr-css.html and modernizr-css.css files (see this running live also). javascript modernizr is also equally well-prepared for implementing javascript feature detects too. it does this by making the global modernizr object available to the page it is applied to, which contains results of the feature detects as true/false properties. for example, load up our modernizr-css.html example in your browser, then try going to your javascript console and typing in modernizr. followed by some of those class names (they are the same here too). for example: modernizr.flexbox modernizr.websqldatabase modernizr.xhr2 modernizr.fetch the console will return true/false values to ind...

Handling common HTML and CSS problems - Learn web development
tion, etc.) work. if you want to use these in your css and you need to support older ie versions, a good move is to use keith clark's selectivizr library — this is a small javascript library that works on top of an existing javascript library like jquery or mootools. to try this example, make a local copy of selectivizr-example-start.html. if you look at this running live, you'll see that it contains two paragraphs, one of which is styled. we've selected the paragraph with p:first-child, which won't work in old versions of ie. now download mootools and selectivizr, and save them in the same directory as your sample html. put the following code into the head of your html document, just before the opening <style> tag: <script type="text/javascript" src="mootools-core-1.6.0.js"></script> ...
...king knowledge of how to find answers online invaluable. among the best sources of support information are the mozilla developer network (that's where you are now!), stackoverflow.com, and caniuse.com. to use the mozilla developer network (mdn), most people do a search engine search of the technology they are trying to find information on, plus the term "mdn", for example "mdn html5 video". mdn contains several useful types of content: reference material with browser support information for client-side web technologies, e.g. the <video> reference page. other supporting reference material, e.g. the guide to media types and formats on the web, useful tutorials that solve specific problems, for example, creating a cross-browser video player. caniuse.com provides support information, along wi...

Setting up your own test automation environment - Learn web development
llowing command inside your project directory: npm install --save-dev mocha you can now run the test (and any others you put inside your test directory) using the following command: mocha --no-timeouts you should include the --no-timeouts flag to make sure your tests don't end up failing because of mocha's arbitrary timeout (which is 3 seconds). note: saucelabs-sample-test-frameworks contains several useful examples showing how to set up different combinations of test/assertion tools. running remote tests it turns out that running tests on remote servers isn't that much more difficult than running them locally. you just need to create your driver instance, but with a few more features specified, including the capabilities of the browser you want to test on, the address of the serve...
...kind of result reporting mechanism! now if you go back to the browserstack automation dashboard page, you'll see your test listed: if you click on the link for your test, you'll get to a new screen where you will be able to see a video recording of the test, and multiple detailed logs of information pertaining to it. note: the resources menu option on the browserstack automation dashboard contains a wealth of useful information on using it to run automated tests. see node js documentation for writing automate test scripts in node js for the node-specific information. explore the docs to find out all the useful things browserstack can do. note: if you don't want to write out the capabilities objects for your tests by hand, you can generate them using the generators embedded in the docs. ...

Command line crash course - Learn web development
urrent directory you are in, with the name you provide after the command name. for example, mkdir my-awesome-website will make a new directory called my-awesome-website. rmdir — removes the named directory, but only if it’s empty. for example rmdir my-awesome-website will remove the directory we created above. if you want to remove a directory that is not empty (and also remove everything it contains), then you can use the -r option (recursive), but this is dangerous. make sure there is nothing you might need inside the directory later on, as it will be gone forever. touch — creates a new empty file, inside the current directory. for example, touch mdn-example.md creates a new empty file called mdn-example.md. mv — moves a file from the first specified file location to the second specif...
.... the pipe operator can connect these inputs and outputs together, allowing us to build up increasingly more complex operations to suit our needs — the output from one command can become the input to the next command. in this case, ls would normally print its output to stdout, but instead ls’s output is being piped into wc, which takes that output as an input, counting the number of lines it contains, and prints that count to stdout instead. a slightly more complex example let’s go through something a bit more complicated. we will first try to fetch the contents of mdn's "fetch" page using the curl command (which can be used to request content from urls), from /docs/web/api/fetch. however, this url is the old location of the page. if you enter it in a new browser tab, you’ll (eventuall...

Package management basics - Learn web development
ious articles. without modern build tools, dependencies like this might be included in your project using a simple <script> element, but this might not work right out of the box and you will likely need some modern tooling to bundle your code and dependencies together when they are released on the web. a bundle is the term that’s generally used to refer to a single file on your web server that contains all the javascript for your software — typically compressed as much as possible to help reduce the time it takes to get your software downloaded and displayed in your visitors’ browser. in addition, what happens if you find a better tool that you want to use instead of the current one, or a new version of your dependency is released that you want to update to? this is not too painful for a c...
... format as npm, and can install any package from the npm and other package registries. let’s review the common actions you’ll want to perform with package managers. initialise a new project npm init yarn init as shown above, this will prompt and walk you through a series of questions to describe your project (name, license, description and so on) then generate a package.json for you that contains meta information about your project and its dependencies. installing dependencies npm install date-fns yarn add date-fns we also saw install in action above. this would directly add the date-fns package to the working directory in a sub-directory called node_modules, along with date-fns’s own dependencies. by default this command will install the latest version of date-fns, but you can cont...

Mozilla accessibility architecture
make any necessary changes, and then expose the information using microsoft com on windows, or through gtk2's atk api's on linux and unix. the assistive technology can then use this information in a number of ways. it can read in an entire document at once, look only pieces of a document related to recent events, or traverse the accessibility object model based on screen position. accessible tree contains only a subset of nodes from the dom tree not all dom nodes are exposed through accessibility api toolkits -- only those objects deemed important by the developers of the toolkit. mozilla keeps around its own tree of accessibility objects, which parallels the dom tree, but is not a full representation. above: a diagram showing that the msaa tree is a subset of the dom tree. the situation for othe...
..., even dom nodes that are not "accessible", it may or may not also be an nsaccessible. in other words, the lowest common denominator for objects we must cache is nsaccessnode. nsaccessnode::init() when nsaccessibilityservice::getaccessible() gets a newly created accessible, it calls nsiaccessnode::init() on the new object, which will add this to the cache for the doc accessible. each nsaccessnode contains the dom node and weak pres shell for the object. the weak pres shell is used to create a hash key to get the doc accessible from gglobaldocaccessiblecache. the dom node pointer is used to create the new hash key and add the nsiaccessnode* into the document accessible's maccessnodecache. the init() method is also virtual, and many accessibles override it to do their own special initialization. if ...

Mozilla's Section 508 Compliance
here is a detailed list of section 508 bugs in mozilla's seamonkey application suite. some of them are fairly minor. ...
...ally mozilla uses a color change to indicate when a link has been visited. however, the visited link appearance can be altered via a user style sheet. (j) when a product permits a user to adjust color and contrast settings, a variety of color selections capable of producing a range of contrast levels shall be provided. complete. mozilla's appearance preferences panel contains a large number of color possibilities. (k) software shall not use flashing or blinking text, objects, or other elements having a flash or blink frequency greater than 2 hz and lower than 55 hz. complete. mozilla supports of <blink> and text-decoration: blink in web pages. in these situations mozilla blinks 1 hz, which is within the allowable range and follows the str...

Creating a Language Pack
// add and localize this file ... // lots of notifications about missing entities ... x-testing: changed: 6 missinginfiles: 6124 missing: 5 0% of entries changed this step is not necessary anymore to create the language pack, because it is included in the next command. it is only useful if you want to preview the contents of the mergedir. you'll see that it contains the files which in your localization were missing some entities. all other files will be taken from x-testing directly. it's now time to create a langpack with: $ make langpack-x-testing locale_mergedir=$(pwd)/mergedir each time you need to generate a new langpack, you need to run this command. remember that you need to be in the directory obj-firefox-build/browser/locales. $ make langpack-x-t...
...l10n.ini /users/your_id/mozilla/vc/l10n-central x-testing x-testing: browser chrome browser aboutcerterror.dtd // add and localize this file ... // lots of notifications about missing entities ... x-testing: changed: 6 missinginfiles: 6124 missing: 5 0% of entries changed if you now preview the contents of the mergedir, you'll see that it contains the files which in your localization were missing some entities. all other files will be taken from en-us directly. it's now time to repackage the en-us binary with $ make installers-x-testing locale_mergedir=$(pwd)/mergedir again, for 64-bit mac, append moz_pkg_platform=mac to this command. each time you want to generate a new binary (often called a "repack"), you need to run these two comma...

Creating a spell check dictionary add-on
one, please make sure that there is not already a dictionary available for your locale. if there already is one, try contacting the author to get it updated, or contact amo editors if the author does not respond. packaging a firefox add-on is a zip file renamed to use an .xpi file extension instead of the normal .zip file extension. ...
...in addition to these required files, you may add optional files, for example to give your add-on an icon or to describe the license of the dictionary. here is an example of the install.rdf file. you can create and edit it with a plain text editor such as notepad. ...

mozbrowsercontextmenu
andard menu(s) that will be shown. for example, if the user clicked on an image nested in an <a> tag, two menus are available — one with information related to the image, and one for the link. contextmenu a menu object (see the menu object, below) representing a custom menu defined via <menu> / <menuitem> elements and pointed to via a contextmenu attribute on the dom element clicked on, which contains the menu's id. contextmenuitemselected an anonymous function that fires when a menu item is selected. the menusystem object an object defining a standard context menu that will be displayed. its properties are as follows: documenturi a domstring representing the url of the document the menu is associated with. uri a domstring. in the case of an image or video context menu, this is the ...
... form, in the case of a form context menu. method a domstring representing the method of a form, in the case of a form context menu. name a domstring representing the name of a form, in the case of a form context menu. the menu object an object representing a custom menu defined via <menu> / <menuitem> elements and pointed to via a contextmenu attribute on the dom element clicked on, which contains the menu's id. its properties are as follows: type a domstring representing the type of context menu displayed. it can be menu (a full menu) or menuitem (a single menu item.) label a domstring equal to the label attribute of the dom node the context menu is accessed on. icon the menu item's icon, if the context menu being accessed is a menu item. id the menu item's id, if the context me...

JNI.jsm
this module, all of the android sdk functions that firefox has permissions for are at your fingertips. a note about firefox for android, this jsm file is already globally imported and is available from the privileged window scope as window.jni. there also exists a jenv variable in the window scope, so if you need to run jni from the global scope, use a different variable name then jenv. jni.jsm contains all the js-ctypes needed to communicate with the jni libraries. the js-ctypes is abstracted away while all the underlying data is all ctype data. functions are declared similar to js-ctypes but in a very different syntax. unlike c from js-ctypes, defining constants is not a manual magic number method in jni, it is declared the same way we define functions, except in jni they are called fields. m...
...therefore, it is always recommended to use slash notation. so for geckoappshell we would pass here "org/mozilla/gecko/geckoappshell" and for geckointerface we would use "org/mozilla/gecko/geckoappshell$geckointerface". adeclares optional if this is omitted, then afullyqualifiedname must be an array type. if this is provided, then afullyqualifiedname must be a class name. a required object that contains up to five fields of key names: constructors, fields, static_fields, methods, and static_methods. return value blah blah newstring() blah blah cdata newstring( ajenv, astr ); parameters ajenv the return value of getforthread(). astr a javascript string, use any encoding desired. return value blah blah readstring() blah blah string readstring( ajenv, ajavastring ); parame...

OS.File for the main thread
var writepath = os.path.join(os.constants.path.desktopdir, 'savedimage.png'); var promise = os.file.writeatomic(writepath, new uint8array(r.result), { tmppath: writepath + '.tmp' }); promise.then( function(aval) { console.log('successfully saved image to disk'); }, function(are...
...tional additional options for file opening. this implementation interprets the following fields: humanreadable if true, create a new filename appending a decimal number, e.g., filename-1.ext, filename-2.ext. if false use hex numbers, e.g., filename-a65bc0.ext. maxattempts used to limit the amount of tries after a failed file creation. default is 99. promise resolves to an object contains a file object{file} and the path{path}. promise can be rejected with os.file.error if the file could not be opened. os.file.copy() copy a file. void copy( in string sourcepath, in string destpath [optional] in object options) throws os.file.error arguments sourcepath the full path of the file to copy. at the time of this writing, this function does not copy directories. dest...

Localization technical reviews
lease, this first revision requires a very detailed and comprehensive form of review. that being the case, there are some criteria in a technical review that will only ever be considered once, as all reviews after this only evaluate the changes you're adding on top of this revision from release to release. ...
... localizers can specify the team responsible for the work by listing the name just after the moz_langpack_creator. the team can also wrap contributors with <em:contributor> tags just after the moz_langpack_contributors section. ...

Fonts for Mozilla 2.0's MathML engine
may mean installing some fonts. note that some web sites may provide the required mathematical fonts as web fonts. in that case, you will see the correct rendering on these pages if you use gecko 15.0 (firefox 15.0 / thunderbird 15.0 / seamonkey 2.12) or greater. recommended fonts the stix fonts project has been developing a comprehensive set of fonts that cover all the symbols in mathml and also contains glyphs to stretch mathematical operators. they are available under the sil open font license and should be installed for best mathml rendering. note that currently, only the fonts in /fonts/stix-general/ are used for stretching mathematical operators with stix fonts. asana math is also freely available under the sil open font license and has good support for mathematical characters. starting in g...
...the above fonts are installed, but are worth noting because of their unicode support for many mathematical characters. dejavu serif and dejavu sans are freely available and installed with many linux distributions. they contain support for many mathematical characters, and mozilla will display some mathml reasonably on systems with these fonts installed, even without stix fonts. the font only contains glyphs for stretchy operators that have unicode assignments. cambria math is preinstalled on microsoft windows vista, and also comes with miscrosoft office 2007 or microsoft powerpoint viewer 2007. the font has good support for mathematical characters, and so, with any of these products installed, mozilla will be able to display some mathml reasonably even without stix fonts. the font conta...

Mozilla DOM Hacking Guide
mation. the nsdomclassinfo class the heart of class info is the nsdomclassinfo class, defined in nsdomclassinfo.h. it implements two interfaces besides nsisupports: nsixpcscriptable and nsiclassinfo. we already know what nsixpcscriptable is used for (see the previous section). nsiclassinfo is an xpcom interface, very well described by mike shaver in this overview of nsiclassinfo. basically it contains convenient methods to find out about the interfaces an object promises to support. in our case, this list of interfaces will be populated by "class info". see also section 1.5 on the init() function and section 1.2 on interface flattening. we saw in section 1.3 that nsdomclassinfo is the base class for all the helper classes. let's see what it's made of. let's begin with the public interface. ...
...menttype() and createdocument() (dom2). what there is to do implement your object in c++. this is not in the scope of this document. the best thing you can do is probably to copy existing code. a dom object is a simple xpcom object with domclassinfo. in our example, the implementation class is nsdomimplementation (in nsdocument.cpp). it implements the nsidomdomimplementation interface (which contains the three methods mentionned above). modify the queryinterface implementation of your xpcom object to include domclassinfo data. add the following line at the end of the queryinterface implementation: ns_interface_map_entry_content_classinfo(dom_object_name) for the domimplementation object, the line would be: ns_interface_map_entry_content_classinfo(domimplementation) what does it do? i...

Mozilla Style System Documentation
dealing with dynamic style changes are also tricky because the style contexts don't have pointers to their frames, but instead, we have the reverse and is probably the biggest flaw in the design of this part of the system. getting style data from a style context to get style data from a style context, use the getstyledata method to fill in a pointer to a style struct. each of the style structs contains a group of properties. the structs are listed in, nsstylestruct.hand the many of the values are in nsstyleconsts.h. each of the structs includes either only features that are inherited by default or single properties that are set to the initial value by default (see css26.1.1), which is essential for the ruletree. the fundamental way to get a style struct from a style context looks like this: c...
... ,------------' | `-----------. [title: c] [para: f] [para: d] | | [quote: a] [quote: a] | [span: e] the reason the rule tree shares style data naturally is that most style rules specify properties in very few structs. as stated above, each style struct contains only features that are inherited by default or those that are set to their initial value ("reset") by default. this leads to (or perhaps three, depending on how you count) two types of sharing. for those structs where all the values are inherited by default, a style context can often (when none of the rules matched by the style context specifies any properties in the struct, or when explicit inhe...

TraceMalloc
emalloclogtimestamp(caption) - log a timestamp event to the current log file, annotating the log even with the caption string. tracemallocdumpallocations(pathname) - dump a human-readable listing of all traced, live allocations. see nstracemalloc.h for detailed comments on the log file format. analyzing the shutdown log the shutdown log is a basic tool for finding memory leaks. the shutdown log contains the stack trace of every allocation that has not been deallocated by shutdown. some of these are false positives, allocations that are truly needed until shutdown. ideally, these would be freed explicitly, to make it easier to find real leaks using the shutdown log. here is a how-to for analyzing the shutdown log, taken from the tinderbox leak builds. this example is for macos; small modification...
... then lists all the non-root allocations. the roots are either listed as single objects or as strongly connected components (minimal sets of nodes in the graph in which any node is reachable from all other nodes). (a strongly connected component with only one node is listed as a single object.) any single object listed as a root is really a leak root, and any component listed as a root either (a) contains an object that is a root or (b) contains objects that form an ownership cycle that is a root. other documentation some older documentation about tracemalloc is here. ...

NSS 3.28 release notes
sending a clienthello. ssl_signatureschemeprefset allows an application to set which signature schemes should be supported in tls and to specify the preference order of those schemes. ssl_signatureschemeprefget allows an application to learn the currently supported and enabled signature schemes for a socket. request to test and prepare for tls 1.3 this release contains improved support for tls 1.3, however, the code that supports tls 1.3 is still disabled by default (not built). for the future nss 3.29 release, it is planned that standard builds of nss will support the tls 1.3 protocol (although the maximum tls protocol version enabled by default will remain at tls 1.2). we know that some applications which use nss, query nss for the supported range of ssl/tl...
...et. the old ssl_signatureprefset and ssl_signatureprefset functions are now deprecated. nss will now no longer assume that default signature schemes are supported by a peer if there was no commonly supported signature scheme. nss will now check if rsa-pss signing is supported by the token that holds the private key prior to using it for tls (bug 1311950). the certificate validation code contains checks to no longer trust certificates that are issued by old wosign and startcom cas, after october 21, 2016. this is equivalent to the behavior that mozilla will release with firefox 51. background information can be found in mozilla's blog post. bugs fixed in nss 3.28 this bugzilla query returns all the bugs fixed in nss 3.28: https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/buglist.cgi?resolution=fixed&class...

nss tech note4
also, this document does not attempt to be an exhaustive survey of all possible ways to do a certain task; it merely tries to show a certain way. ...
...t extensions an extension has the following attributes object id (oid) : a unique oid represents an algorithm, a mechanism, a piece of information, etc. examples: x500 rsa encryption, certificate basic constraints, pkcs#7 digested data, etc. there is a long list of pre-defined oids, and new ones can be added dynamically by an application. the oid data structure contains an array of identifier bytes (each byte is a "level" in a hierarchical namespace), a text description, and some other things. critical : indicates whether the extension is critical value : the value of the extension looping through all extensions certcertextension** extensions =cert->extensions; if (extensions) { while (*ex...

NSS tools : crlutil
d, crlutil will read script data from standard input. -d directory specify the database directory containing the certificate and key database files. on unix the certificate database tool defaults to $home/.netscape (that is, ~/.netscape). on windows nt the default is the current directory. the nss database files must reside in the same directory. -i crl-import-file specify the file which contains the crl to import -f password-file specify a file that will automatically supply the password to include in a certificate or to access a certificate database. this is a plain-text file containing one password. be sure to prevent unauthorized access to this file. -l algorithm-name specify a specific signature algorithm. list of possible algorithms: md2 | md4 | md5 | sha1 | sha256 | sha384 ...
...xt file containing one password. be sure to prevent unauthorized access to this file. -l algorithm-name specify a specific signature algorithm. list of possible algorithms: md2 | md4 | md5 | sha1 | sha256 | sha384 | sha512 -n nickname specify the nickname of a certificate or key to list, create, add to a database, modify, or validate. bracket the nickname string with quotation marks if it contains spaces. -o output-file specify the output file name for new crl. bracket the output-file string with quotation marks if it contains spaces. if this argument is not used the output destination defaults to standard output. -t crl-type specify type of crl. possible types are: 0 - sec_krl_type, 1 - sec_crl_type. this option is obsolete -u url specify the url. crl generation script syntax ...

NSS Tools crlutil
specify the database directory containing the certificate and key database files. on unix the certificate database tool defaults to $home/.netscape (that is, ~/.netscape). on windows nt the default is the current directory. the nss database files must reside in the same directory. -i crl-import-file specify the file which contains the crl to import -f password-file specify a file that will automatically supply the password to include in a certificate or to access a certificate database. this is a plain-text file containing one password. be sure to prevent unauthorized access to this file. -l algorithm-name speci...
... -l algorithm-name specify a specific signature algorithm. list of possible algorithms: md2 | md4 | md5 | sha1 | sha256 | sha384 | sha512 -n nickname specify the nickname of a certificate or key to list, create, add to a database, modify, or validate. bracket the nickname string with quotation marks if it contains spaces. -o output-file specify the output file name for new crl. bracket the output-file string with quotation marks if it contains spaces. if this argument is not used the output destination defaults to standard output. -t crl-type specify type of crl. possible types are: 0 - sec_krl...

NSS tools : crlutil
ry specify the database directory containing the certificate and key database files. on unix the certificate database tool defaults to $home/.netscape (that is, ~/.netscape). on windows nt the default is the current directory. the nss database files must reside in the same directory. -i crl-import-file specify the file which contains the crl to import -f password-file specify a file that will automatically supply the password to include in a certificate or to access a certificate database. this is a plain-text file containing one password. be sure to prevent unauthorized access to this file. -l algorithm-name specify a specific signature algorithm. list of possi...
...horized access to this file. -l algorithm-name specify a specific signature algorithm. list of possible algorithms: md2 | md4 | md5 | sha1 | sha256 | sha384 | sha512 -n nickname specify the nickname of a certificate or key to list, create, add to a database, modify, or validate. bracket the nickname string with quotation marks if it contains spaces. -o output-file specify the output file name for new crl. bracket the output-file string with quotation marks if it contains spaces. if this argument is not used the output destination defaults to standard output. -t crl-type specify type of crl. possible types are: 0 - sec_krl_type, 1 - sec_crl_type. this option i...

GC Rooting Guide
ays that contain them, you must follow the rules set out in this guide. if you do not your program will not work correctly - if it works at all. gc things on the stack js::rooted<t> all gc thing pointers stored on the stack (i.e., local variables and parameters to functions) must use the js::rooted<t> class. this is a template class where the template parameter is the type of the gc thing it contains. from the user perspective, a js::rooted<t> instance behaves exactly as if it were the underlying pointer. js::rooted must be constructed with a jscontext*, and optionally an initial value. there are typedefs available for the main types. within spidermonkey, it is suggested that these are used in preference to the template class (gecko uses the template versions): template class ...
...s::value msomevalue; }; you should write: struct heapstruct { js::heap<jsobject*> msomeobject; js::heap<js::value> msomevalue; }; tracing js::nativeobject all gc pointers stored on the heap must be traced. for regular js::nativeobjects, this is normally done by storing them in slots, which are automatically traced by the gc. other jsobjects when defining a jsobject subclass that contains heap<t> fields, set the trace hook to invoke a function that traces those fields. general classes/structures for a regular struct or class, tracing must be triggered manually. the usual way is to define a void trace(jstracer* trc, const char* name) method on the class -- which is already enough be able to create a js::rooted<yourstruct> on the stack -- and then arrange for it to be called durin...

JS_CompileUTF8FileHandle
cx jscontext * the context in which to compile the script. requires request. in a js_threadsafe build, the caller must be in a request on this jscontext. obj jsobject * object with which the script is associated. filename const char * filename to associate with the compiled script. this filename is used for error messages. it should be the name of the file that contains the script, if available. file file * the file handle containing the script to compile. principals jsprincipals * (only in js_compileutf8filehandleforprincipals) the security principals to associate with the new script, or null. description js_compileutf8filehandle reads a script from a stdio file handle and compiles the script for execution by the javascript...
...ctions it creates. on success, js_compileutf8filehandle reads file to eof and returns an object representing the newly compiled script. if an error occurs during compilation, js_compileutf8filehandle stops reading from the file and returns null. js_compileutf8filehandle and js_compileutf8filehandleforprincipals are deprecated, use file, use js::compile instead. see also the jsapi user guide contains example code using compiled scripts. mxr id search for js_compileutf8filehandle js::compile js_decompilescript js::evaluate js_executescript bug 805080 ...

JS_DefineProperty
y has an own property with the given name or id, the existing property is replaced. these functions can currently replace jsprop_permanent properties, but such usage is deprecated. the javascript engine will call the getter or setter callback each time the property is read or written, whether from javascript code or via jsapi functions like js_getproperty and js_setproperty. (exception: if attrs contains the jsprop_readonly flag, the setter will never be called, as property assignment will fail before it gets that far. also note that certain jsapi functions, including js_lookupproperty, js_hasproperty, and property_attributes, can detect or examine a property without calling its getter.) if getter (or setter) is null, the new property will use the jsclass.getproperty (or jsclass.setproperty) call...
...tter will never be called, as property assignment will fail before it gets that far. also note that certain jsapi functions, including js_lookupproperty, js_hasproperty, and property_attributes, can detect or examine a property without calling its getter.) if getter (or setter) is null, the new property will use the jsclass.getproperty (or jsclass.setproperty) callback from obj's class. if attrs contains the jsprop_getter (or jsprop_setter) flag, then getter (or setter) must point to a javascript function, not a c/c++ function. that is, it must be a jsobject * that points to a javascript function, cast to type jspropertyop. for more about javascript getters and setters, see defining getters and setters. on success, js_defineproperty returns true. on error or exception, it returns false. see als...

JSAPI reference
a note on versioning: up until the release of firefox 4, spidermonkey, and thus the jsapi, was versioned in an ad-hoc way, with releases happening at times that roughly, but not really, corresponded to firefox releases. in the fall of 2012, the spidermonkey team decided to align releases with those of firefox. ...
...ocal root scopes were another way of protecting objects from the garbage collector. they have been removed in js 1.8.5, though js_enterlocalrootscope obsolete since javascript 1.8.5 js_leavelocalrootscope obsolete since javascript 1.8.5 js_leavelocalrootscopewithresult obsolete since javascript 1.8.5 js_forgetlocalroot obsolete since javascript 1.8.5 added in spidermonkey 1.8 if an object contains references to other gc things that are not stored in spidermonkey data structures ("slots"), it must implement the jstraceop hook to enable the garbage collector to traverse those references. otherwise the garbage collector will not find all reachable objects and may collect objects that are still reachable, leading to a crash. (in spidermonkey 1.7 and earlier, the jsmarkop hook was used instead.

SpiderMonkey 1.8.8
ey 1.8.8. you can download full source code here: insert-actual-link-when-the-release-happens (md5 checksum: insert-actual-hash-here). spidermonkey 1.8.8 is the javascript engine that shipped in firefox 10.0. it continues to improve performance over previous spidermonkey releases, with ongoing jit compilation work and with the introduction of type inference to enable faster jitted code. it also contains new language and api features described in detail below. please let us know about your experiences with this release by posting in the mozilla.dev.tech.js-engine newsgroup. or file bugs at bugzilla.mozilla.org under product: core, component: javascript engine. —insert-actual-release-date-here platform support spidermonkey 1.8.8 is supported on all the platforms where firefox insert-actual-fi...
...ovided but not supported. on all other platforms the jit is simply disabled; javascript code runs in an interpreter, as in previous versions. it's the same language, just not as fast. migrating to spidermonkey 1.8.8 the following features in earlier versions of spidermonkey have been dropped. the jsresolve_classname and jsresolve_with resolve flags (passed to jsclass.resolve when jsclass.flags contains jsclass_new_resolve) have been removed. spidermonkey 1.8.8 is not binary-compatible with previous releases, nor is it source-code compatible. many jsapi types, functions, and callback signatures have changed, though most of them still have the same names and do the same things. applications will need significant changes, but most of those changes will be detected by the c/c++ compiler, so they a...

SpiderMonkey 17
nload full source code here: http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/js/mozjs17.0.0.tar.gz (md5 checksum: 20b6f8f1140ef6e47daa3b16965c9202). spidermonkey 17 is the javascript engine that shipped in firefox 17. it continues to improve performance over previous spidermonkey releases, with ongoing jit compilation work and with the introduction of type inference to enable faster jitted code. it also contains new language and api features described in detail below. please let us know about your experiences with this release by posting in the mozilla.dev.tech.js-engine newsgroup. or file bugs at bugzilla.mozilla.org under product: core, component: javascript engine. — 25 march 2013 platform support spidermonkey 17 is supported on all the platforms where firefox 17 runs. spidermonkey 17 includes a ...
... provided but not supported. on all other platforms the jit is simply disabled; javascript code runs in an interpreter, as in previous versions. it's the same language, just not as fast. migrating to spidermonkey 17 the following features in earlier versions of spidermonkey have been dropped. the jsresolve_classname and jsresolve_with resolve flags (passed to jsclass.resolve when jsclass.flags contains jsclass_new_resolve) have been removed. spidermonkey 17 is not binary-compatible with previous releases, nor is it source-code compatible. many jsapi types, functions, and callback signatures have changed, though most of them still have the same names and do the same things. applications will need significant changes, but most of those changes will be detected by the c/c++ compiler, so they are ...

SpiderMonkey 38
please let us know about your experiences with this release by posting in the mozilla.dev.tech.js-engine newsgroup. or file bugs at bugzilla.mozilla.org under product: core, component: javascript engine. ...
... please let us know about your experiences with this release by posting in the mozilla.dev.tech.js-engine newsgroup. or file bugs at bugzilla.mozilla.org under product: core, component: javascript engine. ...

SpiderMonkey 45
please let us know about your experiences with this release by posting in the mozilla.dev.tech.js-engine newsgroup. ...
...pidermonkey 45. you can download full source code from https://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/spidermonkey/releases/45.0.2/mozjs-45.0.2.tar.bz2 sha256: 570530b1e551bf4a459d7cae875f33f99d5ef0c29ccc7742a1b6f588e5eadbee md5: 2ca34f998d8b5ea79d8616dd26b5fbab spidermonkey 45 is the javascript engine that shipped in firefox 45. it continues to improve performance over previous spidermonkey releases. it also contains new language and api features described in detail below. please let us know about your experiences with this release by posting in the mozilla.dev.tech.js-engine newsgroup. or file bugs at bugzilla.mozilla.org under product: core, component: javascript engine. you may wish to make the bugs block bug 837921 (aliased as "sm.embedding"). — apr 14, 2016 platform support spidermonkey 45 is supp...

Secure Development Guidelines
takes and how they affect a product how to avoid making them how to mitigate them everything is oriented toward c/c++ introduction: gaining control specifics about the underlying architecture, using x86 as an example 6 basic registers (eax, ebx, ecx, edx, edi, esi) 2 stack-related registers (esp, ebp) mark top and bottom of current stack frame status register (eflags) contains various state information instruction pointer (eip) points to register being executed; can’t be modified directly introduction: gaining control (2) eip is modified using call or jump instructions attacks usually rely on obtaining control over the eip otherwise the attacker can try to control memory pointed to by an existing function pointer a vulnerability is required t...
...rgv) { char *file = argv[1]; int fd; struct stat statbuf; stat(file, &statbuf); if (s_islink(statbuf.st_mode)) { bailout(“symbolic link”); } else if (statbuf.st_uid != getuid) { bailout(“you don’t own the file”); } fd = open(file, o_rdwr); write(fd, argv[2], strlen(argv[2])); } file i/o: race conditions previous example contains a race condition the file may change between the call top stat() and open() this opens the possibility of writing arbitrary content to any file race conditions occur when two separate execution flows share a resource and its access is not synchronized properly race condition types include file (previously covered) thread (two threads share a resource but don’t lock it) signa...

AT APIs Support
we provide for them the support of these products on windows, linux/unix and os x platforms. accessible gecko gecko is a rendering engine that firefox, seamonkey, netscape and yelp use. gecko can render a variety of content, not just html and supports key web standards such as cascading style sheets, javascript and the w3c dom. ...
...rs of the gnome desktop. on mac platform camino - web browser for os x xul applications xul applications make full use of the gecko architecture, not only for html content, but also for the entire user interface. widgets such as menus, tab panels, tree views and dialogs are provided via an xml language called xul (extensible user-interface language). none of the user interface contains standard os controls. this is done to ensure a common look and feel across all supported platforms, and to allow for different skins (appearances). developing a xul window is not that different from developing a web page, but the elements available to add widgets are more powerful and designed to be similar to desktop widgets. examples of xul applications: firefox - web-browser thunderbird -...

Mork
arting at 0x80, because the values less than 0x80 are theoretically their representative ascii values. tables a table is set of rows, potentially with a meta-row. the table id is specified using the mid at the beginning of the table. furthermore, the scope of the mid also serves as the default scope of rows defined within the table. the meta-row of the table (different from the meta-row of a row) contains a few things you might care about. the first is the kind column (k), where the mid is typically column-scoped (:c). next is the status column (s), which is defined as a single digit that is the priority (which appears to be unused), a 'u' if it is unique (i.e., the only table of its kind), and a 'v' if it is verbose (which also appears to be unused). the presence of a row or rowreference in the m...
...), where the mid is typically column-scoped (:c). next is the status column (s), which is defined as a single digit that is the priority (which appears to be unused), a 'u' if it is unique (i.e., the only table of its kind), and a 'v' if it is verbose (which also appears to be unused). the presence of a row or rowreference in the meta-table indicates that said row is the meta-row of the table: it contains arbitrary properties for the entire table just like a normal row. for example, the message summary format files use a table for each thread, where the meta-rows represent information about the thread in general. the last important point about tables is the meaning of the minuses. a minus before the table id indicates that all the rows currently stored in the table should be removed before addin...

Manipulating bookmarks using Places
ookmarks that link to it, you can use the nsinavbookmarksservice.getbookmarkidsforuri() method. var ios = components.classes["@mozilla.org/network/io-service;1"] .getservice(components.interfaces.nsiioservice); var uri = ios.newuri("http://google.com/", null, null); var bookmarksarray = bmsvc.getbookmarkidsforuri(uri, {}); after executing this code, the array bookmarksarray contains the ids of all bookmarks that refer to the specified uri (in this case, "http://google.com"). manipulating existing items there are a number of convenient methods you can use to make changes to existing bookmarks and bookmark folders. this section covers some of them. the item title to change the title of a bookmark or bookmark folder, you use the nsinavbookmarksservice.setitemtitle() method.
... uri = ios.newuri("http://mozilla.com/", null, null); if (!bmsvc.isbookmarked(uri)) { bmsvc.insertbookmark(bmsvc.toolbarfolder, uri, bmsvc.default_index, "mozilla"); } this example looks to see if the user already has a bookmark for the mozilla web site, and, if not, creates one, adding it to the user's bookmarks toolbar. finding the folder containing an item if you need to know what folder contains an item (this can be especially handy after using nsinavbookmarksservice.getbookmarkidsforuri() to find bookmarks for a given uri), you can use the nsinavbookmarksservice.getfolderidforitem() method. var parentfolderid = bmsvc.getfolderidforitem(newbkmkid); observing changes to bookmarks and tags to set up an observer to listen for changes related to bookmarks, you will need to create an nsin...

Using the Places history service
typed, hidden, and gecko flags (gecko flags is trunk only). the navhistory service has broken this into two tables (see history service design). the main url table stores the information about the page: url, host name, title, visit count, hidden, and typed. stored separately is the information specific to each visit. this information is called a "visit" in this document and in the code. a visit contains a reference to the url table for the page, the visit date, the transition type (typed, click, redirect, bookmark, etc.), a reference to the referring visit, and the session id. this separation of the global page information and the visit allows us to store information about each time the page was visited instead of just the last time. using the referrer information in each visit, the browsing pa...
... basic querying of the history system nsiglobalhistory2.isvisited: called by gecko when rendering links. when isvisited returns true, the link gets the "visited" style. otherwise, the link is colored as unvisited. nsiglobalhistory3.getgeckoflags: retrieves information previously set using setgeckoflags. it is not yet implemented in the places history system. nsibrowserhistory.lastpagevisited: contains the uri of the last page visited. this is used when the preference is set that causes the last page in new windows. nsibrowserhistory.count: the number of pages in history. this is used by the "clear history" button to determine if there are any pages in history. because actually counting all the pages in history is expensive,navhistory will always return the value 0 or 1. 0 is returned when the...

Creating the Component Code
er in packaging weblock. you should consult with the authors of the application you wish to extend to see if there are other supported ways. overview of the weblock module source as we mentioned in the previous section, components have layers. there are three main parts to every xpcom component. from the innermost and moving outward, the first object is the xpcom object. this is the object that contains the business logic, that implements functionality such as starting a network download, implementing interfaces that listen to the download progress, or providing a new content type handler. in weblock, this is the part that brings together various gecko services and prevents users from leaving the list of acceptable domains. in a way, the factory and module layers are glue to plug the xpcom objec...
...r constructing an xpcom object. onion peel view of xpcom component creation before we begin looking at the various parts of the component and how they'll be implemented in the source, let's look at the module in weblock.cpp to see where we're going. the source we're referring to is listed in its entirety at the end of this chapter (see weblock1.cpp). the source file for the weblock component contains three classes. in order to make the weblock component work in mozilla, you have to implement a new interface to the weblock component, iweblock, where the actual work specific to the the web locking features happens. you also have to create weblockmodule to implement the necessary nsimodule interface, and you have to create weblockfactory to implement nsifactory and create a factory that hands in...

Detailed XPCOM hashtable guide
ble are very large (larger than 12 words). pldhash does not handle large entry structures efficiently. nsthashtable nsthashtable is a c++ template that wraps pldhash. it hides many of the complexities of pldhash (callback functions, the ops structure, etc). you should read xpcom/glue/nsthashtable.h. to use nsthashtable, you must declare an entry-class in a pre-defined format. this entry class contains the key and the data that you are hashing (just like pldhash, above). it also declares functions that manipulate the key. in most cases, the functions of this entry class can be entirely inline. for examples of entry classes, see the declarations at xpcom/glue/nshashkeys.h. the template parameter is the entry class. you must use the init() function to initalize the table properly. at this point,...
...are getentry and putentry. future plans nsisimpleenumerator support the (obsolete) nshashtable has a wrapper that exposes an nsisimpleenumerator on its items. i will add this support to the various nsbasehashtable classes as well, as needed. hash functions all of the above hashtables need a hash function. this function converts the key into a semi-unique integer. ...

Components.utils.cloneInto
if you do pass this flag, then functions in the object are cloned using the same mechanism as that used in components.utils.exportfunction: // add-on script var addonscriptobject = { greetme: function() { alert("hello from add-on"); } }; contentwindow.addonscriptobject = cloneinto(addonscriptobject, ...
...if you pass the {wrapreflectors:true} flag, then the object you clone is allowed to contain these objects: // add-on script var addonscriptobject = { body: contentwindow.document.body }; contentwindow.addonscriptobject = cloneinto(addonscriptobject, ...

nsIAccessible
can also be used by in-process accessibility clients to get information about objects in the accessible tree. the accessible tree is a subset of nodes in the dom tree -- such as documents, focusable elements and text. mozilla creates the implementations of nsiaccessible on demand. ...
...by accessible. getstate provides a bit fields of accessible states which describe boolean properties of accessible. groupposition this method returns grouping information. used for tree items, list items, tab panel labels, radio buttons, etc. also used for collectons of non-text objects. getchildatpoint this method returns an accessible child which contains the coordinate at (x, y) in screen pixels. getchildat this method returns nth accessible child using zero-based index or last child if index than less than zero. getaccessibletoright this method returns an accessible node geometrically to the right of this one. getaccessibletoleft this method returns an accessible node geometrically to the left of t...

nsICookieManager2
netwerk/cookie/nsicookiemanager2.idlscriptable please add a summary to this article. last changed in gecko 1.9.2 (firefox 3.6 / thunderbird 3.1 / fennec 1.0) inherits from: nsicookiemanager this interface is included in the services.jsm javascript code module. ...
...ing to look for, such as "google.com". this should consist only of the host portion of the uri and should not contain a leading dot, port number, or other information. return value an nsisimpleenumerator of nsicookie2 objects representing the matching cookies. importcookies() imports an old-style cookie file. the imported cookies will be added to the existing cookie database. if the database contains any cookies that are the same as those being imported (that is, they have the same domain, name, and path), they are replaced with the ones being imported. void importcookies( in nsifile acookiefile ); parameters acookiefile the file to import. this is usually cookies.txt. see also nsicookie nsicookie2 nsicookiemanager nsicookiepermission ...

nsIDOMWindowUtils
e window's current document has been forced by the user. cannot be accessed from unprivileged context (not content-accessible) read only. elementsrestyled read only unsigned long long the number of elements which have been restyled for the current document. keep in mind that during a restyle operation, an element may be restyled multiple times (for example, when an inline element contains blocks). this number also counts restyling of pseudo-elements and anonymous boxes. throws ns_error_not_available if the count can't be provided. focusedinputtype string the type of the currently-focused html <input> element, if one is focused. imageanimationmode unsigned short returns the image animation mode of the window. the attribute's value must be one of the a...
...oardlayout, in long anativekeycode, in long amodifierflags, in astring acharacters, in astring aunmodifiedcharacters ); parameters anativekeyboardlayout anativekeycode the key code to send. amodifierflags the modifier flags to send. acharacters aunmodifiedcharacters sendnativemouseevent() see nsiwidget.synthesizenativemouseevent(). will be called on the widget that contains aelement. cannot be accessed from unprivileged context (not content-accessible) will throw a dom security error if called without universalxpconnect privileges. void sendnativemouseevent( in long ascreenx, in long ascreeny, in long anativemessage, in long amodifierflags, in nsidomelement aelement ); parameters ascreenx ascreeny anativemessage amodifierflags aelemen...

nsIFeedTextConstruct
rious other feed-related interfaces, such as nsifeed, nsifeedentry, and nsifeedcontainer have attributes that return objects implementing nsifeedtextconstruct. method overview nsidomdocumentfragment createdocumentfragment(in nsidomelement element); astring plaintext(); attributes attribute type description base nsiuri if the text construct contains html or xhtml, relative references in the content should be resolved against this base uri. lang astring the language of the text (such as "en-us" for u.s. english). text astring the actual text content. this string may contain markup if the type is either "html" or "xhtml". type astring the type of content described; one of "text", "html", or "xhtml".
...(such as "en-us" for u.s. english). text astring the actual text content. this string may contain markup if the type is either "html" or "xhtml". type astring the type of content described; one of "text", "html", or "xhtml". methods createdocumentfragment() creates a new document fragment on a given dom element, containing the text and (if the text construct contains html or xhtml) its markup. nsidomdocumentfragment createdocumentfragment( in nsidomelement element ); parameters element the element in which to create the new document fragment. return value an nsidocumentfragment containing the text and markup. plaintext() returns the text as plain text with all markup stripped and all entities decoded. astring plaintext(); parameters none. r...

nsIHttpActivityObserver
available with this activity. see interpreting activity data below. interpreting activity data depending on the values of the aactivitytype and aactivitysubtype fields, the aextrasizedata and aextrastringdata parameters take on different meanings. socket transport activity when the activity type is activity_type_socket_transport and the subtype is status_sending_to, the aextrasizedata parameter contains the number of bytes sent. because a single http transaction may consist of multiple chunks of data transmitted through separate socket writes, each socket activity notification will only reflect the number of bytes transmitted in that chunk. http transaction activity for activity notifications of type activity_type_http_transaction, there are three activities that include extra data: activity_su...
...ingle http transaction may consist of multiple chunks of data transmitted through separate socket writes, each socket activity notification will only reflect the number of bytes transmitted in that chunk. http transaction activity for activity notifications of type activity_type_http_transaction, there are three activities that include extra data: activity_subtype_request_header aextrastringdata contains the text of the header. activity_subtype_response_header aextrastringdata contains the text of the response header. activity_subtype_response_complete aextrasizedata contains the total number of bytes received. see also http monitoring http activity nsihttpactivitydistributor ...

nsIIdleService
erver to be notified when the user idles for some period of time, and when they get back from that. the subject of the notification the observer will get is always the nsiidleservice itself. when the user goes idle, the observer topic is 'idle' and when they get back, the observer topic is 'back' in gecko 15 and earlier or 'active' in gecko 16 and later. the data parameter for the notification contains the current user idle time in gecko 15 and earlier or 0 in gecko 16 and later. you can add the same observer twice. most implementations need to poll the os for idle info themselves, meaning your notifications could arrive with a delay up to the length of the polling interval in that implementation. current implementations use a delay of 5 seconds. gecko 1.9.2 note starting in gecko 1.9.
...ll the os for idle info themselves, meaning your notifications could arrive with a delay up to the length of the polling interval in that implementation. current implementations use a delay of 5 seconds. gecko 1.9.2 note starting in gecko 1.9.2, there is a once a day notification sent out if the user remains idle for an extended period: 'idle-daily'. the data parameter for the notification contains the current user idle time. void addidleobserver( in nsiobserver observer, in unsigned long time ); parameters observer the nsiobserver to be notified. time the amount of time in seconds the user should be idle before the observer should be notified. removeidleobserver() remove an observer registered with addidleobserver(). note: removing an observer will remove it once, for the...

nsIInputStream
returns true. example consume all data from an input stream using read(). nsresult consumestream(nsiinputstream* astream) { nsresult rv; uint32_t numread; char buf[512]; while (1) { rv = astream->read(buf, sizeof(buf), &numread); if (ns_failed(rv)) { printf("### error reading stream: %x\n", rv); break; } if (numread == 0) break; // buf now contains numread bytes of data } return rv; } consume all data from an input stream using readsegments(). static ns_method appendsegment(nsiinputstream* astream, void* aclosure, const char* afromsegment, uint32_t atooffset, uint32_t acount, uint...
... consume all data from an input stream using readsegments(). static ns_method appendsegment(nsiinputstream* astream, void* aclosure, const char* afromsegment, uint32_t atooffset, uint32_t acount, uint32_t* awritecount) { // afromsegment now contains acount bytes of data. nsacstring* pbuf = (nsacstring*) aclosure; pbuf->append(afromsegment, acount); // indicate that we have consumed all of afromsegment *awritecount = acount; return ns_ok; } // copy the contents of astream into aresultbuf as one contiguous // buffer. use readsegments to avoid an intermediate buffer copy. nsresult copystream(nsiinputstream* astream, nsacstring& are...

nsIMsgDatabase
nsisimpleenumerator enumeratemessages(); nsisimpleenumerator enumeratethreads(); void s...
...can do without it. in 4.x, it was mainly used to remove corrupted databases. void forceclosed(); clearcachedhdrs() void clearcachedhdrs(); resethdrcachesize() void resethdrcachesize(in unsigned long size); getmsghdrforkey() nsimsgdbhdr getmsghdrforkey(in nsmsgkey key); parameters key getmsghdrformessageid() nsimsgdbhdr getmsghdrformessageid(in string messageid); parameters messageid containskey() returns whether or not this database contains the given key. boolean containskey(in nsmsgkey key); parameters key createnewhdr() must call addnewhdrtodb after creating. the idea is that you create a new header, fill in its properties, and then call addnewhdrtodb. addnewhdrtodb will send notifications to any listeners. nsimsgdbhdr createnewhdr(in nsmsgkey key); addnewhdrtodb() void add...

nsIMsgFolder
sortkeys(in nsimsgfolder msgfolder); [noscript] void getsortkey(out octet_ptr key, out unsigned long length); boolean callfilterplugins(in nsimsgwindow amsgwindow); acstring getstringproperty(in string propertyname); void setstringproperty(in string propertyname, in acstring propertyvalue); boolean isancestorof(in nsimsgfolder folder); boolean containschildnamed(in astring name); nsimsgfolder getchildnamed(in astring aname); nsimsgfolder findsubfolder(in acstring escapedsubfoldername); void addfolderlistener(in nsifolderlistener listener); void removefolderlistener(in nsifolderlistener listener); void notifypropertychanged(in nsiatom property, in acstring oldvalue, in acstring newvalue); voi...
...rplugins() boolean callfilterplugins(in nsimsgwindow amsgwindow); getstringproperty() acstring getstringproperty(in string propertyname); setstringproperty() void setstringproperty(in string propertyname, in acstring propertyvalue); isancestorof() determines if this folder is an ancestor of the supplied folder. boolean isancestorof(in nsimsgfolder folder); containschildnamed() looks in immediate children of this folder for the given name. boolean containschildnamed(in astring name); getchildnamed() return the child folder which the specified name. nsimsgfolder getchildnamed(in astring aname); findsubfolder() finds the sub folder with the specified name. note: even if the folder doesn't currently exist, a nsimsgfolder may be returned. nsimsgfol...

nsINavBookmarksService
void setkeywordforuri(in nsiuri uri, in astring keyword); obsolete since gecko 1.9 obsolete since gecko 40.0 attributes attribute type description bookmarksmenufolder long long the item id of the bookmarks menu folder. read only. note: renamed from bookmarksroot in gecko 1.9 placesroot long long the item id of the top-level folder that contains bookmarks, tags and all other places data. this contains administrative data as well as user data, and is therefore not recommended for use in queries. read only. tagsfolder long long the item id of the top-level folder that contains the tag "folders". read only. note: renamed from tagroot in gecko 1.9 toolbarfolder long long the item id of the personal toolbar folde...
...thod removes a bookmark observer. void removeobserver( in nsinavbookmarkobserver observer ); parameters observer the bookmark observer to be removed. replaceitem() obsolete since gecko 1.9 (firefox 3) replace an item with a different item. void replaceitem( in print64 folder, in nsiuri item, in nsiuri newitem ); parameters folder the folder which contains the item to replace. item the item which should be replaced. newitem the new item. runinbatchmode() this method runs the passed callback in batch mode (inside a database transaction). use this when a lot of things are about to change, for example adding or deleting a large number of bookmark items. calls can be nested. observers are notified when batches begin and end, via nsinavbookmarkob...

nsISound
event_alert_dialog_open 1 an alert dialog is opened. event_confirm_dialog_open 2 a confirm dialog is opened. event_prompt_dialog_open 3 a prompt dialog (one that allows the user to enter data, such as an authentication dialog) is opened. event_select_dialog_open 4 a select dialog (one that contains a list box) is opened. event_menu_execute 5 a menu item is executed. event_menu_popup 6 a popup menu is shown. event_editor_max_len 7 more characters than the maximum allowed are typed into a text field. methods beep() plays a beep sound. void beep(); parameters none. init() not strictly necessary, b...
...en an alert dialog is opened. _moz_confirmdialog the system sound when a confirm dialog is opened. _moz_promptdialog the system sound when a prompt dialog (one that allows the user to enter data, such as an authentication dialog) is opened. _moz_selectdialog the system sound when a select dialog (one that contains a list box) is opened. _moz_menucommand the system sound when a menu item is executed. _moz_menupopup the system sound when a popup menu is shown. ...

nsIUpdate
interface that describes an object representing an available update to the current application - this update may have several available patches from which one must be selected to download and install, for example we might select a binary difference patch first and attempt to apply that, then if the application process fails fall back to downloading a complete file-replace patch. this object also contains information about the update that the front end and other application services can use to learn more about what is going on. 1.0 66 introduced gecko 1.8 inherits from: nsisupports last changed in gecko 2.0 (firefox 4 / thunderbird 3.3 / seamonkey 2.1) method overview nsiupdatepatch getpatchat(in unsigned long index); nsidomelement serialize(in nsidomdocument upda...
... replacement of the existing installation; false if the update is a patch representing the difference between the new version and the existing version. issecurityupdate boolean true if the update is a security update. if the update is a security update, a more seriously-worded user interface message is used to present the update to the user. licenseurl astring the url to an html fragment that contains a license for the update. if this is specified, the user is shown the license file after they choose to install the update, and they must agree to it before the download begins. name astring the name of the update, in the form "application_name update_version" patchcount unsigned long the number of patches supplied by this update. read only. platformversion astring the toolkit version of th...

nsIVariant
6 then the high bits are lost. if the value was utf8 then it is converted to utf16 and the high bits are discarded. arrays and interface pointers cannot be converted to a string. native code only!getasstringwithsize void getasstringwithsize( out pruint32 size, [size_is(size), retval] out string str ); parameters size the length of the returned string. useful in case the string contains embedded null characters. str the value is converted to an 8-bit string in the iso-8859-1 character set. if the value was utf16 then the high bits are lost. if the value was utf8 then it is converted to utf16 and the high bits are discarded. arrays and interface pointers cannot be converted to a string. native code only!getasuint16 pruint16 getasuint16(); parameters none. return v...
...string wstring getaswstring(); parameters none. return value the internal value is converted to a utf16 string. arrays and interface pointers cannot be converted to a string. native code only!getaswstringwithsize void getaswstringwithsize( out pruint32 size, [size_is(size), retval] out wstring str ); parameters size the length of the returned string. useful in case the string contains embedded null characters. str the internal value is converted to a utf16 string. arrays and interface pointers cannot be converted to a string. ...

XUL Overlays
e no ambiguities relating to scoping of style sheets or scripts. style sheets and scripts loaded by the overlay simply apply to the entire master document. loading overlays dynamically the chrome registry makes it possible to load xul overlays dynamically -- or only when necessary. the chrome registry, which is a special rdf datasource into which user-specific information is persisted, or stored, contains information about the components or additional packages that have been installed with the browser. when a component such as the "super stream player" from the examples above is registered there, overlays associated with that component are loaded automatically. when the component is not present, only the base files are loaded. loading overlays at runtime firefox 1.5 and other gecko 1.8-based appli...
...ent. in the base file, the html image element points to a netscape gif icon: <html:img id="foo" src="netscapeimage.gif"/> in the overlay, an element with the same id attribute specifies a different image, and that image is superimposed on top of the original netscape image as part of the merge process: <html:img id="foo" src="mozillaimage.gif"/> when the base file references an overlay file which contains the html image element above, the new src attribute is superimposed over the original, and the mozilla icon replaces the netscape icon. overlay positioning xul overlays also support positioning of nodes. you can specify a position attribute on a node in the overlay to provide a hint for insertion into the master document. in the following example, the last menu item, example four, will be placed ...

Main Windows
overlay that only adds a few “new message” and “new card” commands to the menus, along with their associated javascript. msghdrviewoverlay.xul shown in blue above (where?), this overlay consists of three boxes. two are stacked showing either a brief or expanded view of the headers. the third is the attachment box which can be toggled into a slim or an expanded view basemenuoverlay.xul contains the contents of most of the menus (i.e. file, edit, view, etc). osx only: macmenuoverlay.xul a special overlay for osx that adds a few items to the window menu. messagewindow.xul messagewindow.xul is shown when a message is opened. its almost exactly the same as messenger.xul in terms of overlays, but just lacks the folder and threadpanes normally shown. menus, toolbar buttons, and headers a...
...nd the status bar.it also includes most of the commands, keysets, and context menus of thunderbird, along with a whole lot of javascript. msghdrviewoverlay.xul shown in blue above, this overlay consists of three boxes. two are stacked showing either a brief or expanded view of the headers. the third is the attachment box which can be toggled into a slim or an expanded view basemenuoverlay.xul contains the contents of most of the menus (i.e. file, edit, view, etc). osx only: macmenuoverlay.xul a special overlay for osx that adds a few items to the window menu. customizetoolbar.xul and customizetoolbarsheet.xul these are two old files from when the original customizable toolbars were ported from firefox (phoenix at the time) to thunderbird (minotaur at the time). customizetoolbar.xul looks ...

WebIDL bindings
ag a method or an attribute that needs to know the subject principal. this principal will be passed as argument. if the interface is not exposed on any worker global, the argument will be a nsiprincipal& because a subject principal is always available in mainthread globals. if the interface is exposed on some worker global, the argument will be a const maybe<nsiprincipal*>&. this maybe<> object contains the principal only on the main thread; when the method is called on a worker thread, the value of the object will be nothing(). note that, in workers, it is always possible to retrieve the correct subject principal from the workerprivate object, though it cannot be used on the worker thread. [needssubjectprincipal] applies to both methods and attributes; for attributes it means both the getter ...
...//bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1333117 for details. static members static attributes and methods are not supported on js-implemented webidl (see bug 863952). however, with the changes in bug 1172785 you can route static methods to a c++ implementation on another object using a staticclassoverride annotation. this annotation includes the full, namespace-qualified name of the class that contains an implementation of the named method. the include for that class must be found in a directory based on its name. [jsimplementation="@mozilla.org/dom/foo;1"] interface foo { [staticclassoverride="mozilla::dom::otherclass"] static promise<void> dosomething(); }; rather than calling into a method on the js implementation; calling foo.dosomething() will result in calling mozilla::dom::otherc...

PKCS #11 Netscape Trust Objects - Network Security Services
explicit level of trust to a certificate. examples of trust assertions are certificate authority root certificates. this document outlines the way in which nss stores trust objects via pkcs#11. this is not a new design, but documentation of the method already in use. trust objects a trust object describes a level of trust in a certificate for a given usage or purpose. conceptually a trust object contains the following: certificate reference purpose + level of trust (multiple) purpose + level of trust a trust object ultimately denotes a level of trust in a certificate. the trust is expressed for a specific purpose (or usage). a trust object contains multiple purposes and the level of trust for each one. examples of purposes are: email, code signing, authenticating a server. the levels of trust...
...uthenticating a server. the levels of trust are: untrusted: the certificate is explicitly untrusted. unknown: the trust is not known and should be determined elsewhere. trusted: the certificate itself is explicitly trusted. trusted delegator: the certificate is trusted as a certificate authority trust root, and confers its trust to other certificates. certificate reference each trust object contains a reference to a certificate. there are two ways to refer to a certificate depending on whether that certificate is self-signed (like a certificate authority) or signed by another trusted certificate. certificates used as a root of trust are referred to by the complete hash of the der value of the certificate. certificates in a trust chain whose issuer is trusted are referred to by the der val...

Plug-in Basics - Plugins
ke that of an application, is completely controlled by the web page that calls it. this section gives you an overview of the way that plug-ins operate in the browser. when gecko starts, it looks for plugin modules in particular places on the system. for more information about where gecko looks for plugin modules on different systems, see how gecko finds plug-ins. when the user opens a page that contains embedded data of a media type that invokes a plug-in, the browser responds with the following sequence of actions: check for a plug-in with a matching mime type load the plug-in code into memory initialize the plug-in create a new instance of the plug-in gecko can load multiple instances of the same plug-in on a single page, or in several open windows at the same time. if you are browsing...
... invoke plug-ins (see using the object element for plug-in display), the embed element can be used for backward compatibility with netscape 4.x browsers, and in cases where you specifically want to prompt the user to install a plug-in, because the default plug-in is only automatically invoked when you use the embed element. gecko loads an embedded plug-in when the user displays an html page that contains an embedded object whose mime type is registered by a plug-in. plug-ins are embedded in much the same way as gif or jpeg images are, except that a plug-in can be live and respond to user events, such as mouse clicks. the embed element has the following syntax and attributes: <embed src="location" type="mimetype" pluginspage="instrurl" pluginurl="pluginurl" align="left"|"right"|"top"|"...

Debugger.Source - Firefox Developer Tools
about particular pieces of source code. debugger.source for javascript for a debugger.source instance representing a piece of javascript source code, its properties provide the source code itself as a string, and describe where it came from. each debugger.script instance refers to the debugger.source instance holding the source code from which it was produced. if a single piece of source code contains both top-level code and function definitions, perhaps with nested functions, then the debugger.script instances for those all refer to the same debugger.source instance. each script indicates the substring of the overall source to which it corresponds. a debugger.source instance may represent only a portion of a larger source document. for example, an html document can contain javascript in mult...
...ntation. the format is yet to be specified in the webassembly standard. currently, the text is an s-expression based syntax. the text generation is disabled if the debugger has the allowwasmbinarysource property set, the "[wasm]" value will be returned in this case. binary if the instance refers to webassembly code and the debugger has the allowwasmbinarysource property set, a uint8array that contains the webassembly bytecode. url if the instance refers to javascript source, the filename or url from which this script’s code was loaded. for scripts created by eval or the function constructor, this may be a synthesized filename, starting with a valid url and followed by information tracking how the code was introduced into the system; the entire string is not a valid url. for function.prot...

Debugger.Object - Firefox Developer Tools
al object, evaluatecode in that global environment, and return a completion value describing how it completed.code is a string. all extant handler methods, breakpoints, watchpoints, and so on remain active during the call. this function follows the invocation function conventions. if the referent is not a global object, throw a typeerror exception. codeis interpreted as strict mode code when it contains a use strict directive. ifcode is not strict mode code, then variable declarations incode affect the referent global object. (in the terms used by the ecmascript specification, the variableenvironment of the execution context for the eval code is the referent.) theoptions argument is as for debugger.frame.prototype.eval. evalinglobalwithbindings(code,bindings, [options]) like evalinglob...
...thout having any effect on thebindings object.) this method allows debugger code to introduce temporary bindings that are visible to the given debuggee code and which refer to debugger-held debuggee values, and do so without mutating any existing debuggee environment. note that, like evalinglobal, if the code passed to evalinglobalwithbindings is not strict mode code, then any declarations it contains affect the referent global object, even ascode is evaluated in an environment extended according tobindings. (in the terms used by the ecmascript specification, the variableenvironment of the execution context for non-strict eval code is the referent, and thebindings appear in a new declarative environment, which is the eval code's lexicalenvironment.) theoptions argument is as for debugger.fra...

Examine and edit HTML - Firefox Developer Tools
page in the same manner as the regular dom. the shadow root is signified by a node named #shadow-root — you can click its expansion arrow to see the full contents of the shadow dom, and then manipulate the contained nodes in a similar way to other part of the page's dom (although with a limited featureset — you can't, for example, drag and drop or delete shadow dom nodes). if a shadow dom contains a "slotted" element (an element with a slot attribute after it has been inserted inside a <slot> element — see adding flexibility with slots for an explanation of how these are used), the "slotted" element will be shown inside its corresponding <slot> element, with a "reveal" link alongside it. clicking the "reveal" link will highlight the element with the slot attribute as it exists outside th...
...nt and you can't find the source of its content. note: shadow dom inspection was implemented in firefox 61, but was hidden behind the dom.webcomponents.shadowdom.enabled pref until firefox 63. it is now turned on by default. element popup context menu you can perform certain common tasks on a specific node using a popup context menu. to activate this menu, context-click the element. the menu contains the following items — click on the links to find the description of each command in the context menu reference: edit as html create new node duplicate node delete node attributes add attribute copy attribute value edit attribute remove attribute break on ... subtree modification attribute modification node removal use in console show dom properties...

CSS Grid Inspector: Examine grid layouts - Firefox Developer Tools
hose grids. you can find out more about those in the section below. note: the layout view can be found underneath the layout tab on the right-hand pane of the page inspector. the above and below screenshots should give you further hints on how to get to this. grid options the grid section of the layout view looks like this: you'll see a number of options contained within: overlay grid: contains a checkbox for each grid present on the page, along with various options. allows overlay views to be toggled on and off. grid display settings: display line numbers: turn the line numbers shown for each grid overlay on and off (on by default). display area names: turn area names on and off, in the case of grids with named grid areas (on by default, where relevant). extend lines infin...
... to it. clicking this also toggles the grid overlay on and off. a target icon that when clicked immediately selects the html element that this grid entry relates to, inside the html pane. a color picker icon that allows you to change the primary color of the grid overlay. this is useful for selecting different colors so you can easily tell your grids apart. inspecting a subgrid when the page contains a grid with a subgrid, the entry for the subgrid is indented under its parent in the overlay grid section. when you select the checkbox for the subgrid, the lines for the parent grid are displayed also displayed; if the checkbox for the parent grid is unselected, then its lines are translucent. display line numbers by default, the line numbers are displayed on the grid overlay. unchecking ...

Work with animations - Firefox Developer Tools
ized along a timeline, with a draggable widget you can use to move to any point in the timeline and see the page at that point. it displays animations created using css transitions, css @keyframes rules, or the web animations api. starting in firefox 48, it will show animations applied to the ::before and ::after pseudo-elements. to see how it works, we'll walk through an example. the box below contains a grayscale icon, representing firefox developer edition. if you click the icon, it enlarges and changes to color, and the name of the browser appears. click the icon again to reverse the effect. these animations are made using the web animations api. let's use the animation inspector to see what's going on in this example. right-click in the box and select "inspect element" make sure the...
...st animation, and is labeled with markers every 250 milliseconds (this depends on the time scale of the animations currently displayed). animation bars each animation or transition is shown as a horizontal bar laid across the timeline. the bar is: blue if a transition was used to animate a property orange if a @keyframes animation was used green if the web animations api was used the bar contains a lightning bolt icon if the property was animated using the compositor thread (see more about the cost of animating different css properties). the bar is shaped to reflect the easing effect used for the animation. in the example above you can see that the first bar is concave, representing ease-in, and the second is convex, representing ease-out. if the animation used css transitions, there i...

UI Tour - Firefox Developer Tools
note that if you do this, you lose any recordings you have not saved. filter the markers that are displayed in the waterfall view switch the active tool in the details pane. ...
...luding any you have made in this session and any you have imported. at any given time, one recording is selected, and that recording is displayed in the rest of the tool. to select a different recording, click its entry in the pane. to save the recording as a json file click "save". recording overview this displays an overview of the entire recording, with the x-axis representing time. it contains two elements: an overview of the waterfall and a frame rate graph. waterfall overview this presents a compressed view of the waterfall: recorded operations are color-coded using the same scheme as in the main waterfall view. frame rate graph the frame rate gives you an overview of the browser's responsiveness during the recording: see the separate article on frame rate. correlating eve...

Style Editor - Firefox Developer Tools
sheets that it detects, without affecting the original. this makes it much easier to work on pages that have been optimized. the style editor supports autocomplete. just start typing, and it will offer you a list of suggestions. you can switch autocomplete off in the style editor settings. the media sidebar the style editor displays a sidebar on the right-hand side whenever the current sheet contains any @media rules. the sidebar lists the rules and provides a link to the line of the sheet where the rule is defined. click an item to jump to that rule in the sheet. the condition text of the rule is greyed-out if the media query doesn’t currently apply. the media sidebar works especially well with responsive design view for creating and debugging responsive layouts: from firefox 46 onward...
...e sidebar lists the rules and provides a link to the line of the sheet where the rule is defined. click an item to jump to that rule in the sheet. the condition text of the rule is greyed-out if the media query doesn’t currently apply. the media sidebar works especially well with responsive design view for creating and debugging responsive layouts: from firefox 46 onwards, if an @media rule contains a screen size in a condition, then it is made clickable: clicking it then resizes the screen to that size using the responsive design view: creating and importing style sheets you can create a new style sheet by clicking the new button in the toolbar. then you can just start entering css into the new editor and watch as the new styles are applied in real time just like changes to the other sh...

Firefox Developer Tools
if you have any feedback on devtools, or want to contribute to the project, you can join the devtools community. ...
...ll help you — see getting started with the web and what are browser developer tools? for good starting points. the core tools you can open the firefox developer tools from the menu by selecting tools > web developer > toggle tools or use the keyboard shortcut ctrl + shift + i or f12 on windows and linux, or cmd + opt + i on macos. the ellipsis menu on the right-hand side of developer tools contains several commands that let you perform actions or change tool settings. this button only appears when there are multiple iframes on a page. click it to display a list of the iframes on the current page and select the one with which you want to work. click this button to take a screenshot of the current page. (note: this feature is not turned on by default and must be e...

AesGcmParams - Web APIs
nist sp800-38d, in particular section 5.2.1.1 on input data. properties name a domstring. this should be set to aes-gcm. iv a buffersource — the initialization vector. this must be unique for every encryption operation carried out with a given key. put another way: never reuse an iv with the same key. ...
... the aes-gcm specification recommends that the iv should be 96 bits long, and typically contains bits from a random number generator. section 8.2 of the specification outlines methods for constructing ivs. note that the iv does not have to be secret, just unique: so it is ok, for example, to transmit it in the clear alongside the encrypted message. additionaldata optional a buffersource. this contains additional data that will not be encrypted but will be authenticated along with the encrypted data. if additionaldata is given here then the same data must be given in the corresponding call to decrypt(): if the data given to the decrypt() call does not match the original data, the decryption will throw an exception. this gives you a way to authenticate associated data without having to encrypt ...

AudioBuffer - Web APIs
ing the audiocontext.decodeaudiodata() method, or from raw data using audiocontext.createbuffer(). once put into an audiobuffer, the audio can then be played by being passed into an audiobuffersourcenode. objects of these types are designed to hold small audio snippets, typically less than 45 s. for longer sounds, objects implementing the mediaelementaudiosourcenode are more suitable. the buffer contains data in the following format: non-interleaved ieee754 32-bit linear pcm with a nominal range between -1 and +1, that is, 32bits floating point buffer, with each samples between -1.0 and 1.0. if the audiobuffer has multiple channels, they are stored in separate buffer. constructor audiobuffer() creates and returns a new audiobuffer object instance. properties audiobuffer.samplerate read ...
...// this is the audionode to use when we want to play an audiobuffer var source = audioctx.createbuffersource(); // se...

AudioBufferSourceNode.buffer - Web APIs
the buffer property of the audiobuffersourcenode interface provides the ability to play back audio using an audiobuffer as the source of the sound data. if the buffer property is set to the value null, the node generates a single channel containing silence (that is, every sample is 0). syntax audiobuffersourcenode.buffer = soundbuffer; value an audiobuffer which contains the data representing the sound which the node will play. example for a full working example, see this code running live, or view the source. var myarraybuffer = audioctx.createbuffer(2, framecount, audioctx.samplerate); button.onclick = function() { // fill the buffer with white noise; //just random values between -1.0 and 1.0 for (var channel = 0; channel < channels; channel++) { // this gives us the actual...
...e will play. example for a full working example, see this code running live, or view the source. var myarraybuffer = audioctx.createbuffer(2, framecount, audioctx.samplerate); button.onclick = function() { // fill the buffer with white noise; //just random values between -1.0 and 1.0 for (var channel = 0; channel < channels; channel++) { // this gives us the actual arraybuffer that contains the data var nowbuffering = myarraybuffer.getchanneldata(channel); for (var i = 0; i < framecount; i++) { // math.random() is in [0; 1.0] // audio needs to be in [-1.0; 1.0] nowbuffering[i] = math.random() * 2 - 1; } } // get an audiobuffersourcenode. // this is the audionode to use when we want to play an audiobuffer var source = audioctx.createbuffersource(); ...

AudioBufferSourceNode - Web APIs
ospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">audiobuffersourcenode</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} an audiobuffersourcenode has no inputs and exactly one output, which has the same number of channels as the audiobuffer indicated by its buffer property. if there's no buffer set—that is, if buffer is null—the output contains a single channel of silence (every sample is 0). an audiobuffersourcenode can only be played once; after each call to start(), you have to create a new node if you want to play the same sound again. fortunately, these nodes are very inexpensive to create, and the actual audiobuffers can be reused for multiple plays of the sound. indeed, you can use these nodes in a "fire and forget" manner: crea...
...// this is the audionode to use when we want to play an audiobuffer var source = audioctx.createbuffersource(); // set...

CredentialsContainer.create() - Web APIs
ce returns a promise that resolves with a new credential instance based on the provided options, or null if no credential object can be created. this method is restricted to top-level contexts. calls to it within an <iframe> element will resolve without effect. syntax var promise = credentialscontainer.create([options]) parameters options an object of type credentialcreationoptions that contains options for the requested new credentials object. it must include one of the options "password", "federated", or "publickey". the options are: password: optional either an htmlformelement, or a passwordcredentialdata object. tbd id: (required) usvstring inherited from credentialdata. name: optional usvstring tbd iconurl: optional usvstring tbd password: (required) usvstrin...
... of the options "password", "federated", or "publickey". the options are: password: optional either an htmlformelement, or a passwordcredentialdata object. tbd id: (required) usvstring inherited from credentialdata. name: optional usvstring tbd iconurl: optional usvstring tbd password: (required) usvstring tbd federated: optional an federatedcredentialinit object. contains requirements for creating/obtaining federated credentials. the available options are: id: (required) usvstring inherited from credentialdata. name: optional usvstring tbd iconurl: optional usvstring tbd provider: (required) usvstring tbd protocol: optional usvstring tbd publickey: optional an publickeycredentialcreationoptions object that describes the options for...

DOMMatrixReadOnly - Web APIs
stored into the array as double-precision floating-point numbers in column-major (colexographical access access or "colex") order. (in other words, down the first column from top to bottom, then the second column, and so forth.) dommatrixreadonly.tojson() returns a json representation of the dommatrixreadonly object. ...
...see the css matrix3d() function for details on the 3d notation's syntax. ...

DataTransfer - Web APIs
roperties standard properties datatransfer.dropeffect gets the type of drag-and-drop operation currently selected or sets the operation to a new type. the value must be none, copy, link or move. datatransfer.effectallowed provides all of the types of operations that are possible. must be one of none, copy, copylink, copymove, link, linkmove, move, all or uninitialized. datatransfer.files contains a list of all the local files available on the data transfer. if the drag operation doesn't involve dragging files, this property is an empty list. datatransfer.items read only gives a datatransferitemlist object which is a list of all of the drag data. datatransfer.types read only an array of strings giving the formats that were set in the dragstart event. gecko properties note: all ...
...datatransfer.mozitemcount read only gives the number of items in the drag operation. removed in firefox 71. methods standard methods datatransfer.cleardata() remove the data associated with a given type. the type argument is optional. if the type is empty or not specified, the data associated with all types is removed. if data for the specified type does not exist, or the data transfer contains no data, this method will have no effect. datatransfer.getdata() retrieves the data for a given type, or an empty string if data for that type does not exist or the data transfer contains no data. datatransfer.setdata() set the data for a given type. if data for the type does not exist, it is added at the end, such that the last item in the types list will be the new format. if data for the t...

Detecting device orientation - Web APIs
ata on mobile devices. this is useful for overcoming some of the differences in device support for device orientation. window.addeventlistener("deviceorientation", handleorientation, true); after registering your event listener (in this case, a javascript function called handleorientation()), your listener function periodically gets called with updated orientation data. ...
...the direction are reversed. processing motion events motion events are handled the same way as the orientation events except that they have their own event's name: devicemotion window.addeventlistener("devicemotion", handlemotion, true); what's really changed are the information provided within the devicemotionevent object passed as a parameter of the handlemotion function. the motion event contains four properties: devicemotionevent.acceleration devicemotionevent.accelerationincludinggravity devicemotionevent.rotationrate devicemotionevent.interval motion values explained the devicemotionevent objects provide web developers with information about the speed of changes for the device's position and orientation. the changes are provided along three axis (see orientation and motion dat...

Document.title - Web APIs
document.title = newtitle; newtitle is the new title of the document. the assignment affects the return value of document.title, the title displayed for the document (e.g. ...
... document.title = newtitle; newtitle is the new title of the document. the assignment affects the return value of document.title, the title displayed for the document (e.g. ...

EventTarget.addEventListener() - Web APIs
break; case 6: // some code he...
...d is suitable when you don't need to know which html element the event listener fired on programmatically from within the event listener. the primary benefit to doing this is that the event listener receives the data in much the same way that it would if you were to actually pass it through its argument list. getting data into an event listener using the outer scope property when an outer scope contains a variable declaration (with const, let), all the inner functions declared in that scope have access to that variable (look here for information on outer/inner functions, and here for information on variable scope). therefore, one of the simplest ways to access data from outside of an event listener is to make it accessible to the scope in which the event listener is declared. const mybutton = d...

FileReader - Web APIs
his event is triggered while reading a blob content. as filereader inherits from eventtarget, all those events can also be listened for by using the addeventlistener method. methods filereader.abort() aborts the read operation. upon return, the readystate will be done. filereader.readasarraybuffer() starts reading the contents of the specified blob, once finished, the result attribute contains an arraybuffer representing the file's data. filereader.readasbinarystring() starts reading the contents of the specified blob, once finished, the result attribute contains the raw binary data from the file as a string. filereader.readasdataurl() starts reading the contents of the specified blob, once finished, the result attribute contains a data: url representing the file's data. filereade...
...an optional encoding name can be specified. events listen to these events using addeventlistener() or by assigning an event listener to the oneventname property of this interface. abort fired when a read has been aborted, for example because the program called filereader.abort(). ...

GeolocationPosition.coords - Web APIs
syntax let coord = geolocationpositioninstance.coords value a geolocationcoordinates object instance. ...
... syntax let coord = geolocationpositioninstance.coords value a geolocationcoordinates object instance. ...

Using the Geolocation API - Web APIs
sition.coords.latitude, position.coords.longitude); } function error() { alert('sorry, no position available.'); } const options = { enablehighaccuracy: true, maximumage: 30000, timeout: 27000 }; const watchid = navigator.geolocation.watchposition(success, error, options); describing a position the user's location is described using a geolocationposition object instance, which itself contains a geolocationcoordinates object instance. the geolocationposition instance contains only two things, a coords property that contains the geolocationcoordinates instance, and a timestamp property that contains a domtimestamp instance representing the time at which the position data was retrieved. the geolocationcoordinates instance contains a number of properties, but the two you'll use most com...
...r bits of information from a geolocationcoordinates object, including altitude, speed, what direction the device is facing, and an accuracy measure of the altitude, longitude, and latitude data. handling errors the error callback function, if provided when calling getcurrentposition() or watchposition(), expects a geolocationpositionerror object instance as its first parameter. this object type contains two properties, a code indicating what type of error has been returned, and a human-readable message that describes what the error code means. you could use it like so: function errorcallback(error) { alert(`error(${error.code}): ${error.message}`); }; examples in the following example the geolocation api is used to retrieve the user's latitude and longitude. if sucessful, the available hy...

Geolocation API - Web APIs
tion retrieval is unsuccessful, the callback executes with a geolocationpositionerror object as its only parameter, providing access information on what went wrong. an optional positionoptions object, which provides options for retrieval of the position data. for further information on geolocation usage, read using the geolocation api. interfaces geolocation the main class of this api — contains methods to retrieve the user's current position, watch for changes in their position, and clear a previously-set watch. geolocationposition represents the position of a user. a geolocationposition instance is returned by a successful call to one of the methods contained inside geolocation, inside a success callback, and contains a timestamp plus a geolocationcoordinates object instance. geoloc...
...eviously-set watch. geolocationposition represents the position of a user. a geolocationposition instance is returned by a successful call to one of the methods contained inside geolocation, inside a success callback, and contains a timestamp plus a geolocationcoordinates object instance. geolocationcoordinates represents the coordinates of a user's position; a geolocationcoordinates instance contains latitude, longitude, and other important related information. geolocationpositionerror a geolocationpositionerror is returned by an unsuccessful call to one of the methods contained inside geolocation, inside an error callback, and contains an error code and message. navigator.geolocation the entry point into the api. returns a geolocation object instance, from which all other functionality c...

HTMLImageElement.alt - Web APIs
ages, imagine what you would say when reading the page to someone over the phone without mentioning that there's an image on the page. the alternate text is displayed in the space the image would occupy and should be able to take the place of the image without altering the meaning of the page. syntax htmlimageelement.alt = alttext; let alttext = htmlimageelement.alt; value a domstring which contains the alternate text to display when the image is not loaded or for use by assistive devices. the alt attribute is officially mandatory; it's meant to always be specified. if the image doesn't require a fallback (such as for an image which is simply decorative or an advisory icon of minimal importance), you may specify an empty string (""). for compatibility reasons, browsers generally will accept...
...this is true whether the /me image is in a bitmapped format such as png or jpeg or in a vector format like svg. for a map, the alt text could be directions to the place indicated by the map, similarly to how you would explain it verbally. for a chart, the text ...

HTMLOptionElement - Web APIs
4" stroke-width="2px" /><text x="406" y="94" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">htmloptionelement</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} properties inherits properties from its parent, htmlelement. htmloptionelement.defaultselected is a boolean that contains the initial value of the selected html attribute, indicating whether the option is selected by default or not. htmloptionelement.disabled is a boolean representing the value of the disabled html attribute, which indicates that the option is unavailable to be selected. an option can also be disabled if it is a child of an <optgroup> element that is disabled. htmloptionelement.form read only ...
...ent, the value is 0. htmloptionelement.label read only is a domstring that reflects the value of the label html attribute, which provides a label for the option. if this attribute isn't specifically set, reading it returns the element's text content. htmloptionelement.selected is a boolean that indicates whether the option is currently selected. htmloptionelement.text is a domstring that contains the text content of the element. htmloptionelement.value is a domstring that reflects the value of the value html attribute, if it exists; otherwise reflects value of the node.textcontent property. methods inherits methods from its parent, htmlelement. option() is a constructor creating an htmloptionelement object. it has four values: the text to display, text, the value associated, valu...

HTMLTextAreaElement - Web APIs
selectiondirection string: returns / sets the direction in which selection occurred. this is "forward" if selection was performed in the start-to-end direction of the current locale, or "backward" for the opposite direction. this can also be "none" if the direction is unknown. selectionend unsigned long: returns / sets the index of the end of selected text. ...
...on being set, the control behaves as if setselectionrange() had been called with this as the first argument, and selectionend as the second argument. tabindex long: returns / sets the position of the element in the tabbing navigation order for the current document. ...

In depth: Microtasks and the JavaScript runtime environment - Web APIs
as each context is created, it is placed on the execution context stack. when it exits, the context is removed from the context stack. upon starting the program, the global context is created. when greetuser("mike") is reached, a context is created for the greetuser...
... web content runs within," including an actual window, a tab, or a frame. there are specific circumstances in which this sharing of an event loop among windows with a common origin is possible, such as: if one window opened the other window, they are likely to be sharing an event loop. if a window is actually a container within an <iframe>, it likely shares an event loop with the window that contains it. the windows happen to share the same process in a multi-process web browser implementation. the specifics may vary from browser to browser, depending on how they're implemented. tasks vs microtasks a task is any javascript scheduled to be run by the standard mechanisms such as initially starting to execute a program, an event triggering a callback, and so forth. other than by using event...

Drag Operations - Web APIs
ansfer which holds the drag data (datatransfer is a datatransfer object). when a drag occurs, data must be associated with the drag which identifies what is being dragged. for example, when dragging the selected text within a textbox, the data associated with the drag data item is the text itself. similarly, when dragging a link on a web page, the drag data item is the link's url. the drag data contains two pieces of information, the type (or format) of the data, and the data's value. the format is a type string (such as text/plain for text data), and the value is a string of text. when the drag begins, you add data by providing a type and the data. during the drag, in an event listener for the dragenter and dragover events, you use the data types of the data being dragged to check whether a dro...
...ll replace the old data, but in the same position within the list of types as the old data. you can clear the data using the cleardata() method, which takes one argument: the type of the data to remove. event.datatransfer.cleardata("text/uri-list"); the type argument to the cleardata() method is optional. if the type is not specified, the data associated with all types is removed. if the drag contains no drag data items, or all of the items have been subsequently cleared, then no drag will occur. setting the drag feedback image when a drag occurs, a translucent image is generated from the drag target (the element the "dragstart" event is fired at), and follows the user's pointer during the drag. this image is created automatically, so you do not need to create it yourself. however, you can u...

Working with the History API - Web APIs
ate() takes three parameters: a state object; a title (currently ignored); and (optionally), a url. let's examine each of these three parameters in more detail. state object the state object is a javascript object which is associated with the new history entry created by pushstate(). whenever the user navigates to the new state, a popstate event is fired, and the state property of the event contains a copy of the history entry's state object. the state object can be anything that can be serialized. because firefox saves state objects to the user's disk so they can be restored after the user restarts the browser, we impose a size limit of 640k characters on the serialized representation of a state object. if you pass a state object whose serialized representation is larger than this to pushs...
.../mozilla.org/bar2.html. if the user now clicks back again, the url bar will display http://mozilla.org/foo.html, and totally bypass bar.html. the popstate event a popstate event is dispatched to the window every time the active history entry changes. if the history entry being activated was created by a call to pushstate or affected by a call to replacestate, the popstate event's state property contains a copy of the history entry's state object. see window.onpopstate for sample usage. reading the current state when your page loads, it might have a non-null state object. this can happen, for example, if the page sets a state object (using pushstate() or replacestate()) and then the user restarts their browser. when the page reloads, the page will receive an onload event, but no popstate even...

IDBDatabase - Web APIs
methods inherits from: eventtarget ...
...y="30" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">idbdatabase</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} properties idbdatabase.name read only a domstring that contains the name of the connected database. idbdatabase.version read only a 64-bit integer that contains the version of the connected database. when a database is first created, this attribute is an empty string. idbdatabase.objectstorenames read only a domstringlist that contains a list of the names of the object stores currently in the connected database. methods inherits from: eventtarget idbdatabase.close() returns immediately and closes the connection to a database in a separate threa...

MediaCapabilitiesInfo - Web APIs
e of the media capabilities api is made available when the promise returned by the mediacapabilities.encodinginfo() or mediacapabilities.decodinginfo() methods of the mediacapabilities interface fulfills, providing information as to whether the media type is supported, and whether encoding or decoding such media would be smooth and power efficient. properties the mediacapabilitiesinfo interface contains three boolean attribues: supported: given the properties defined in the mediaconfiguration, can the specified piece of media content be encoded (if mediaencodingconfiguration is set) or decode (if mediadecodingconfiguration is set) at all? if yes, supported is true. otherwise, it is false. smooth: given the properties defined in the mediaconfiguration, will the playback of the specified piece...
.... all supported audio codecs are reported to be power efficient. ...

MediaStreamAudioSourceNode.mediaStream - Web APIs
the user agent uses the first audio track it finds on the specified stream as the audio source for this node. ...
... the user agent uses the first audio track it finds on the specified stream as the audio source for this node. however, there is no way to be certain which track that will be on multi-track streams. ...

Media Source API - Web APIs
ng it for use with dash, dash file servers, and dash client libraries written in javascript. interfaces mediasource represents a media source to be played via an htmlmediaelement object. sourcebuffer represents a chunk of media to be passed into an htmlmediaelement via a mediasource object. sourcebufferlist a simple container list for multiple sourcebuffer objects. videoplaybackquality contains information about the quality of video being played by a <video> element, such as number of dropped or corrupted frames. returned by the htmlvideoelement.getvideoplaybackquality() method. trackdefault provides a sourcebuffer with kind, label, and language information for tracks that do not contain this information in the initialization segments of a media chunk. trackdefaultlist a simple cont...
...e container list for multiple trackdefault objects. extensions to other interfaces url.createobjecturl() creates an object url pointing to a mediasource object that can then be specified as the src value of an html media element to play a media stream. htmlmediaelement.seekable when a mediasource object is played by an html media element, this property will return a timeranges object that contains the time ranges that the user is able to seek to. htmlvideoelement.getvideoplaybackquality() returns a videoplaybackquality object for the currently played video. audiotrack.sourcebuffer, videotrack.sourcebuffer, texttrack.sourcebuffer returns the sourcebuffer that created the track in question. specifications specification status comment media source extensions ...

Node.compareDocumentPosition() - Web APIs
node.comparedocumentposition() method reports the position of the given node relative to another node in any document — not just the given node’s document. the return value is a bitmask of the following values: name value document_position_disconnected 1 document_position_preceding 2 document_position_following 4 document_position_contains 8 document_position_contained_by 16 document_position_implementation_specific 32 syntax comparemask = node.comparedocumentposition(othernode) parameters othernode the other node with which to compare the first node’s document position. return value an integer value whose bits represent the othernode's relationship to the calling node. more than one b...
... 32 syntax comparemask = node.comparedocumentposition(othernode) parameters othernode the other node with which to compare the first node’s document position. return value an integer value whose bits represent the othernode's relationship to the calling node. more than one bit is set if multiple scenarios apply. for example, if othernode is located earlier in the document and contains the node on which comparedocumentposition() was called, then both the document_position_contains and document_position_preceding bits would be set, producing a value of 10 (0x0a). example const head = document.head; const body = document.body; if (head.comparedocumentposition(body) & node.document_position_following) { console.log('well-formed document'); } else { console.error('<head> is ...

Node - Web APIs
ent node. if the argument referenced an existing node on the dom tree, the node will be detached from its current position and attached at the new position. node.clonenode() clone a node, and optionally, all of its contents. by default, it clones the content of the node. node.comparedocumentposition() compares the position of the current node against another node in any other document. node.contains() returns a boolean value indicating whether or not a node is a descendant of the calling node. node.getboxquads() returns a list of the node's css boxes relative to another node. node.getrootnode() returns the context object's root which optionally includes the shadow root if it is available. node.haschildnodes() returns a boolean indicating whether or not the element has any child nod...
...s()) { const nodes = rootnode.childnodes for (let i = 0, l = nodes.length; i < l; ++i) { if (false === eachnode(nodes[i], callback)) { return } } } } syntax eachnode(rootnode, callback) description recursively calls a function for each descendant node of rootnode (including the root itself). if callback is omitted, the function returns an array instead, which contains rootnode and all nodes contained within. if callback is provided, and it returns boolean false when called, the current recursion level is aborted, and the function resumes execution at the last parent's level. this can be used to abort loops once a node has been found (such as searching for a text node which contains a certain string). parameters rootnode the node object whose descendants ...

PaymentAddress.country - Web APIs
the country read-only property of the paymentaddress interface is a string identifying the address's country using the iso 3166-1 alpha-2 standard. the string is always in its canonical upper-case form. some examples of valid country values: "us", "gb", "cn", or "jp". syntax var paymentcountry = paymentaddress.country; value a domstring which contains the iso3166-1 alpha-2 code identifying the country in which the address is located, or an empty string if no country is available, which frequently can be assumed to mean "same country as the site owner." usage notes if the payment handler validates the address and determines that the value of country is invalid, a call to paymentrequestupdateevent.updatewith() will be made with a details object containing a shippingaddresserrors field. that ...
... specifications specification status comment payment request apithe definition of 'paymentaddress.country' in that specification. candidate recommendation initial definition. ...

PaymentAddress - Web APIs
r, rural delivery route, descriptive instructions, or post office box number. paymentaddress.country read only a domstring specifying the country in which the address is located, using the iso-3166-1 alpha-2 standard. the string is always given in its canonical upper-case form. some examples of valid country values: "us", "gb", "cn", or "jp". paymentaddress.city read only a domstring which contains the city or town portion of the address. paymentaddress.dependentlocality read only a domstring giving the dependent locality or sublocality within a city, for example, a neighborhood, borough, district, or uk dependent locality. paymentaddress.organization read only a domstring specifying the name of the organization, firm, company, or institution at the payment address. paymentaddress.ph...
...mentrequest() constructor is used to create a new payment request, which takes three objects as parameters — one containing details of the payment methods that can be used for the payment, one containing details of the actual order (such as items bought and shipping options), and an optional object containing further options. the first of these three (supportedinstruments in the example below) contains a data property that has to conform to the structure defined by the basiccardrequest dictionary. const supportedinstruments = [ { supportedmethods: "basic-card", }, ]; const details = { total: { label: "donation", amount: { currency: "usd", value: "65.00" } }, displayitems: [ { label: "original donation amount", amount: { currency: "usd", value: "65.00" }, }, ]...

PaymentDetailsUpdate.shippingAddressErrors - Web APIs
for each property in paymentaddress, a property by the same name is found in shippingaddresserrors if and only if a validation error occurred for that property. ...
...for each property in paymentaddress, a property by the same name is found in shippingaddresserrors if and only if a validation error occurred for that property. ...

PaymentRequest.show() - Web APIs
the validateresponse() method, below, is called once show() returns, in order to look at the returned response and either submit the payment or reject the payment as failed: async function validateresponse(response) { try { if (await checkallvalues(response)) { await response.complete("success"); } else { ...
... = async function handlepurchase() { // initialization of paymentrequest arguments are excerpted for the sake of // brevity. const payment = new paymentrequest(methods, details, options); try { const response = await payment.show(); // process response here, including sending payment instrument // (e.g., credit card) information to the server. // paymentresponse.methodname contains the selected payment method // paymentresponse.details contains a payment method specific response await response.complete("success"); } catch (err) { console.error("uh oh, something bad happened", err.message); } } the following example shows how to update the payment sheet as it's being presented to the end-user. async function requestpayment() { // we start with au$0 as th...

Using the Permissions API - Web APIs
just be walking through the permissions api-related code, so check the code yourself if you want to study any of the other parts. accessing the permissions api the navigator.permissions property has been added to the browser to allow access to the global permissions object. this object will eventually include methods for querying, requesting, and revoking permissions, although currently it only contains permissions.query(); see below. querying permission state in our example, the permissions functionality is handled by one function — handlepermission(). this starts off by querying the permission status using permissions.query(). depending on the value of the state property of the permissionstatus object returned when the promise resolves, it reacts differently: "granted" the "enable geo...
...some apis have more complex permissiondescriptors containing additional information, which inherit from the default permissiondescriptor. for example, the pushpermissiondescriptor should also contain a boolean that specifies if uservisibleonly is true or false. revoking permissions starting in firefox 47, you can now revoke existing permissions, using ...

Pointer Lock API - Web APIs
lock = document.exitpointerlock || document.mozexitpointerlock; // attempt to unlock document.exitpointerlock(); pointerlockchange event when the pointer lock state changes—for example, when calling requestpointerlock(), exitpointerlock(), the user pressing the esc key, etc.—the pointerlockchange event is dispatched to the document. this is a simple event and contains no extra data. if ("onpointerlockchange" in document) { document.addeventlistener('pointerlockchange', lockchangealert, false); } else if ("onmozpointerlockchange" in document) { document.addeventlistener('mozpointerlockchange', lockchangealert, false); } function lockchangealert() { if(document.pointerlockelement === canvas || document.mozpointerlockelement === canvas) { console.lo...
...sole.log('the pointer lock status is now locked'); // do something useful in response } else { console.log('the pointer lock status is now unlocked'); // do something useful in response } } pointerlockerror event when there is an error caused by calling requestpointerlock() or exitpointerlock(), the pointerlockerror event is dispatched to the document. this is a simple event and contains no extra data. document.addeventlistener('pointerlockerror', lockerror, false); document.addeventlistener('mozpointerlockerror', lockerror, false); function lockerror(e) { alert("pointer lock failed"); } note: until firefox 50 the above events were prefixed with moz in firefox. extensions to mouse events the pointer lock api extends the normal mouseevent interface with movement attributes.

PublicKeyCredential.getClientExtensionResults() - Web APIs
during the creation or fetching of a publickeycredential (respectively via navigator.credentials.create() and navigator.credentials.get()), it is possible to have "custom" processing by the client for different extensions which are respectively given by publickeycredentialcreationoptions.extensions and publickeycredentialrequestoptions.extensions. note: extensions are optional and different browsers may recognize different extensions. ...
...es not know of a given extension, that will not cause any failure. note: this method may only be used in top-level contexts and will not be available in an <iframe> for example. syntax maparraybuffer = publickeycredential.getclientextensionresults() parameters none. return value an arraybuffer containing the result of the processing of the different extensions by the client. this object contains a map between the extensions' identifiers and their results from the processing. warning! as of march 2019, only appid (used during creation with publickeycredentialrequestoptions.extensions) is supported by chrome and edge. firefox does not seem to support any extension. examples var publickey = { // here are the extensions (as "inputs") extensions: { "loc": true, // this extension ...

Push API - Web APIs
fication. note: chrome versions earlier than 52 require you to set up a project on google cloud messaging to send push messages, and use the associated project number and api key when sending push notifications. it also requires an app manifest, with some special parameters to use this service. interfaces pushevent represents a push action, sent to the global scope of a serviceworker. it contains information sent from an application to a pushsubscription. pushmanager provides a way to receive notifications from third-party servers, as well as request urls for push notifications. this interface has replaced the functionality offered by the obsolete pushregistrationmanager interface. pushmessagedata provides access to push data sent by a server, and includes methods to manipulate the re...
... fired whenever a push event occurs; that is, whenever a server push message is received. serviceworkerglobalscope.onpushsubscriptionchange an event handler fired whenever a pushsubscriptionchange event occurs; for example, when a push subscription has been invalidated, or is about to be invalidated (e.g. when a push service sets an expiration time.) examples mozilla's serviceworker cookbook contains many useful push examples. specifications specification status comment push api working draft initial definition ...

RTCPeerConnection.createAnswer() - Web APIs
the createanswer() method on the rtcpeerconnection interface creates an sdp answer to an offer received from a remote peer during the offer/answer negotiation of a webrtc connection. the answer contains information about any media already attached to the session, codecs and options supported by the browser, and any ice candidates already gathered. the answer is delivered to the returned promise, and should then be sent to the source of the offer to continue the negotiation process. syntax apromise = rtcpeerconnection.createanswer([options]); rtcpeerconnection.createanswer(successcallback, failurecallback[, options]); parameters options optional an object which contains options which customize the answer; this is based on the rtcansweroptions dictionary. deprecated parameters in older...
...bject providing options requested for the answer. exceptions notreadableerror the identity provider wasn't able to provide an identity assertion. operationerror generation of the sdp failed for some reason; this is a general failure catch-all exception. return value a promise whose fulfillment handler is called with an object conforming to the rtcsessiondescriptioninit dictionary which contains the sdp answer to be delivered to the other peer. example here is a segment of code taken from the code that goes with the article signaling and video calling. this code comes from the handler for the message sent to carry an offer to another peer across the signaling channel. keep in mind that this is part of the signaling process, the transport layer for which is an implementation detail th...

RTCPeerConnection - Web APIs
e candidates has finished.localdescription read only the read-only property rtcpeerconnection.localdescription returns an rtcsessiondescription describing the session for the local end of the connection. if it has not yet been set, this is null.peeridentity read only the read-only rtcpeerconnection property peeridentity returns a javascript promise that resolves to an rtcidentityassertion which contains a domstring identifying the remote peer.pendinglocaldescription read only the read-only property rtcpeerconnection.pendinglocaldescription returns an rtcsessiondescription object describing a pending configuration change for the local end of the connection. this does not describe the connection as it currently stands, but as it may exist in the near future. use rtcpeerconnection.currentlocaldescr...
...on method addtrack() adds a new media track to the set of tracks which will be transmitted to the other peer.close() the rtcpeerconnection.close() method closes the current peer connection.createanswer() the createanswer() method on the rtcpeerconnection interface creates an sdp answer to an offer received from a remote peer during the offer/answer negotiation of a webrtc connection. the answer contains information about any media already attached to the session, codecs and options supported by the browser, and any ice candidates already gathered. the answer is delivered to the returned promise, and should then be sent to the source of the offer to continue the negotiation process.createdatachannel() the createdatachannel() method on the rtcpeerconnection interface creates a new channel linked ...

RTCRemoteOutboundRtpStreamStats.localId - Web APIs
ing data to the local peer) has a corresponding record of type inbound-rtp which describes the local peer's perspective on the same data being moved between the two peers. let's create a utility function to help us look up the value of a key in the paired statistics object. the findreportentry() function shown below examines an rtcstatsreport, returning the rtcstats-based statistics record which contains the specified key — and for which the key has the specified value. if no match is found (or the statistics report has no record corresponding to the statistics category indicated by key. function findreportentry(report, key, value) { for (const stats of report.values()) { if (stats[key] === value) { return stats; } } return null; } since the rtcstatsreport is a javascript ...
...networkteststop() function constructs the html used to display the output of the collected and computed results to the user, then append it to the element statsbox, which we're using to show the status updates to the user. the output log, given the styles used by the example, looks like this: in the screenshot, we see a heading followed by the scrollable <div> we refer to as statsbox. the box contains a number of log entries, the last handful of which are visible. each one represents approximately one second of time (since that's much time we're waiting between calling networkteststart() and networkteststop()). try it and fork it this example is available on glitch for you to try out, examine, or remix. you can also access it directly using glitch's git server. specifications ...

RTCRtpCapabilities - Web APIs
the rtcrtpcapabilities dictionary is a data type used to describe the capabilities of an rtcrtpsender or rtcrtpreceiver in response to a call to the rtcrtpsender.getcapabilities() or rtcrtpreceiver.getcapabilities() static functions, both of which return an array of rtcrtpcapabilities objects. an rtcrtpcapabilities object contains an array of objects conforming to rtcrtpcodeccapability (each describing the capabilities of one codec) and an array of the supported rtp header extensions for that codec. properties codecs an array of rtcrtpcodeccapability objects, each describing one of the codecs supported by the rtcrtpsender or rtcrtpreceiver. there are some special entries in this array, described below in the section the codecs array. headerextensions an array of objects conforming to the ...
...rted rtp header extensions for that codec. properties codecs an array of rtcrtpcodeccapability objects, each describing one of the codecs supported by the rtcrtpsender or rtcrtpreceiver. there are some special entries in this array, described below in the section the codecs array. headerextensions an array of objects conforming to the rtcrtpheaderextensioncapability dictionary. each object contains a single domstring, uri, specifying the uri of the header extension, as described in rfc 5285. description the codecs array the codecs array is an array of objects conforming to the dictionary rtcrtpcodeccapability. each of these objects describes a single codec and its basic capabilities. its properties are: the browser will only report distinct capability combinations separately. if two ...

Range.setStart() - Web APIs
ode where the range should start. startoffset an integer greater than or equal to zero representing the offset for the start of the range from the start of startnode. examples highlight part of an element this example uses the range.setstart() and range.setend() methods to add part of an address to a range. the selected range is then highlighted using range.surroundcontents(). the address contains nine nodes: five text nodes, and four <br> elements. html <p id="address">wyatt earp<br> 101 e. main st.<br> dodge city, ks<br> 67801<br> usa</p> <hr> <p>nodes in the original address:</p> <ol id="log"></ol> javascript const address = document.getelementbyid('address'); const log = document.getelementbyid('log'); // log info address.childnodes.foreach(node => { const li = document.createe...
...set = 5; // end at fifth node: dodge city, ks const range = document.createrange(); range.setstart(address, startoffset); range.setend(address, endoffset); const mark = document.createelement('mark'); range.surroundcontents(mark); result get characters from a text node this example uses the range.setstart() and range.setend() methods to define the contents of a range. the resulting range contains the first through fifth characters within a text node. html <p id="content">0123456789</p> <p id="log"></p> javascript const element = document.getelementbyid('content'); const textnode = element.childnodes[0]; const range = document.createrange(); range.setstart(textnode, 0); // start at first character range.setend(textnode, 5); // end at fifth character document.getelementbyid('log').t...

Report - Web APIs
he report interface of the reporting api represents a single report. reports can be accessed in a number of ways: via the reportingobserver.takerecords() method — this returns all reports in an observer's report queue, and then empties the queue. via the reports parameter of the callback function passed into the reportingobserver() constructor upon creation of a new observer instance. this contains the list of reports currently contained in the observer's report queue. by sending requests to the endpoints defined via the report-to http header. properties report.body read only the body of the report, which is a reportbody object containing the detailed report information. report.type read only the type of report generated, e.g. deprecation or intervention. report.url read only ...
...we loop over each report using a basic for loop, then iterate over each entry of in the report's body using a for...in structure, displaying each key/value pair inside a list item. specifications specification status comment reporting apithe definition of 'report' in that specification. editor's draft ...

Using the Screen Capture API - Web APIs
is always optional, and even when web content requests a stream with both audio and video, the returned mediastream may still have only one video track, with no audio. note: some properties are not widely implemented and might not be used by the engine. cursor, for example, has limited support. using the captured stream the promise returned by getdisplaymedia() resolves to a mediastream that contains at least one video stream that contains the screen or screen area, and which is adjusted or filtered based upon the constraints specifed when getdisplaymedia() was called. security as is always the case when sharing content over a network, it's important to consider the privacy and safety implications of screen sharing. potential risks privacy and security issues surrounding screen sharing ar...
...a camera, you'll find getdisplaymedia() to be very familiar. setup first, some constants are set up to reference the elements on the page to which we'll need access: the <video> into which the captured screen contents will be streamed, a box into which logged output will be drawn, and the start and stop buttons that will turn on and off capture of screen imagery. the object displaymediaoptions contains the mediastreamconstraints to pass into getdisplaymedia(); here, the cursor property is set to always, indicating that the mouse cursor should always be included in the captured media. note: some properties are not widely implemented and might not be used by the engine. cursor, for example, has limited support. finally, event listeners are established to detect user clicks on the start and st...

ScriptProcessorNode - Web APIs
his feature has been marked as deprecated, and was replaced by audioworklet (see audioworkletnode). the scriptprocessornode interface is an audionode audio-processing module that is linked to two buffers, one containing the input audio data, one containing the processed output audio data. an event, implementing the audioprocessingevent interface, is sent to the object each time the input buffer contains new data, and the event handler terminates when it has filled the output buffer with data. the size of the input and output buffer are defined at the creation time, when the audiocontext.createscriptprocessor() method is called (both are defined by audiocontext.createscriptprocessor()'s buffersize parameter). the buffer size must be a power of 2 between 256 and 16384, that is 256, 512, 1024, 2...
...ion(buffer) { mybuffer = buffer; source.buffer = mybuffer; }, function(e){"error with decoding audio data" + e.err}); } request.send(); } // give the node a function to process audio events scriptnode.onaudioprocess = function(audioprocessingevent) { // the input buffer is the song we loaded earlier var inputbuffer = audioprocessingevent.inputbuffer; // the output buffer contains the samples that will be modified and played var outputbuffer = audioprocessingevent.outputbuffer; // loop through the output channels (in this case there is only one) for (var channel = 0; channel < outputbuffer.numberofchannels; channel++) { var inputdata = inputbuffer.getchanneldata(channel); var outputdata = outputbuffer.getchanneldata(channel); // loop through the 4096 sa...

ServiceWorkerGlobalScope - Web APIs
events activate occurs when a serviceworkerregistration acquires a new servi...
...font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">serviceworkerglobalscope</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} properties serviceworkerglobalscope.clients read only contains the clients object associated with the service worker. serviceworkerglobalscope.registration read only contains the serviceworkerregistration object that represents the service worker's registration. serviceworkerglobalscope.caches read only contains the cachestorage object associated with the service worker. events activate occurs when a serviceworkerregistration acquires a new serviceworkerregistration.active worker. also available via the serviceworkerglobalscope.onactivate property. contentd...

SpeechRecognitionEvent - Web APIs
properties speechrecognitionevent also inherits properties from its parent interface, event. speechrecognitionevent.emma read only returns an extensible multimodal annotation markup language (emma) — xml — representation of the result. speechrecognitionevent.interpretation read only returns the semantic meaning of what the user said. ...
...onevent.results read only returns a speechrecognitionresultlist object representing all the speech recognition results for the current session. examples this code is excerpted from our speech color changer example. recognition.onresult = function(event) { // the speechrecognitionevent results property returns a speechrecognitionresultlist object // the speechrecognitionresultlist object contains speechrecognitionresult objects. // it has a getter so it can be accessed like an array // the first [0] returns the speechrecognitionresult at position 0. // each speechrecognitionresult object contains speechrecognitionalternative objects that contain individual results. // these also have getters so they can be accessed like arrays. // the second [0] returns the speechrecognitionalte...

StaticRange - Web APIs
the staticrangeinit dictionary specifying the default values for its properties. properties the properties below are inherited from its parent interface, abstractrange. staticrange.collapsed read only returns a boolean value which is true if the range's start and end positions are the same, resulting in a range of length 0. ...
... staticrange.startoffset read only returns an integer value indicating the offset into the node specified by startcontainer at which the first character of the range is located. ...

Using writable streams - Web APIs
this is called when each chunk is actually written (see the next section). the close() method is called automatically when writing has finished — it prints the entire decoded result to the ui in one string. the abort() method simply prints an error to the console if the stream is aborted. w...
...n this ready check fulfills, we invoke writablestreamdefaultwriter.close() to close the stream. this also triggers the close() method specified inside the writablestream() constructor, as discussed above. controllers as you'll have noticed when studying the writablestream() syntax skeleton, the start(), write(), and close() methods can optionally have a controller parameter passed to them. this contains an instance of the writablestreamdefaultcontroller interface, which can be used by the developer to further control the stream as required. this currently only has one method available on it — writablestreamdefaultcontroller.error(), which when invoked causes future interactions with the stream to error. this is useful when another part of an app goes wrong, and you want to propagate the error...

Text.splitText() - Web APIs
the newly created node is returned to the caller. if the original node had a parent, the new node is inserted as the next sibling of the original node. if the offset is equal to the length of the original node, the newly created node has no data. separated text nodes can be concatenated using the node.normalize() method. ...
...d as the next sibling of the original node. if the offset is equal to the length of the original node, the newly created node has no data. separated text nodes can be concatenated using the node.normalize() method. syntax newnode = textnode.splittext(offset) parameters offset the index immediately before which to break the text node. return value returns a newly created text node that contains the text after the specified offset point. exceptions thrown a domexception with a value of index_size_err is thrown if the specified offset is negative or is greater than the number of 16-bit units in the node's text; a domexception with a value of no_modification_allowed_err is thrown if the node is read-only. example in this example, the text of a <p> is split into two text nodes, and a <u...

Text - Web APIs
new documents have a single text node for each block of text. over time, more text nodes may be created as the document's content changes. the node.normalize() method merges adjacent text objects back into a single node for each block of text. ...
...nchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">text</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} constructor text() returns a text node with the parameter as its textual content. properties inherits properties from its parent, characterdata. text.iselementcontentwhitespace read only returns a boolean flag indicating whether or not the text node contains only whitespace. text.wholetext read only returns a domstring containing the text of all text nodes logically adjacent to this node, concatenated in document order. text.assignedslot read only returns the htmlslotelement object associated with the element. properties included from slotable the text interface includes the following property, defined on the slotable mixin. slotable.as...

TextEncoder.prototype.encodeInto() - Web APIs
tentially more performant than the older encode() method especially when the target buffer is a view into a wasm heap. syntax b1 = encoder.encodeinto(string, uint8array); parameters string is a usvstring containing the text to encode. uint8array is a uint8array object instance to place the resulting utf-8 encoded text into. return value a textencoderencodeintoresult dictionary, which contains two members: read the number of utf-16 units of code from the source that has been converted over to utf-8. this may be less than string.length if uint8array did not have enough space. written the number of bytes modified in the destination uint8array. the bytes written are guaranteed to form complete utf-8 byte sequences. encode into a specific position encoder.encodeinto always puts it...
...e for a zero terminator. that is, on the wasm side you are working with rust strings or a non-zero-terminating c++ class. if you are working with c++ std::string, even though the logical length is shown to you, you need to take the extra terminator byte into account when computing rounding up to allocator bucket size. see the next section about c strings. no zero-termination if the input string contains the character u+0000 in the input, encodeinto() will write a 0x00 byte in the output. encodeinto() does not write a c-style 0x00 sentinel byte after the logical output. if your wasm program uses c strings, it's your responsibility to write the 0x00 sentinel and you can't prevent your wasm program from seeing a logically truncated string if the javascript string contained u+0000. observe: var en...

TextTrack - Web APIs
from eventtarget. texttrack.activecues read only a texttrackcuelist object listing the currently active set of text track cues. track cues are active if the current playback position of the media is between the cues' start and end times. thus, for displayed cues such as captions or subtitles, the active cues are currently being displayed. texttrack.cues read only a texttrackcuelist which contains all of the track's cues. texttrack.id read only a domstring which identifies the track, if it has one. if it doesn't have an id, then this value is an empty string (""). if the texttrack is associated with a <track> element, then the track's id matches the element's id. texttrack.inbandmetadatatrackdispatchtype read only returns a domstring which indicates the track's in-band metadata track...
...he element's id. texttrack.inbandmetadatatrackdispatchtype read only returns a domstring which indicates the track's in-band metadata track dispatch type. needs details texttrack.kind read only returns a domstring indicating what kind of text track the texttrack describes. the value must be one of those in the texttrackkind enum. texttrack.label read only a human-readable domstring which contains the text track's label, if one is present; otherwise, this is an empty string (""), in which case a custom label may need to be generated by your code using other attributes of the track, if the track's label needs to be exposed to the user. texttrack.language read only a domstring which specifies the text language in which the text track's contents is written. the value must adhere to the for...

WebGLRenderingContext.getFramebufferAttachmentParameter() - Web APIs
xt.color_attachment8_webgl ext.color_attachment9_webgl ext.color_attachment10_webgl ext.color_attachment11_webgl ext.color_attachment12_webgl ext.color_attachment13_webgl ext.color_attachment14_webgl ext.color_attachment15_webgl pname a glenum specifying information to query. possible values: gl.framebuffer_attachment_object_type: the type which contains the attached image. gl.framebuffer_attachment_object_name: the texture or renderbuffer of the attached image (webglrenderbuffer or webgltexture). gl.framebuffer_attachment_texture_level: mipmap level. default value: 0. gl.framebuffer_attachment_texture_cube_map_face: the name of cube-map face of the texture. when using the ext_srgb extension: ext.framebuffer_attachment_color_encod...
...een component of the attachment. gl.framebuffer_attachment_red_size a glint indicating the number of bits in the red component of the attachment. gl.framebuffer_attachment_stencil_size a glint indicating the number of bits in the stencil component of the attachment. gl.framebuffer_attachment_texture_layer a glint indicating the number of the texture layer which contains the attached image. ext.framebuffer_attachment_color_encoding_ext a glenum indicating the framebuffer color encoding. either gl.linear or ext.srgb_ext. ext.framebuffer_attachment_texture_num_views_ovr a glsizei indicating the number of views of the framebuffer object attachment. ext.framebuffer_attachment_texture_base_view_index_ovr a glint indicating the base ...

WebGLRenderingContext.getProgramInfoLog() - Web APIs
when a webglprogram object is initially created, its information log will be a string of length 0. ...
...when a webglprogram object is initially created, its information log will be a string of length 0. ...

WebGLRenderingContext.getShaderInfoLog() - Web APIs
when a webglshader object is initially created, its information log will be a string of length 0. examples checking compilation messages /* load shader source code. */ gl.shadersource(shader, shadercode); /* compile shader source code. ...
...when a webglshader object is initially created, its information log will be a string of length 0. examples checking compilation messages /* load shader source code. */ gl.shadersource(shader, shadercode); /* compile shader source code. ...

WebRTC connectivity - Web APIs
signaling unfortunately, webrtc can’t create connections without some sort of server in the middle. we call this the signal channel or signaling service. it’s any sort of channel of communication to exchange information before setting up a connection, whether by email, post card or a carrier pigeon... it’s up to you. the information we need to exchange is the offer and answer which just contains the sdp mentioned below. peer a who will be the initiator of the connection, will create an offer. they will then send this offer to peer b using the chosen signal channel. peer b will receive the offer from the signal channel and create an answer. they will then send this back to peer a along the signal channel. session descriptions the configuration of an endpoint on a webrtc connection is c...
...ption is set as the pending description, and the webrtc layer begins to evaluate whether or not it's acceptable. once the proposed description has been agreed upon, the value of currentlocaldescription or currentremotedescription is changed to the pending description, and the pending description is set to null again, indicating that there isn't a pending description. the pendinglocaldescription contains not just the offer or answer under consideration, but any local ice candidates which have already been gathered since the offer or answer was created. similarly, pendingremotedescription includes any remote ice candidates which have been provided by calls to rtcpeerconnection.addicecandidate(). see the individual articles on these properties and methods for more specifics, and codecs used by we...

Taking still photos with WebRTC - Web APIs
upport and take a photo with it. try this sample then read on to learn how it works. you can also jump straight to the code on github if you like. the html markup our html interface has two main operational sections: the stream and capture panel and the presentation panel. each of these is presented side-by-side in its own <div> to facilitate styling and control. the first panel on the left contains two components: a <video> element, which will receive the stream from webrtc, and a <button> the user clicks to capture a video frame. <div class="camera"> <video id="video">video stream not available.</video> <button id="startbutton">take photo</button> </div> this is straightforward, and we'll see how it ties together when we get into the javascript code. next, we have a <canvas>...
... the captured frame, then call drawimage() to draw the current frame of the video into the context, filling the entire canvas with the frame image. note: this takes advantage of the fact that the htmlvideoelement interface looks like an htmlimageelement to any api that accepts an htmlimageelement as a parameter, with the video's current frame presented as the image's contents. once the canvas contains the captured image, we convert it to png format by calling htmlcanvaselement.todataurl() on it; finally, we call photo.setattribute() to make our captured still box display the image. if there isn't a valid image available (that is, the width and height are both 0), we clear the contents of the captured frame box by calling clearphoto(). fun with filters since we're capturing images from the u...

WebRTC Statistics API - Web APIs
bject.keys(report).foreach(statname => { statsoutput += `<strong>${statname}:</strong> ${report[statname]}<br>\n`; }); } }); document.queryselector(".stats-box").innerhtml = statsoutput; }); } when the promise returned by getstats() is fulfilled, the resolution handler receives as input an rtcstatsreport object containing the statistics information. ...
...upon looking up a statistic category by name, you get an object containing the corresponding data. ...

Writing WebSocket servers - Web APIs
erstood or has an incorrect value, the server should send a 400 ("bad request")} response and immediately close the socket. as usual, it may also give the reason why the handshake failed in the http response body, but the message may never be displayed (browsers do not display it). if the server doesn't understand that version of websockets, it should send a sec-websocket-version header back that contains the version(s) it does understand. in the example above, it indicates version 13 of the websocket protocol. the most interesting header here is sec-websocket-key. let's look at that next. note: regular http status codes can be used only before the handshake. after the handshake succeeds, you have to use a different set of codes (defined in section 7.4 of the spec). server handshake response...
...pcode=0x1, msg="hello" server: (process complete message immediately) hi. client: fin=0, opcode=0x1, msg="and a" server: (listening, new message containing text started) client: fin=0, opcode=0x0, msg="happy new" server: (listening, payload concatenated to previous message) client: fin=1, opcode=0x0, msg="year!" server: (process complete message) happy new year to you too! notice the first frame contains an entire message (has fin=1 and opcode!=0x0), so the server can process or respond as it sees fit. the second frame sent by the client has a text payload (opcode=0x1), but the entire message has not arrived yet (fin=0). all remaining parts of that message are sent with continuation frames (opcode=0x0), and the final frame of the message is marked by fin=1. section 5.4 of the spec describes messa...

Web Audio API - Web APIs
d events, which we have split up into nine categories of functionality. general audio graph definition general containers and definitions that shape audio graphs in web audio api usage. audiocontext the audiocontext interface represents an audio-processing graph built from audio modules linked together, each represented by an audionode. an audio context controls the creation of the nodes it contains and the execution of the audio processing, or decoding. you need to create an audiocontext before you do anything else, as everything happens inside a context. audiocontextoptions the audiocontextoptions dictionary is used to provide options when instantiating a new audiocontext. audionode the audionode interface represents an audio-processing module like an audio source (e.g. an html <audio>...
...of the specification. scriptprocessornode the scriptprocessornode interface allows the generation, processing, or analyzing of audio using javascript. it is an audionode audio-processing module that is linked to two buffers, one containing the current input, one containing the output. an event, implementing the audioprocessingevent interface, is sent to the object each time the input buffer contains new data, and the event handler terminates when it has filled the output buffer with data. audioprocess (event) the audioprocess event is fired when an input buffer of a web audio api scriptprocessornode is ready to be processed. audioprocessingevent the web audio api audioprocessingevent represents events that occur when a scriptprocessornode input buffer is ready to be processed. offl...

Using the Web Speech API - Web APIs
lts[0][0].confidence); } the second line here is a bit complex-looking, so let's explain it step by step. the speechrecognitionevent.results property returns a speechrecognitionresultlist object containing speechrecognitionresult objects. it has a getter so it can be accessed like an array — so the first [0] returns the speechrecognitionresult at position 0. each speechrecognitionresult object contains speechrecognitionalternative objects that contain individual recognised words. these also have getters so they can be accessed like arrays — the second [0] therefore returns the speechrecognitionalternative at position 0. we then return its transcript property to get a string containing the individual recognised result as a string, set the background color to that color, and report the color re...
... the web speech api has a main controller inter...

Using Web Workers - Web APIs
d channel attributes are always null). once created, a worker can send messages to the javascript code that created it by posting messages to an event handler specified by that code (and vice versa). this article provides a detailed introduction to using web workers. web workers api a worker is an object created using a constructor (e.g. worker()) that runs a named javascript file — this file contains the code that will run in the worker thread; workers run in another global context that is different from the current window. thus, using the window shortcut to get the current global scope (instead of self) within a worker will return an error. the worker context is represented by a dedicatedworkerglobalscope object in the case of dedicated workers (standard workers that are utilized by a singl...
...mal(stype, nage) { this.type = stype; this.age = nage; } var example5 = new animal('cat', 3); alert(example5.constructor); // animal alert(emulatemessage(example5).constructor); // object a value that is cloned and not shared is called message. as you will probably know by now, messages can be sent to and from the main thread by using postmessage(), and the message event's data attribute contains data passed back from the worker. example.html: (the main page): var myworker = new worker('my_task.js'); myworker.onmessage = function(oevent) { console.log('worker said : ' + oevent.data); }; myworker.postmessage('ali'); my_task.js (the worker): postmessage("i\'m working before postmessage(\'ali\')."); onmessage = function(oevent) { postmessage('hi ' + oevent.data); }; the structure...

Window.pageYOffset - Web APIs
ument .body.innerhtml = contenthtml; in this example, an <iframe> is created and filled with content, then a specific element within the document is scrolled into view in the frame. once that's done, the vertical scroll position is checked by looking at the value of pageyoffset in the frame's contentwindow. html the html is extremely simple and has just two elements: an <iframe> that contains the document we're going to scroll, and a <div> into which we'll output the value of pageyoffset when we've finished the scroll. <iframe id="frame"> </iframe> <div id="info"> </div> javascript var frame = document.getelementbyid("frame"); var framedoc = frame.contentdocument; var info = document.getelementbyid("info"); var target = framedoc.getelementbyid("overview"); framedoc.scrollingeleme...
...it then gets a reference to the element we want to scroll into view calling getelementbyid() on the frame's htmliframeelement.contentdocument. with the target element in hand, we set the scrolltop of the frame's scrollingelement to the offsettop of the target element. by doing so, we set the...

Window.sidebar - Web APIs
methods the sidebar object returned has the following methods: method description (seamonkey) description (firefox) addpanel(title, contenturl, "") adds a sidebar panel. obsolete since firefox 23 (only present in seamonkey). end users can use the "load this bookmark in the sidebar" option instead. also see creating a firefox sidebar. addpersistentpanel(title, contenturl, "") adds a sidebar panel, which is able to work in the background. addsearchprovider(descriptionurl) dummy function; does nothing. see autodiscovery of search plugins. ...
...ddpersistentpanel(title, contenturl, "") adds a sidebar panel, which is able to work in the background. addsearchprovider(descriptionurl) dummy function; does nothing. see autodiscovery of search plugins. addsearchengine(engineurl, iconurl, suggestedtitle, suggestedcategory) obsolete since gecko 44 installs a search engine (sherlock). adding sherlock search engines contains more details. note: this was made obsolete in firefox 44, and has been removed completely in firefox 59. issearchproviderinstalled(descriptionurl) indicates if a specific search provider (opensearch) is installed. specification mozilla-specific. not part of any standard. ...

Window - Web APIs
lobally available. many of these are documented in the javascript reference and the dom reference. in a tabbed browser, each tab is represented by its own window object; the global window seen by javascript code running within a given tab always represents the tab in which the code is running. that said, even in a tabbed browser, some properties and methods still apply to the overall window that contains the tab, such as resizeto() and innerheight. generally, anything that can't reasonably pertain to a tab pertains to the window instead. <div id="interfacediagram" style="display: inline-block; position: relative; width: 100%; padding-bottom: 11.666666666666666%; vertical-align: middle; overflow: hidden;"><svg style="display: inline-block; position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0;" viewbox="-50 0 ...
... object, which can be used to register new custom elements and get information about previously registered custom elements. window.crypto read only returns the browser crypto object. window.devicepixelratio read only returns the ratio between physical pixels and device independent pixels in the current display. window.document read only returns a reference to the document that the window contains. window.dommatrix read only returns a reference to a dommatrix object, which represents 4x4 matrices, suitable for 2d and 3d operations. window.dommatrixreadonly read only returns a reference to a dommatrixreadonly object, which represents 4x4 matrices, suitable for 2d and 3d operations. window.dompoint read only returns a reference to a dompoint object, which represents a 2d or 3d...

ARIA Test Cases - Accessibility
(leopard) n/a n/a - fail window-eyes - - - - nvda - n/a - - zoom (leopard) pass n/a pass pass zoomtext - - - - orca - - - - textbox dojo nightly build expected at behavior: (mz) when focus first lands on the textbox, its label and role should be indicated. if it also contains content, an indication should be given as for regular textboxes. if the text is automatically selected on focus, this should be indicated. arrow keys should read by character or line as usual. (al) i think we need more here. for example, what about reading the line number if the user requests that info? markup used: notes: results: at firefox ie opera safari j...
... jaws - jaws announces tooltips as they appear. this is dependent on the user's jaws configuration setting. zoomtext - (al) should ensure that tooltip is visible (not scrolled off) when it appears, and should read it aloud markup used: role="tooltip" ar...

ARIA annotations - Accessibility
d be used on an element that wraps a single insertion and deletion (see role="insertion" and role="deletion" above). role="comment" — semantically denotes a comment/reaction to some content on the page, or to a previous comment. to provide a semantic association between the document content being annotated and the annotation, an aria-details attribute can be set on the annotated content that contains the id of the annotated element. aria-details has been updated so that it can support multiple ids — this makes sense, for example you can easily envisage having multiple comments relating to the same bit of text. aria annotation roles and objects are currently exposed in: firefox from version 75 onwards, on windows and linux (on macos, we are first waiting for apple to define what safari w...
...hen to use each. you’ll see examples of most of these later on in the article, but briefly: aria-label="" can be set on an element to provide a brief descriptive label when it isn't appropriate to have the label actually appearing in the ui, for example a search input in a horizontal nav bar. aria-labelledby="" can be set on an element and given a value the same as the id of an element that contains a label for the element. this is useful when the element’s label is available in the ui, but for some reason a conventional <label> won’t work. aria-description="" works the same as aria-label="", but is used when you want to give an element a more detailed description, rather than a short label. aria-describedby="" works the same as aria-labelledby="", but is used when you want to associat...

ARIA: cell role - Accessibility
optionally within a rowgroup, within a grid, table or treegrid within a static tabular structure. using native html <td> elements, whenever possible, is strongly encouraged. each element with role="cell" must be nested in a container element with role="row". that row, in turn, can be nested within an element with role="rowgroup", and should be nested within a grid, table or treegrid. if a cell contains column or row header information, use the colheader or rowheader roles, respecitively. if the cell does not contain header information and is nested in a grid or treegrid, the role of gridcell may be more appropriate. a cell can contain a number of property attributes clarifying the cell's position within the tabular data structure, including aria-colindex, aria-colspan, aria-rowindex, and aria...
...ture, including aria-colindex, aria-colspan, aria-rowindex, and aria-rowspan. using the native html table element (<table>) along with the table row element (<tr>) and table cell element (<td>) whenever possible is strongly encouraged. associated wai-aria roles, states, and properties context roles role="row" an element with role="row" is a row of cells within a tabular structure. a row contains one or more cells, grid cells, column headers, or row headers within a grid, table or treegrid, and optionally within a rowgroup. role="rowgroup" row is a required cell parent. rowgroup is an optional contextual row parent. it establishes a relationship between descendant rows. it is a structural equivalent to the thead, tfoot, and tbody elements in an html table element. role="table" one of...

ARIA: row role - Accessibility
an element with role="row" is a row of cells within a tabular structure. a row contains one or more cells, grid cells or column headers, and possibly a row header, within a grid, table or treegrid, and optionally within a rowgroup. <div role="table" aria-label="populations" aria-describedby="country_population_desc"> <div id="country_population_desc">world populations by country</div> <div role="rowgroup"> <div role="row"> <span role="columnheader" aria-sort="descending">country</span> <span role="columnheader"aria-sort="none">population</span> </div> </div> <div role="rowgroup"> <div role="row"> <span role="cell">finland</span> <span role="cell">5.5 million</span> </div> <div role="row"> <span role="cell">fran...
...ls, columnheaders, or rowheaders within a static tabular structure. using native html <tr> elements, whenever possible, is strongly encouraged. to create an aria row, add role="row" to the container element. that row should be nested within a grid, table or treegrid. a group of rows can be nested within a grid, table or treegrid directly, or within a rowgroup in one of those containers. each row contains child cells. these cells can be of different types, depending on whether they are column or row headers, or grid or regular cells. a row can contain a number of attributes clarifying the row's role, including aria-colindex, aria-level, aria-rowindex, and aria-selected. if the row is within a treegrid, rows can include the aria-expanded attribute, using the attribute to indicate the present stat...

ARIA: textbox role - Accessibility
list: predicted text is presented as a collection of values. both: predicted text is presented as a collection of values, with the text needed to complete one value inserted after the caret. none (default): predicted text is not offered. if list or both is set, the aria-controls and aria-haspopup attributes should also be included. the value of aria-controls is the id of the element that contains the list of suggested values. additionally, either the textbox or a containing element with role combobox has a value for aria-haspopup that matches the role of the element that contains the list of suggested values. aria-multiline attribute if aria-multiline="true" is set, the at informs the user that the textbox supports multi-line input, with the expectation that enter or return will crea...
...ollowing: expose the element as having a textbox role in the operating system's accessibility api. fire an accessible textbox event using the operating system's accessibility api if it supports it. assistive technology products should listen for such an event and notify the user accordingly: screen readers should announce its label and role when focus first lands on a textbox. if it also contains content, this should be announced as with a regular textbox. screen magnifiers may enlarge the textbox. note: opinions may differ on how assistive technology should handle this technique. the information provided above is one of those opinions and therefore not normative. examples example 1: adding the role in the html code for single line input the snippet below shows how the textbox role ...

Web accessibility for seizures and physical reactions - Accessibility
nsitivity, one of epilepsy's most complex conditions" talks about static images and patterns. "static or moving patterns of discernable light and dark stripes have the same effect as flashing lights because of the alternation of dark and bright areas." the epilepsy foundation of america working group is able to "quantify" the problem a little. "a pattern with the potential for provoking seizures contains clearly discernible stripes, numbering more than five light-dark pairs of stripes in any orientation" in addition to stripes, checkered patterns have also been known to cause photosensitive seizures, according to cedars-sinai. although static images are possible as triggers, they are less consistent. the trigger that is well established and strong is flashing/strobe lights. dr. selim benbadis of...
...l, is generaly recognized to be one of the two "gold standards" for analyzing flashes trace research and development center using peat to create seizureless web animations w3c css color module level 3 personalization semantics explainer 1.0. ...

Attribute selectors - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
[attr=value] represents elements with an attribute name of attr whose value is exactly value. [attr~=value] represents elements with an attribute name of attr whose value is a whitespace-separated list of words, one of which is exactly value. [attr|=value] represen...
...lue immediately followed by a hyphen, - (u+002d). it is often used for language subcode matches. [attr^=value] represents elements with an attribute name of attr whose value is prefixed (preceded) by value. [attr$=value] represents elements with an attribute name of attr whose value is suffixed (followed) by value. [attr*=value] represents elements with an attribute name of attr whose value contains at least one occurrence of value within the string. [attr operator value i] adding an i (or i) before the closing bracket causes the value to be compared case-insensitively (for characters within the ascii range). [attr operator value s] adding an s (or s) before the closing bracket causes the value to be compared case-sensitively (for characters within the ascii range). examples links ...

Coordinate systems - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
x, listing out the current mouse coordinates in each of the four available coordinate systems. javascript let's look at the script in two sections. first, the code that logs the coordinates to the screen. this code will be called by the event handler for the various mouse events we watch. displaying the coordinates as we'll see in the html, the inner box (the one we're watching for events on) contains several paragraphs; one for each of the four coordinate systems we'll be reporting on. let inner = document.queryselector(".inner"); let log = document.queryselector(".log"); function setcoords(e, type) { let idx = type + "x"; let idy = type + "y"; document.getelementbyid(idx).innertext = e[idx]; document.getelementbyid(idy).innertext = e[idy]; } a reference to the <div> inside the i...
...aphs; one for each of the four coordinate systems we'll be reporting on. let inner = document.queryselector(".inner"); let log = document.queryselector(".log"); function setcoords(e, type) { let idx = type + "x"; let idy = type + "y"; document.getelementbyid(idx).innertext = e[idx]; document.getelementbyid(idy).innertext = e[idy]; } a reference to the <div> inside the inner box which contains the paragraphs that will show the coordinate information is fetched into log. the setcoords() function is designed to accept as input a mouseevent and the name of the origin to use when obtaining the coordinates. the implementation is then quite simple. the variables idx and idy are set to strings with the names of the properties corresponding to the coordinates in the given coordinate system. f...

Auto-placement in CSS Grid Layout - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
you can see auto-placement in action in the simplest of ways by creating a grid on a set of items. if you give the items no placement information they will position themselves on the grid, one in each grid cell. ...
...iv> <div>seven</div> <div>eight</div> </div> the order of auto placed items a grid can contain a mixture of items. some of the items may have a position on the grid, but others may be auto-placed. this can be helpful, if you have a document order that reflects the order in which items sit on the grid you may not need to write css rules to place absolutely everything. the specification contains a long section detailing the grid item placement algorithm, however for most of us we just need to remember a few simple rules for our items. order modified document order grid places items that have not been given a grid position in what is described in the specification as “order modified document order”. this means that if you have used the order property at all, the items will be placed...

Basic Concepts of grid layout - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
grid with fixed track sizes – using pixels for example. this sets the grid to the specified pixel which fits to the layout you desire. you can also create a grid using flexible sizes with percentages or with the new fr unit designed for this purpose. item placement you can place items into a precise location on the grid using line numbers, names or by targeting an area of the grid. grid also contains an algorithm to control the placement of items not given an explicit position on the grid. creation of additional tracks to hold content you can define an explicit grid with grid layout. the grid layout specification is flexible enough to add additional rows and columns when needed. features such as adding “as many columns that will fit into a container” are included. alignment control gr...
... algorithm to control the placement of items not given an explicit position on the grid. creation of additional tracks to hold content you can define an explicit grid with grid layout. the grid layout specification is flexible enough to add additional rows and columns when needed. features such as adding “as many columns that will fit into a container” are included. alignment control grid contains alignment features so we can control how the items align once placed into a grid area, and how the entire grid is aligned. control of overlapping content more than one item can be placed into a grid cell or area and, they can partially overlap each other. this layering may then be controlled with the z-index property. grid is a powerful specification that, when combined with other parts of cs...

animation - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
'play' : 'pause'); anim.style.animationpla...
...'play' : 'pause'); anim.style.animationplaystate = ''; anim.classlist.add('a' + (i + 1)); }, 100) } } animation.foreach(function (node, index) { no...

Getting Started - Developer guides
id only if you used an asynchronous request (the third parameter of open() was unspecified or set to true). if you used a synchronous request you don't need to specify a function, but this is highly discouraged as it makes for an awful user experience. step 3 – a simple example let's put it all together with a simple http request. our javascript will request an html document, test.html, which contains the text "i'm a test." then we'll alert() the contents of the response. note that this example uses vanilla javascript — no jquery is involved. also, the html, xml and php files should be placed in the same directory. <button id="ajaxbutton" type="button">make a request</button> <script> (function() { var httprequest; document.getelementbyid("ajaxbutton").addeventlistener('click', makereq...
... exception: ' + e.description); } } step 4 – working with the xml response in the previous example, after receiving the response to the http request we used the request object's responsetext property , which contained the contents of the test.html file. now let's try the responsexml property. first off, let's create a valid xml document that we'll request later on. the document (test.xml) contains the following: <?xml version="1.0" ?> <root> i'm a test. </root> in the script we only need to change the request line to: ... onclick="makerequest('test.xml')"> ... then in alertcontents(), we need to replace the line alert(httprequest.responsetext); with: var xmldoc = httprequest.responsexml; var root_node = xmldoc.getelementsbytagname('root').item(0); alert(root_node.firstchild.data...

Setting up adaptive streaming media sources - Developer guides
mse files are often grabbed using xhr, keep same origin rules in mind. note: if you use webm you can use the methods shown in this tutorial dash adaptive streaming for html 5 video. once encoded your file structure may look something like this: play list -> /segments/news.mp4.mpd main segment folder -> /segments/main/ 100 kbps segment folder -> /segments/main/news100 contains (1.m4s, 2.m4s, 3.m4s ... ) 200 kbps segment folder -> /segments/main/news200 contains (1.m4s, 2.m4s, 3.m4s ... ) 300 kbps segment folder -> /segments/main/news300 contains (1.m4s, 2.m4s, 3.m4s ... ) 400 kbps segment folder -> /segments/main/news400 contains (1.m4s, 2.m4s, 3.m4s ... ) the playlist or .mpd file contains xml that explicitly lists where all the various bitrate files reside. <...
...dia into equally sized media files together with an index file. apple also provides a file segmenter for mac — which takes a suitably encoded file, splits it up and produces a index file, in a similar fashion to the stream segmenter. note: you can find more details about these tools at using http live streaming. index files (playlists) the hls index file (much like mpeg-dash's .mpd file) contains the information on where all the media segments reside, as well as other meta data such as bandwidth application. apple uses the .m3u8 format (an extension of its .m3u playlist format) for index files — see below for an example: #ext-x-version:3 #extm3u #ext-x-targetduration:10 #ext-x-media-sequence:1 # old-style integer duration; avoid for newer clients. #extinf:10, http://media.example.com/...

Media events - Developer guides
emptied the media has become empty; for example, this event is sent if the media has already been loaded (or partially loaded), and the load() method is called to reload it. encrypted the user agent has encountered initialization data in the media data. ended sent when playback completes. error sent when an error occurs. the element's error attribute contains more information. see htmlmediaelement.error for details. loadeddata the first frame of the media has finished loading. loadedmetadata the media's metadata has finished loading; all attributes now contain as much useful information as they're going to. loadstart sent when loading of the media begins. mozaudioavailable sent when an audio buffer is pr...
...ails. loadeddata the first frame of the media has finished loading. loadedmetadata the media's metadata has finished loading; all attributes now contain as much useful information as they're going to. loadstart sent when loading of the media begins. mozaudioavailable sent when an audio buffer is provided to the audio layer for processing; the buffer contains raw audio samples that may or may not already have been played by the time you receive the event. pause sent when the playback state is changed to paused (paused property is true). play sent when the playback state is no longer paused, as a result of the play method, or the autoplay attribute. playing sent when the media has enough data to start playing, after ...

HTML attribute reference - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
<table>, <tbody>, <tfoot>, <td>, <th>, <tr> background color of the element. note: this is a legacy attribute. please use the css background-color property instead. border <img>, <object>, <table> the border width. note: this is a legacy attribute. please use the css border property instead. buffered <audio>, <video> contains the time range of already buffered media. capture <input> from the html media capturethe definition of 'media capture' in that specification.spec, specifies a new file can be captured. challenge <keygen> a challenge string that is submitted along with the public key. charset <meta>, <script> declares the character encoding of the page or script. ...
...cation.spec, specifies a new file can be captured. challenge <keygen> a challenge string that is submitted along with the public key. charset <meta>, <script> declares the character encoding of the page or script. checked <command>, <input> indicates whether the element should be checked on page load. cite <blockquote>, <del>, <ins>, <q> contains a uri which points to the source of the quote or change. class global attribute often used with css to style elements with common properties. code <applet> specifies the url of the applet's class file to be loaded and executed. codebase <applet> this attribute gives the absolute or relative url of the directory where applets' .class files referenced by...

<img>: The Image Embed element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
the html <img> element embeds an image into the document. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. the above example shows usage of the <img> element: the src attribute is required, and contains the path to the image you want to embed. the alt attribute holds a text description of the image, which isn't mandatory but is incredibly useful for accessibility — screen readers read this description out to their users so they know what the image means. alt text is also displayed on the page if the image can't be loaded for some reason: for example, network errors, content blocking, or linkrot. there are many o...
...px. source size values specify the intended display size of the image. user agents use the current source size to select one of the sources supplied by the srcset attribute, when those sources are described using width (w) descriptors. the selected source size affects the intrinsic size of the image (the image’s display size if no css styling is applied). if the srcset attribute is absent, or contains no values with a width descriptor, then the sizes attribute has no effect. src the image url. mandatory for the <img> element. on browsers supporting srcset, src is treated like a candidate image with a pixel density descriptor 1x, unless an image with this pixel density descriptor is already defined in srcset, or unless srcset contains w descriptors. srcset one or more strings separated by...

<input type="color"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
active-examples and send us a pull request. value a 7-character domstring specifying a <color> in lower-case hexadecimal notation events change and input supported common attributes autocomplete and list idl attributes list and value methods select() value the value of an <input> element of type color is always a domstring which contains a 7-character string specifying an rgb color in hexadecimal format. while you can input the color in either upper- or lower-case, it will be stored in lower-case form. the value is never in any other form, and is never empty. note: setting the value to anything that isn't a valid, fully-opaque, rgb color in hexadecimal notation will result in the value being set to #000000. in particular, you c...
... picker. as you make changes in the color picker, the first paragraph's color changes, as a preview (this uses the <code>input</code> event). when you close the color picker, the <code>change</code> event fires, and we detect that to change every paragraph to the selected color.</p> javascript first, there's some setup. here we establish some variables, setting up a variable that contains the color we'll set the color well to when we first load up, and then setting up a load handler to do the main startup work once the page is fully loaded. var colorwell; var defaultcolor = "#0000ff"; window.addeventlistener("load", startup, false); initialization once the page is loaded, our load event handler, startup(), is called: function startup() { colorwell = document.queryselector(...

<input type="image"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
form. the string must be the name of a browsing context (that is, a tab, window, or <iframe>. a value specified here overrides any target given by the target attribute on the <form> that owns this input. in addition to the actual names of tabs, windows, or inline frames, there are a few special keywords that can be used: _self loads the response into the same browsing context as the one that contains the form. this will replace the current document with the received data. this is the default value used if none is specified. _blank loads the response into a new, unnamed, browsing context. this is typically a new tab in the same window as the current document, but may differ depending on the configuration of the user agent. _parent loads the response into the parent browsing context of the ...
... formmethod html5 specifies the http method that the browser uses to submit the form. possible values are: post: the data from the form is included in the body of the form and is sent to the server. get: the data from the form is appended to the form attribute uri, with a '?' as a separator, and the resulting uri is sent to the server. use this method when the form has no side-effects and contains only ascii characters. if specified, this attribute overrides the method attribute of the element's form owner. formnovalidate html5 a boolean attribute specifying that the form is not to be validated when it is submitted. if this attribute is specified, it overrides the novalidate attribute of the element's form owner. formtarget html5 a name or keyword indicating where to display the ...

<input type="range"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
of automatic validation are performed: if the value is set to something which can't be converted into a valid floating-point number, validation fails because the input is suffering from a bad input. the value won't be less than min. the default is 0. the value won't be greater than max. the default is 100. the value will be a multiple of step. the default is 1. value the value attribute contains a domstring which contains a string representation of the selected number. the value is never an empty string (""). the default value is halfway between the specified minimum and maximum—unless the maximum is actually less than the minimum, in which case the default is set to the value of the min attribute. the algorithm for determining the default value is: defaultvalue = (rangeelem.max < ran...
...made to set the value lower than the minimum, it is set to the minimum. similarly, an attempt to set the value higher than the maximum results in it being set to the maximum. additional attributes in addition to the attributes shared by all <input> elements, range inputs offer the following attributes: attribute description list the id of the <datalist> element that contains optional pre-defined options max the maximum permitted value min the minimum permitted value step the stepping interval, used both for user interface and validation purposes list the values of the list attribute is the id of a <datalist> element located in the same document. the <datalist> provides a list of predefined values to suggest to the user for ...

<input type="search"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
send us a pull request. value a domstring representing the value contained in the search field. events change and input supported common attributes autocomplete, list, maxlength, minlength, pattern, placeholder, required, size. idl attributes value methods select(), setrangetext(), setselectionrange(). value the value attribute contains a domstring representing the value contained in the search field. you can retrieve this using the htmlinputelement.value property in javascript. searchterms = mysearch.value; if no validation constraints are in place for the input (see validation for more details), the value can be any text string or an empty string (""). additional attributes in addition to the attributes that operate on al...
...on constraints are in place for the input (see validation for more details), the value can be any text string or an empty string (""). ...

<input type="submit"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
se the user clicked the button), the user agent attempts to submit the form to the server. <input type="submit" value="send request"> value a domstring used as the button's label events click supported common attributes type and value idl attributes value methods none value an <input type="submit"> element's value attribute contains a domstring which is displayed as the button's label. buttons do not have a true value otherwise. <input type="submit" value="send request"> if you don't specify a value, the button will have a default label, chosen by the user agent. this label is likely to be something along the lines of "submit" or "submit query." here's an example of a submit button with a default label in your browser:...
...form. the string must be the name of a browsing context (that is, a tab, window, or <iframe>. a value specified here overrides any target given by the target attribute on the <form> that owns this input. in addition to the actual names of tabs, windows, or inline frames, there are a few special keywords that can be used: _self loads the response into the same browsing context as the one that contains the form. this will replace the current document with the received data. this is the default value used if none is specified. _blank loads the response into a new, unnamed, browsing context. this is typically a new tab in the same window as the current document, but may differ depending on the configuration of the user agent. _parent loads the response into the parent browsing context of the ...

<input type="text"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
ue a domstring representing the text contained in the text field. events change and input supported common attributes autocomplete, list, maxlength, minlength, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required and size idl attributes list, value methods select(), setrangetext() and setselectionrange(). value the value attribute is a domstring that contains the current value of the text entered into the text field. you can retrieve this using the value property in javascript. let thetext = mytextinput.value; if no validation constraints are in place for the input (see validation for more details), the value may be an empty string (""). additional attributes in addition to the attributes that operate on all <input> elements regardless of their t...
...put.value; if no validation constraints are in place for the input (see validation for more details), the value may be an empty string (""). ...

<input>: The Input (Form Input) element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
, is not invalid. even if the above attributes are present, with the exception of required, and empty string will not lead to an error. we can set limits on what values we accept, and supporting browsers will natively validate these form values and alert the user if there is a mistake when the form is submitted. in addition to the errors described in the table above, the validitystate interface contains the badinput, valid, and customerror boolean readonly properties. the validity object includes: validitystate.valuemissing validitystate.typemismatch validitystate.patternmismatch validitystate.toolong validitystate.tooshort validitystate.rangeunderflow validitystate.rangeoverflow validitystate.stepmismatch validitystate.badinput validitystate.valid validitystate.customerror for ea...
...ed, one of the custom error messages will be shown. if it is valid, it will submit as you'd expect. for this to happen, the custom validity has to be cancelled, by invoking setcustomvalidity() with an empty string value. we therefore do this every time the input event is raised. if you don't do this, and a custom validity was previously set, the input will register as invalid, even if it current contains a valid value on submission. note: always validate input constraints both client side and server side. constraint validation doesn't remove the need for validation on the server side. invalid values can still be sent by older browsers or by bad actors. note: firefox supported a proprietary error attribute — x-moz-errormessage — for many versions, which allowed you set custom error messa...

<menu> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
sisting of a series of commands for user interaction. this might be in the form of an unordered list of <li> elements, or, if the element has no <li> element children, flow content describing available commands. this value is the default if the attribute is missing. usage notes the <menu> and <ul> elements both represent an unordered list of items. ...
...s missing. usage notes the <menu> and <ul> elements both represent an unordered list of items. the key difference is that <ul> primarily contains items for display, whilst <menu> is intended for interactive items, to act on. an html menu can be used to create context menus (typically activated by right-clicking another element) or toolbars. context menus consist of a <menu> element which contains <menuitem> elements for each selectable option in the menu, <menu> elements for submenus within the menu, and <hr> elements for separator lines to break up the menu's content into sections. context menus are then attached to the element they're activated from using either the associated element's contextmenu attribute or, for button-activated menus attached to <button> elements, the menu attribut...

Standard metadata names - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
s: dynamically inserting <meta name="referrer"> (with document.write() or appendchild()) makes the referrer behaviour unpredictable. when several conflicting policies are defined, the no-referrer policy is applied. theme-color: indicates a suggested color that user agents should use to customize the display of the page or of the surrounding user interface. the content attribute contains a valid css <color>. standard metadata names defined in other specifications the css color adjustment specification defines the following metadata name: color-scheme: specifies one or more color schemes with which the document is compatible. the browser will use this information in tandem with the user's browser or device settings to determine what colors to use for everything from ba...
...oming capabilities by setting user-scalable to a value of no prevents people experiencing low vision conditions from being able to read and understand page content. mdn understanding wcag, guideline 1.4 explanations understanding success criterion 1.4.4 | w3c understanding wcag 2.0 see also the @viewport css at-rule. other metadata names the whatwg wiki metaextensions page contains a large set of non-standard metadata names that have not been formally accepted yet; however, some of the names included there are already used quite commonly in practice — including the following: creator: the name of the creator of the document, such as an organization or institution. if there are more than one, several <meta> elements should be used. googlebot, a synonym of robots, is on...

<meta>: The Document-level Metadata element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
: the attribute name has a specific meaning for the <meta> element, and the itemprop attribute must not be set on the same <meta> element that has any existing name, http-equiv or charset attributes. charset this attribute declares the document's character encoding. if the attribute is present, its value must be an ascii case-insensitive match for the string "utf-8". content this attribute contains the value for the http-equiv or name attribute, depending on which is used. http-equiv defines a pragma directive. the attribute is named http-equiv(alent) because all the allowed values are names of particular http headers: content-security-policy allows page authors to define a content policy for the current page. content policies mostly specify allowed server origins and script en...
... not in documents served with an xml mime type. default-style sets the name of the default css style sheet set. x-ua-compatible if specified, the content attribute must have the value "ie=edge". user agents are required to ignore this pragma. refresh this instruction specifies: the number of seconds until the page should be reloaded - only if the content attribute contains a positive integer. the number of seconds until the page should redirect to another - only if the content attribute contains a positive integer followed by the string ';url=', and a valid url. accessibility concerns pages set with a refresh value run the risk of having the time interval being too short. people navigating with the aid of assistive technology such as a screen reader...

<title>: The Document Title element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
the html title element (<title>) defines the document's title that is shown in a browser's title bar or a page's tab. it only contains text; tags within the element are ignored. <title>grandma's heavy metal festival journal</title> content categories metadata content. permitted content text that is not inter-element whitespace. tag omission both opening and closing tags are required. note that leaving off </title> should cause the browser to ignore the rest of the page. permitted parents a <head> element that contains no other <title> element. implicit aria role no corresponding role permitted aria roles no role permitted. dom interface htmltitleelement attributes this element only includes the global at...
...>awesome interesting stuff</title> this example establishes a page whose title (as displayed at the top of the window or in the window's tab) as "awesome interesting stuff". accessibility concerns it is important to provide a title value that describes the page's purpose. a common navigation technique for users of assistive technology is to read the page title and infer the content the page contains. this is because navigating into a page to determine its content can be a time consuming and potentially confusing process. example <title>menu - blue house chinese food - foodyum: online takeout today!</title> to help the user, update the page title value to reflect significant page state changes (such as form validation problems). example <title>2 errors - your order - blue house chinese ...

<video>: The Video Embed element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
0) autoplay doesn't work if no muted attribute is present. autopictureinpicture a boolean attribute which if true indicates that the element should automatically toggle picture-in-picture mode when the user switches back and forth between this document and another document or application. buffered an attribute you can read to determine the time ranges of the buffered media. this attribute contains a timeranges object. controls if this attribute is present, the browser will offer controls to allow the user to control video playback, including volume, seeking, and pause/resume playback. controlslist the controlslist attribute, when specified, helps the browser select what controls to show on the media element whenever the browser shows its own set of controls (e.g. when the controls at...
...tanding wcag 2.0 understanding success criterion 1.2.2 | w3c understanding wcag 2.0 technical summary content categories flow content, phrasing content, embedded content. if it has a controls attribute: interactive content and palpable content. permitted content if the element has a src attribute: zero or more <track> elements, followed by transparent content that contains no media elements–that is no <audio> or <video> else: zero or more <source> elements, followed by zero or more <track> elements, followed by transparent content that contains no media elements–that is no <audio> or <video>. tag omission none, both the starting and ending tag are mandatory. permitted parents any element that accepts embedded content. i...

Link types - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
in html, link types indicate the relationship between two documents, in which one links to the other using an <a>, <area>, <form>, or <link> element. list of the defined link types and their significance in html link type description allowed in these elements not allowed in these elements alternate if the element is <link> and the rel attribute also contains the stylesheet type, the link defines an alternative style sheet; in that case the title attribute must be present and not be the empty string. if the type is set to application/rss+xml or application/atom+xml, the link defines a syndication feed. the first one defined on the page is the default. otherwise, the link defines an alternative page, of one of these types: for a...
...for example, a blog entry could link to a monthly index page this way. note: although recognized, the singular archive is incorrect and must be avoided. <a>, <area>, <link> <form> author defines a hyperlink to a page describing the author or providing a way to contact the author. note: this may be a mailto: hyperlink, but this is no...

Expressions and operators - JavaScript
« previousnext » this chapter describes javascript's expressions and operators, including assignment, comparison, arithmetic, bitwise, logical, string, ternary and more. a complete and detailed list of operators and expressions is also available in the reference. operators javascript has the following types of operators. this section describes the operators and contains information about operator precedence. assignment operators comparison operators arithmetic operators bitwise operators logical operators string operators conditional (ternary) operator comma operator unary operators relational operators javascript has both binary and unary operators, and one special ternary operator, the conditional operator. a binary operator requires two operands, one before t...
...d" for the keywords true and null, the typeof operator returns the following results: typeof true; // returns "boolean" typeof null; // returns "object" for a number or string, the typeof operator returns the following results: typeof 62; // returns "number" typeof 'hello world'; // returns "string" for property values, the typeof operator returns the type of value the property contains: typeof document.lastmodified; // returns "string" typeof window.length; // returns "number" typeof math.ln2; // returns "number" for methods and functions, the typeof operator returns results as follows: typeof blur; // returns "function" typeof eval; // returns "function" typeof parseint; // returns "function" typeof shape.split; // returns "function" ...

Functions - JavaScript
ining (outer) function. it also forms a closure. a closure is an expression (most commonly, a function) that can have free variables together with an environment that binds those variables (that "closes" the expression). since a nested function is a closure, this means that a nested function can "inherit" the arguments and variables of its containing function. in other words, the inner function contains the scope of the outer function. to summarize: the inner function can be accessed only from statements in the outer function. the inner function forms a closure: the inner function can use the arguments and variables of the outer function, while the outer function cannot use the arguments and variables of the inner function. the following example shows nested functions: function addsqu...
...arguments, a new closure is created for each call to outside. the memory can be freed only when the returned inside is no longer accessible. this is not different from storing references in other objects, but is often less obvious because one does not set the references directly and cannot inspect them. multiply-nested functions functions can be multiply-nested. for example: a function (a) contains a function (b), which itself contains a function (c). both functions b and c form closures here. so, b can access a, and c can access b. in addition, since c can access b which can access a, c can also access a. thus, the closures can contain multiple scopes; they recursively contain the scope of the functions containing it. this is called scope chaining. (the reason it is called "chaining" i...

Indexed collections - JavaScript
« previousnext » this chapter introduces collections of data which are ordered by an index value. this includes arrays and array-like constructs such as array objects and typedarray objects. array object an array is an ordered list of values that you refer to with a name and an index. for example, consider an array called emp, which contains employees' names indexed by their numerical employee number. so emp[0] would be employee number zero, emp[1] employee number one, and so on. javascript does not have an explicit array data type. however, you can use the predefined array object and its methods to work with arrays in your applications. the array object has methods for manipulating arrays in various ways, such as joining, reversing, and sorting them. it has a property for d...
...let arr = array(9.3) // rangeerror: invalid array length if your code needs to create arrays with single elements of an arbitrary data type, it is safer to use array literals. alternatively, create an empty array first before adding the single element to it. in es2015, you can use the array.of static method to create arrays with single element. let wisenarray = array.of(9.3) // wisenarray contains only one element 9.3 referring to array elements because elements are also properties, you can access the using property accessors. suppose you define the following array: let myarray = ['wind', 'rain', 'fire'] you can refer to the first element of the array as myarray[0], the second element of the array as myarray[1], etc… the index of the elements begins with zero. note: you can also u...

Loops and iteration - JavaScript
value of condition is false, the for loop terminates. (if the condition expression is omitted entirely, the condition is assumed to be true.) the statement executes. to execute multiple statements, use a block statement ({ ... }) to group those statements. if present, the update expression incrementexpression is executed. control returns to step 2. example in the example below, the function contains a for statement that counts the number of selected options in a scrolling list (a <select> element that allows multiple selections). the for statement declares the variable i and initializes it to 0. it checks that i is less than the number of options in the <select> element, performs the succeeding if statement, and increments i by after each pass through the loop. <form name="selectform"> <p...
...ontinue statement that executes when the value of i is 3. thus, n takes on the values 1, 3, 7, and 12. let i = 0; let n = 0; while (i < 5) { i++; if (i === 3) { continue; } n += i; console.log(n); } //1,3,7,12 let i = 0; let n = 0; while (i < 5) { i++; if (i === 3) { // continue; } n += i; console.log(n); } // 1,3,6,10,15 example 2 a statement labeled checkiandj contains a statement labeled checkj. if continue is encountered, the program terminates the current iteration of checkj and begins the next iteration. each time continue is encountered, checkj reiterates until its condition returns false. when false is returned, the remainder of the checkiandj statement is completed, and checkiandj reiterates until its condition returns false. when false is returned, the ...

The arguments object - JavaScript
the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. description note: if you're writing es6 compatible code, then rest parameters should be preferred. note: “array-like” means that arguments has a length property and properties indexed from zero, but it doesn't have array's built-in methods like foreach() or map(). see §description for details. ...
...ents can be determined by indexing arguments: console.log(typeof arguments[0]); // returns the type of the first argument properties arguments.callee reference to the currently executing function that the arguments belong to. forbidden in strict mode. arguments.length the number of arguments that were passed to the function. arguments[@@iterator] returns a new array iterator object that contains the values for each index in arguments. examples defining a function that concatenates several strings this example defines a function that concatenates several strings. the function's only formal argument is a string containing the characters that separate the items to concatenate. function myconcat(separator) { let args = array.prototype.slice.call(arguments, 1); return args.join(separ...

Rest parameters - JavaScript
ur", "five", "six") // console output: // a, one // b, two // manymoreargs, [three, four, five, six] difference between rest parameters and the arguments object there are three main differences between rest parameters and the arguments object: rest parameters are only the ones that haven't been given a separate name (i.e. formally defined in function expression), while the arguments object contains all arguments passed to the function; the arguments object is not a real array, while rest parameters are array instances, meaning methods like sort, map, foreach or pop can be applied on it directly; the arguments object has additional functionality specific to itself (like the callee property). from arguments to an array rest parameters have been introduced to reduce the boilerplate code t...
...u can easily gain access to a normal array using a rest parameter function f(...args) { let normalarray = args let first = normalarray.shift() // ok, gives the first argument } examples using rest parameters in this example, the first argument is mapped to a and the second to b, so these named arguments are used as normal. however, the third argument, manymoreargs, will be an array that contains the 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th ... nth — as many arguments that the user includes. function myfun(a, b, ...manymoreargs) { console.log("a", a) console.log("b", b) console.log("manymoreargs", manymoreargs) } myfun("one", "two", "three", "four", "five", "six") // a, one // b, two // manymoreargs, [three, four, five, six] below... even though there is just one value, the last argument still get...

Error.prototype.fileName - JavaScript
if called from a debugger context, the firefox developer tools for example, "debugger eval code" is returned. ...
...if called from a debugger context, the firefox developer tools for example, "debugger eval code" is returned. ...

Promise.any() - JavaScript
e.all(). warning! the promise.any() method is experimental and not fully supported by all browsers and platforms. it is currently in stage 4 of the tc39 process. syntax promise.any(iterable); parameters iterable an iterable object, such as an array. return value an already resolved promise if the iterable passed is empty. an asynchronously resolved promise if the iterable passed contains no promises. a pending promise in all other cases. this returned promise is then resolved/rejected asynchronously (as soon as the stack is empty) when any of the promises in the given iterable resolve, or if all the promises have rejected. description this method is useful for returning the first promise that fulfils. it short-circuits after a promise fulfils, so it does not wait for the othe...
...ulfilled or rejected. if an empty iterable is passed, then this method returns (synchronously) an already resolved promise. if any of the passed-in promises fulfill or are not promises, the promise returned by promise.any is fulfilled asynchronously. rejection if all of the passed-in promises reject, promise.any asynchronously rejects with an aggregateerror object, which extends error, and contains an errors property with an array of rejection values. examples first to fulfil promise.any() resolves with the first promise to fulfil, even if a promise rejects first. this is in contrast to promise.race(), which resolves or rejects with the first promise to settle. const perr = new promise((resolve, reject) => { reject("always fails"); }); const pslow = new promise((resolve, reject) => {...

Promise.race() - JavaScript
that asynchronously yields the value of the first promise in the given iterable to fulfill or reject. description the race function returns a promise that is settled the same way (and takes the same value) as the first promise that settles amongst the promises of the iterable passed as an argument. if the iterable passed is empty, the promise returned will be forever pending. if the iterable contains one or more non-promise value and/or an already settled promise, then promise.race will resolve to the first of these values found in the iterable. examples asynchronicity of promise.race this following example demonstrates the asynchronicity of promise.race: // we are passing as argument an array of promises that are already resolved, // to trigger promise.race as soon as possible var resolv...
...33 } an empty iterable causes the returned promise to be forever pending: var foreverpendingpromise = promise.race([]); console.log(foreverpendingpromise); settimeout(function(){ console.log('the stack is now empty'); console.log(foreverpendingpromise); }); // logs, in order: // promise { <state>: "pending" } // the stack is now empty // promise { <state>: "pending" } if the iterable contains one or more non-promise value and/or an already settled promise, then promise.race will resolve to the first of these values found in the array: var foreverpendingpromise = promise.race([]); var alreadyfulfilledprom = promise.resolve(100); var arr = [foreverpendingpromise, alreadyfulfilledprom, "non-promise value"]; var arr2 = [foreverpendingpromise, "non-promise value", promise.resolve(100)]; ...

Reflect - JavaScript
n that is true if the update was successful. reflect.set(target, propertykey, value[, receiver]) a function that assigns values to properties. returns a boolean that is true if the update was successful. reflect.setprototypeof(target, prototype) a function that sets the prototype of an object. returns a boolean that is true if the update was successful. ...
... ...

WebAssembly.Module.customSections() - JavaScript
get a .wasm with a names custom section, for example: wast2wasm simple-name-section.was -o simple-name-section.wasm --debug-names examples using customsections the following example (see the custom-section.html source and live example) compiles the loaded simple-name-section.wasm byte code. ...
... browser compatibility the compatibility table on this page is generated from structured data. ...

try...catch - JavaScript
try-block. exception_var_1, exception_var_2 an identifier to hold an exception object for the associated catch-block. condition_1 a conditional expression. finally_statements statements that are executed after the try statement completes. these statements execute regardless of whether an exception was thrown or caught. description the try statement consists of a try-block, which contains one or more statements. {} must always be used, even for single statements. at least one catch-block, or a finally-block, must be present. this gives us three forms for the try statement: try...catch try...finally try...catch...finally a catch-block contains statements that specify what to do if an exception is thrown in the try-block. if any statement within the try-block (or in a functio...
...ption is thrown in the try-block, exception_var (i.e., the e in catch (e)) holds the exception value. you can use this identifier to get information about the exception that was thrown. this identifier is only available in the catch-block's scope. function isvalidjson(text) { try { json.parse(text); return true; } catch { return false; } } the finally-block the finally-block contains statements to execute after the try-block and catch-block(s) execute, but before the statements following the try...catch...finally-block. note that the finally-block executes regardless of whether an exception is thrown. also, if an exception is thrown, the statements in the finally-block execute even if no catch-block handles the exception. the following example shows one use case for the fina...

Authoring MathML - MathML
mathematical notations are even more complex with structures like fractions, square roots or matrices that are likely to require their own tags. as a consequence, good mathml authoring tools are more important and we describe some tools below. ...
...orm server-side latex-to-mathml conversion. instiki and mediawiki are two wiki engines that support latex-to-mathml conversion. graphical interface input box texzilla has several interfaces, including a ckeditor plugin used on mdn, an online demo, a firefox add-on or a firefoxos webapp. it has also been integrated into seamonkey since version 2.28 and into thunderbird since version 31. abiword contains a small equation editor, based on itex2mml. finally, bluegriffon has an add-on to insert mathml formulas in your document, using ascii/latex-like syntax. wysiywg editors firemath is an extension for firefox that provides a wysiwyg mathml editor. a preview of the formula is displayed using the rendering engine of mozilla. the generated mathml code is available at the bottom. use the text field...

<semantics> - MathML
ntent markup and to provide both, layout information and semantic meaning of mathematical expressions. the <semantics> element acts as a container element associating annotations and must have child elements (it will raise an invalid markup error otherwise). the <annotation> element is the container element containing semantic information in a non-xml format, whereas the <annotation-xml> element contains content in an xml format, e.g. content mathml or openmath. the rules of determining the visible child in a <semantics> element are the following: if no rule other rule applies: by default only the first child is rendered, which is supposed to be presentation markup. if the first child is a presentation mathml element other than <annotation> or <annotation-xml>, render the first child. if no...
...oes not distinguish between content or presentation mathml. attributes the following attributes can be set on <annotation> and <annotation-xml>: definitionurl the location of the annotation key symbol. encoding the encoding of the semantic information in the annotation (e.g. "mathml-content", "mathml-presentation", "application/openmath+xml", "image/png") cd the content dictionary that contains the annotation key symbol. name the name of the annotation key symbol. src the location of an external source for semantic information. example <math> <semantics> <!-- presentation mathml --> <mrow> <msup> <mi>x</mi> <mn>2</mn> </msup> <mo>+</mo> <mi>y</mi> </mrow> <!-- content mathml --> <annotation-xml encoding="mathml-conte...

Digital video concepts - Web media technologies
was originally used specifically for analog coding of color, while ycbcr was used for digital color. however, today both terms are used for digital color. the prime symbol, ', indicates that gamma compression is being used. contemplating human vision we're able to represent an image this way because the human eye sees far more detail in greyscale than in color, thanks to biology. the human eye contains two kinds of photoreceptor (light-sensing) cells. the rods are highly-sensitive light intensity sensors. the cones are less sensitive but are able to detect color. because the eye has vastly more rods than cones (about 120 million rods to around 6 or 7 million cones), we see detail in greyscale, with color being far less detailed. in essence, our eyes are like a camera with two image sensor chip...
...detail in greyscale than in color, the values of y', u, and v are not typically stored together, one sample per pixel, the way rgb images are stored in memory. each frame of video is represented by a matrix of luma values, y, with each pixel's color computed using the values in the u and v matrices. for example, in the av1 codec, a record stores the encoded luma for a tile, and a second record contains the chroma data in the form of the u and v values. in broadcast television, the luma signal is the primary signal, while the chrominance data is sent on a subcarrier. the jpeg file type's compression works by first converting the image to the y'uv color system, then compressing that data. each of y', cb, and cr are able to have values from 0 to 255. ...

Web Performance
o optimizer for users with lousy connections. this article explains what latency is, how it impacts performance, how to measure latency, and how to reduce it.using dns-prefetchdns-prefetch is an attempt to resolve domain names before resources get requested. this could be a file loaded later or link target a user tries to follow. beginner's tutorials the mdn web performance learning area contains modern, up-to-date tutorials covering performance essentials. start here if you are a newcomer to performance: web performance: brief overview overview of the web performance learning path. start your journey here. what is web performance? this article starts the module off with a good look at what performance actually is — this includes the tools, metrics, apis, networks, and groups of...
...sting assets to them. analyzing javascript bundles no doubt, javascript is a big part of modern web development. while you should always strive to reduce the amount of javascript you use in your applications, it can be difficult to know where to start. in this guide, we'll show you how to analyze your application's script bundles, so you know what you're using, as well how to detect if your app contains duplicated scripts between bundles. lazy loading it isn't always necessary to load all of a web applications assets on initial page load. lazy loading is deferring the loading of assets on a page, such as scripts, images, etc., on a page to a later point in time i.e when those assets are actually needed. lazy-loading javascript with dynamic imports when developers hear the term "lazy loading"...

Add to Home screen - Progressive web apps (PWAs)
ate icon available for displaying on the home screen. chrome additionally requires the app to have a service worker registered (e.g., so it can function when offline). manifest the web manifest is written in standard json format and should be placed somewhere inside your app directory (in the root is probably best) with the name somefilename.webmanifest (we've chosen manifest.webmanifest). it contains multiple fields that define certain information about the web app and how it should behave. note: the .webmanifest extension is specified in the media type registration section of the specification, but generally browsers will support manifests with other appropriate extensions, e.g. .json. the fields needed for a2hs are as follows: background_color: specifies a background color to be used...
... call event.preventdefault() to stop chrome 67 and earlier from calling the install prompt automatically (this behavior changed in chrome 68). store the event object in the deferredprompt variable so it can be used later on to perform the actual installation. set the button to display: block so it appears in the ui for the user to click. set a click handler for the button. the click handler contains the following steps: hide the button again with display: none — it is no longer needed once the app is installed. use the prompt() method available on the beforeinstallprompt event object (stored in deferredprompt) to trigger showing the install prompt. respond to the user's interaction with the prompt using the userchoice property, again available on the beforeinstallprompt event object. ...

How to make PWAs re-engageable using Notifications and Push - Progressive web apps (PWAs)
the user about something, or let them know about new content being available in the app. push example push needs the server part to work, so we're not able to include it in the js13kpwa example hosted on github pages, as it offers hosting of static files only. it is all explained in the service worker cookbook — see the push payload demo. this demo consists of three files: index.js, which contains the source code of our app server.js, which contains the server part (written in node.js) service-worker.js, which contains the service worker-specific code. let's explore all of these index.js the index.js file starts by registering the service worker: navigator.serviceworker.register('service-worker.js') .then(function(registration) { return registration.pushmanager.getsubscription() ...
...an read the sending vapid identified webpush notifications via mozilla’s push service blog post. the app can now use the pushmanager to subscribe the new user. there are two options passed to the pushmanager.subscribe() method — the first is uservisibleonly: true, which means all the notifications sent to the user will be visible to them, and the second one is the applicationserverkey, which contains our successfully acquired and converted vapid key. return registration.pushmanager.subscribe({ uservisibleonly: true, applicationserverkey: convertedvapidkey }); now let's move to the subscription part — the app first sends the subscription details as json to the server using fetch. fetch('./register', { method: 'post', headers: { 'content-type': 'application/json' ...

Responsive Navigation Patterns - Progressive web apps (PWAs)
at that point, some items move from the top navigation to a drop-down menu. you could rank the item priorities to ensure the m...
...items. ...

SVG Core Attributes - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
er (id) which must be unique in the whole document. its purpose is to identify the element when linking (using a fragment identifier), scripting, or styling (with css). value: any valid id string; animatable: no lang participates in defining the language of the element, the language that non-editable elements are written in or the language that editable elements should be written in. the tag contains one single entry value in the format defined in the tags for identifying languages (bcp47) ietf document. svg 2 introduce the new lang attributes. if both lang and xml:lang attribute are used, xml:lang has priority over lang. value: any valid language id; animatable: no tabindex the tabindex svg attribute allows you to control whether an element is focusable and to define the relative...
... whether an element is focusable and to define the relative order of the element for the purposes of sequential focus navigation. value type: <integer>; animatable: no xml:base specifies a base iri other than the base iri of the document. value type: <iri>; animatable: no xml:lang it is a universal attribute allowed in all xml dialects to mark up the natural human language that an element contains. it's almost identical in usage to html's lang, but in conforming xml 1.0 documents, it does not allow the use of a null attribute value (xml:lang="") to indicate an unknown language. instead, use xml:lang="und". svg 2 introduce the new lang attributes. if both lang and xml:lang attribute are used, xml:lang has priority over lang. value: any valid language id; animatable: no xml:space ...

SVG documentation index - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
yph-orientation-vertical attribute affects the amount that hte current text position advances as each glyph is rendered. 96 glyphref deprecated, svg, svg attribute the glyphref attribute represents the glyph identifier, the format of which is dependent on the format of the given font. 97 gradienttransform svg, svg attribute the gradienttransform attribute contains the definition of an optional additional transformation from the gradient coordinate system onto the target coordinate system (i.e., userspaceonuse or objectboundingbox). this allows for things such as skewing the gradient. this additional transformation matrix is post-multiplied to (i.e., inserted to the right of) any previously defined transformations, including the implicit transformation nece...
...vents svg, svg attribute the pointer-events attribute is a presentation attribute that allows defining whether or when an element may be the target of a mouse event. 163 points svg, svg attribute the points attribute defines a list of points. each point is defined by a pair of number representing a x and a y coordinate in the user coordinate system. if the attribute contains an odd number of coordinates, the last one will be ignored. 164 pointsatx filters, svg, svg attribute the pointsatx attribute represents the x location in the coordinate system established by attribute primitiveunits on the <filter> element of the point at which the light source is pointing. 165 pointsaty filters, svg, svg attribute the pointsaty attribut...

Using shadow DOM - Web Components
e is that none of the code inside a shadow dom can affect anything outside it, allowing for handy encapsulation. note that the shadow dom is not a new thing by any means — browsers have used it for a long time to encapsulate the inner structure of an element. think for example of a <video> element, with the default browser controls exposed. ...
.... all you see in the dom is the <video> element, but it contains a series of buttons and other controls inside its shadow dom. the shadow dom spec has made it so that you are allowed to actually manipulate the shadow dom of your own custom elements. basic usage you can attach a shadow root to any element using the element.attachshadow() method. ...

Web Components
s. using shadow dom a guide that looks at shadow dom fundamentals, showing how to attach a shadow dom to an element, add to the shadow dom tree, style it, and more. using templates and slots a guide showing how to define a reusable html structure using <template> and <slot> elements, and then use that structure inside your web components. reference custom elements customelementregistry contains functionality related to custom elements, most notably the customelementregistry.define() method used to register new custom elements so they can then be used in your document. window.customelements returns a reference to the customelementregistry object. life cycle callbacks special callback functions defined inside the custom element's class definition, which affect its behavior: connec...
... event.composed: returns a boolean which indicates whether the event will propagate across the shadow dom boundary into the standard dom (true), or not (false). event.composedpath: returns the event’s path (objects on which listeners will be invoked). this does not include nodes in shadow trees if the shadow root was created with shadowroot.mode closed. html templates <template> contains an html fragment that is not rendered when a containing document is initially loaded, but can be displayed at runtime using javascript, mainly used as the basis of custom element structures. the associated dom interface is htmltemplateelement. <slot> a placeholder inside a web component that you can fill with your own markup, which lets you create separate dom trees and present them together. t...

Index - XSLT: Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformations
cessor in the web api documentation section. 9 introduction gecko, intro, javascript, xslt with modern browsers supporting xslt, developers can now use javascript to access the power that xslt provides. javascript can enable a web application to load xml data, process it via xslt into a presentable form and then add it into an existing document. since the xml data loaded only contains the raw information without any presentation data, it can load quickly even on dialup. 10 javascript/xslt bindings dom, javascript, xml, xslt javascript can run xslt transformations through the xsltprocessor object. once instantiated, an xsltprocessor has an xsltprocessor.importstylesheet() method that takes as an argument the xslt stylesheet to be used in the transformation.
... element selects a set of nodes and processes each of them in the same way. it is often used to iterate through a set of nodes or to change the current node. if one or more <xsl:sort> elements appear as the children of this element, sorting occurs before processing. otherwise, nodes are processed in document order. 33 <xsl:if> element, reference, xslt, if the <xsl:if> element contains a test attribute and a template. if the test evaluates to true, the template is processed. in this it is similar to an if statement in other languages. to achieve the functionality of an if-then-else statement, however, use the <xsl:choose> element with one <xsl:when> and one <xsl:otherwise> children. 34 <xsl:import> element, reference, xslt, import the <xsl:import> element i...

Caching compiled WebAssembly modules - WebAssembly
to the new database. ...
... if opening the database failed (for example due to permissions or quota), we fall back to simply fetching and compiling the module and don't try to store the results (since there is no database to store them into). errmsg => { console.log(errmsg); return webassembly.instantiatestreaming(fetch(url)).then(results ...

WebAssembly Concepts - WebAssembly
hese concepts are reflected 1:1 in the webassembly javascript api. module: represents a webassembly binary that has been compiled by the browser into executable machine code. a module is stateless and thus, like a blob, can be explicitly shared between windows and workers (via postmessage()). a module declares imports and exports just like an es2015module. memory: a resizable arraybuffer that contains the linear array of bytes read and written by webassembly’s low-level memory access instructions. table: a resizable typed array of references (e.g. to functions) that could not otherwise be stored as raw bytes in memory (for safety and portability reasons). instance: a module paired with all the state it uses at runtime including a memory, table, and set of imported values. an instance is li...
...imagine. for a start, emscripten implements popular c/c++ libraries like sdl, opengl, openal, and parts of posix. these libraries are implemented in terms of web apis and thus each one requires some javascript glue code to connect webassembly to the underlying web api. so part of the glue code is implementing the functionality of each respective library used by the c/c++ code. the glue code also contains the logic for calling the above-mentioned webassembly javascript apis to fetch, load and run the .wasm file. the generated html document loads the javascript glue file and writes stdout to a <textarea>. if the application uses opengl, the html also contains a <canvas> element that is used as the rendering target. it’s very easy to modify the emscripten output and turn it into whatever web app ...

Compiling from Rust to WebAssembly - WebAssembly
t's talk about them in turn. we give a high-level explanation here, and gloss over some details; to learn more about rust, please check the free online book the rust programming language. using wasm-bindgen to communicate between rust and javascript the first part looks like this: use wasm_bindgen::prelude::*; libraries are called "crates" in rust. get it? cargo ships crates. the third line contains a use command, which imports code from a library into your code. in this case, we're importing everything in the wasm_bindgen::prelude module. we use these features in the next section. before we move on to the next section, we should talk a bit more about wasm-bindgen. wasm-pack uses wasm-bindgen, another tool, to provide a bridge between the types of javascript and rust. it allows javascript ...
...ing out to the world. this function is named greet, and takes one argument, a string (written &str), name. it then calls the alert function we asked for in the extern block above. it passes a call to the format! macro, which lets us concatenate strings. the format! macro takes two arguments in this case, a format string, and a variable to put in it. the format string is the "hello, {}!" bit. it contains {}s, where variables will be interpolated. the variable we're passing is name, the argument to the function, so if we call greet("steve") we should see "hello, steve!". this is passed to alert(), so when we call this function we will see an alert box with "hello, steve!" in it. now that our library is written, let's build it. compiling our code to webassembly to compile our code correctly, we...

port - Archive of obsolete content
eived their payloads are automatically deserialized, so you don't need to worry about serialization. however, you do have to ensure that the payload can be serialized to json. this means that it needs to be a string, number, boolean, null, array of json-serializable values, or an object whose property values are themselves json-serializable. this means you can't send functions, and if the object contains methods they won't be encoded. you also can't include circular references. for example, to include an array of strings in the payload: // main.js var pagemods = require("sdk/page-mod"); var self = require("sdk/self"); var pagemod = pagemods.pagemod({ include: ['*'], contentscriptfile: self.data.url("content-script.js"), onattach: setuplistener }); function setuplistener(worker) { wor...

Communicating using "port" - Archive of obsolete content
eived their payloads are automatically deserialized, so you don't need to worry about serialization. however, you do have to ensure that the payload can be serialized to json. this means that it needs to be a string, number, boolean, null, array of json-serializable values, or an object whose property values are themselves json-serializable. this means you can't send functions, and if the object contains methods they won't be encoded. for example, to include an array of strings in the payload: var pagemodscript = "self.port.emit('loaded'," + " [" + " document.location.tostring()," + " document.title" + " ]" + ");" var pagemod = require('page-mod').pagemod({ include: ['*'], contentscript:...

Classes and Inheritance - Archive of obsolete content
e.draw(); // typeerror: ctx is not defined which is the behavior we were aiming for. classes in the add-on sdk we have shown how to emulate classical inheritance in javascript using constructors and prototypes. however, as we have seen, this takes a significant amount of boilerplate code. the add-on sdk team consists of highly trained professionals, but they are also lazy: that is why the sdk contains a helper function that handles this boilerplate code for us. it is defined in the module “core/heritage”: const { class } = require('sdk/core/heritage'); the function class is a meta-constructor: it creates constructors that behave properly with respect to inheritance. it takes a single argument, which is an object which properties will be defined on the prototype of the resulting construc...

Program ID - Archive of obsolete content
to distinguish between new add-ons and updates to existing add-ons, and the simple-storage module uses it to figure out which stored data belongs to which add-on. when you create an xpi with jpm xpi: if the package.json does not include an id field, then the id written into the install.rdf is the value of the name field prepended with "@". if the package.json does include an id field, and it contains "@", then this is written into the install.rdf as the add-on id. if the package.json does include an id field, and it does not contain "@", then jpm xpi raises an error and the xpi will not be built. ...

XUL Migration Guide - Archive of obsolete content
forward button", icon: "./icon-16.png", onclick: removeforwardbutton }); there are more useful examples of this technique in the jetpack wiki's collection of third party modules. accessing tabbrowser this example uses the action button api, which is only available from firefox 29 onwards. the tabs/utils module gives you direct access to the tabbrowser object and the xul tab objects it contains. this simple example modifies the selected tab's css to enable the user to highlight the selected tab: function highlightactivetab() { var window = require("sdk/window/utils").getmostrecentbrowserwindow(); var tab = require("sdk/tabs/utils").getactivetab(window); if (tab.style.getpropertyvalue('background-color')) { tab.style.setproperty('background-color','','important'); } else {...

indexed-db - Archive of obsolete content
all items in the database. ...

page-mod - Archive of obsolete content
options.showoptions) { window.alert(self.options.greeting); var sum = self.options.numbers[0] + self.options.numbers[1]; window.alert(sum); } the values can be any json-serializable value: a string, number, boolean, null, array of json-serializable values, or an object whose property values are themselves json-serializable. this means you can't send functions, and if the object contains methods they won't be usable. you also can't pass cyclic values. name: contentstylefile type: string,array use this option to load one or more stylesheets into the targeted documents as user stylesheets. each stylesheet is supplied as a separate file under your add-on's "data" directory, and is specified by a url typically constructed using the url() method of the self module's data o...

page-worker - Archive of obsolete content
t script using the port.emit function receive events from the content script using the port.on function see the guide to communicating using port for details. contenturl the url of content to load. this can point to local content loaded from your add-on's "data" directory or remote content. setting it loads the content immediately. allow a object describing permissions for the content. it contains a single key named script whose value is a boolean that indicates whether or not to execute script in the content. script defaults to true. include a set of match patterns to define the urls which the page-worker's content script will be applied. this is useful when using pages which redirect to other pages in your page-worker. contentscriptfile a local file url or an array of local file urls...

request - Archive of obsolete content
t() make a post request. put() make a put request. delete() make a delete request. properties url headers content contenttype response events complete the request object emits this event when the request has completed and a response has been received. arguments response : listener functions are passed the response to the request as a response object. response the response object contains the response to a network request issued using a request object. it is returned by the get(), head(), post(), put() or delete() method of a request object. all members of a response object are read-only. properties url the url of the response content. text the content of the response as plain text. json the content of the response as a javascript object. the value will be null if the docu...

tabs - Archive of obsolete content
s are passed the tab object that has loaded. activate this event is emitted when an inactive tab is made active. arguments tab : listeners are passed the tab object that has become active. deactivate this event is emitted when the active tab is made inactive. arguments tab : listeners are passed the tab object that has become inactive. tab a tab instance represents a single open tab. it contains various tab properties, several methods for manipulation, as well as per-tab event registration. tabs emit all the events described in the events section. listeners are passed the tab object that triggered the event. methods pin() pins this tab as an app tab. unpin() unpins this tab. close(callback) closes this tab. parameters callback : function a function to be called when the tab fi...

windows - Archive of obsolete content
close the window. parameters callback : function a function to be called when the window finishes its closing process. this is an optional argument. properties title the current title of the window. usually the title of the active tab, plus an app identifier. this property is read-only. tabs a live list of tabs in this window. this object has the same interface as the tabs api, except it contains only the tabs in this window, not all tabs in all windows. this property is read-only. ...

/loader - Archive of obsolete content
if arguments have properties with conflicting names the property from the second argument overrides that from the first. this function is helpful for combining default and passed properties: override({ a: 1, b: 1 }, { b: 2, c: 2 }) // => { a: 1, b: 2, c: 2 } descriptor() this utility function takes an object and as an argument and returns property desc...

content/loader - Archive of obsolete content
riptoptions allow when certain of these properties are set, the loader emits a propertychange event, enabling its users to take the appropriate action. the loader is used by modules that use content scripts but don't themselves load content, such as page-mod. modules that load their own content, such as panel and page-worker, use the symbiont module instead. symbiont inherits from loader but contains its own frame into which it loads content supplied as the contenturl option. example: the following code creates a wrapper on a hidden frame that reloads a web page in the frame every time the contenturl property is changed: var hiddenframes = require("sdk/frame/hidden-frame"); var { loader } = require("sdk/content/content"); var pageloader = loader.compose({ constructor: function pageloader...

core/promise - Archive of obsolete content
note: a promise can be rejected or resolved only once. all subsequent attempts to either reject it or resolve it will be ignored. another simple example may be a delay function that returns a promise which is fulfilled with a given value after a given time ms -- kind of promise based alternative to set...

net/xhr - Archive of obsolete content
er data, though this may be inconsequential if the client can't access the network. if access to local area networks isn't prevented, malicious code could access sensitive data. if transmission of cookies isn't prevented, malicious code could access sensitive data. attenuating access based on a regular expression may be ineffective if it's easy to write a regular expression that looks safe but contains a special character or two that makes it far less secure than it seems at first glance. possible attenuations before being exposed to unprivileged code, this object needs to be attenuated in such a way that, at the very least, it can't access the user's filesystem. this can probably be done most securely by white-listing the protocols that can be used in the url passed to the open() method, and...

places/history - Archive of obsolete content
ter inherits from event/target, and emits data, error, and end. data events are emitted for every individual search result found, whereas end events are emitted as an aggregate of an entire search, passing in an array of all results into the handler. events data the data event is emitted for every item returned from a search. arguments object : this is an object representing a history entry. contains url, time, accesscount and title of the entry. error the error event is emitted whenever a search could not be completed. arguments string : a string indicating the error that occurred. end the end event is called when all search results have returned. arguments array : the value passed into the handler is an array of all entries found in the history search. each entry is an object contai...

remote/parent - Archive of obsolete content
child processes. the module loads asynchronously but you can start sending messages to the module immediately. you can use an absolute path to the module or a relative path. if you use a relative path, you must use the module parameter. const { remoterequire } = require("sdk/remote/parent"); remoterequire("./my-module.js", module); note that even single-process applications have a process that contains content frames. for consistency and to make writing multiprocess compatible code easier, remoterequire() will also create a new module loader and load modules in the main process. parameters id : string the module to load. to use a relative path you must pass the module parameter. module : object the module to resolve the relative module id against. to resolve relative to the loading module,...

test/assert - Archive of obsolete content
providing extra information about the test. throws(block, error, message) assert that a block of code throws the expected exception. this method takes an optional error argument: to check that the exception thrown is of the expected type, pass a constructor function: the exception thrown must be an instance of the object returned by that function. ...

test/runner - Archive of obsolete content
experimental sets up unit tests. this module contains the package's main program, which does a bit of high-level setup and then delegates test finding and running to the harness module. for more information on testing in the add-on sdk, see the unit testing tutorial. ...

ui/button/toggle - Archive of obsolete content
you can generate click and change events programmatically with the button's click() method. attaching panels to buttons you can attach panels to buttons by passing the button as the position option to the panel's show() method or the panel's constructor: var { togglebutton } = require('sdk/ui/button/toggle'); var panels = require("sdk/panel"); var self = require("...

ui/sidebar - Archive of obsolete content
ent by setting the sidebar's url property. this will change the sidebar's content across all windows. communicating with sidebar scripts you can't directly access your sidebar's content from your main add-on code, but you can send messages between your main add-on code and scripts loaded into your sidebar. on the sidebar end of the conversation, sidebar scripts get a global variable addon that contains a port for sending and receiving messages. on the add-on side, you need to get a worker object for the sidebar before you can send or receive messages. there are two events emitted by the sidebar which will give you a worker: attach and ready. listen to attach if the first message in your add-on goes from the sidebar scripts to the main add-on code, and listen to ready if the first message goes ...

util/object - Archive of obsolete content
); merge(c, d); var props = object.getownpropertydescriptor(c, "name"); console.log(props.configurable); // true parameters source : object the object that other properties are merged into. arguments : object n amount of additional objects that are merged into source object. returns object : the source object. extend(arguments) returns an object that inherits from the first argument and contains all of the properties from all following arguments, with precedence from right to left. extend(source1, source2, source3) is the equivalent of merge(object.create(source1), source2, source3). let { extend } = require("sdk/util/object"); var a = { alpha: "a" }; var b = { beta: "b" }; var g = { gamma: "g", alpha: null }; var x = extend(a, b, g); console.log(a); // { alpha: "a" } console.log(b); ...

cfx to jpm - Archive of obsolete content
ackage.json will be something like "jid1-f3boogbjqje67a", and the corresponding id in the install.rdf will be "jid1-f3boogbjqje67a@jetpack". id handling with jpm when you create an xpi with jpm xpi: if the package.json does not include an id field, then the id written into the install.rdf is the value of the name field prepended with "@". if the package.json does include an id field, and it contains "@", then this is written into the install.rdf as the add-on id. if the package.json does include an id field, and it does not contain "@", then jpm xpi raises an error and the xpi will not be built. what you need to do all this means that: if your package.json contains an id field, and its value does not contain "@", then you must append "@jetpack" to it when switching to jpm. if you do thi...

jpm - Archive of obsolete content
u can stop reading this section. if you do not list your add-on on addons.mozilla.org, you need to generate a mozilla-signed xpi and tell firefox where it can find new versions of your add-on. the way this works is: you run jpm sign anytime you need to create a new version you host the signed add-on xpi and update it when you need to you host an "update manifest", which, among other things, contains a url pointing to the xpi your add-on tells firefox where it can find the update manifest to do this, include two extra keys in package.json: updateurl: this url is included in the install manifest of the xpi file that jpm xpi builds. it points to your update manifest. the updateurl value may be https. if it is not, then you'll also need to sign the update manifest, and then include the pub...

jpmignore - Archive of obsolete content
to avoid recursivity. # you can end patterns with a forward slash (/) to specify a directory. /sample/ a .jpmignore file with the above contents would ignore all zip files and .ds_store files and sample directory from the xpi generated by jpm xpi. using .jpmignore to allow files everything in your add-on directory will be included in the xpi file you make with jpm xpi. if your project folder contains a lot of files that aren't necessary for the xpi to run, like documentation, jshint, etc., you can use .jpmignore as a whitelist instead of a blacklist. for example: .* * !/data/** !/lib/** !/locale/** !/node_modules/** !/package.json !/icon.png !/icon64.png !/copying !/bootstrap.js !/install.rdf this would include all editor backup files and similar in the whitelisted subdirectories, to avoid ...

Tools - Archive of obsolete content
add-on to log error, warning or informational messages. jpm jpm is a command-line tool that enables you to test, run, and package add-ons. jpm-mobile the node-based replacement for cfx --force-mobile. enables you to run and test add-ons for firefox mobile (aka fennec). jpmignore use .jpmignore to ignore files from your xpi builds created via jpm. package.json the package.json file contains manifest data for your add-on, providing not only descriptive information about the add-on for presentation in the add-ons manager, but other metadata required of add-ons. ...

Creating annotations - Archive of obsolete content
its ancestors in the dom tree, has an attribute named "id". the idea here is to make it more likely that the annotator will be able to identify annotated elements correctly later on. if the page element is eligible for annotation, then the selector highlights that element and binds a click handler to it. the click handler sends a message called show back to the main add-on code. the show message contains: the url for the page, the id attribute value, and the text content of the page element. $('*').mouseenter(function() { if (!active || $(this).hasclass('annotated')) { return; } resetmatchedelement(); ancestor = $(this).closest("[id]"); matchedelement = $(this).first(); originalbgcolor = $(matchedelement).css('background-color'); $(matchedelement).css('background-color', 'yello...